MED E AMERICA CORP
S-1, 1998-06-03
Previous: ATLANTICA INC, 10SB12G, 1998-06-03
Next: CGB&L FINANCIAL GROUP INC, SB-2, 1998-06-03



     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 3, 1998

                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333 -
================================================================================
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               -----------------
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               -----------------
                           MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>                              <C>
                 DELAWARE                        7374                              11-3270245
   State or other jurisdiction of    (Primary Standard Industrial     (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   incorporation or organization)     Classification Code Number)

</TABLE>
                         90 MERRICK AVENUE, SUITE 501
                          EAST MEADOW, NEW YORK 11554
                                (516) 542-4500
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
               code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

                               -----------------
                            DAVID M. GOLDWIN, ESQ.
                                GENERAL COUNSEL

                           MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                         90 MERRICK AVENUE, SUITE 501

                          EAST MEADOW, NEW YORK 11554
                                (516) 542-4500

 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                              of agent for service)
                               -----------------
                                  COPIES TO:


         MARK J. TANNENBAUM, ESQ.      FREDERICK W. KANNER, ESQ.
      REBOUL, MACMURRAY, HEWITT,          DEWEY BALLANTINE LLP
             MAYNARD & KRISTOL        1301 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS
            45 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA           NEW YORK, NY 10019
             NEW YORK, NY 10111              (212) 259-8000
           (212) 841-5700

APPROXIMATE  DATE OF  COMMENCEMENT  OF PROPOSED  SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box: [ ]

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
                      please check the following box. [ ]

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
================================================================================
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PROPOSED MAXIMUM       PROPOSED MAXIMUM       AMOUNT OF
  TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES        AMOUNT TO BE       OFFERING PRICE PER     AGGREGATE OFFERING     REGISTRATION
           TO BE REGISTERED                REGISTERED(1)           SHARE(2)               PRICE(2)              FEE
<S>                                     <C>                  <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par value.........   4,140,000 shares     $ 15.00                $62,100,000            $18,320
</TABLE>
================================================================================
(1) Includes  540,000  shares of Common  Stock that may be sold  pursuant to the
    Underwriters' over-allotment option. See "Underwriting."

(2) Estimated  solely for purposes of calculating the amount of the registration
    fee paid  pursuant  to Rule  457(a)  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
    amended.

                               -----------------

     THE REGISTRANT  HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH  DATE  AS THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

================================================================================
<PAGE>
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 3, 1998

PROSPECTUS

                               3,600,000 SHARES

                                    [LOGO]

                           MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                 COMMON STOCK

                              ------------------
     All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby (the "Offering") are being
sold by MEDE AMERICA Corporation ("MEDE AMERICA" or the "Company"). Prior to the
Offering,  there has been no public  market for the Common Stock of the Company.
It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between
$13.00 and $15.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for information  relating to the
factors to be considered in determining the initial public  offering price.  The
Company  intends  to apply to have  the  Company's  Common  Stock  approved  for
quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "MEDE."

                              ------------------
   SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 9 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
    THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK
                                OFFERED HEREBY.

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

================================================================================
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         PRICE       UNDERWRITING       PROCEEDS
                          TO         DISCOUNTS AND         TO
                        PUBLIC      COMMISSIONS(1)     COMPANY(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>          <C>                <C>
Per Share .........   $            $                  $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3) ..........   $            $                  $
================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1) The  Company  has  agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
    liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
    amended. See "Underwriting."

(2) Before deducting expenses estimated at $950,000, payable by the Company.

(3) The Company has granted to the  Underwriters  a 30-day option to purchase up
    to 540,000  additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms as set forth
    above solely to cover  over-allotments,  if any. If such option is exercised
    in full, the total Price to Public,  Underwriting  Discounts and Commissions
    and  the  Proceeds  to  Company  will  be $ , $  and $ ,  respectively.  See
    "Underwriting."

                              ------------------
     The shares of Common  Stock are being  offered by the several  Underwriters
named herein,  subject to prior sale,  when, as and if delivered and accepted by
them,  and  subject to their right to reject  orders in whole or in part.  It is
expected  that  certificates  for  such  shares  of  Common  Stock  will be made
available  for  delivery  at the  offices of Smith  Barney  Inc.,  333 West 34th
Street, New York, New York 10001, on or about , 1998.

                              ------------------
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY

                            WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY

                                                    VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY

      , 1998

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

<PAGE>

CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS  THAT
STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING
BY OVER-ALLOTMENT,  STABILIZING BIDS, EFFECTING SYNDICATE COVERING  TRANSACTIONS
OR  IMPOSING  OF  PENALTY  BIDS.  FOR A  DESCRIPTION  OF THESE  ACTIVITIES,  SEE
"UNDERWRITING."

     MEDE  AMERICA  is a  trademark  of the  Company.  All  other  trade  names,
trademarks or service  marks  appearing in this  Prospectus  are the property of
their respective owners and are not the property of the Company.

<PAGE>
                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  following  summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and the financial statements,
including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                  THE COMPANY

     MEDE AMERICA is a leading provider of electronic data  interchange  ("EDI")
products and services to a broad range of providers and payors in the healthcare
industry.  The Company  offers an integrated  suite of EDI solutions that allows
hospitals,  pharmacies,  physicians, dentists and other healthcare providers and
provider groups to electronically edit, process and transmit claims, eligibility
and  enrollment  data,  track claims  submissions  throughout the claims payment
process  and obtain  faster  reimbursement  for their  services.  In addition to
offering greater  processing speed, the Company's EDI products reduce processing
costs,  increase  collection rates and result in more accurate data interchange.
The Company  maintains over 540 direct  connections  with  insurance  companies,
Medicare and  Medicaid  agencies,  Blue Cross and Blue Shield  systems and other
third party payors,  as well as over 500 indirect  connections  with  additional
payors  through claims  clearinghouses.  Currently,  the Company  processes over
900,000 transactions per day for over 65,000 providers located in all 50 states.

     Since its  formation in March 1995,  the Company has expanded  both through
internal   growth  and  the   acquisition  of  five  healthcare  EDI  processing
businesses.  As part of its  strategy of providing  an  integrated  suite of EDI
solutions to a broad range of healthcare  providers,  the Company has focused on
acquisitions  that  provided  entry into new markets or expanded  the  Company's
product  suite.  The  Company  has  actively  pursued  the  integration  of  its
acquisitions  and, in the process,  has either divested,  closed or restructured
various  operations of the acquired  entities in order to eliminate  non-core or
redundant operations and achieve cost savings and operating efficiencies.

     Innovations  over  the  past  decade  in  computer  and  telecommunications
technologies  have resulted in the development of EDI systems to  electronically
process  and  transmit   information  among  the  various  participants  in  the
healthcare  industry.  These  systems were  designed to replace the  paper-based
recording and transmission of information,  enabling greater  processing  speed,
reduced processing costs and more accurate data interchange. According to Health
Data Directory,  in 1997 over 4.1 billion  electronic and paper claims were paid
in all  sectors  of the  healthcare  services  market.  From  1993 to 1997,  the
proportion  of  total  healthcare  claims  that  were  electronically  processed
increased from 41% to approximately 60%, at an average rate of 16% per year. The
Company  expects the electronic  processing of healthcare  claims to continue to
increase as a result of increased reliance on electronic  commerce and increased
emphasis on cost containment in the healthcare industry.

     The penetration of electronic  processing  varies  significantly  among the
different  markets  within the  healthcare  industry.  According  to Health Data
Directory,  in 1997 electronic  processing  accounted for  approximately  13% of
total  dental  claims,  38% of  total  physician  medical  claims,  83% of total
hospital medical claims and 86% of total pharmacy  claims.  The Company believes
that there is significant  market  potential for EDI processing in the non-claim
area, including eligibility verification, remittance transactions and other data
exchange   transactions  such  as  claims  tracking,   referrals  and  physician
scripting.  The  Company  believes  that  EDI  penetration  in  these  non-claim
transaction  categories is low, and as a result,  the EDI transaction  growth in
these areas will exceed that of the EDI claims processing market.

     The Company believes that it has several  competitive  strengths which will
enable  it  to  capitalize  on  the  significant  growth  opportunities  in  the
healthcare EDI marketplace.

     COMPREHENSIVE SUITE OF EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.  The Company has followed
a strategy of  developing  or acquiring  EDI  products and services  that may be
offered  to a broad  range  of  healthcare  providers.  The  Company's  products
incorporate open architecture designs and "best of

                                       3

<PAGE>
breed"  technology  and may be  purchased  as modular  additions to the client's
existing data storage and retrieval  system,  or as part of a comprehensive  EDI
processing  system. The Company believes it is well positioned to take advantage
of the  expected  growth  of EDI in  areas  such as  eligibility,  managed  care
transactions and physician scripting.

     BROAD AND  DIVERSIFIED  CLIENT BASE.  The  Company's  client base is highly
diversified,   consisting  of  approximately  42,000  pharmacies,  8,000  dental
offices, 1,000 hospitals and clinics and 14,000 physicians.  The Company's broad
and  diversified  client base provides it with  transaction-based  revenues that
tend to be recurring and  positions it to capitalize on the rapid  consolidation
taking place within the healthcare industry.

     DIRECT RELATIONSHIPS WITH PROVIDERS AND PAYORS. The range of MEDE AMERICA's
services and the extent of its connectivity with payors provides the opportunity
to achieve  deeper  penetration  of its  provider  base,  while at the same time
offering more complete  solutions to new clients.  MEDE AMERICA believes that it
is strongly positioned to offer reliable, one-stop shopping to providers for all
their EDI needs.

     FOCUS ON CLIENT  SERVICE.  The Company has focused on  implementing  a wide
range of client  service and support  functions  including  the use of automated
client  service  tracking  software,  expanded  client  help  desk  and  account
executive  support  functions  and extensive  client  feedback  mechanisms.  The
Company  believes that its high quality client service enhances the satisfaction
of its clients and generates new revenue  opportunities  in the form of expanded
transaction volume and sales of new products and services.

     LEADING  TECHNOLOGY AND PRODUCT  PLATFORMS.  Over the past two years,  MEDE
AMERICA has invested significant capital in new hardware and software systems to
increase its  transaction  processing  capacity.  As a result of such technology
investments, MEDE AMERICA believes it is able to provide high quality service to
its  clients  in the  form  of  high  network  availability,  batch  transaction
reliability  and high  rates of  payor  claims  acceptance.  MEDE  AMERICA  also
believes  that its  technology  platform,  which is operating  at  approximately
one-third of its total capacity, provides the Company with substantial operating
leverage.

     EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM. Each member of the Company's senior management
team  has  over  15  years  of  experience  in the  information  technology  and
transaction  processing  industries and has extensive background in working with
emerging companies in the information  processing industry. The Company believes
that the range and depth of its senior  management  team  position it to address
the evolving  requirements  of its clients and to manage the growth  required to
meet its strategic goals.

     The  Company's  mission  is  to  be  the  leading  provider  of  integrated
healthcare transaction processing technology,  networks and databases,  enabling
its clients to improve the quality and efficiency of their services.  To achieve
this  objective,  the Company is  pursuing a growth  strategy  comprised  of the
following  elements:  provide a  comprehensive  suite of EDI solutions;  further
penetrate its existing client base through  cross-selling  of emerging  products
and  services;  develop  new EDI  solutions  to  meet  the  evolving  electronic
transaction  processing  needs of its  clients;  continue  to utilize  strategic
alliances  with key players in the  healthcare  industry;  and pursue  strategic
acquisitions  in order to expand  the  Company's  product  offerings,  enter new
markets and capitalize on the Company's operating leverage.

     The Company's  executive  offices are located at 90 Merrick  Avenue,  Suite
501, East Meadow, New York 11554, and its telephone number is (516) 542-4500.

                                       4

<PAGE>
                                 THE OFFERING

COMMON STOCK OFFERED BY THE COMPANY..    3,600,000 shares

COMMON STOCK TO BE OUTSTANDING AFTER
 THE OFFERING........................     11,567,304 shares (1)(2)

USE OF PROCEEDS......................     To  retire  all  outstanding bank
                                          and subordinated indebtedness and
                                          accrued interest thereon, and for
                                          other general corporate purposes,
                                          including working capital.

PROPOSED NASDAQ NATIONAL
 MARKET SYMBOL........................     MEDE

- -----------
(1) Reflects the proposed  recapitalization  of the Company's capital stock (the
    "Recapitalization").  The  Recapitalization  involves the  conversion of all
    outstanding  Preferred Stock,  including accrued but unpaid dividends,  into
    Common Stock and the exercise of all  outstanding  warrants,  however,  cash
    realized by the Company upon any exercise of the Underwriters' overallotment
    option  would be applied to the  payment  of  accrued  dividends  in lieu of
    having such dividends convert into Common Stock.

(2) Excludes  483,132 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock
    options  outstanding  as of May 29, 1998 under the MEDE AMERICA  Corporation
    and Its  Subsidiaries  Stock Option and Restricted  Stock Purchase Plan (the
    "Stock  Plan"),  of which  212,099 are  exercisable.  The  weighted  average
    exercise  price of all  outstanding  stock  options is $4.84 per share.  See
    "Management -- Employee Benefit Plans."

                                 RISK FACTORS

     Prospective  purchasers should consider all of the information contained in
this  Prospectus  before  making an  investment  in shares of Common  Stock.  In
particular,  prospective purchasers should consider the factors set forth herein
under "Risk Factors."

                                       5

<PAGE>

                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                              -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     ACTUAL                         PRO FORMA(1)
                                              ---------------------------------------------------- --------------
                                                    1995             1996              1997             1997
                                              ---------------- ---------------- ------------------ --------------
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND PER TRANSACTION DATA)

<S>                                           <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues(3) ................................    $ 16,246         $ 31,768          $  35,279        $  41,824
 Operating expenses:
  Operations ................................       9,753           19,174             16,817           18,601
  Sales, marketing and client services ......       3,615            7,064              8,769           10,450
  Research and development ..................       2,051            2,132              3,278            3,513
  General and administrative ................       3,119            6,059              5,263            5,516
  Depreciation and amortization .............       2,995            5,176              5,293            7,062
  Write-down of intangible assets ...........       8,191 (4)        9,965 (5)             --               --
  Acquired in-process research and
   development(6) ...........................          --               --              4,354            4,354
  Other charges(7) ..........................       2,864              538              2,301            3,581
                                                 ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------
 Total operating expenses ...................      32,588           50,108             46,075           53,077
                                                 ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------
 Loss from operations .......................     (16,342)         (18,340)           (10,796)         (11,253)
 Other (income) expense .....................          --              313               (893)            (893)
 Interest expense (income), net .............         189              584              1,504              356
                                                 ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------
 Loss before provision for income taxes .....     (16,531)         (19,237)           (11,407)         (10,716)
 Provision for income taxes .................          70               93                 57               57
                                                 ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------
 Net loss ...................................     (16,601)         (19,330)           (11,464)         (10,773)
 Preferred stock dividends ..................         (27)          (2,400)            (2,400)              --
                                                 ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------
 Net loss applicable to common
  stockholders...............................    $(16,628)        $(21,730)         $ (13,864)       $ (10,773)
                                                 =========        =========         =========        =========
 Basic net loss per common share ............    $  (3.17)        $  (4.14)        $    (2.56)(8)    $   (1.18)
 Weighted average common shares
  outstanding - Basic .......................       5,238            5,245              5,425            9,131

OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA(9) ..................................    $(13,347)        $(13,164)        $   (5,503)       $  (4,191)
 Adjusted EBITDA(9) .........................      (2,292)          (2,052)             2,211            4,803
 Transactions processed(10)
  Pharmacy ..................................          --          107,032            126,201          145,903
  Medical ...................................          --           16,030             23,085           27,814
  Dental ....................................          --            6,021             12,188           12,188
                                                 ---------        ---------        ----------        ---------
   Total transactions processed .............          --          129,083            161,474          185,905
 Transactions per FTE(10)(11) ...............          --              324                412              474
 Revenue per FTE(11) ........................    $     44         $     80         $       90        $     107
 Operating expenses per transaction(10) .....          --             0.39               0.29             0.29
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>

                                                               NINE MONTHS
                                                             ENDED MARCH 31,
                                              ---------------------------------------------
                                                          ACTUAL               PRO FORMA(2)
                                              ------------------------------- -------------
                                                  1997            1998             1998
                                              ------------ ------------------ -------------
                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND PER
                                                            TRANSACTION DATA)
<S>                                           <C>          <C>                <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues(3) ................................   $ 24,964       $  30,189        $ 31,835
 Operating expenses:
  Operations ................................     12,104          12,485          12,730
  Sales, marketing and client services ......      6,143           7,769           8,067
  Research and development ..................      2,455           2,886           2,929
  General and administrative ................      3,340           3,307           3,468
  Depreciation and amortization .............      3,502           4,846           5,156
  Write-down of intangible assets ...........         --              --              --
  Acquired in-process research and
   development(6) ...........................      4,354              --              --
  Other charges(7) ..........................        990              --              --
                                                --------       ---------        --------
 Total operating expenses ...................     32,888          31,293          32,350
                                                --------       ---------        --------
 Loss from operations .......................     (7,924)         (1,104)           (515)
 Other (income) expense .....................       (885)             13              13
 Interest expense (income), net .............        779           2,470            (134)
                                                --------       ---------        --------
 Loss before provision for income taxes .....     (7,818)         (3,587)           (394)
 Provision for income taxes .................         43              37              37
                                                --------       ---------        --------
 Net loss ...................................     (7,861)         (3,624)           (431)
 Preferred stock dividends ..................     (1,800)         (1,800)             --
                                                --------       ---------        --------
 Net loss applicable to common
  stockholders...............................   $ (9,661)      $  (5,424)       $   (431)
                                                ========       =========        ========
 Basic net loss per common share ............  $   (1.81)     $    (0.96)(8)    $  (0.05)
 Weighted average common shares
  outstanding - Basic .......................      5,345           5,677           9,277
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA(9) ..................................  $  (4,422)     $    3,742        $  4,641
 Adjusted EBITDA(9) .........................        922           3,742           4,641
 Transactions processed(10)
  Pharmacy ..................................     88,463         136,685         140,234
  Medical ...................................     14,921          23,514          23,514
  Dental ....................................      8,759          10,767          10,767
                                               ---------      ----------        --------
   Total transactions processed .............    112,143         170,966         174,515
 Transactions per FTE(10)(11) ...............        291             480             487
 Revenue per FTE(11) ........................  $      65      $       84        $     89
 Operating expenses per transaction(10) .....       0.29            0.18            0.19
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                       ---------------------------
                                                          ACTUAL       AS ADJUSTED
                                                       ------------   ------------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Working capital ...................................    $   3,276        $ 7,889
 Total assets ......................................       54,179         58,363
 Long-term debt, including current portion .........       40,499          1,324
 Redeemable cumulative preferred stock .............       30,623             --
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) ....................      (25,337)        49,362
</TABLE>

                                                   (Footnotes on following page)

                                       6

<PAGE>
(1) Gives effect to (i) the  acquisition of Time-Share  Computer  Systems,  Inc.
    ("TCS") in February 1997, (ii) the  acquisition of The Stockton Group,  Inc.
    ("Stockton")  in  November  1997,  (iii) the  Recapitalization  and (iv) the
    Offering, as if they had occurred on July 1, 1996.

(2) Gives effect to (i) the  acquisition of Stockton in November 1997,  (ii) the
    Recapitalization and (iii) the Offering,  as if they had occurred on July 1,
    1996.

(3) During the periods presented,  the Company made a series of acquisitions and
    divested certain non-core or unprofitable operations.  Revenues attributable
    to these  divested  operations,  which  are  included  in the  statement  of
    operations data, were  $1,595,000,  $3,517,000,  $2,252,000,  $1,941,000 and
    $241,000 in the fiscal years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the nine
    months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

(4) Reflects  the  write-off  of goodwill related to the acquisitions of Medical
    Processing Center, Inc. ("MPC") and Wellmark, Inc. ("Wellmark").

(5) Reflects  the  write-down  of costs  relating  to client  lists and  related
    allocable   goodwill   obtained  in  the  acquisition  of  General  Computer
    Corporation,  subsequently  renamed MEDE AMERICA  Corporation of Ohio ("MEDE
    OHIO").

(6) Reflects the write-off of acquired in-process research and development costs
    upon the consummation of the TCS acquisition.

(7) Reflects (i) expenses recorded relating to contingent  consideration paid to
    former owners of acquired businesses of $538,000, $2,301,000 and $990,000 in
    the fiscal  years  ended June 30,  1996 and 1997 and the nine  months  ended
    March 31, 1997,  respectively,  (ii) expenses of $2,864,000  relating to the
    spin-off of the Company by Card Establishment  Services, Inc. ("CES") in the
    fiscal year ended June 30, 1995 and (iii)  non-cash  stock  compensation  of
    $1,280,000  relating to Stockton in the pro forma fiscal year ended June 30,
    1997.

(8) Supplemental  net loss per  share,  giving  effect to the  Recapitalization,
    would be $(1.49) and $(0.46) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 and the
    nine months ended March 31, 1998, respectively.

(9) EBITDA  represents  net income (loss) plus  provision for income taxes,  net
    interest expense,  other (income) expense and depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA is not a measurement in accordance with generally accepted accounting
    principles  ("GAAP") and should not be considered an alternative to, or more
    meaningful  than,  earnings (loss) from  operations,  net earnings (loss) or
    cash  flow  from  operations  as  defined  by  GAAP or as a  measure  of the
    Company's profitability or liquidity.  Not all companies calculate EBITDA in
    the same manner and, accordingly,  EBITDA shown herein may not be comparable
    to EBITDA shown by other  companies.  The Company has  included  information
    concerning EBITDA herein because management  believes EBITDA provides useful
    information. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA plus certain other charges as
    described below.  The following table summarizes  EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA
    for all periods presented:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                     
                                                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED 
                                                          YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,                                    MARCH 31,   
                                         ------------------------------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                                           ACTUAL                    PRO FORMA       ACTUAL           PRO FORMA  
                                         ------------------------------------------ -----------   ----------------------- -------
                                              1995           1996          1997         1997        1997        1998       1998  
                                         -------------- -------------- ------------ -----------   ------------ ---------- -------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>             
  EBITDA ...............................   $  (13,347)    $  (13,164)    $ (5,503)   $ (4,191)     $ (4,422)   $ 3,742    $ 4,641
  Contingent consideration paid to
    former owners of acquired busi-
    nesses .............................           --            538        2,301       2,301         990         --         -- 
  Write-down of intangible assets ......        8,191          9,965           --          --          --         --         -- 
  Acquired in-process research and                                                                                              
    development ........................           --             --        4,354       4,354       4,354         --         -- 
  Expenses related to the CES spin-                                                                                             
    off ................................        2,864             --           --          --          --         --         -- 
  Non-cash stock compensation ..........           --             --           --       1,280          --         --         -- 
  Contract and legal settlement provi-                                                                                          
    sions ..............................           --            609        1,059       1,059          --         --         -- 
                                           ----------     ----------     --------    --------    --------    -------    ------- 
  Adjusted EBITDA ......................   $   (2,292)    $   (2,052)    $  2,211    $  4,803    $    922    $ 3,742    $ 4,641 
                                           ==========     ==========     ========    ========   ========    =======    =======  
</TABLE>

- -----------
(10) Transaction  volumes are not  available  for the fiscal year ended June 30,
     1995.

(11) Full-time  equivalents ("FTE") represents the number of full-time employees
     and  part-time  equivalents  of  full-time  employees  as of the end of the
     period shown.

                                       7

<PAGE>

                        QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The following table summarizes revenues, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for all
periods presented:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             9/30/96    12/31/96    3/31/97     6/30/97    9/30/97   12/31/97    3/31/98
                                           ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- --------- ---------- -----------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>
Revenues .................................   $ 8,179    $ 7,831    $  8,954    $ 10,315    $ 9,241   $ 9,849    $ 11,099
EBITDA (1) ...............................      (199)       (64)     (4,159)     (1,081)       704     1,309       1,729
Contingent consideration paid to former
 owners of acquired businesses ...........       330        330         330       1,311         --        --          --
Acquired in-process research and develop-
 ment ....................................        --         --       4,354          --         --        --          --
Contract and legal settlement provisions .        --         --          --       1,059         --        --          --
                                             -------    -------    --------    --------    -------   -------    --------
Adjusted EBITDA(1) .......................   $   131    $   266    $    525    $  1,289    $   704   $ 1,309    $  1,729
                                             =======    =======    ========    ========    =======   =======    ========
</TABLE>

     See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations -- Quarterly Operating Results."

- -----------
(1) EBITDA  represents  net income (loss) plus  provision for income taxes,  net
    interest expense,  other (income) expense and depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA  is not a  measurement  in  accordance  with GAAP and  should  not be
    considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than,  earnings (loss) from
    operations,  net earnings  (loss) or cash flow from operations as defined by
    GAAP or as a measure of the Company's  profitability  or liquidity.  Not all
    companies calculate EBITDA in the same manner and, accordingly, EBITDA shown
    herein may not be comparable to EBITDA shown by other companies. The Company
    has  included  information   concerning  EBITDA  herein  because  management
    believes  EBITDA  provides useful  information.  Adjusted EBITDA  represents
    EBITDA plus certain other charges as described above.

- -----------
     Except as otherwise  noted herein,  all  information in this Prospectus (i)
assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option and (ii) has been
adjusted  to  give  effect  to a  one-for-4.5823  reverse  stock  split  of  all
outstanding  Common Stock (the "Reverse Stock Split").  The Company's  Preferred
Stock,  $.01 par value  ("Preferred  Stock"),  provides  for  conversion  of the
aggregate liquidation value of the Preferred Stock, including accrued but unpaid
dividends,  into Common Stock at the initial  public  offering  price per share.
However,  cash  realized by the Company upon any  exercise of the  Underwriters'
overallotment  option  would be applied to the payment of accrued  dividends  in
lieu of having such  dividends  convert into Common  Stock.  Except as otherwise
noted herein,  each  reference in this  Prospectus to Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of all of the Preferred  Stock assumes a conversion  price of $14.00.
Based  on  an  aggregate  liquidation  preference  of  the  Preferred  Stock  of
$31,023,911  (including  $7,028,311  of accrued  dividends)  as of May 29, 1998,
2,215,940  shares of Common  Stock  would be so  issuable  as of such  date.  In
addition,  concurrently  with the  consummation  of the Offering,  an additional
66,379  shares  of  Common  Stock  will  be  issued  upon  the  exercise  of all
outstanding  Common Stock purchase  warrants.  Such  conversion of the Preferred
Stock,   and   exercise   of   warrants,   are   referred   to   herein  as  the
"Recapitalization".   See  "Capitalization,"   "Description  of  Common  Stock,"
"Principal Stockholders" and "Underwriting."

                                       8

<PAGE>
                                 RISK FACTORS

     In addition to other information contained in this Prospectus,  prospective
investors should carefully consider the following risk factors before purchasing
the  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered   hereby.   This   Prospectus   contains
forward-looking  statements  relating to future  events or the future  financial
performance  of the  Company.  Prospective  investors  are  cautioned  that such
forward-looking  statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve
risks and  uncertainties.  Actual events or results may differ  materially  from
those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors
and the matters set forth in this Prospectus generally.

HISTORY OF OPERATING LOSSES; LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY

     The Company has experienced substantial net losses, including net losses of
$16.6  million,  $19.3  million,  $11.5  million and $3.6 million for the fiscal
years  ended June 30,  1995,  1996 and 1997,  respectively,  and the nine months
ended March 31, 1998.  The Company had an accumulated  deficit of  approximately
$51.5  million  as of March  31,  1998.  In  connection  with  its  acquisitions
completed  to date,  the Company has  incurred  significant  acquisition-related
charges and will record significant amortization expense related to goodwill and
other  intangible  assets in future periods.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to achieve or sustain revenue growth or  profitability on a
quarterly  or annual  basis.  See  "Selected  Consolidated  Financial  Data" and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations."

     The Company's operating history is limited. The Company's prospects must be
considered  in  light  of  the  risks,  expenses  and  difficulties   frequently
encountered  by  companies  with  limited  operating   histories,   particularly
companies  in new and  rapidly  evolving  markets  such  as EDI and  transaction
processing.  Such  risks  include,  but are not  limited  to,  an  evolving  and
unpredictable  business model and the difficulties inherent in the management of
growth.  To address these risks, the Company must, among other things,  maintain
and increase its client base,  implement and  successfully  execute its business
and marketing  strategies,  continue to develop and upgrade its  technology  and
transaction-processing  systems,  provide  superior client  service,  respond to
competitive developments,  and attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in addressing such
risks or in  achieving  profitability,  and the  failure  to do so could  have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.

ACQUISITION STRATEGY; NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL

     The Company's  strategy includes  acquisitions of healthcare EDI businesses
that  complement or supplement  the  Company's  business.  The success of such a
strategy  will  depend on many  factors,  including  the  Company's  ability  to
identify   suitable   acquisition   candidates,   the  purchase  price  and  the
availability  and terms of financing.  Significant  competition  for acquisition
opportunities  exists in the  healthcare EDI industry,  which may  significantly
increase the costs of and decrease the opportunities for acquisitions.  Although
the  Company  is  actively  pursuing  possible  acquisitions,  there  can  be no
assurance that any acquisition  will be consummated.  No assurances can be given
that the Company will be able to operate any acquired  businesses  profitably or
otherwise successfully implement its expansion strategy. The Company may finance
future  acquisitions  through  borrowings  or the  issuance  of debt  or  equity
securities.  There can be no assurance that future lenders will extend credit on
favorable terms, if at all. Further, any borrowings would increase the Company's
interest  expense and any  issuance of equity  securities  could have a dilutive
effect on the holders of Common  Stock.  The Company will not be able to account
for acquisitions  under the "pooling of interests" method for at least two years
following  the Offering.  Accordingly,  such future  acquisitions  may result in
significant goodwill and a corresponding  increase in the amount of amortization
expense and could also result in write-downs of purchased  assets,  all of which
could adversely affect the Company's operating results in future periods.

INTEGRATION OF ACQUIRED BUSINESSES

     The success of the Company's  acquisition  strategy also depends to a large
degree on the Company's  ability to effectively  integrate the acquired products
and  services,  facilities,  technologies,  personnel  and  operations  into the
Company. The process of integration often requires substantial management atten-

                                       9

<PAGE>
tion  and  other  corporate  resources,  and  the  Company  may  not be  able to
accurately  predict  the  resources  that will be needed to  integrate  acquired
operations.  There  can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to
effectively  integrate any or all acquired companies or operations.  Any failure
to do so could  result in  operating  inefficiencies,  redundancies,  management
distraction  or  technological   difficulties   (among  other  possible  adverse
consequences),  any  of  which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

EVOLVING INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES

     The market for the  Company's  products  and services is  characterized  by
rapidly  changing  technology,  evolving  industry  standards  and the  frequent
introduction  of new and enhanced  services.  The Company's  success will depend
upon its ability to enhance its existing services, to introduce new products and
services  on  a  timely  and  cost-effective   basis  to  meet  evolving  client
requirements,  to achieve market  acceptance for new products or services and to
respond to emerging industry standards and other  technological  changes.  There
can be no  assurance  that the Company  will be able to respond  effectively  to
technological  changes  or new  industry  standards.  Moreover,  there can be no
assurance  that  other  companies  will  not  develop  competitive  products  or
services,  or that any such  competitive  products or services  will not have an
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

DEPENDENCE ON CONNECTIONS TO PAYORS

     The  Company's  business is enhanced  by the  substantial  number of payors
(such as insurance companies, Medicare and Medicaid agencies and Blue Cross/Blue
Shield  organizations)  to which the Company has electronic  connections.  These
connections  may either be made  directly  or through a  clearinghouse  or other
intermediary.  The  Company has  attempted  to enter into  suitable  contractual
relationships to ensure long term payor connectivity;  however,  there can be no
assurance  that the Company  will be able to maintain  its links with all payors
with whom it currently has connections.  In addition,  there can be no assurance
that the Company  will be able to develop new  connections  (either  directly or
through  clearinghouses)  on  satisfactory  terms,  if at all.  Lastly,  certain
third-party  payors  provide  EDI  systems  directly  to  healthcare  providers,
bypassing  third-party  processors such as the Company.  The failure to maintain
its  existing  connections  with  payors and  clearinghouses  or to develop  new
connections  as  circumstances  warrant,  or an increase in the  utilization  of
direct links between providers and payors,  could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

DEVELOPMENT OF EDI PROCESSING IN THE HEALTHCARE INDUSTRY

     The Company's strategy anticipates that electronic processing of healthcare
transactions,  including  transactions  involving  clinical as well as financial
information,  will become more  widespread  and that  providers and  third-party
payors  increasingly  will use EDI  processing  networks for the  processing and
transmission  of data.  Electronic  transmission  of healthcare  transactions is
still developing, and complexities in the nature and types of transactions which
must be processed have hindered,  to some degree, the development and acceptance
of EDI  processing  in this  market.  There can be no assurance  that  continued
conversion  from  paper-based  transaction  processing to EDI  processing in the
healthcare industry will occur or that, to the extent it does occur,  healthcare
providers  and  payors  will use  independent  processors  such as the  Company.
Furthermore,  if EDI processing  extensively penetrates the healthcare market or
becomes highly  standardized,  it is possible that competition among transaction
processors will focus increasingly on pricing. If competition causes the Company
to reduce its pricing in order to retain market share,  the Company may suffer a
material  adverse  change in its  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

POTENTIAL VARIABILITY IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

     The Company's quarterly operating results have varied  significantly in the
past and are likely to vary from  quarter to  quarter in the  future.  Quarterly
revenues  and  operating  results  may  fluctuate  as a result of a  variety  of
factors, including:  integration of acquired businesses; seasonal variability of
demand

                                       10

<PAGE>
for  healthcare  services  generally;  the number,  timing and  significance  of
announcements  and  releases  of product  enhancements  and new  products by the
Company  and its  competitors;  the timing  and  significance  of  announcements
concerning the Company's present or prospective strategic alliances; the loss of
clients due to consolidation in the healthcare industry;  legislation or changes
in government  policies or regulations  relating to healthcare  EDI  processing;
delays in product  installation  requested  by clients;  the length of the sales
cycle or the timing of sales;  client  budgeting  cycles  and  changes in client
budgets; marketing and sales promotional activities;  software defects and other
quality factors; and general economic conditions.

     The  Company's  operating  expense  levels,  which will  increase  with the
addition of acquired  businesses,  are relatively  fixed.  If revenues are below
expectations,  net income is likely to be disproportionately adversely affected.
Further, in some future quarters the Company's revenues or operating results may
be below the expectations of securities  analysts and investors.  In such event,
the trading  price of the  Company's  Common  Stock would  likely be  materially
adversely  affected.  See  "Summary  --  Quarterly  Financial  Information"  and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations -- Quarterly Operating Results."

PROPOSED HEALTHCARE DATA CONFIDENTIALITY LEGISLATION

     Legislation that imposes restrictions on third-party processors' ability to
analyze  certain  patient  data  without   specific  patient  consent  has  been
introduced in the U.S. Congress.  Although the Company does not currently access
or analyze individually identifiable patient information,  such legislation,  if
adopted,  could  adversely  affect the  ability  of  third-party  processors  to
transmit  information  such as treatment and clinical data, and could  adversely
affect the Company's  ability to expand into related areas of the EDI healthcare
market. In addition,  the Health Insurance  Portability and Accountability  Act,
passed  in  1997,  mandates  the  establishment  of  federal  standards  for the
confidentiality,   format  and   transmission   of  patient  data,  as  well  as
recordkeeping and data security  obligations.  It is possible that the standards
so developed will necessitate changes to the Company's  operations,  which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and results of operations.

COMPETITION

     The   Company   faces   significant   competition   from   healthcare   and
non-healthcare  EDI  processing  companies.  The  Company  also faces  potential
competition  from  other  companies,  such as vendors  of  provider  information
management  systems,  which  have  added or may add  their own  proprietary  EDI
processing systems to existing or future products and services.  Competition may
be  experienced  in the form of  pressure  to reduce per  transaction  prices or
eliminate per  transaction  pricing  altogether.  If EDI processing  becomes the
standard for claims and  information  processing,  a number of larger and better
capitalized  entities  may  elect to enter the  industry  and  further  increase
competitive  pricing  pressures.  Many of the  Company's  existing and potential
competitors  are larger and have  significantly  greater  financial,  marketing,
technological  and other  resources than the Company.  There can be no assurance
that  increased  competition  will not have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business
- -- Competition."

RISK OF INTERRUPTION OF DATA PROCESSING

     The  Company  currently  processes  its  data  through  its  facilities  in
Twinsburg,  Ohio, Mitchel Field, New York, and Atlanta,  Georgia.  The Twinsburg
and Mitchel Field sites are designed to be redundant.  Additionally, the Company
transmits data through a number of different  telecommunications networks, using
a variety of different  technologies.  However,  the occurrence of an event that
overcomes the data processing and transmission  redundancies then in place could
lead to service  interruptions  and could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     Many currently  installed  computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two digit entries in the date code field.  These date code fields
will need to accept four digit  entries to  distinguish  21st century dates from
20th century dates. As a result, prior to January 1, 2000, computer systems

                                       11

<PAGE>

and/or  software used by many companies  (including the Company) will need to be
upgraded to comply with such "Year 2000" requirements.  Significant  uncertainty
exists in the software  industry  concerning the potential  consequences  of the
Year 2000 phenomenon.  Although the Company  currently offers software  products
that  are  designed  or  have  been  modified  to  comply  with  the  Year  2000
requirements,  there can be no assurance  that the  Company's  current  software
contains all  necessary  date code  changes.  The Company  believes that certain
installations of its products and certain products currently used by its clients
in conjunction with third-party  vendors'  products are not Year 2000 compliant.
While the Company has plans to address the problems  related to its own products
within the coming  year,  there can be no  assurance  that the costs of bringing
these systems into compliance will not be significantly greater than expected or
that compliance will be achieved in a timely manner.  In addition,  there can be
no  assurance  that the  Company's  current  products do not contain  undetected
errors or defects  associated  with Year 2000 date  functions that may result in
material  costs to the Company.  Moreover,  even if the  Company's  products and
services satisfy such  requirements,  the products and services  provided to the
Company's  clients by other  software  vendors,  and the systems used by certain
payors,  may not be Year 2000 compliant,  thereby  disrupting the ability of the
Company's clients to use the Company's software or to obtain  reimbursement in a
timely  manner.  An adverse  impact on such  clients  due to the Year 2000 issue
could also have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Year 2000 Compliance."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

     The  Company's  performance  depends in  significant  part on the continued
service of its  executive  officers,  its product  managers and other key sales,
marketing  and  development  personnel.  The loss of the  services of any of its
executive  officers or the failure to hire or retain other key  employees  could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and results of operations.

UNCERTAINTY AND CONSOLIDATION IN THE HEALTHCARE INDUSTRY

     The  healthcare  industry is subject to changing  political,  economic  and
regulatory  influences that may affect the procurement  practices and operations
of healthcare industry participants. Federal and state legislatures periodically
consider programs to modify or amend the United States healthcare system at both
the federal and state level.  These  programs may contain  proposals to increase
governmental  involvement in healthcare,  lower reimbursement rates or otherwise
change  the  environment  in which  healthcare  industry  participants  operate.
Healthcare   industry   participants  may  react  to  these  proposals  and  the
uncertainty  surrounding such proposals by curtailing or deferring  investments,
including investments in the Company's products and services. In addition,  many
healthcare  providers are  consolidating  to create larger  healthcare  delivery
organizations.  This  consolidation  reduces the number of potential clients for
the  Company's   services,   and  the  increased   bargaining   power  of  these
organizations  could lead to  reductions  in the amounts paid for the  Company's
services.  Other healthcare information companies,  such as billing services and
practice  management  vendors,  which currently utilize the Company's  services,
could develop or acquire transaction processing and networking  capabilities and
may cease  utilizing the Company's  services in the future.  The impact of these
developments in the healthcare industry is difficult to predict and could have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations. To the extent that the current trend toward consolidation
in the industry  continues,  MEDE  AMERICA may find it more  difficult to obtain
access to payors, information providers and practice management software vendors
on whom its ability to deliver services and enroll new clients now depends. Loss
of access to these industry  participants could materially  adversely affect the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

DEPENDENCE ON INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; RISK OF INFRINGEMENT

     The  Company's  ability to  compete  effectively  depends to a  significant
extent on its ability to protect its proprietary information. The Company relies
on a  combination  of statutory  and common law  copyright,  trademark and trade
secret laws, client licensing agreements, employee and third-party nondisclosure
agreements and other methods to protect its proprietary rights. The Company does
not include in

                                       12

<PAGE>

its  software  any  mechanisms  to  prevent  or inhibit  unauthorized  use,  but
generally enters into confidentiality  agreements with its consultants,  clients
and potential clients and limits access to, and distribution of, its proprietary
information.  The Company has not filed any patent  applications with respect to
its intellectual property. It is the Company's policy to defend its intellectual
property; however, there can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company
to  protect   its   proprietary   information   will  be   adequate  to  prevent
misappropriation  of its technology or that the Company's  competitors  will not
independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior
to the Company's technology.

     The Company is also  subject to the risk of alleged  infringement  by it of
intellectual  property  rights of others.  Although the Company is not currently
aware of any  pending or  threatened  infringement  claims  with  respect to the
Company's  current  or future  products,  there can be no  assurance  that third
parties will not assert such claims.  Any such claims could  require the Company
to enter into  license  arrangements  or could result in  protracted  and costly
litigation,  regardless of the merits of such claims.  No assurance can be given
that any  necessary  licenses  will be available  or that,  if  available,  such
licenses  can  be  obtained  on  commercially  reasonable  terms.   Furthermore,
litigation  may be  necessary  to enforce the  Company's  intellectual  property
rights,  to protect the Company's  trade secrets,  to determine the validity and
scope of the  proprietary  rights  of  others  or to  defend  against  claims of
infringement. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of
resources and could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations.

     The Company expects that software  developers will  increasingly be subject
to such claims as the number of products and competitors  providing software and
services to the  healthcare  industry  increases  and overlaps  occur.  Any such
claim, with or without merit, could result in costly litigation or might require
the Company to enter into  royalty or licensing  agreements,  any of which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and results of operations.  Such royalty or licensing  agreements,  if required,
may not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all.

RISK OF PRODUCT DEFECTS

     Products  such as those  offered  by the  Company  may  contain  errors  or
experience  failures,  especially when initially introduced or when new versions
are  released.  While the Company  conducts  extensive  testing to address these
errors  and  failures,  there can be no  assurance  that  errors or  performance
failures will not occur in products  under  development  or in  enhancements  to
current  products.  Any such errors or failures could result in loss of revenues
and clients,  delay in market  acceptance,  diversion of development  resources,
damage to the Company's  reputation  or increased  service  costs,  any of which
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS

     After the  Offering,  49.7% of the Common Stock will be owned by investment
funds affiliated with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, a private investment firm
("WCAS")  and 7.9% will be owned by  investment  funds  affiliated  with William
Blair  Capital  Partners  L.L.C.  ("WBCP").  See  "Principal  Shareholders"  and
"Description  of  Capital  Stock  --  Recapitalization."  As a  result  of  this
concentration of ownership,  these  shareholders may be able to exercise control
over matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors
and approval of significant  corporate  transactions.  Such control may have the
effect of  delaying  or  preventing  a change in  control  of the  Company.  The
Company's Board of Directors  currently includes Thomas E. McInerney and Anthony
J. de Nicola, designees of WCAS, and Timothy M. Murray, a designee of WBCP.

NO PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK; PRICE AND MARKET VOLATILITY

     Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  market  for the  Common
Stock,  and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
or be sustained after this Offering or that the market price of the Common Stock
will not decline below the initial  public  offering  price.  The initial public
offering price has been determined by  negotiations  between the Company and the
Representa-

                                       13

<PAGE>

tives of the  Underwriters  and may not be indicative of the market price of the
Common Stock in the future.  See  "Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors
considered in determining the initial public  offering  price.  The stock market
has  from  time to time  experienced  extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations,
particularly  in the securities of technology  companies,  which have often been
unrelated to the operating performance of individual companies. Announcements of
technological innovations or new and enhanced commercial products by the Company
or its competitors,  market conditions in the industry, developments or disputes
concerning proprietary rights, changes in earnings,  economic and other external
factors,  political and other developments and period-to-period  fluctuations in
financial  results of the  Company may have a  significant  impact on the market
price and  marketability  of the  Company's  Common Stock.  Fluctuations  in the
trading price of the Common Stock may also adversely affect the liquidity of the
trading market for the Common Stock.

POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT OF ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

     The  Company's  Board of Directors is  authorized  to issue up to 5,000,000
shares of Preferred  Stock and to determine the price,  rights,  preferences and
privileges  of those shares  without any further vote or action by the Company's
stockholders.  The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and
may be  adversely  affected  by,  the  rights of the  holders  of any  shares of
Preferred  Stock  that may be issued in the  future.  While the  Company  has no
present  intention to issue shares of Preferred Stock, any such issuance,  while
providing  desirable  flexibility in connection with possible  acquisitions  and
other corporate purposes,  could have the effect of making it more difficult for
a third  party to  acquire a majority  of the  outstanding  voting  stock of the
Company.  In addition,  such  Preferred  Stock may have other rights,  including
economic  rights  senior to the Common  Stock,  and, as a result,  the  issuance
thereof could have a material  adverse  effect on the market value of the Common
Stock.  Furthermore,  the Company is subject to the anti-takeover  provisions of
Section  203 of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  (the  "DGCL"),  which
prohibits  the  Company  from  engaging  in a  "business  combination"  with  an
"interested  stockholder"  for a period  of three  years  after  the date of the
transaction  in which such person  first  becomes an  "interested  stockholder,"
unless  the  business  combination  is  approved  in a  prescribed  manner.  The
application of these  provisions could have the effect of delaying or preventing
a change of control of the Company.  Certain other provisions of the Amended and
Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  and the Company's Bylaws could also have
the effect of delaying or  preventing  changes of control or  management  of the
Company,  which could adversely  affect the market price of the Company's Common
Stock.  See  "Description of Capital Stock -- Preferred  Stock" and "-- Delaware
Laws and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions; Anti-Takeover Measures."

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT ON FUTURE MARKET PRICE

     Sales of Common Stock  (including  Common Stock issued upon the exercise of
outstanding  stock  options)  in the public  market  after this  Offering  could
materially  adversely  affect the market  price of the  Common  Stock.  Upon the
completion  of this  Offering  and giving  effect to the  Recapitalization,  the
Company will have  11,567,304  shares of Common Stock  outstanding,  assuming no
exercise of stock  options and no exercise of the  Underwriters'  over-allotment
option. Of these  outstanding  shares of Common Stock, the 3,600,000 shares sold
in this  Offering  will be  freely  tradeable,  without  restriction  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"),  unless purchased by
"affiliates"  of the  Company,  as that  term is  defined  in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. The remaining  7,967,304 shares of Common Stock held by existing
stockholders  are  "restricted  securities"  as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the  Securities Act and were issued and sold by the Company in reliance on
exemptions  from the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act. These
shares may be resold in the public  market only if  registered or pursuant to an
exemption  from  registration,  such as Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act. All
officers,  directors and certain holders of Common Stock beneficially owning, in
the aggregate,  approximately        shares of Common Stock and       options to
purchase  shares of Common  Stock,  have  agreed,  pursuant  to certain  lock-up
agreements,  that  they  will  not  sell,  offer to  sell,  solicit  an offer to
purchase,  contract  to sell,  grant any option to sell,  pledge,  or  otherwise
transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock owned
by them,  or that could be  purchased by them through the exercise of options to
purchase Common Stock of the Company, for a

                                       14

<PAGE>

period of 180 days after the date of this  Prospectus  without the prior written
consent of Smith Barney Inc.  Upon  expiration  of the lock-up  agreements,  all
shares of Common Stock currently  outstanding  will be immediately  eligible for
resale,  subject  to the  requirements  of Rule 144.  The  Company  is unable to
predict the effect that sales may have on the then  prevailing  market  price of
the Common Stock.  See "Management -- Employee  Benefit Plans,"  "Description of
Capital Stock" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

BENEFITS OF THE OFFERING TO CURRENT STOCKHOLDERS

     Prospective investors should be aware that current holders of the Company's
Common Stock and Preferred  Stock will benefit from the Offering.  Approximately
$25.2  million of the net  proceeds of the  Offering  will be used to prepay all
then outstanding  principal and accrued interest on a Senior  Subordinated  Note
(as herein  defined) held by one of the  Company's  principal  stockholders.  In
addition,  approximately $17.8 million of the net proceeds will be used to repay
all then outstanding  indebtedness  under the Company's  current Credit Facility
(as herein defined).  The Credit Facility,  which is guaranteed by the Company's
four principal  stockholders,  will be replaced with a new facility,  which will
not be  guaranteed  by a  third  party.  See  "Use  of  Proceeds"  and  "Certain
Transactions."

     After the  Offering,  all existing  stockholders  will benefit from certain
changes  including  the  creation of a public  market for the  Company's  Common
Stock.  Moreover, the current shareholders will realize an immediate increase in
market and tangible book value. See "Dilution."

IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION

     Purchasers  of  Common  Stock in the  Offering  will  incur  immediate  and
substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock in
the amount of $12.98 per share,  at an assumed  initial public offering price of
$14.00 per share.  To the extent that  outstanding  options to  purchase  Common
Stock are exercised, there will be further dilution. See "Dilution."

ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS

     No  dividends  have been paid on the Common  Stock to date and the  Company
does not  anticipate  paying  dividends on the Common  Stock in the  foreseeable
future. See "Dividend Policy."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This  Prospectus  contains  certain  statements  that are  "forward-looking
statements"  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section
21E of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act").
Those statements  include,  among other things, the discussions of the Company's
business strategy and expectations concerning developments in the healthcare EDI
industry, the Company's market position, future operations,  transaction growth,
margins and profitability, and liquidity and capital resources. Investors in the
Common Stock offered  hereby are cautioned that such  forward-looking  statement
involves risks and  uncertainties,  and that although the Company  believes that
the assumptions on which the  forward-looking  statements  contained  herein are
reasonable,  any of those  assumptions  could prove to be  inaccurate,  and as a
result, the forward-looking  statements based on those assumptions also could be
incorrect.  The  uncertainties  in this regard include,  but are not limited to,
those  identified  in the risk factors  discussed  above.  In light of these and
other uncertainties,  the inclusion of a forward-looking statement herein should
not be regarded as a representation  by the Company that the Company's plans and
objectives will be achieved.

                                       15

<PAGE>

                                  THE COMPANY

     MEDE AMERICA is a leading  provider of EDI products and services to a broad
range of providers and payors in the healthcare industry.  The Company offers an
integrated suite of EDI solutions that allows hospitals, pharmacies, physicians,
dentists and other  healthcare  providers and provider groups to  electronically
edit, process and transmit claims, eligibility and enrollment data, track claims
submissions   throughout   the  claims   payment   process  and  obtain   faster
reimbursement  for their services.  In addition to offering  greater  processing
speed, the Company's EDI products reduce processing costs,  increase  collection
rates and result in more accurate data  interchange.  The Company maintains over
540 direct connections with insurance companies, Medicare and Medicaid agencies,
Blue Cross and Blue Shield systems and other third party payors, as well as over
500 indirect  connections with additional payors through claims  clearinghouses.
Currently,  the Company  processes  over 900,000  transactions  per day for over
65,000 providers  located in all 50 states.  The Company's  mission is to be the
leading provider of integrated  healthcare  transaction  processing  technology,
networks  and  databases,  enabling  its  clients to  improve  the  quality  and
efficiency of their services.

     The  Company  was  formed  in March  1995  through  the  consolidation  and
subsequent spin-off of three subsidiaries of Card Establishment  Services,  Inc.
("CES"),  in connection with the  acquisition by First Data  Corporation of CES'
credit card processing  business.  The three subsidiaries,  MedE America,  Inc.,
Medical Processing Center, Inc. ("MPC") and Wellmark,  Inc. ("Wellmark"),  which
comprised  the heathcare  services  business of CES,  historically  provided EDI
services to  hospitals  and  physicians.  After the  spin-off,  the Company made
several strategic acquisitions to strengthen its core hospital/medical  business
and to expand into the  pharmaceutical  and dental  markets.  In March 1995, the
Company acquired General Computer Corporation, subsequently renamed MEDE AMERICA
Corporation  of Ohio  (referred  to herein as "MEDE  OHIO"),  a developer of EDI
systems  and  services  for the  pharmaceutical  industry,  and in June 1995 the
Company acquired Latpon Health Systems,  Incorporated ("Latpon"), a developer of
proprietary EDI claims processing  software for hospitals and physicians.  These
acquisitions  were followed by  acquisitions  of Electronic  Claims and Funding,
Inc. ("EC&F"), and Premier Dental Systems, Corp.  ("Premier"),  in October 1995.
These  companies were engaged in the EDI and management  software  businesses in
the dental market.  The Company  enhanced its presence in the pharmacy market by
acquiring  Time-Share  Computer Systems,  Inc. ("TCS"), in February 1997 and The
Stockton Group, Inc. ("Stockton") in November 1997.

     The Company's  executive  offices are located at 90 Merrick  Avenue,  Suite
501, East Meadow, New York 11554, and its telephone number is (516) 542-4500.

                                       16

<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered  hereby,  assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share,
are  estimated  to  be  $45.9  million  ($53.0  million  if  the   Underwriters'
over-allotment  option is  exercised in full),  after  deducting  the  estimated
offering fees and expenses  payable by the Company.  The Company  intends to use
the net proceeds from the Offering as follows:  (i) approximately  $25.2 million
to prepay all then outstanding principal and accrued interest on its outstanding
10% Senior  Subordinated  Note due February  14, 2002 (the "Senior  Subordinated
Note");   (ii)  approximately  $17.8  million  to  repay  all  then  outstanding
indebtedness  under its current  credit  facility (the "Credit  Facility");  and
(iii) the balance for general  corporate  and  working  capital  purposes.  Cash
realized by the Company  upon any  exercise of the  Underwriters'  overallotment
option  would be applied to the payment of accrued  dividends  in lieu of having
such dividends  convert into Common Stock. See "Certain  Transactions."  Pending
application to the foregoing uses, such proceeds will be invested in short-term,
investment-grade, interest-bearing obligations.

     Outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility currently bear interest at
a weighted  average rate of 7.07% per annum, are guaranteed by WCAS and WBCP and
mature on October 31,  1999.  The Company has  received a letter from the lender
under the Credit Facility  committing to provide an amended credit facility (the
"Amended Credit  Facility")  with total  available  credit of $10.0 million upon
substantially  the same terms and conditions as the Credit Facility.  Borrowings
under the Amended Credit  Facility will not be guaranteed by any third party. It
is  anticipated  that the  Amended  Credit  facility  will take  effect upon the
consummation  of the  Offering.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources."

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company has never  declared or paid any  dividends  on its Common Stock
and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The
Company  currently  intends to retain any earnings to fund future growth and the
operation of its business. See "Risk Factors -- Absence of Dividends."

                                       17

<PAGE>
                                CAPITALIZATION

     The  following  table sets forth the  capitalization  of the  Company as of
March  31,   1998  on  an  actual   basis  and  as   adjusted   to  reflect  the
Recapitalization and the issuance and sale by the Company of 3,600,000 shares of
Common Stock offered hereby, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00
per share,  after deducting the estimated  offering fees and expenses payable by
the Company,  and the application of the net proceeds thereof as described under
"Use of Proceeds." The following  table should be read in  conjunction  with the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements and the notes thereto and the "Unaudited Pro
Forma  Consolidated   Financial   Information"   appearing   elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           MARCH 31, 1998
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                     ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                  -----------   ---------------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                               <C>           <C>
Long-term debt (including current portion)
 Senior Subordinated Note(2) ..................    $  23,250       $      --
 Credit Facility(2) ...........................       15,925              --
 Other debt ...................................        1,324           1,324
                                                   ---------       ---------
   Total long-term debt .......................       40,499           1,324
                                                   ---------       ---------
Redeemable cumulative preferred stock .........       30,623              --
                                                   ---------       ---------
Stockholders' (deficit) equity
 Common Stock(3) ..............................           57             116
 Additional paid-in capital ...................       26,069         102,555
 Accumulated deficit ..........................      (51,463)        (53,309)
                                                   ---------       ---------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .........      (25,337)         49,362
                                                   ---------       ---------
 Total capitalization .........................    $  45,785       $  50,686
                                                   =========       =========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  As  adjusted  to reflect  the  Recapitalization  and the sale of  3,600,000
     shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed  initial
     public offering price of $14.00 per share and the  anticipated  application
     of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.

(2)  As of May 29, 1998, the outstanding  principal amount plus accrued interest
     on the Senior  Subordinated  Note was  approximately  $25.4 million and the
     outstanding  indebtedness under the Credit Facility was approximately $16.8
     million.

(3)  Excludes 483,132 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise
     of stock options  outstanding under the Stock Plans, as of May 29, 1998, at
     a weighted  average exercise price of $4.84 per share, of which 212,099 are
     exercisable.  See  "Management-Employee  Benefit  Plans."  Includes  66,379
     shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of the Common Stock purchase
     warrants as  contemplated  by the  Recapitalization.  See  "Description  of
     Capital Stock."

                                       18

<PAGE>
                                   DILUTION

     The pro forma deficit in net tangible book value of the Company as of March
31, 1998, after giving effect to the Recapitalization, was approximately $(32.4)
million or $(4.08) per share of Common Stock.  Pro forma net deficit in tangible
book value per share is determined by dividing the net tangible  deficit in book
value of the Company (pro forma tangible  assets less total  liabilities) by the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Dilution per share represents the
difference  between the amount per share paid by  purchasers of shares of Common
Stock in the  Offering  and the pro forma net  tangible  book value per share of
Common Stock immediately  after completion of the Offering.  Without taking into
account  any changes in such pro forma net  tangible  book value after March 31,
1998,  other than to give effect to (i) the sale of  3,600,000  shares of Common
Stock by the Company in this  Offering  at an assumed  initial  public  offering
price of $14.00 per share and after  deducting the  estimated  fees and offering
expenses, (ii) the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom and (iii)
the Recapitalization, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of
March 31, 1998 would have been  approximately  $11.7 million or $1.02 per share.
This  represents  an immediate  increase in pro forma net tangible book value of
$5.10 per share to existing  stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma
net  tangible  book value of $12.98 per share to new  investors.  The  following
table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price per share ......................               $ 14.00
     Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this Offering(1).  $(4.08)
                                                                           ------
     Increase per share attributable to new investors ...................    5.10
                                                                           ------
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this Offering ......                 1.02
                                                                                        -------
   Dilution per share to new investors(2) ...............................               $ 12.98
                                                                                        =======
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1) Pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock is determined by
    dividing the Company's pro forma deficit in net tangible book value at March
    31,  1998 of $(32.4)  million,  by the pro forma  number of shares of Common
    Stock outstanding, in each case after giving effect to the Recapitalization.

(2) Dilution per share to new investors is determined by  subtracting  pro forma
    net  tangible  book value per share  after this  Offering  from the  initial
    public offering price per share.

     The following  table sets forth, on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 1998,
after  giving  effect to the  Recapitalization,  the  number of shares of Common
Stock purchased from the Company,  the total  consideration paid and the average
price per share  paid by  existing  stockholders  (excluding  the fair  value of
companies contributed in the March 1995 spin-off from CES) and to be paid by new
investors, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share
and before deducting estimated fees and expenses payable by the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      SHARES PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION         AVERAGE
                                  ------------------------   --------------------------      PRICE
                                     NUMBER       PERCENT        AMOUNT        PERCENT     PER SHARE
                                  ------------   ---------   --------------   ---------   ----------
<S>                               <C>            <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>
Existing stockholders .........    7,933,034      68.8%      $28,000,000       35.7%      $ 3.53
New investors .................    3,600,000      31.2        50,400,000       64.3        14.00
                                   ---------     -----       -----------      -----       ------
Total .........................   11,533,034     100.0%      $78,400,000      100.0%
                                  ==========     =====       ===========      =====
</TABLE>

     The foregoing tables assume no exercise of any outstanding stock options to
purchase  Common  Stock.  At March 31, 1998 there were 488,533  shares of Common
Stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of stock  options  outstanding  under  the
Company's Stock Plans, of which 212,099 were currently exercisable. Such options
have a weighted  average  exercise price of $4.84 per share.  To the extent such
options are exercised,  there will be further dilution to the new investors. See
"Capitalization,"  "Management -- Employee  Benefit Plans" and  "Description  of
Capital Stock."

                                       19

<PAGE>

            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The following  unaudited pro forma consolidated  financial  information has
been  prepared by the  Company's  management  from the  historical  Consolidated
Financial  Statements of the Company and the notes thereto included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.  The unaudited pro forma consolidated  statements of operations
for the year  ended  June 30,  1997 and the nine  months  ended  March 31,  1998
include  adjustments  that give effect to (i) the acquisition of TCS in February
1997,   (ii)  the   acquisition  of  Stockton  in  November   1997,   (iii)  the
Recapitalization  and (iv) the  Offering,  as if they had occurred as of July 1,
1996.  The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  balance sheet as of March 31, 1998
gives  effect to (i) the  Recapitalization  and (ii) the Offering as if they had
occurred on such date.

     The pro forma adjustments are based upon available  information and certain
assumptions that the Company  believes are reasonable  under the  circumstances.
The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  financial  information  should be read in
conjunction with the historical financial statements of the Company and Stockton
and the  respective  notes  thereto,  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  and  the  other  financial
information  included  herein.  The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  financial
information is provided for information purposes only and does not purport to be
indicative of the results which would have been obtained had the acquisitions of
TCS and Stockton,  the  Recapitalization  and the Offering been completed on the
dates indicated or which may be expected to occur in the future.

                                       20

<PAGE>
           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ACTUAL
                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                    COMPANY      TCS(1)    STOCKTON(2)
                                                -------------- ---------- -------------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>        <C>
Revenues ......................................   $   35,279    $ 2,743      $ 3,802
Operating expenses:
 Operations ...................................       16,817      1,145          563
 Sales, marketing and client services .........        8,769        781          900
 Research and development .....................        3,278        132          103
 General and administrative ...................        5,263         93          160
 Depreciation and amortization ................        5,293         90          109

 Non-cash stock compensation ..................           --         --        1,280
 Contingent consideration paid to former
  owners of acquired businesses ...............        2,301         --           --
 Acquired in-process research and
  development .................................        4,354         --           --
                                                  ----------    -------      -------
Total operating expenses ......................       46,075      2,241        3,115
                                                  ----------    -------      -------
Income (loss) from operations .................      (10,796)       502          687
Other (income) expense ........................         (893)        --           --
Interest expense, net .........................        1,504         --          100
                                                  ----------    -------      -------
Income (loss) before provision for income
 taxes ........................................      (11,407)       502          587
Provision for income taxes ....................           57         --           --
                                                  ----------    -------      -------
Net income (loss) .............................      (11,464)       502          587
Preferred stock dividends .....................       (2,400)        --           --
                                                  ----------    -------      -------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
 stockholders .................................   $  (13,864)   $   502      $   587
                                                  ==========    =======      =======
Basic net loss per common share ...............   $    (2.56)
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding - Basic ..........................        5,425         --           --
EBITDA(11) ....................................   $   (5,503)
Adjusted EBITDA(11) ...........................   $    2,211



<CAPTION>
                                                 RECAPITALIZATION
                                                 AND ACQUISITIONS       PRO           OFFERING       PRO FORMA,
                                                    ADJUSTMENTS        FORMA        ADJUSTMENTS      AS ADJUSTED
                                                ------------------ ------------- ----------------- --------------
<S>                                             <C>                <C>           <C>               <C>
Revenues ......................................     $      --        $  41,824     $       --        $   41,824
Operating expenses:
 Operations ...................................            76 (3)       18,601             --            18,601
 Sales, marketing and client services .........            --           10,450             --            10,450
 Research and development .....................            --            3,513             --             3,513
 General and administrative ...................            --            5,516             --             5,516
 Depreciation and amortization ................         1,627 (4)        7,062                            7,062
                                                          (57)(5)
 Non-cash stock compensation ..................            --            1,280             --             1,280
 Contingent consideration paid to former
  owners of acquired businesses ...............            --            2,301             --             2,301
 Acquired in-process research and
  development .................................            --            4,354             --             4,354
                                                    ---------        ---------     ----------        ----------
Total operating expenses ......................        (1,646)          53,077             --            53,077
                                                    ---------        ---------     ----------        ----------
Income (loss) from operations .................        (1,646)         (11,253)            --           (11,253)
Other (income) expense ........................            --             (893)            --              (893)
Interest expense, net .........................         1,583 (6)        3,187         (2,831)(7)           356
                                                    ---------        ---------     ----------        ----------
Income (loss) before provision for income
 taxes ........................................        (3,229)         (13,547)         2,831           (10,716)
Provision for income taxes ....................            --               57             --                57
                                                    ---------        ---------     ----------        ----------
Net income (loss) .............................        (3,229)         (13,604)         2,831           (10,773)
Preferred stock dividends .....................         2,400 (8)           --             --                --
                                                    ---------        ---------     ----------        ----------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
 stockholders .................................     $    (829)       $ (13,604)    $    2,831        $  (10,773)
                                                    =========        =========     ==========        ==========
Basic net loss per common share ...............                                                      $    (1.18)
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding - Basic ..........................           106 (9)        5,531          3,600 (10)        9,131
EBITDA(11) ....................................                                                      $   (4,191)
Adjusted EBITDA(11) ...........................                                                      $    4,803
</TABLE>

                                       21

<PAGE>
           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                   FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998

                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       ACTUAL
                                            ----------------------------
                                               COMPANY     STOCKTON(12)
                                            ------------- --------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>
Revenues ..................................   $  30,189       $1,646
Operating expenses:
 Operations ...............................      12,485          216
 Sales, marketing and client services.            7,769          298
 Research and development .................       2,886           43
 General and administrative ...............       3,307          161
 Depreciation and amortization ............       4,846           54
Total operating expenses ..................      31,293          772
                                              ---------       ------
Income (loss) from operations .............      (1,104)         874
Other (income) expense ....................          13           --
Interest expense (income), net ............       2,470           27
                                              ---------       ------
Income (loss) before provision for
 income taxes .............................      (3,587)         847
Provision for income taxes ................          37           --
                                              ---------       ------
Net income (loss) .........................      (3,624)         847
Preferred stock dividends .................      (1,800)          --
                                              ---------       ------
Net income (loss) applicable to
 common stockholders ......................   $  (5,424)      $  847
                                              =========       ======
Basic net loss per common share ...........   $   (0.96)
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding - Basic ......................       5,677           --
EBITDA(11) ................................   $   3,742
Adjusted EBITDA(11) .......................   $   3,742
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             RECAPITALIZATION
                                             AND ACQUISITIONS                     OFFERING      PRO FORMA,
                                                ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA      ADJUSTMENTS     AS ADJUSTED
                                            ------------------ ------------- ----------------- ------------
<S>                                         <C>                <C>           <C>               <C>
Revenues ..................................     $      --        $  31,835     $       --        $ 31,835
Operating expenses:
 Operations ...............................            29  (3)      12,730             --          12,730
 Sales, marketing and client services.                 --            8,067             --           8,067
 Research and development .................            --            2,929             --           2,929
 General and administrative ...............            --            3,468             --           3,468
 Depreciation and amortization ............           291 (4)        5,156             --           5,156
                                                      (35)(5)

                                                ---------
Total operating expenses ..................           285           32,350             --          32,350
                                                ---------        ---------     ----------        --------
Income (loss) from operations .............          (285)            (515)            --            (515)
Other (income) expense ....................            --               13             --              13
Interest expense (income), net ............           258 (6)        2,755         (2,889)(7)        (134)
                                                ---------        ---------     ----------        --------
Income (loss) before provision for

 income taxes .............................          (543)          (3,283)         2,889            (394)
Provision for income taxes ................            --               37             --              37
                                                ---------        ---------     ----------        --------
Net income (loss) .........................          (543)          (3,320)         2,889            (431)
Preferred stock dividends .................         1,800 (8)           --             --              --
                                                ---------        ---------     ----------        --------
Net income (loss) applicable to

 common stockholders ......................     $   1,257        $  (3,320)    $    2,889        $   (431)
                                                =========        =========     ==========        ========
Basic net loss per common share ...........                                                     $   (0.05)
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding - Basic ......................            --            5,677          3,600 (10)      9,277
EBITDA(11) ................................                                                     $   4,641
Adjusted EBITDA(11) .......................                                                     $   4,641
</TABLE>

                                       22

<PAGE>

      NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 (1) Represents  the  historical  results of operations of TCS from July 1, 1996
     through the date of acquisition by the Company in February 1997.

 (2) Represents  the  historical  results of operations of Stockton from July 1,
     1996 through June 30, 1997.

 (3) Represents rent expense  relating to a new operating lease for the Stockton
     facility.

 (4) Represents adjustments for amortization expense related to the acquisitions
     of TCS and Stockton as if they had occurred July 1, 1996, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              YEAR ENDED               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            JUNE 30, 1997               MARCH 31, 1998
                                                   --------------------------------   ------------------
                                                     TCS      STOCKTON      TOTAL          STOCKTON
                                                   -------   ----------   ---------   ------------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>       <C>          <C>         <C>
     Purchased client lists ....................    $ --        $ 148      $  148            $  55
     Purchased software and technology .........     509          194         703               73
     Goodwill ..................................     341          435         776              163
                                                    ----        -----      ------            -----
                                                    $850        $ 777      $1,627            $ 291
                                                    ====        =====      ======            =====

</TABLE>
    The acquisitions  were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
    and,  accordingly,  the net assets  acquired have been recorded at estimated
    fair  value on the  date of  acquisition  and the  historical  statement  of
    operations  data of the Company reflect the results of operations from these
    businesses from the date acquired.  In connection  with the  acquisitions of
    TCS and Stockton, the Company acquired intangible assets as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      TCS       STOCKTON       TOTAL
                                                   ---------   ----------   ----------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>         <C>          <C>
     Purchased client lists ....................    $   --      $   742      $   742
     Purchased software and technology .........     2,619          968        3,587
     Goodwill ..................................     4,092        8,704       12,796
                                                    ------      -------      -------
                                                    $6,711      $10,414      $17,125
                                                    ======      =======      =======
</TABLE>

    The purchased  client lists and purchased  software and technology are being
    amortized  annually  on a  straight-line  basis  over  three to five  years.
    Goodwill is being  amortized  annually on a  straight-line  basis over seven
    years  for  the  TCS   acquisition  and  over  20  years  for  the  Stockton
    acquisition.

 (5) Represents  the  elimination  of  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses
     relating to assets of Stockton that were not acquired.

 (6)  The  interest  expense  adjustment   relating  to  the  TCS  and  Stockton
      acquisitions is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                JUNE 30, 1997      MARCH 31, 1998
                                                               ---------------   ------------------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                            <C>               <C>
    Elimination of historical interest expense of Stockton .       $  (111)            $  (38)
    Interest  expense on portion  of Senior  Subordinated  
      Note used to fund TCS acquisition including amorti-
      zation of discount ...................................           939                 --
    Interest expense on borrowings under the Credit Facil-
      ity used to fund Stockton acquisition at a composite
      interest rate of 7.07% ...............................           755                296
                                                                   -------             ------
                                                                   $ 1,583             $  258
                                                                   =======             ======
</TABLE>

                                       23

<PAGE>
 (7) The interest expense adjustment relating to the Offering is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            YEAR ENDED      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                          JUNE 30, 1997      MARCH 31, 1998
                                                         ---------------   ------------------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>
       Interest expense on Senior Subordinated Note
        including amortization of discount ...........      $ (1,992)           $ (2,125)
       Interest expense on borrowings under the Credit
        Facility .....................................          (839)               (764)
                                                            --------            --------
                                                            $ (2,831)           $ (2,889)
                                                            ========            ========
</TABLE>

 (8) Represents the elimination of the dividends  accrued on the Preferred Stock
     due to the Recapitalization.

 (9) Represents  the pro rata portion of Common Stock issued in connection  with
     the Senior Subordinated Note relating to the TCS acquisition.

(10) Represents the sale by the Company of 3,600,000  shares of Common Stock in
     the Offering.

(11) EBITDA  represents net income (loss) plus  provision for income taxes,  net
     interest expense, other (income) expense and depreciation and amortization.
     EBITDA is not a  measurement  in  accordance  with GAAP and  should  not be
     considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, earnings (loss) from
     operations,  net earnings (loss) or cash flow from operations as defined by
     GAAP or as a measure of the Company's  profitability or liquidity.  Not all
     companies calculate EBITDA in the same manner and accordingly, EBITDA shown
     herein  may not be  comparable  to  EBITDA  shown by other  companies.  The
     Company  has  included   information   concerning   EBITDA  herein  because
     management  believes EBITDA provides  useful  information.  Adjusted EBITDA
     represents  EBITDA plus  certain  other  charges as  described  below.  The
     following  table  summarizes  EBITDA and  adjusted  EBITDA for all  periods
     presented:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED                NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                JUNE 30, 1997               MARCH 31, 1998
                                                        -----------------------------   -----------------------
                                                            ACTUAL        PRO FORMA       ACTUAL      PRO FORMA
                                                        -------------   -------------   ----------   ----------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>             <C>          <C>
   EBITDA ...........................................     $  (5,503)      $  (4,191)     $ 3,742      $ 4,641
   Contingent consideration paid to former
     owners of acquired businesses ..................         2,301           2,301           --           --
   Acquired-in-process research and develop-
     ment ...........................................         4,354           4,354           --           --
   Non-cash stock compensation ......................            --           1,280           --           --
   Contract and legal settlement provisions .........         1,059           1,059           --           --
                                                          ---------       ---------      -------      -------
   Adjusted EBITDA ..................................     $   2,211       $   4,803      $ 3,742      $ 4,641
                                                          =========       =========      =======      =======

</TABLE>
 (12) Represents the  historical  results of operations of Stockton from July 1,
      1997 through the date of acquisition by the Company in November 1997.

                                       24

<PAGE>
                 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                      -------------------------------
                                                                       ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                     RELATING TO THE
                                                         ACTUAL     RECAPITALIZATION
                                                      ------------ ------------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..........................  $   1,455      $        --
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubt-
   ful accounts .....................................      7,463               --
 Formulary receivables ..............................      1,502               --
 Inventory ..........................................        240               --
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........        489               --
                                                       ---------      -----------
   Total current assets .............................     11,149               --
Property and equipment, Net .........................      4,944               --
Goodwill-Net ........................................     32,408               --
Other intangible assets-Net .........................      5,247               --
Other assets ........................................        431               --
                                                       ---------      -----------
Total ...............................................  $  54,179      $        --
                                                       =========      ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current Liabilities:
 Accounts payable ...................................  $   2,753      $        --
 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.           4,880               --
 Current portion of long-term debt ..................        240               --
                                                       ---------      -----------
   Total current liabilities ........................      7,873               --
Long-term debt ......................................     40,259               --
Other long-term liabilities .........................        761               --
Redeemable cumulative preferred stock ...............     30,623          (30,623)(1)
Stockholders' equity (deficit): .....................
 Common Stock .......................................         57               22 (1)
                                                                                1 (2)
 Additional paid-in capital .........................     26,069           30,601 (1)
                                                                               (1)(2)
 Accumulated deficit ................................    (51,463)              --
                                                       ---------      -----------
   Total stockholders' equity (deficit) .............    (25,337)          30,623
                                                       ---------      -----------
Total ...............................................  $  54,179      $        --
                                                       =========      ===========
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                      ---------------------------------------------
                                                                       ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                       RELATING TO      PRO FORMA,
                                                       PRO FORMA      THE OFFERING      AS ADJUSTED
                                                      ----------- -------------------- ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>                  <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..........................  $   1,455     $      4,280 (3)   $   5,735
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubt-
   ful accounts .....................................      7,463               --           7,463
 Formulary receivables ..............................      1,502               --           1,502
 Inventory ..........................................        240               --             240
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........        489               --             489
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
   Total current assets .............................     11,149            4,280          15,429
Property and equipment, Net .........................      4,944               --           4,944
Goodwill-Net ........................................     32,408               --          32,408
Other intangible assets-Net .........................      5,247               --           5,247
Other assets ........................................        431              (96)(4)         335
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
Total ...............................................  $  54,179     $      4,184       $  58,363
                                                       =========     ============       =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current Liabilities:
 Accounts payable ...................................  $   2,753               --       $   2,753
 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.           4,880             (717)(3)       4,163
 Current portion of long-term debt ..................        240              384 (4)         624
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
   Total current liabilities ........................      7,873             (333)(3)       7,540
Long-term debt ......................................     40,259          (40,925) (3)        700
                                                                            1,366  (4)
Other long-term liabilities .........................        761               --             761
Redeemable cumulative preferred stock ...............         --               --              --
Stockholders' equity (deficit): .....................
 Common Stock .......................................         80               36 (3)         116
 Additional paid-in capital .........................     56,669           45,886 (3)     102,555
 Accumulated deficit ................................    (51,463)          (1,846)(4)     (53,309)
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
   Total stockholders' equity (deficit) .............      5,286           44,076          49,362
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
Total ...............................................  $  54,179     $      4,184       $  58,363
                                                       =========     ============       =========
</TABLE>
                                       25
<PAGE>

            NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(1) Represents the conversion of outstanding  Preferred  Stock and $6,627,000 of
    accrued  dividends on the  Preferred  Stock into Common Stock in  connection
    with the Recapitalization.

(2) Represents the exercise of all Common Stock purchase  warrants in connection
    with the Recapitalization.

(3) Represents the sale by the Company of 3,600,000 shares of Common Stock at an
    assumed public offering price of $14.00 per share and the application of the
    net  proceeds  to the  Company  therefrom  as  described  under  the "Use of
    Proceeds."

(4) Represents a $96,000 decrease in other assets relating to the elimination of
    deferred  financing  costs  associated  with  the  Credit  Facility  and the
    write-off  of the  remaining  discount  on the Senior  Subordinated  Note of
    $1,750,000,  both of which will be recorded as extraordinary  items upon the
    consummation of the Offering.

                                       26

<PAGE>
                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     The statement of operations  data presented  below for the years ended June
30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1998 and the balance
sheet data as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and March 31,  1998,  are derived  from,
and qualified by reference to, the audited consolidated  financial statements of
the Company  included  elsewhere  herein.  The balance sheet data as of June 30,
1995 and March 31, 1997 are derived  from,  and  qualified by reference  to, the
respective  audited  and  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements  of the
Company not included herein. The statement of operations data for the nine month
period ended March 31, 1997 is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial
statements  of  the  Company  included  elsewhere  herein.  In  the  opinion  of
management,  the unaudited  consolidated financial statements have been prepared
on the same basis as the audited  consolidated  financial statements and include
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a
fair  presentation of the financial  position and results of operations for such
period.  The  results  for the nine month  period  ended  March 31, 1998 are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the related full fiscal
year.  The selected  consolidated  financial  data should be read in conjunction
with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements
of the Company,  the notes thereto and the other financial  information included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------
                                                              1995             1996              1997
                                                        ---------------- ---------------- ------------------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND PER TRANSACTION
                                                                               DATA)
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>              <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues(1) ..........................................    $ 16,246         $ 31,768          $  35,279
 Operating expenses:
  Operations ..........................................       9,753           19,174             16,817
  Sales, marketing and client services ................       3,615            7,064              8,769
  Research and development ............................       2,051            2,132              3,278
  General and administrative ..........................       3,119            6,059              5,263
  Depreciation and amortization .......................       2,995            5,176              5,293
  Write-down of intangible assets .....................       8,191 (2)        9,965 (3)             --
  Acquired in-process research and development (4)..             --               --              4,354
  Other charges (5) ...................................       2,864              538              2,301
                                                           ---------        ---------         ---------
 Total operating expenses .............................      32,588           50,108             46,075
                                                           ---------        ---------         ---------
 Loss from operations .................................     (16,342)         (18,340)           (10,796)
 Other (income) expense ...............................          --              313               (893)
 Interest expense, net ................................         189              584              1,504
                                                           ---------        ---------         ---------
 Loss before provision for income taxes ...............     (16,531)         (19,237)           (11,407)
 Provision for income taxes ...........................          70               93                 57
                                                           ---------        ---------         ---------
 Net loss .............................................     (16,601)         (19,330)           (11,464)
 Preferred stock dividends ............................         (27)          (2,400)            (2,400)
                                                           ---------        ---------         ---------
 Net loss applicable to common stockholders ...........    $(16,628)        $(21,730)         $ (13,864)
                                                           =========        =========         =========
 Basic net loss per common share ......................    $  (3.17)        $  (4.14)        $    (2.56)(6)
 Weighted average common shares outstanding-Basic .....       5,238            5,245              5,425
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA (7) ...........................................    $(13,347)        $(13,164)        $   (5,503)
 Adjusted EBITDA (7) ..................................      (2,292)          (2,052)             2,211
 Cash flows from operating activities .................      (3,561)          (1,653)            (4,020)
 Cash flows from investing activities .................     (22,074)          (4,919)           (12,221)
 Cash flows from financing activities .................      33,434              657             15,521
 Transactions processed(8)
  Pharmacy ............................................          --          107,032            126,201
  Medical .............................................          --           16,030             23,085
  Dental ..............................................          --            6,021             12,188
                                                           ---------        ---------        ----------
   Total transactions processed .......................          --          129,083            161,474
 Transactions per FTE (8)(9) ..........................          --              324                412
 Revenue per FTE (9) ..................................    $     44         $     80         $       90
 Operating expenses per transaction (8) ...............          --             0.39               0.29
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NINE MONTHS
                                                                ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                        -------------------------------
                                                            1997            1998
                                                        ------------ ------------------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE
                                                                    AND PER
                                                               TRANSACTION DATA)

<S>                                                     <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues(1) ..........................................  $  24,964       $  30,189
 Operating expenses:
  Operations ..........................................     12,104          12,485
  Sales, marketing and client services ................      6,143           7,769
  Research and development ............................      2,455           2,886
  General and administrative ..........................      3,340           3,307
  Depreciation and amortization .......................      3,502           4,846
  Write-down of intangible assets .....................         --              --
  Acquired in-process research and development (4)..         4,354              --
  Other charges (5) ...................................        990              --
                                                         ---------       ---------
 Total operating expenses .............................     32,888          31,293
                                                         ---------       ---------
 Loss from operations .................................     (7,924)         (1,104)
 Other (income) expense ...............................       (885)             13
 Interest expense, net ................................        779           2,470
                                                         ---------       ---------
 Loss before provision for income taxes ...............     (7,818)         (3,587)
 Provision for income taxes ...........................         43              37
                                                         ---------       ---------
 Net loss .............................................     (7,861)         (3,624)
 Preferred stock dividends ............................     (1,800)         (1,800)
                                                         ---------       ---------
 Net loss applicable to common stockholders ...........  $  (9,661)      $  (5,424)
                                                         =========       =========
 Basic net loss per common share ......................  $   (1.81)     $    (0.96)(6)
 Weighted average common shares outstanding-Basic .....      5,345           5,677
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA (7) ...........................................  $  (4,422)     $    3,742
 Adjusted EBITDA (7) ..................................        922           3,742
 Cash flows from operating activities .................     (2,991)         (3,861)
 Cash flows from investing activities .................    (11,630)        (11,611)
 Cash flows from financing activities .................     15,818          15,008
 Transactions processed(8)
  Pharmacy ............................................     88,463         136,685
  Medical .............................................     14,921          23,514
  Dental ..............................................      8,759          10,767
                                                         ---------      ----------
   Total transactions processed .......................    112,143         170,966
 Transactions per FTE (8)(9) ..........................        291             480
 Revenue per FTE (9) ..................................  $      65      $       84
 Operating expenses per transaction (8) ...............       0.29            0.18

</TABLE>
                                       27

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    AS OF JUNE 30,                      AS OF MARCH 31,
                                                       -----------------------------------------   --------------------------
                                                          1995          1996            1997           1997          1998
                                                       ---------   -------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Working capital ...................................    $   504      $  (4,207)      $  (2,567)     $    (546)    $   3,276
 Total assets ......................................     59,511         43,031          45,459         47,784        54,179
 Long-term debt, including current portion .........      5,805         11,601          25,161         25,278        40,499
 Redeemable cumulative preferred stock .............     24,023         26,423          28,823         28,223        30,623
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) ....................     12,942         (8,472)        (20,069)       (15,916)      (25,337)
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) During the periods presented,  the Company made a series of acquisitions and
    divested certain non-core or unprofitable operations.  Revenues attributable
    to these  divested  operations,  which  are  included  in the  statement  of
    operations data, were  $1,595,000,  $3,517,000,  $2,252,000,  $1,941,000 and
    $241,000 in the fiscal years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the nine
    months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

(2) Reflects the write-off of goodwill  related to the  acquisitions  of MPC and
    Wellmark.

(3) Reflects  the  write-down  of costs  relating  to client  lists and  related
    allocable goodwill obtained in the acquisition of MEDE OHIO.

(4) Reflects the write-off of acquired in-process research and development costs
    upon the consummation of the TCS acquisition.

(5) Reflects: (i) expenses recorded relating to contingent consideration paid to
    former owners of acquired businesses of $538,000,  $2,301,000,  and $990,000
    in the fiscal  years ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 and the nine months  ended
    March 31, 1997,  respectively;  and (ii) expenses of $2,864,000  relating to
    the spin-off of the Company by CES in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995.

(6) Supplemental  net loss per  share,  giving  effect to the  Recapitalization,
    would be $(1.49) and $(0.46) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 and the
    nine months ended March 31, 1998, respectively.

(7) EBITDA  represents  net income (loss) plus  provision for income taxes,  net
    interest expense,  other (income) expense and depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA  is not a  measurement  in  accordance  with GAAP and  should  not be
    considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than,  earnings (loss) from
    operations,  net earnings  (loss) or cash flow from operations as defined by
    GAAP or as a measure of the Company's  profitability  or liquidity.  Not all
    companies calculate EBITDA in the same manner and, accordingly, EBITDA shown
    herein may not be comparable to EBITDA shown by other companies. The Company
    has  included  information   concerning  EBITDA  herein  because  management
    believes  EBITDA  provides useful  information.  Adjusted EBITDA  represents
    EBITDA plus certain other charges as described  below.  The following  table
    summarizes EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA for all periods presented:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          NINE MONTHS
                                                                    YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,                 ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                         ------------------------------------------ ------------------------
                                                              1995           1996          1997          1997        1998
                                                         -------------- -------------- ------------ ------------- ----------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
  EBITDA ...............................................   $  (13,347)    $  (13,164)    $ (5,503)    $  (4,422)   $ 3,742
  Contingent consideration paid to former owners of ac-
   quired businesses ...................................           --            538        2,301           990         --
  Write-down of intangible assets ......................        8,191          9,965           --            --         --
  Acquired in-process research and development .........           --             --        4,354         4,354         --
  Expenses related to the CES spin-off .................        2,864                                        --         --
  Contract and legal settlement provisions .............           --            609        1,059            --         --
                                                           ----------     ----------     --------     ---------    -------
  Adjusted EBITDA ......................................   $   (2,292)    $   (2,052)    $  2,211     $     922    $ 3,742
                                                           ==========     ==========     ========     =========    =======
</TABLE>
- ----------
(8) Transaction  volumes  are not  available  for the fiscal year ended June 30,
    1995.

(9) Full-time  equivalents  ("FTE") represents the number of full-time employees
    and part-time equivalents of full-time employees as of the end of the period
    shown.

                                       28

<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  discussion  of  the  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations  of the  Company  should be read in  conjunction  with the  financial
statements,  including the notes thereto,  of the Company included  elsewhere in
this Prospectus. This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements relating to
future  events or  future  financial  performance  of the  Company.  Prospective
investors  are  cautioned  that  any  such  forward-looking  statements  are not
guarantees of future  performance  and involve risks and  uncertainties.  Actual
events  or  results  may  differ   materially   from  those   discussed  in  the
forward-looking  statements as a result of various  factors,  including the risk
factors  set  forth  under  "Risk  Factors"  and the  matters  set forth in this
Prospectus generally.

OVERVIEW

     MEDE AMERICA is a leading  provider of EDI products and services to a broad
range  of  providers  and  payors  in the  healthcare  industry.  The  Company's
integrated  suite of EDI solutions and services  allows  hospitals,  pharmacies,
physicians,  dentists and other  healthcare  providers  and  provider  groups to
electronically  edit,  process and transmit  claims,  eligibility and enrollment
data, track claims submissions  throughout the claims payment process and obtain
faster reimbursement for their services.  Currently,  the Company processes over
900,000 transactions per day for over 65,000 providers located in all 50 states.

     The  Company  was  formed  in March  1995  through  the  consolidation  and
subsequent  spin-off  of  three  subsidiaries  of CES,  in  connection  with the
acquisition by First Data  Corporation of CES' credit card processing  business.
The three subsidiaries,  MedE America,  Inc., MPC and Wellmark,  which comprised
the heathcare  services business of CES,  historically  provided EDI services to
hospitals and physicians.  Their combined financial results are reflected in the
fiscal 1995 financial statements on a full year basis.

     Since its formation,  the Company has expanded both through internal growth
and the acquisition of five healthcare  transaction  processing  businesses.  As
part of its strategy of providing an integrated suite of EDI products to a broad
range of  healthcare  providers,  the Company has focused on  acquisitions  that
provided  entry into new markets or expanded the Company's  product  suite.  All
acquisitions  have been  accounted for under the purchase  method of accounting.
The Company has actively pursued the integration of its acquisitions and, in the
process,  has either divested,  closed or restructured various operations of the
acquired  entities in order to eliminate  non-core or redundant  operations  and
achieve  cost  savings  and  operating  efficiencies.  These  restructuring  and
integration  activities  impacted the Company's  financial results in the fiscal
years ended June 30,  1995,  1996 and 1997 and the nine  months  ended March 31,
1998 and are ongoing.

                                       29

<PAGE>

     The following  table  summarizes  the Company's  acquisitions  and divested
products and operations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PRIMARY PRODUCTS        DIVESTED PRODUCTS
                             DATE                         OF FOUNDING/             OF FOUNDING/        DATE

<S>                     <C>           <C>         <C>                         <C>                   <C>
FOUNDING COMPANIES      ACQUIRED         MARKET         ACQUIRED COMPANY        ACQUIRED COMPANY    DIVESTED

 MedE America, Inc.      4/94(1)        Medical   Eligibility Verification,   --                        --
                                                  Enrollment

MPC                      5/94(1)        Medical   Hospital Claims,            Data Entry               1/97
                                                  Physician Billing           Physician Billing       12/96
                                                                              Physician Billing        8/97

 Wellmark                5/94(1)        Medical   Hospital Claims,            --                        --
                                                  Physician Billing

COMPANIES ACQUIRED BY
MEDE AMERICA

 MEDE OHIO               3/95           Pharmacy  Switching, PBM,             Practice Management      2/96
                                                  Third Party Billing         Software
                                                                              Practice Management     12/97
                                                                              Software
Latpon                   6/95           Medical   Hospital Claims             Physician Billing        3/96

EC&F/Premier            10/95           Dental    Dental Claims, Practice     Practice Management      3/97
                                                  Management Software         Software

TCS                      2/97           Pharmacy/ PBM, Switching,             --                        --
                                        Medical   Eligibility Verification

Stockton                11/97           Pharmacy  PBM                         --                        --

</TABLE>
- -------------
 (1) Represents date acquired by CES.

     In March 1995, the majority  stockholder of the Company acquired all of the
outstanding  shares  of MEDE  OHIO for a cash  purchase  price of  approximately
$22,593,000,   including   transaction   expenses.   The  majority   stockholder
subsequently  merged MEDE OHIO into the Company.  MEDE OHIO develops EDI systems
for the pharmacy market and provides transaction switching/routing services. The
acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method and the Company recorded
total  intangible  assets of  $25,833,000,  consisting  of $890,000 of software,
$2,548,000 of client lists and $22,395,000 of goodwill. During fiscal year 1996,
the Company wrote-down  $9,965,000 of costs relating to client lists and related
allocable  goodwill due to a loss of approximately 25% of the acquired MEDE OHIO
client base.  The Company is  amortizing  the software  over three years and the
remaining value of client lists over five years. The goodwill is being amortized
over 20 years.

     In June  1995,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all of the assets of
Latpon  for  a  cash  purchase  price  of  approximately  $2,470,000,  plus  the
assumption of approximately  $963,000 of liabilities (primarily long-term debt).
Latpon,  a developer of claims  processing  software,  provided EDI  transaction
processing  services to hospitals and  hospital-based  physician groups.  Latpon
also provided electronic and manual business office administrative services. The
acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method and the Company recorded
total intangible assets of $2,389,000,  consisting of $1,091,000 of software and
client lists and $1,298,000 of goodwill.  The Company is amortizing the software
and client lists over five years and the goodwill over 20 years.

     In October 1995, the Company acquired two commonly-owned  companies,  EC&F,
an all payor  EDI  dental  claims  processor,  and  Premier,  a dental  practice
management  software vendor.  The acquisitions  were funded with an initial cash
payment of $4,050,000, including transaction expenses, and contingent

                                       30

<PAGE>
earnout  payments  based on the  achievement of certain EBITDA growth targets by
the EC&F business over three one-year  periods ending on September 30, 1998. The
Company  recorded  expenses of $538,000  during fiscal year 1996 relating to the
first such period and an aggregate  $2,301,000 during fiscal year 1997 primarily
relating to the second and third such periods. The Company does not believe that
any additional  amounts will be payable  pursuant to this earn-out  arrangement.
The  acquisitions  of EC&F and Premier  were  accounted  for under the  purchase
method  and  the  Company  recorded  total  intangible   assets  of  $4,350,000,
consisting of $764,000 of software,  and $3,586,000 of goodwill.  The Company is
amortizing  the software  over three years and the goodwill  over 20 years.  The
Company sold  Premier in January 1997 for a cash payment of $388,000.  There was
no gain or loss on the sale of Premier.

     In  February  1997,  the  Company  acquired  TCS,  a provider  of  pharmacy
switching and PBM transaction processing systems and services for pharmacies and
eligibility  verification  services for physicians,  for a total cash payment of
$11,465,000,  including transaction expenses.  The acquisition was accounted for
under the purchase method and the Company  recorded total  intangible  assets of
$11,065,000,  consisting of $4,354,000 of in-process  research and  development,
$2,619,000  of  software  and  $4,092,000  of  goodwill.  As of the  date of the
acquisition,  the  Company  wrote  off  the  acquired  in-process  research  and
development  which  had  not  reached  technological   feasibility  and  had  no
alternative  future use. The Company is amortizing the software over three years
and the goodwill over seven years.

     In  November  1997,  the  Company  acquired  Stockton,  a  provider  of PBM
transaction  processing  systems and related  services for the pharmacy  market.
Stockton was  purchased  for an initial cash  payment of  $10,674,000  including
transaction   expenses,   and  a  contingent  earnout  payment  based  upon  the
achievement  of certain  revenue  growth  targets.  If such revenue  targets are
achieved over the 12-month  period ending  September 30, 1998, a maximum payment
of  $2,600,000  (plus  interest  at an  annual  rate of  7.25%)  will be made in
December 1998. The  acquisition  was accounted for under the purchase method and
the Company  recorded  total  intangible  assets of  $10,414,000,  consisting of
$1,710,000 of software and client lists and $8,704,000 of goodwill.  The Company
is  amortizing  the  software  and client lists over five years and the goodwill
over 20 years.

Revenues

     Revenues are derived from the sale of transaction  processing  products and
services  primarily  on  a  fee-for-transaction  basis.  Transaction  fees  vary
depending upon  transaction  type and service  provided.  The Company  currently
receives  fees from  providers  for the majority of its  transactions  including
claims processing,  eligibility verification,  claims switching, pharmacy script
processing and tracking and Medicaid enrollment.  The Company also receives fees
from payors for the  transmission  of electronic  claims and formulary  payments
from  pharmaceutical   manufacturers   relating  to  the  Company's  PBM  script
processing and management reporting services.  These transaction-based  revenues
comprise the predominant  portion of the Company's total revenues and tend to be
recurring.   Other  revenue  is  derived  from  one-time   payments  related  to
installation and implementation services,  software license fees and EDI systems
equipment sales. See "Business -- Suite of EDI Products and Services."

     Transaction-based  revenues  and related  formulary  services  revenues (if
applicable),  which constitute the majority of the Company's total revenues, are
recognized  at the time the  transactions  are  processed  and the  services are
provided.  Revenues  associated with software support and  implementation  fees,
currently  constituting less than 3% of the Company's  revenues,  are recognized
ratably  over the contract  period or as the service is  provided.  Revenue from
licensing  of software,  which also  currently  constitutes  less than 3% of the
Company's  total revenues,  is recognized upon  installation if it is determined
that the Company has no significant  remaining obligations and collectibility of
the resulting receivable is probable.

Operating Expenses

     Operations   Expense.   Operations  expense  consists  of  data  and  voice
telecommunications  expense,  salaries and benefits for operations employees and
other costs  associated  with  transaction  processing and services  provided to
clients,  such  as  network  and   telecommunications,   maintenance,   computer
operations and systems administration,  facilities and other additional indirect
expenses.  Since  1996,  operations  expense as a  percentage  of  revenues  and
operations expense per transaction have declined as a result of

                                       31

<PAGE>

the Company's  integration  and  restructuring  efforts and increased  operating
leverage.  Restructuring  charges  recorded  in  connection  with the  Company's
integration  activities have resulted in variability in the Company's  quarterly
operating results.

     Sales,  Marketing and Client Services Expense.  Sales, marketing and client
services  expense  consists  primarily of salaries,  benefits,  commissions  and
related  indirect costs and expenditures  for marketing  programs,  trade shows,
advertising,  help desk  software  and  related  client  communications.  As the
Company continues to implement its growth strategy,  sales, marketing and client
services expenses are expected to continue to increase.

     Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense consists
primarily of salaries,  benefits and related indirect  expenses  associated with
the design,  research  and  development  of new  products  and  enhancements  to
existing  current  products.  The  development  of  new  software  products  and
enhancements  to existing  software  products  are  expensed  as incurred  until
technological feasibility has been established.  After technological feasibility
has been established,  any additional software development costs are capitalized
in accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 86,
"Accounting  For the Cost of Computer  Software To Be Sold,  Leased or Otherwise
Marketed."   Capitalized   software   development   costs  are  amortized  on  a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful product life (normally five years)
and amortization begins in the period in which the related product is first made
available for general release to clients. During the nine months ended March 31,
1998,  the  Company  capitalized  $319,000 of  software  development  costs on a
project for which technological feasibility had been established but was not yet
available for client  release.  Prior to July 1, 1997,  the Company did not have
any software development  projects for which significant  development costs were
incurred  between the  establishment  of  technological  feasibility and general
client  release of the product.  The Company  believes that the  development  of
enhanced and new product offerings are essential to remaining competitive and it
expects that development expenses will increase in the future.

     General and  Administrative  Expense.  General and  administrative  expense
primarily  consists of  salaries,  benefits and related  indirect  costs for the
administrative,  executive, finance, legal, human resources and internal systems
personnel,  as well as accounting and legal fees. As the Company  implements its
growth strategy, general and administrative expenses are expected to increase.

     Depreciation and Amortization  Expense. The Company depreciates the cost of
its tangible capital assets on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic
life of the asset:  three to five years for computer  equipment,  five years for
furniture  and  fixtures,  and 20 to 25 years for  buildings  and  improvements.
Acquisition-related  intangible assets,  which include the value of software and
client lists,  are amortized based on the estimated  useful economic life of the
asset at the time of  acquisition,  and therefore will vary among  acquisitions.
The  Company  recorded  amortization  expense  relating  to  goodwill  and other
intangible assets of $3,541,000 and $3,389,000 during the fiscal year ended June
30, 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1998, respectively.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth,  for the periods  indicated,  certain items
from the  consolidated  statements of  operations of the Company  expressed as a
percentage of total revenues.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,             MARCH 31,
                                                  ------------------------------   ------------------
                                                    1995       1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                  --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues ......................................      100%       100%       100%       100%      100%
Operating Expenses:
 Operations ...................................       60         60         48         48        41
 Sales, marketing and client services .........       22         22         25         25        26
 Research and development .....................       13          7          9         10        10
 General and administrative ...................       19         19         15         13        11
 Depreciation and amortization ................       18         16         15         14        16

</TABLE>

                                       32

<PAGE>

NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997

Revenues

     Revenues  for the nine  months  ended  March 31,  1998 were  $30.2  million
compared  to  $25.0  million  in  the  corresponding   period  of  fiscal  1997,
representing  an increase of 21%.  The increase was  primarily  attributable  to
incremental  revenue from the  acquisitions of TCS and Stockton in February 1997
and November 1997,  respectively,  partially offset by the loss of revenues from
operations  that were  divested.  The increase was also due to the growth of the
existing business.

     The Company  processed  171 million  transactions  in the nine months ended
March  31,  1998,  compared  to  112  million  transactions   processed  in  the
corresponding  period of fiscal  1997,  representing  an  increase  of 52%.  The
increase resulted from the addition of new clients, increased transaction volume
from existing  clients and the  acquisitions  of TCS and  Stockton.  The average
price per  transaction  received  by the Company  declined  by 13% between  such
periods,  as a result of the greater proportion of transactions  processed under
contracts with  volume-based  terms and pricing and a larger proportion of lower
priced eligibility  verification  transactions as a result of the acquisition of
TCS.

Operating Expenses

     Operations  expense was $12.5  million for the nine months  ended March 31,
1998  compared  to $12.1  million in the  corresponding  period of fiscal  1997,
representing an increase of 3%. As a percentage of revenues,  operations expense
decreased  from 48% for the  first  nine  months  of  fiscal  1997 to 41% in the
corresponding  period of fiscal 1998. The  containment of operations  expense in
the nine  months  ended March 31,  1998 was a result of ongoing  cost  reduction
programs,  systems  consolidation for recent  acquisitions and the impact of the
divested  operations,  which results are included in the 1997 period but not the
1998 period.

     Sales,  marketing and client services expense was $7.8 million for the nine
months ended March 31, 1998 compared to $6.1 million in the corresponding period
of fiscal 1997,  representing  an increase of 26%. As a percentage  of revenues,
sales,  marketing and client services  expense  increased from 25% for the first
nine months of fiscal 1997 to 26% in the  corresponding  period of fiscal  1998.
This  increase  was  primarily  due to the  inclusion of TCS and Stockton in the
results of operations  for the nine months ended March 31, 1998 and, to a lesser
extent, increases in expenses relating to the hiring of new employees for client
support and help desk service,  the installation of help desk tracking  software
and resources devoted to telesales.

     Research and development expense was $2.9 million for the nine months ended
March 31, 1998  compared to $2.5 million in the  corresponding  period of fiscal
1997, representing an increase of 18%. As a percentage of revenues, research and
development  expense  was 10% for each  such  period.  The  Company  capitalized
$319,000  of  software  development  costs in the  first  nine  months  of 1998,
however,  no software  development  costs were capitalized in the  corresponding
period of fiscal  1997.  Prior to July 1,  1997,  the  Company  did not have any
software  development  projects  for which  significant  development  costs were
incurred  between the  establishment  of  technological  feasibility and general
client release of the product.

     General and  administrative  expense  was $3.3  million for the nine months
ended  March  31,  1998  and the  corresponding  period  of  fiscal  1997.  As a
percentage of revenues,  general and  administrative  expense decreased from 13%
for the first nine months of fiscal 1997 to 11% in the  corresponding  period of
fiscal  1998.  This  decrease  was  primarily a result of cost  controls and the
consolidation  and  integration  activities  related  to  the  Company's  recent
acquisitions.

     Depreciation and amortization  expense was $4.8 million for the nine months
ended March 31, 1998  compared to $3.5  million in the  corresponding  period of
fiscal  1997,  representing  an increase of 38%. As a  percentage  of  revenues,
depreciation  and  amortization  expense  increased  from 14% for the first nine
months of fiscal 1997 to 16% in the  corresponding  period of fiscal 1998.  This
increase  was  primarily  attributable  to the  increased  amortization  expense
related to the  acquisitions  of TCS in February  1997 and  Stockton in November
1997.

                                       33

<PAGE>

     There were no acquisition-related  expenses for the nine months ended March
31,  1998,  as compared to $5.3  million of such  expenses in the  corresponding
period of fiscal  1997.  Included  in the amount for the prior  period is a $4.4
million  write-off  related to  in-process  research  and  development  from the
acquisition of TCS (for software that had not achieved technological feasibility
and had no  alternative  use),  and a  contingent  earnout  charge  of  $990,000
recorded by the  Company in  connection  with the EC&F  purchase  agreement.  In
addition,  in the nine months ended March 31, 1997, the Company  recorded a gain
of $885,000  from a sale of  securities.  See Note 12 of "Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements."

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO JUNE 30, 1996

Revenues

     Revenues  for the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1997 were  $35.3  million
compared to $31.8 million in fiscal 1996,  representing  an increase of 11%. The
increase was primarily  attributable  to revenue from the  acquisition of TCS in
February 1997,  partially  offset by the loss of revenues from  operations  that
were divested. The increase was also due to the growth of the existing business.

     The Company  processed  161 million  transactions  in the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1997  compared to 129 million  transactions  processed  in fiscal 1996,
representing an increase of 25%. The increase  resulted from the addition of new
clients,  the growth of business from existing  clients and the TCS acquisition.
The average  price per  transaction  in fiscal  1997  declined by 6% from fiscal
1996,  primarily as a result of the divested  operations  having  higher  claims
pricing.

Operating Expenses

     Operations  expense  was $16.8  million  for the fiscal year ended June 30,
1997 compared to $19.2 million in fiscal 1996,  representing  a decrease of 12%.
As a percentage of revenues,  operations  expense  decreased from 60% during the
first  nine  months  of 1996  to 48% in  fiscal  1996.  The  operations  expense
improvement   was  a  result  of  ongoing  cost  reduction   programs,   systems
consolidation  for recent  acquisitions  and the  divestitures  of  non-core  or
unprofitable operations.

     Sales,  marketing  and client  services  expense  was $8.8  million for the
fiscal  year ended  June 30,  1997  compared  to $7.1  million  in fiscal  1996,
representing an increase of 24%. As a percentage of revenues,  sales,  marketing
and client  service  expense  increased from 22% in fiscal 1996 to 25% in fiscal
1997. This increase was primarily due to the inclusion of the TCS acquisition in
the results for five months and, to a lesser  extent,  to the addition of client
support personnel and the increase in help desk tracking software expenses.

     Research and development expense was $3.3 million for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1997 compared to $2.1 million in fiscal 1996,  representing an increase
of 54%. As a percentage of revenues,  research and development expense increased
from 7% in fiscal 1996 to 9% in fiscal  1997.  This  increase  in  research  and
development  expense was due to the hiring of new employees  and other  expenses
related  to  the  expansion  of  the  Company's   processing  capacity  and  the
implementation  of new  technology  processing  platforms  throughout  its  data
processing centers.

     General and  administrative  expense  was $5.3  million for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1997  compared to $6.1  million in fiscal  1996,  representing  a
decrease of 13%. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expense
decreased  from 19% in fiscal  1996 to 15% in fiscal  1997.  This  decrease  was
primarily a result of consolidation and integration activities.

     Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  was $5.3  million for fiscal year
ended June 30, 1997  compared to $5.2  million in fiscal 1996,  representing  an
increase of 2%. As a  percentage  of  revenues,  depreciation  and  amortization
expense decreased from 16% in fiscal 1996 to 15% in fiscal 1997.

     Acquisition-related  expenses  for the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1997
included a $4.4 million write-off related to in-process research and development
from the  acquisition  of TCS (for software that had not achieved  technological
feasibility and had no alternative use), and a contingent earnout charge of $2.3

                                       34

<PAGE>

million recorded by the Company in connection with the EC&F purchase  agreement.
In addition,  in the nine months ended March 31,  1997,  the Company  recorded a
gain  of  $885,000  from  a  sale  of  securities.  See  Note  12 of  "Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements."

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO JUNE 30, 1995

Revenues

     Revenues  for the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1996 were  $31.8  million
compared to $16.2 million in fiscal 1995,  representing  an increase of 96%. The
increase in revenues was  primarily  attributable  to the inclusion of MEDE OHIO
results for the full 12 months in fiscal 1996, compared to nearly four months in
fiscal 1995, the  acquisition of Latpon in June 1995 and the acquisition of EC&F
and Premier in October 1995.

Operating Expenses

     Operations expense was $19.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996
compared to $9.8 million in fiscal 1995,  representing  an increase of 97%. As a
percentage of revenues, operations expense was 60% for both periods.

     Sales, marketing and client services expense was $7.1 million in the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1996  compared to $3.6 million in fiscal 1995,  representing
an increase of 95%,  reflecting the impact of  acquisitions.  As a percentage of
revenues, sales, marketing and client services expense was 22% for both periods.

     Research  and  development  expense was $2.1 million for each of the fiscal
years ended June 30, 1996 and 1995.  As a percentage  of revenues,  research and
development expense decreased from 13% in fiscal 1995 to 7% in fiscal 1996. This
decrease  in  research  and  development  expense as a  percentage  of  revenues
resulted from the  inclusion of MEDE OHIO and EC&F in the Company's  operations.
Their products tended to be less development intensive.

     General  and  administrative  expense  was $6.1  million in the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1996  compared to $3.1  million in fiscal 1995,  representing  an
increase of 94%,  reflecting  the impact of  acquisitions.  As a  percentage  of
revenues, general and administrative expense was 19% for both periods.

     Depreciation and  amortization  expense was $5.2 million in the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1996  compared to $3.0  million in fiscal 1995,  representing  an
increase of 73%. As a percentage  of  revenues,  depreciation  and  amortization
expense decreased from 18% in fiscal 1995 to 16% in fiscal 1996. The increase in
depreciation  and  amortization   expense  was  predominantly   attributable  to
amortization  related to three acquisitions  treated under purchase  accounting:
MEDE OHIO in March 1995; Latpon in June 1995 and EC&F/Premier in October 1995.

     During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1996,  the  Company  wrote down
approximately  $10.0  million  of costs  relating  to client  lists and  related
allocable  goodwill  obtained in the  acquisition of MEDE OHIO.  Such intangible
assets were written down to the net present value of the  estimated  future cash
flows to be derived from these clients as of June 30, 1996.  The  write-down was
required due to a loss of  approximately  25% of the  acquired  MEDE OHIO client
base.  In  addition,  a  contingent  earnout  charge of $538,000 was recorded in
connection  with the EC&F purchase  agreement  during the fiscal year ended June
30, 1996.

                                       35

<PAGE>
QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              9/30/96     12/31/96     3/31/97      6/30/97      9/30/97     12/31/97     3/31/98
                                            ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------ ----------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>
Revenues ..................................  $  8,179     $  7,831    $  8,954     $10,315      $  9,241     $  9,849    $11,099
Operating Expenses:
 Operations ...............................     4,298        3,683       4,123       4,713         4,285        3,942      4,258
 Sales, marketing and client services.          1,925        1,957       2,261       2,626         2,385        2,432      2,952
 Research and development .................       783          754         918         823           806        1,059      1,021
 General and administrative ...............     1,042        1,171       1,127       1,923         1,061        1,107      1,139
 Depreciation and amortization ............     1,102        1,044       1,356       1,791         1,554        1,573      1,719
 Acquired in-process research and
   development ............................        --           --       4,354          --            --           --         --
 Payment to former owners of ac-
   quired businesses ......................       330          330         330       1,311            --           --         --
                                             --------     --------    --------     -------      --------     --------    -------
Total operating expenses ..................     9,480        8,939      14,469      13,187        10,091       10,113     11,089
                                             --------     --------    --------     -------      --------     --------    -------
Income (loss) from operations .............    (1,301)      (1,108)     (5,515)     (2,872)         (850)        (264)        10
Other (income) expense ....................        --           --        (885)         (8)           --           --         13
Interest expense, net .....................       150          202         427         725           655          915        900
                                             --------     --------    --------     ---------    --------     --------    -------
Loss before provision for income taxes         (1,451)      (1,310)     (5,057)     (3,589)       (1,505)      (1,179)      (903)
Provision for income taxes ................        14           14          15          14            12           12         13
                                             --------     --------    --------     ---------    --------     --------    -------
Net loss ..................................  $ (1,465)    $ (1,324)   $ (5,072)    $(3,603)     $ (1,517)    $ (1,191)   $  (916)
                                             ========     ========    ========     =========    ========     ========    =======
</TABLE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Since inception, the Company has used capital from external sources to fund
its  internal  growth and  operations  and to make  acquisitions.  Such  capital
requirements   have  been   provided  by  (i)  the  Company's   four   principal
stockholders,  through  periodic  purchases  of the  Company's  debt and  equity
securities and (ii) the Credit Facility.  Since June 30, 1995 an investment fund
affiliated with WCAS has purchased a Senior  Subordinated  Note in the principal
amount of $25,000,000 and 370,994 shares of Common Stock from the Company for an
aggregate  $25.0 million,  which was used in connection  with the acquisition of
TCS, to repay  borrowings  under the Credit  Facility  and for  general  working
capital purposes. See "Certain Transactions."

     As of March 31, 1998, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $15,925,000
under the Credit Facility. Such borrowings currently bear interest at a weighted
average  rate of 7.07% per  annum.  The  total  availability  under  the  Credit
Facility is $20.0 million.  See "Certain  Transactions."  All indebtedness under
the Credit Facility has been, and currently is, guaranteed by the Company's four
principal stockholders.  The Company has received a letter from the lender under
the Credit Facility  committing to provide an amended credit facility with total
available  credit  of  $10.0  million  upon  substantially  the same  terms  and
conditions as the Credit Facility.  Borrowings under the Amended Credit Facility
will not be guaranteed by any third party.  It is  anticipated  that the Amended
Credit Facility will take effect upon the consummation of the Offering.

     As of March 31,  1998,  the Company had cash and cash  equivalents  of $1.5
million and net working capital of $3.3 million. Net cash used in operations was
$1.7 million,  $4.0 million and $3.9 million for the fiscal years ended June 30,
1996 and 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1998,  respectively.  The $3.9
million net cash used in operations for the nine months ended March 31, 1998 was
used primarily

                                       36

<PAGE>
for contingent  earnout charges on acquisitions  made in prior fiscal years, and
other accounts payable and accrued expenses totaling $3.7 million.  In addition,
$1.1 million of the net cash used was  attributable  to an increase in formulary
accounts receivable relating to Stockton (formulary  receivables normally have a
7-12 month collection cycle).

     Cash used for investment purposes was $4.9 million, $12.2 million and $11.6
million  for the fiscal  years  ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 and the nine months
ended March 31, 1998, respectively. Cash used for investment purposes during the
nine months  ended March 31, 1998 was  primarily  used to acquire  Stockton  for
$10.7 million and also to fund capital expenditures  (predominantly computer and
network hardware and software) in the amount of $627,000. The Company expects to
spend at least $2.0  million  per annum for the  foreseeable  future for capital
investment to support growth in transaction processing.

     Cash provided by financing activities was $657,000, $15.5 million and $15.0
million  for the fiscal  years  ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 and the nine months
ended March 31, 1998, respectively. Cash provided by financing activities during
the nine months  ended March 31, 1998 was  primarily  provided  from  borrowings
under the Credit Facility which was partially offset by principal  repayments of
debt and capital lease obligations. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, cash
was  provided by the  issuance of a Senior  Subordinated  Note in the  principal
amount of $25,000,000 and 370,994 shares of Common Stock for aggregate  proceeds
of $25.0  million,  which  proceeds  were  partially  offset by the repayment of
outstanding  borrowings  under the Credit  Facility and principal  repayments of
debt and capital lease obligations.

     Approximately $43.0 million of the proceeds of the Offering will be applied
to the  repayment of the  Company's  outstanding  indebtedness  under the Credit
Facility and the Senior  Subordinated  Note. In connection with the repayment of
outstanding  indebtedness under the Credit Facility and the Senior  Subordinated
Note,  the Company will record an  extraordinary  charge of  approximately  $1.7
million relating to the elimination of deferred  financing costs associated with
the Credit  Facility and the write-off of the  remaining  discount on the Senior
Subordinated  Note. The Company  expects to use the Amended  Credit  Facility to
finance the Company's future acquisitions and general working capital needs. The
Company also expects to finance  acquisitions through the issuance of additional
equity and debt  securities.  The  Company  believes  that the  proceeds  of the
Offering,  together with existing cash balances and cash generated by operations
in the near term,  and the borrowings  expected to be made  available  under the
Amended Credit Facility,  will be sufficient to finance the Company's operations
for at least 18 months.  However, future acquisitions may require funding beyond
the Company's  cash  resources and  currently  anticipated  capital or operating
requirements  could change,  with the result that the Company may be required to
raise  additional  funds  through  the  public  or  private  sale of  additional
securities.  See "Risk  Factors --  Acquisition  Strategy;  Need for  Additional
Capital."

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     The Company has  reviewed the Year 2000  compliance  of its systems and has
adopted a program intended to ensure that it achieves compliance with respect to
all products, services and internal systems in a timely manner. Under such plan,
$1,020,000 has been budgeted  through  December 1999, of which $160,000 has been
spent  through  April 30, 1998.  The Company  believes  that it does not require
additional technology to achieve Year 2000 compliance and that it has sufficient
resources to implement its plan. The Company expects that the combined amount of
budgeted expenses for Year 2000 compliance plus the ongoing product  development
and  development  expenditures  will  increase as a percent of revenue in future
periods.  However,  there can be no  assurance  that  expenditures  required  to
achieve  compliance with Year 2000  requirements  will not exceed those amounts.
See  "Risk  Factors  --  Year  2000  Compliance"  and  "Business  --  Year  2000
Compliance."

IMPACT OF INFLATION

     Inflation  has  not  had a  material  impact  on the  Company's  historical
operations or financial condition.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     Recent pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, which
are not required to be adopted at this date, include SFAS No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income", SFAS No. 131, "Dis-

                                       37

<PAGE>
closures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information"  and SFAS No.
132, "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement  Benefits."
These pronouncements are not expected to have a material impact on the Company's
financial statements.

     In March 1998,  the  American  Institute of  Certified  Public  Accountants
issued  Statement  of  Position  98-1,  "Accounting  for the  Costs of  Computer
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." This statement is not required
to be adopted at this date.  The Company is currently  evaluating  the impact of
this statement on its financial statements.

NET OPERATING LOSSES

     As of March 31, 1998, the Company had net operating loss  carryforwards for
federal   income  tax   purposes  of   approximately   $34,650,000.   Such  loss
carryforwards  expire in the fiscal years 2005 through 2013.  Because of certain
changes in ownership,  as defined in the Internal  Revenue Code,  which occurred
during 1996 and 1995,  certain of these net  operating  loss  carryforwards  are
subject to annual  limitations.  See Note 7 of "Notes to Consolidated  Financial
Statements."

                                       38

<PAGE>
                                   BUSINESS

GENERAL

     MEDE AMERICA is a leading  provider of EDI products and services to a broad
range of providers and payors in the healthcare industry.  The Company offers an
integrated suite of EDI solutions that allows hospitals, pharmacies, physicians,
dentists and other  healthcare  providers and provider groups to  electronically
edit, process and transmit claims, eligibility and enrollment data, track claims
submissions   throughout   the  claims   payment   process  and  obtain   faster
reimbursement  for their services.  In addition to offering  greater  processing
speed, the Company's EDI products and services reduce processing costs, increase
collection  rates and result in more  accurate  data  interchange.  The  Company
maintains over 540 direct  connections  with insurance  companies,  Medicare and
Medicaid  agencies,  Blue Cross and Blue  Shield  systems  and other third party
payors, as well as over 500 indirect  connections with additional payors through
claims   clearinghouses.   Currently,   the  Company   processes   over  900,000
transactions  per day for over 65,000  providers  located in all 50 states.  The
Company's  mission  is to be  the  leading  provider  of  integrated  healthcare
transaction processing technology,  networks and databases, enabling its clients
to improve the quality and efficiency of their services.

     The  Company  was  formed  in March  1995  through  the  consolidation  and
subsequent  spin-off  of  three  subsidiaries  of CES,  in  connection  with the
acquisition by First Data  Corporation of CES' credit card processing  business.
The three subsidiaries,  MedE America, Inc., MPC, and Wellmark,  which comprised
the healthcare services business of CES,  historically  provided EDI services to
hospitals and  physicians.  Since its  formation,  the Company has expanded both
through  internal  growth and the  acquisition  of five  healthcare  transaction
processing businesses.  As part of its strategy of providing an integrated suite
of EDI  products  and  services to a broad range of  healthcare  providers,  the
Company  has focused on  acquisitions  that  provided  entry into new markets or
expanded the  Company's  product  suite.  The Company has  actively  pursued the
integration of its acquisitions and, in the process, has either divested, closed
or  restructured  various  operations  of the  acquired  entities  in  order  to
eliminate  non-core  or  redundant  operations  and  achieve  cost  savings  and
operating efficiencies.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     Innovations  over  the  past  decade  in  computer  and  telecommunications
technologies  have resulted in the development of EDI systems to  electronically
process  and  transmit   information  among  the  various  participants  in  the
healthcare  industry.   These  systems  were  designed  to  replace  paper-based
recording and transmission of information,  enabling greater  processing  speed,
reduced  processing  costs  and  more  accurate  data  interchange.   Electronic
processing   enables   providers  to  verify   patient   eligibility  or  obtain
authorization  for services at the time of  appointment,  registration or at the
time of claim submission.  The healthcare EDI processor then interfaces with the
payor  to  obtain  an  eligibility  or  authorization  confirmation,   which  is
transmitted  back to the  provider.  To obtain  payment,  providers  must submit
claims information in formats specified by the respective payors. Healthcare EDI
processors can facilitate this process by utilizing customized software programs
that can perform  "edits" to the data supplied by providers  and re-format  that
data to meet the  data  specifications  of  payors.  Electronically  transmitted
claims are sent either  directly from the provider to the payor,  or through the
healthcare  EDI  processor  (which  in turn  transmits  the  claims to the payor
directly  or through  one or more  intermediaries).  The claim is  received  and
reviewed by the payor and the remittance  response is communicated  (usually not
electronically)  back to the  provider.  Each of these  steps in the  healthcare
delivery process gives rise to a current or potential EDI transaction.

     According to Health Data Directory, in 1997 over 4.1 billion electronic and
paper claims were paid in all sectors of the  healthcare  services  market,  and
over the past five years healthcare  claims increased at an average rate of 5.5%
per year.  The Company  expects the volume of  healthcare  claims to continue to
grow as the U.S.  population  ages and life  expectancy  of the U.S.  population
increases.  The  increase in claims has been  accompanied  by an increase in the
proportion of claims that are electronically  processed.  From 1993 to 1997, the
proportion of total healthcare claims that were electronically processed

                                       39

<PAGE>
increased from 41% to approximately  60% at an average rate of 16% per year. The
Company  expects the electronic  processing of healthcare  claims to continue to
increase as a result of increased reliance on electronic  commerce and increased
emphasis on cost containment in the healthcare industry.

     The penetration of electronic  processing  varies  significantly  among the
different  markets  within the  healthcare  industry.  According  to Health Data
Directory,  in 1997 electronic  processing  accounted for  approximately  13% of
total  dental  claims,  38% of  total  physician  medical  claims,  83% of total
hospital medical claims and 86% of total pharmacy  claims.  The Company believes
that there is significant  market  potential for EDI processing in the non-claim
area, including eligibility verification, remittance transactions and other data
exchange   transactions  such  as  claims  tracking,   referrals  and  physician
scripting.  The  Company  believes  that  EDI  penetration  in  these  non-claim
transaction  categories is low, and as a result,  the EDI transaction  growth in
these areas will exceed that of the EDI claims processing market.

     As compared to claims  processing,  the electronic  processing of non-claim
information  transactions  in  the  healthcare  industry,  such  as  eligibility
inquiries,  enrollment in Medicare and Medicaid programs,  referrals,  formulary
inquiries to pharmacy benefit managers and  prescription  delivery,  has emerged
only  recently and is less  pervasive.  The Company  believes  that only a small
percentage of non-claim information transactions are managed electronically.  In
addition to opportunities to expand its claims processing business,  the Company
believes  that  there  are  significant   possibilities  to  expand   electronic
processing  to  non-claim  areas in the  healthcare  market,  for the  following
reasons:

   o  As advanced technology continues to penetrate the healthcare industry,  an
      increasing amount of healthcare data will be managed  electronically.  For
      example,   healthcare  providers  are  implementing   practice  management
      software  systems to manage the  clinical,  financial  and  administrative
      aspects  of  their  businesses.   Increasingly,   these  software  systems
      incorporate EDI processing capabilities.

   o  Efforts by government and private insurers to contain healthcare costs are
      expected to motivate hospitals and physicians to use EDI not only to lower
      costs, but also to improve operating  efficiencies and increase  accuracy.
      For example,  state Medicaid programs and some private insurance companies
      now encourage  providers to verify patients' medical benefits  eligibility
      electronically.

   o  As the healthcare industry continues to undergo consolidation,  the larger
      scale of the  resulting  entities  may result in  increased  EDI use.  For
      example,  various  managed care companies have  encouraged  their provider
      networks  to  utilize  EDI for  authorizations,  enrollment  verification,
      encounter reports and referrals.

     Currently,  the EDI market is fragmented and consists of several nationally
prominent  EDI claims  processors  and  several  hundred  regional  EDI  service
providers who occupy  selected  niches in specialized  markets and  geographical
sectors. Over the past several years, many of the regional EDI service providers
have  been  acquired  by  national  organizations.  The  Company  believes  that
competitive  conditions in the healthcare  information industry will continue to
favor consolidation as larger, more diversified organizations are able to reduce
costs and offer an integrated package of standardized products and services.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

     The Company believes that it has several  competitive  strengths which will
enable  it  to  capitalize  on  the  significant  growth  opportunities  in  the
healthcare EDI marketplace.

     COMPREHENSIVE SUITE OF EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.  The Company has followed
a strategy of  developing  or acquiring  EDI  products and services  that may be
provided  to a  broad  range  of  healthcare  clients.  The  Company's  products
incorporate open architecture  designs and "best of breed" technology and may be
purchased  as modular  additions  to the  client's  existing  data  storage  and
retrieval system, or as part of a comprehensive EDI processing system.  They are
designed to be compatible  with a broad variety of hospital,  medical,  pharmacy
and dental practice  management and billing systems.  In addition,  new products
can be added to respond to changing client requirements,  and the scalability of
the Com-

                                       40

<PAGE>

pany's products permits the client to accommodate increasing transaction volumes
without requiring substantial new investments in software and hardware.  Because
of these product characteristics,  the Company believes it is well positioned to
take  advantage  of the  expected  growth of EDI in areas  such as  eligibility,
managed care transactions and pharmacy to physician scripting.

     BROAD AND  DIVERSIFIED  CLIENT BASE.  The Company  markets its products and
services to a broad range of healthcare  providers including the medical market,
comprised of hospitals,  clinics and physicians,  the dental market comprised of
small to medium-sized  dental practice groups,  and the pharmacy  market,  which
includes  retail  pharmacies  (independents  and  chains)  as well as  PBMs.  In
addition,  the Company has  relationships  through  practice  management  system
vendors  and  other   intermediaries.   The  Company's  client  base  is  highly
diversified,   consisting  of  approximately  42,000  pharmacies,  8,000  dental
offices, 1,000 hospitals and clinics and 14,000 physicians.  The Company's broad
and  diversified  client base provides it with  transaction-based  revenues that
tend to be recurring and  positions it to capitalize on the rapid  consolidation
taking place within the healthcare industry.

     DIRECT  RELATIONSHIPS  WITH PROVIDERS AND PAYORS. The Company has developed
over 540 direct  connections  with  healthcare  payors  including  Medicare  and
Medicaid agencies,  Blue Cross and Blue Shield systems and commercial  insurance
companies,  and the Company is able to access over 500 additional payors through
contractual relationships with multiple claims clearinghouses. Additionally, the
Company  has direct  client  relationships  with  providers  such as  hospitals,
clinics, physicians and pharmacies. The range of MEDE AMERICA's services and the
extent of its  connectivity  with payors  provides  the  opportunity  to achieve
deeper  penetration of its provider  base,  while at the same time offering more
complete  solutions to new clients.  MEDE AMERICA  believes  that it is strongly
positioned to offer reliable, one-stop shopping to both providers and payors for
all their EDI needs.

     FOCUS ON CLIENT  SERVICE.  The Company has focused on  implementing  a wide
range of client service and support functions.  These support activities include
the use of automated client service tracking software, expanded client help desk
and  account  executive  support   functions,   and  extensive  client  feedback
mechanisms.  This focus has enhanced the Company's awareness of client needs and
improved the Company's  ability to respond to those needs.  As a result of these
activities,  of the clients that  contributed  to the Company's  revenues in the
1997 fiscal  year,  approximately  90%  continued  as clients of the Company and
contributed  to the Company's  revenues in the nine months ended March 31, 1998.
The  Company  believes  that  its  high  quality  client  service  enhances  the
satisfaction of its clients and generates new revenue  opportunities in the form
of expanded transaction volume and sales of new products and services.

     LEADING  TECHNOLOGY  AND  PRODUCT  PLATFORMS.  The Company  recognizes  the
critical role of technology and telecommunications  platforms to ensure reliable
and high  quality  service.  Over the past two years,  MEDE AMERICA has invested
significant  capital  in new  hardware  and  software  systems  resulting  in an
estimated three-fold increase in transaction  processing  capacity.  The Company
has  designed  its  products  on  a  modular  client/server  model,  using  open
architecture  and  commonly  available  hardware,   with  redundant   processing
capabilities.  The  Company's  redundancies  in its  computing  capacity and its
dual-site  operations  enable it to provide  uninterrupted  processing  and data
transmission  with  little  if any  downtime.  As a  result  of such  technology
investments, MEDE AMERICA believes it is able to provide high quality service to
its  clients  in the  form  of  high  network  availability,  batch  transaction
reliability  and high  rates of  payor  claims  acceptance.  MEDE  AMERICA  also
believes  that its  technology  platform,  which is operating  at  approximately
one-third  of  its  total  capacity,  provides  it  with  substantial  operating
leverage.

     EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM. Each member of the Company's senior management
team  has  over  15  years  of  experience  in the  information  technology  and
transaction  processing  industries and has extensive background in working with
emerging companies in the information  processing industry. The Company believes
that the range and depth of its senior  management  team  position it to address
the evolving  requirements  of its clients and to manage the growth  required to
meet its strategic goals.

                                       41

<PAGE>

GROWTH STRATEGY

     The  Company's  mission  is  to  be  the  leading  provider  of  integrated
healthcare transaction processing technology,  networks and databases,  enabling
its clients to improve the quality and efficiency of their services.  To achieve
this  objective,  the Company is  pursuing a growth  strategy  comprised  of the
following elements:

   o  PROVIDE COMPREHENSIVE SUITE OF EDI SOLUTIONS. The Company believes that it
      is critical to provide a full range of state of the art EDI  solutions  to
      clients at every stage of the healthcare transaction spectrum. The Company
      strives to develop fully modular products with open  architecture to allow
      for  easy  installation  and  integration  with  existing  systems.  These
      features enhance the ability of the Company to offer one-stop shopping for
      a client's EDI needs.

   o  FURTHER  PENETRATE  EXISTING  CLIENT BASE.  The Company  believes that the
      market  for EDI  transaction  processing  among its  current  clients  has
      significant  potential.  As EDI becomes more  widespread in the healthcare
      industry,   the  use  of  emerging  EDI  products  and  services  such  as
      eligibility,   enrollment,   electronic   credit  card   transactions  and
      electronic statement processing will become increasingly commonplace.  The
      Company  believes  that it is well  positioned to cross sell such emerging
      products and services to its existing client base.

   o  DEVELOP NEW EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.  The Company intends to develop new
      EDI solutions to meet the evolving electronic transaction processing needs
      of its existing and future healthcare  clients.  The Company believes that
      the use of EDI will expand to  encompass an  increasing  range of services
      such as referrals, remittances and workers' compensation transactions. The
      Company has a team of 97 research and  development  and technical  support
      professionals dedicated to developing,  supporting and commercializing new
      and enhanced EDI solutions.  In addition, the Company intends to undertake
      acquisitions in order to expand its suite of product offerings.

   o  UTILIZE  STRATEGIC  PARTNERSHIPS  TO EXPAND  CLIENT BASE.  MEDE  AMERICA's
      strategic  alliances  with vendors,  distributors  and dealers of practice
      management   software   have   played  an   important   role  in  building
      relationships  with small groups of physicians,  pharmacists and dentists.
      These companies  promote MEDE AMERICA's EDI products as a modular addition
      to their  practice  management  software.  The Company also has  strategic
      relationships with large hospital groups,  Medicaid  intermediaries,  PBMs
      and professional  organizations.  The Company believes that such strategic
      partnerships provide important  opportunities for increasing the Company's
      revenue base.

   o  PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS.  Currently, the EDI market includes several
      hundred  regional EDI service  providers  which occupy  selected niches in
      specialized  markets  and  geographical  areas.  The  Company  intends  to
      capitalize on the  fragmented  market for the provision of EDI services by
      aggressively pursuing consolidation opportunities in order to increase its
      client  and  revenue  base,  expand  its  product  suite,  enter  into new
      geographic markets,  utilize its operating leverage to increase efficiency
      and add new talent and  technical  capacity in  emerging  areas of the EDI
      processing industry.

SUITE OF EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

     MEDE  AMERICA's  products and  services  enable its  healthcare  clients to
process and transmit  transactions  more  efficiently and  accurately,  reducing
costs and  increasing  overall  processing  speed.  The  Company's  EDI products
incorporate open architecture  designs and "best of breed" technology and may be
purchased as modular additions to existing data storage and retrieval systems or
as part of a  comprehensive  EDI  processing  system.  They are  designed  to be
compatible  with a broad  variety  of  hospital,  medical,  pharmacy  and dental
practice management and billing systems. In addition,  new products can be added
to respond to changing  client  requirements.  The  scalability of the Company's
products  permits  its clients to  accommodate  increasing  transaction  volumes
without  substantial  new  investments  in software and hardware.  The following
table illustrates the breadth of the Company's product and service offerings:

                                       42

<PAGE>

               MEDE AMERICA'S SUITE OF EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  NAME OF PRODUCT/SERVICE                   DESCRIPTION OF
    AND MARKETS SERVED                 PRODUCT/SERVICE FEATURES                           CLIENT BENEFITS
- -------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                                             <C>
HEALTHCARE CLAIM
 PROCESSING

MEDEClaim --               o Downloads  claims data from client soft-      o Accelerates  cash flow through  faster
 All  Markets                ware  applications  and  provides  claims        claim reimbursement.
                             data entry and correction capability. Ed-     o Increases cash flow through high level of
                             its, formats and screens transaction data        payor acceptance of edited claims.
                             to meet payor-specific requirements.          o Improves accounts receivables manage-
                                                                             ment.
                                                                           o Reduces administrative expenses.

OTHER CLAIM SERVICES
MEDE Assist --             o Bills,  on a batch  basis,  pharmacy  pre-    o Improves  accounts receivable manage- 
 Pharmacy                    scriptions and performs non-electronic          ment and accelerates cash flow.
                             reconciliation and payor accounts re-         o Reduces administrative expenses.
                             ceivable management.

Claims Tracking --         o Tracks and provides a lock box service        o Improves accounts receivable manage-
  Dental                     for payor reimbursements.                       ment and accelerates cash flow.

ELIGIBILITY VERIFICATION
MEDE Eligibility --        o Verifies patients' eligibility for specific   o Reduces costs by minimizing fraud.
  All Markets                healthcare benefits for Medicaid and          o Ensures patient services are supported
                             commercial payors.                              by a designated health benefit plan.
                                                                           o Reduces administrative expenses.

MEDICAID ENROLLMENT
Medicaid                   o Processes and tracks Medicaid enrollment      o Reduces expenses through on-line
  Enrollment Manage-         applications allowing for the verification      application process.
  ment System (MEMS)         and processing of Medicaid claims. Uti-       o Reduces application processing time.
  -- Medical                 lized by hospitals and government agen-       o Improves Medicaid claims billing and col-
                             cies in New York, New Jersey and                lection.
                             California.                                   o Reduces bad debt.

TRANSACTION SWITCHING
MEDE Xchange --            o Routes real-time and batch transaction        o Reduces costs.
  All Markets                data from clients to facilitate transaction   o Increases network availability and
                             transmission to payors.                         reliability.
                           o Supports a broad array of access methods      o Provides extensive payor connectivity. 
                             including dial-up, dial
                             to packet, ISDN and frame relay.

</TABLE>

                                       43

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 NAME OF PRODUCT/SERVICE                  DESCRIPTION OF
    AND MARKETS SERVED               PRODUCT/SERVICE FEATURES                          CLIENT BENEFITS
- ------------------------- --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                                           <C>
REAL-TIME BENEFIT
 MANAGEMENT
MEDE Select --            o Adjudicates on-line claims, incorporat-     o Accelerates cash flow through faster
  All Markets               ing patient eligibility and benefit review.   claim reimbursement.
                                                                        o Increases cash flow through high level of
                                                                          payor acceptance of edited claims.
                                                                        o Improves accounts receivables manage-
                                                                          ment.   
                                                                        o Reduces administrative expenses.

PHARMACY PRACTICE
 MANAGEMENT
 SYSTEMS (PPM)
Solution Plus --          o Facilitates dispensing, inventory and       o Expands drug pricing and coverage
  Pharmacy                  pricing of products for hospital, outpa-      capabilities.
                            tient and clinic pharmacies.                o Improves cash flow.
                          o Provides on-line claims adjudication.       o Improves efficiency of pharmacy
                                                                           management and operations.

OTHER PRODUCTS AND
 SERVICES
Link --                   o Connects physicians to pharmacies for the   o Reduces costs related to manual genera-
 Medical and Pharmacy       transmission of prescriptions and related     tion and transmission of prescriptions.
                            information and approvals.                  o Increases accuracy and transmission speed
                                                                          of prescriptions.

Formulary                 o Administers and manages formulary pro-      o Reduces drug costs and increases PBM
  Management --             grams for PBMs.                               revenue through manufacturer incentives,
  Pharmacy                o Promotes the usage by healthcare plans of   o Promotes compliance with payor formu-
                            designated drug products.                     laries.

Patient Statements --     o Facilitates patient statement billing.      o Reduces costs and improves patient
  All Markets                                                             relations.

Credit/Debit Card and     o Assists patients in making co-payments or   o Reduces bad debt and enhances patient
  Check Guarantee --        paying other out-of-pocket charges.           convenience.
  All Markets

Additional EDI            o Processes data relating to referrals, en-   o Reduces practice expense and improves
  Transactions --           counters and benefit pre-certifications.      efficiency and patient relations.
  All Markets

</TABLE>

CLIENTS

     The Company  markets  its  products  primarily  to  hospitals,  pharmacies,
physicians,   dentists  and  other  healthcare  providers  and  provider  groups
(including HMOs, PPOs and healthcare practice management  vendors).  The Company
processes  transactions for providers in all 50 states, with 75% of its revenues
generated  by  providers  in 28 states.  The  Company  believes it is one of the
largest pharmacy  transaction routers in the U.S. (based on volume) serving more
than 42,000  pharmacies  in various EDI  capacities.  MEDE  AMERICA has a strong
presence in the medical market in New York, New Jersey, California,

                                       44

<PAGE>

Florida,  Minnesota,  and Ohio,  currently  providing  EDI services to more than
1,000 hospitals and clinics,  and 14,000 physicians.  In the dental market, MEDE
AMERICA serves more than 8,000 dental  offices.  No single client of the Company
accounted for more than 2% of the Company's revenues in fiscal year 1997.

SALES, MARKETING AND CLIENT SERVICES

     The  Company  markets  its  products  through a  national  sales and client
services  organization  consisting of 70 sales associates organized according to
market, client type and product category. The Company also has a client services
organization  consisting  of 56  associates  dedicated  to help desk and  client
support  functions.  A  significant  component  of  compensation  for all  sales
personnel is performance based, although the Company bases quotas and bonuses on
a number of factors in addition to actual sales, such as client satisfaction and
collection of receivables.

     MEDE AMERICA's marketing efforts include direct sales, telesales, strategic
partnerships   with  healthcare   vendors,   trade  shows,   direct   marketing,
telemarketing,  the Internet,  and specific  advertising and marketing campaigns
where  appropriate.  In the medical and pharmacy markets,  the Company's current
strategic  business  alliances include  relationships with some of the country's
largest hospitals,  hospital  networks,  hospital  information  systems vendors,
practice management software vendors,  pharmacy chains, healthcare organizations
and payors.  The Company also maintains  strategic  alliances with certain state
Medicaid programs.

     MEDE AMERICA's strategic  alliances with vendors,  distributors and dealers
of  practice  management  software  have  played an  important  role in building
relationships  with  individual and small groups of  physicians,  pharmacies and
dentists.  These  companies  promote  MEDE  AMERICA's  EDI  products  as modular
additions  to their  practice  management  software.  MEDE  AMERICA has also won
endorsements from 18 state dental associations,  representing nearly half of all
dentists in practice  today.  The Company's  sales  channels  include  targeting
dental practice  management  companies and payor-driven  programs aimed at their
network  providers.  Recent  significant  expansion  of  MEDE  AMERICA's  direct
connectivity to dental payors has contributed to its ability to generate revenue
from this market  while at the same time  eliminating  its  dependence  on other
processors and clearinghouses.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     As of April  30,  1998,  the  Company  employed  65  people in the areas of
product design, research and development,  and 32 people in the areas of quality
assurance and technical support.  The Company's product development  strategy is
focused on continuous  enhancement  of its existing  products to increase  their
functionality  and  ease  of  use,  and  the  development  of new  products  for
additional  EDI  transactions  and  telecommunications   offerings.   Particular
attention  is devoted to the  ongoing  integration  of  developed  and  acquired
systems and applications into a consolidated  suite of EDI product offerings and
supporting services for the markets served by the Company.

     In the Company's 1995, 1996 and 1997 fiscal years, research and development
expenditures  totaled  $2,051,000,  $2,132,000  and  $3,278,000,   respectively,
representing approximately 13%, 7% and 9%, respectively,  of the Company's total
revenues.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."

TECHNOLOGY AND OPERATIONS

     MEDE   AMERICA    recognizes   the   crucial   role   of   technology   and
telecommunications  in the EDI marketplace.  Since the beginning of fiscal 1996,
the  Company  has  acquired  new  hardware  and  software  and made data  center
improvements  costing  more  than $5.0  million.  As a result,  the  Company  is
currently operating at approximately  one-third of its operating  capacity.  The
continuing  use of newer  emerging  technologies  and platforms has  contributed
significantly to the Company's current  operational  position.  Examples of such
innovations  include the use of Internet  technologies  for data  transmissions,
on-line transaction monitoring tools and development of Windows-based  front-end
applications for clients.

                                       45

<PAGE>

Advanced Open Architecture

     MEDE AMERICA's  products and applications  offer clients the benefits of an
"open  architecture"  EDI system.  As a result,  a client's system can expand or
change  without  incurring  significant  incremental  capital  expenditures  for
hardware or  software.  The open  architecture  of the  Company's  systems  also
improves reliability and connectivity, and facilitates the cross selling of MEDE
AMERICA's products, in part because of the following characteristics:

   o  SCALABILITY.  The Company's systems are designed to take full advantage of
      the client/server environment,  UNIX operating systems and Redundant Array
      of Inexpensive Disks ("RAID") technology, allowing clients to expand their
      processing   capacity  in  order  to  accommodate   the  growth  of  their
      businesses.

   o  MODULARITY.  The Company's  client/server systems have been developed with
      discrete functionality that can be replicated and utilized with additional
      hardware. This modularity enables MEDE AMERICA to optimize application and
      hardware performance.

   o  REDUNDANCY.  The implementation of a dual site,  geographically  dispersed
      On-Line  Transaction  Processing  ("OLTP")  switch  (Twinsburg,  Ohio  and
      Mitchel  Field,  New  York)  and  RAID  technology  for  batch  processing
      significantly  reduces  the risk of  business  interruption.  Each site is
      designed to be entirely self-supporting.

   o  OPEN SYSTEMS. Through the use of an open systems architecture MEDE AMERICA
      is able to add new functionality to applications  without re-designing its
      applications or architecture.

   o  INDUSTRY  STANDARDS.  Through  the  adoption  and active use of  pertinent
      standards for healthcare EDI  processing,  MEDE AMERICA can support client
      and payor processing requirements and provide standard interfaces to other
      EDI processing organizations.

   o  EASE OF USE. The Company's products are either  Windows-based or GUI-based
      and  function  in UNIX,  Novell  and  Windows NT  operating  environments,
      thereby enhancing ease of use by MEDE AMERICA's clients.

   o  TELECOMMUNICATIONS OFFERINGS. MEDE AMERICA is an early adopter of emerging
      telecommunications  systems  enabling  the  Company  to  migrate  to newer
      services,  such as ISDN,  dial to packet,  frame  relay,  virtual  private
      networks  and Internet  communications.  These new  offerings  provide the
      Company with a competitive  advantage  through  improved service levels or
      pricing. To ensure reliable  connectivity to its EDI clients,  the Company
      has established relationships with multiple telecommunications vendors.

COMPETITION

     Competition  in the market  for the  Company's  products  and  services  is
intense and is expected to increase.  The EDI market is characterized by rapidly
changing  technology,  evolving  user  needs and  frequent  introduction  of new
products.  Many of the  Company's  competitors  and potential  competitors  have
significantly greater financial,  technical, product development,  marketing and
other resources and market  recognition than the Company.  In addition,  many of
the  Company's  competitors  also  currently  have,  or may  develop or acquire,
substantial  installed client bases in the healthcare  industry.  As a result of
these factors, the Company's  competitors may be able to respond more quickly to
new or emerging  technologies,  changes in client  requirements  and  political,
economic or regulatory  changes in the healthcare  industry,  and may be able to
devote  greater  resources  to the  development,  promotion  and  sale of  their
products than the Company.

     The Company's  principal  competitors  include  National Data  Corporation,
Envoy   Corporation   and  SSI,  Inc.  in  claims   processing  and  eligibility
verification;  QuadraMed Corporation in claims processing; Medifax, Inc. and HDX
Healthcare  Data Exchange  Corporation  in eligibility  verification;  and Envoy
Corporation  in  the  dental  market.  MEDE  AMERICA  also  may  face  potential
competition from other companies not currently involved in healthcare electronic
data  transmission,  which may enter the market as EDI becomes more established.
The Company believes that existing and potential clients in the

                                       46

<PAGE>

healthcare  EDI market  evaluate the  products  and  services of  competing  EDI
providers on the basis of the  compatibility of the provider's  software,  cost,
ease of  installation,  the range of  applications  available,  the  quality  of
service and the degree of payor connectivity. See "Risk Factors -- Competition."

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     The  healthcare  industry  in the  United  States is  subject  to  changing
political,  economic and regulatory  influences  that may affect the procurement
practices and  operations of healthcare  organizations.  During the past several
years,  the  healthcare  industry  has been  subject  to  increasing  levels  of
governmental regulation of, among other things,  reimbursement rates and certain
capital  expenditures.  For example,  legislation  has been  proposed that would
mandate  standards and impose  restrictions on the Company's ability to transmit
healthcare data and recently,  Congress has had under consideration proposals to
reform the healthcare system. While some of these proposals,  if enacted,  could
increase the demand for EDI products and services in the healthcare  industry by
emphasizing cost  containment,  they might change the operating  environment for
the Company's clients in ways that cannot be predicted. Healthcare organizations
could react to these proposals by curtailing or deferring investments, including
those for the Company's products and services.

     The  confidentiality  of patient records and the circumstances  under which
such  records may be released  for  inclusion  in the  Company's  databases  are
subject to substantial  regulation.  State laws and regulations  govern both the
disclosure  and the use of  confidential  patient  medical  record  information.
Although  compliance with these laws and  regulations is at present  principally
the  responsibility  of the hospital,  physician or other  healthcare  provider,
regulations governing patient  confidentiality  rights are evolving rapidly. The
Health Insurance  Portability and Accountability  Act, passed in 1997,  mandates
the establishment of national standards for the confidentiality of patient data,
as well as record keeping,  data format and data security  obligations that will
apply to transaction processors,  among others. It is possible that standards so
developed  will  necessitate  changes to the  Company's  operations.  Additional
legislation  governing the dissemination of medical record  information has been
proposed at both the  federal and state  levels.  This  legislation  may require
holders of such  information  to implement  security  measures  that may require
substantial  expenditures by the Company. There can be no assurance that changes
to state or federal laws will not materially  restrict the ability of healthcare
providers  to submit  information  from  patient  records  using  the  Company's
products.   See  "Risk  Factors  --  Proposed  Healthcare  Data  Confidentiality
Legislation."

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     Many currently  installed  computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two digit entries in the date code field.  These date code fields
will need to accept four digit  entries to  distinguish  21st century dates from
20th century  dates.  As a result,  prior to January 1, 2000,  computer  systems
and/or  software  used by many  companies may need to be upgraded to comply with
such "Year 2000"  requirements.  Significant  uncertainty exists in the software
industry concerning the potential  consequences of the Year 2000 phenomenon.  To
date, the Company has expended  approximately  $160,000 in addressing  Year 2000
problems.  The Company  estimates that it will incur  approximately  $860,000 in
additional costs relating to its Year 2000 compliance  program;  however,  there
can be no  assurance  that such  amount  will be  sufficient  to cover all costs
relating to Year 2000  issues.  The Company  believes  that the  majority of all
transactions  being processed by it are running on Year 2000 compliant  systems.
However,  the Company  believes  that some systems with which its own  computers
interact (for example,  some payor and practice  management systems) are not yet
Year 2000 compliant,  and that the failure of these systems to be made Year 2000
compliant  in a  timely  manner  may  adversely  affect  some  of the  Company's
operations.  In addition,  certain systems  operated by MEDE AMERICA are not yet
Year 2000 compliant.  The applications  running on these systems are expected to
be discontinued,  migrated to other systems or corrected  before 2000.  However,
there can be no  assurance  that the  Company's  systems  will achieve Year 2000
compliance  in a timely  manner,  if at all.  See  "'Risk  Factors  -- Year 2000
Compliance."

EMPLOYEES

     As of April 30, 1998,  the Company  employed 356 people,  including  110 in
operations,  72 in sales, 11 in marketing, 56 in client services, 65 in research
and development,  14 in finance, 18 in administration and ten in corporate. None
of the  Company's  employees  is  represented  by a union  or  other  collective
bargaining group. The Company believes its relationship with its employees to be
satisfactory.

                                       47

<PAGE>

FACILITIES

     The following chart  summarizes the Company's  facilities and their monthly
transaction capacities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          ESTIMATED
                                                                             MONTHLY
                                                                           TRANSACTION        OWNED/LEASE
           FACILITY             PERSONNEL         TRANSACTION TYPE           CAPACITY       EXPIRATION DATE
- ------------------------------ ----------- ------------------------------ ------------- ----------------------
<S>                            <C>         <C>                            <C>           <C>
Ohio (Primary Medical and          152     Eligibility                      2,000,000   Owned
 Pharmacy Data Center)                     Real-Time Benefit Management     6,000,000
                                           Switching                       48,000,000

New York (Secondary Medical         33     Eligibility Enrollment           2,000,000   January 2003
 and Pharmacy Data Center)                                                    25,000

Georgia (Dental Data Center)        56     Dental Claims                    1,600,000   January 2001

Corporate Headquarters,            115     Real-Time Benefit Management     2,000,000   Various dates between
 Sales & Development                                                                    January 1999 and Feb-
 Offices (5 sites) and                                                                  ruary 2003.
 PBM Processing

</TABLE>

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     The Company considers its methodologies,  computer software and many of its
databases  to be  proprietary.  The  Company  relies on a  combination  of trade
secrets,  copyright and trademark  laws,  contractual  provisions  and technical
measures to protect its rights in various methodologies,  systems,  products and
databases.  The Company has no patents covering its software technology.  Due to
the nature of its  application  software,  the Company  believes that patent and
trade secret  protection  are less  significant  than the  Company's  ability to
further  develop,  enhance  and  modify  its  current  products.   However,  any
infringement  or  misappropriation  of the  Company's  proprietary  software and
databases  could  disadvantage  the Company in its efforts to retain and attract
new clients in a highly  competitive  market and could cause the Company to lose
revenues or incur substantial  litigation expense.  The Company seeks to protect
its  proprietary   information   through   nondisclosure   agreements  with  its
consultants,   clients  and  potential  clients,   and  limits  access  to,  and
distribution of, its proprietary information. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on
Intellectual Property; Risk of Infringement."

     Substantial litigation regarding intellectual property rights exists in the
software  industry,  and the  Company  expects  that  software  products  may be
increasingly  subject  to  third-party  infringement  claims  as the  number  of
competitors in the Company's  industry  segment grows and the  functionality  of
products  overlaps.  Although  the  Company  believes  that its  products do not
infringe on the  intellectual  rights of others,  there can be no assurance that
such a claim will not be asserted  against the Company in the future,  or that a
license or similar  agreement will be available on reasonable terms in the event
of an unfavorable  ruling on any such claim.  See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on
Intellectual Property; Risk of Infringement."

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     In June  1995,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all of the assets of
Latpon for a purchase price of $2,470,000,  plus the assumption of approximately
$963,000 of liabilities.  On April 20, 1998, Curtis J. Oakley, a former employee
of the  predecessor of Latpon filed a summons with notice with the Supreme Court
of the State of New York,  County of Nassau stating his intent to assert a claim
against several persons including the Company, based on his alleged ownership of
a 22% interest in Latpon.  According to the summons,  Mr.  Oakley's claim is for
$10 million or such other amount as may be shown at trial,  based on his alleged
ownership  interest.  The Company  believes that it is fully  indemnified by the
former owners of Latpon under the Latpon acquisition agreement against any costs
or  damages  arising  from this  claim.  The  Company  has filed a demand  for a
complaint.  Due to the lack of  information  that has been provided to date, the
Company is unable to predict what effect,  if any, this  litigation  may have on
its business, financial condition or results of operations.

                                       48

<PAGE>
                                  MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               NAME                   AGE    POSITION
- ----------------------------------   -----   -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>     <C>

Thomas E. McInerney(2) ...........    56     Chairman of the Board of Directors
Thomas P. Staudt .................    45     President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
Richard P. Bankosky ..............    55     Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
James T. Stinton .................    48     Chief Information Officer
William M. McManus ...............    43     Senior Vice President and General Manager -- Medical
                                             and Pharmacy
Roger L. Primeau .................    55     Senior Vice President and General Manager -- Dental
Anthony J. de Nicola(1) ..........    33     Director
Timothy M. Murray(1)(2) ..........    45     Director
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Member of Audit Committee

(2) Member of Compensation Committee

     Set  forth  below is  information  about  each of the  Company's  executive
officers and directors.

     THOMAS E.  MCINERNEY  has been  Chairman of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company since March 1995 and a general partner of WCAS, an investment firm which
specializes  in the  acquisition  of companies in the  information  services and
healthcare  industries,  since  September  1986.  Prior  to  joining  WCAS,  Mr.
McInerney was President and Chief Executive  Officer of Dama  Telecommunications
Corporation,   a  voice  and  data  communications  services  company  which  he
co-founded  in 1982.  Mr.  McInerney  has also been  President of the  Brokerage
Services Division and later Group Vice President-Financial Services of ADP, with
responsibility  for the ADP divisions  that serve the  securities,  commodities,
bank,  thrift and electronic funds transfer  industries,  and has held positions
with the American Stock Exchange,  Citibank and American Airlines. Mr. McInerney
holds a B.A. degree from St. Johns University,  and attended New York University
Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration.  He  is  a  director  of  Aurora
Electronics, Inc., The BISYS Group, Inc. and several private companies.

     THOMAS P. STAUDT has been a director and the President and Chief  Executive
Officer of the  Company  since  March  1995.  He served as  President  and Chief
Operating  Officer of CES from May 1993,  and as a director  from  August  1994,
until the sale of CES to First Data Corporation and the formation of the Company
in March 1995. At CES, Mr. Staudt was responsible for credit card and healthcare
transaction  processing  operations.  Prior  to  joining  CES,  Mr.  Staudt  was
President and Chief  Operating  Officer of Harbridge  Merchant  Services,  Inc.,
which he joined in December  1991.  Mr. Staudt has also held positions with A.C.
Nielsen, a subsidiary of Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, and Wells Fargo Bank. Mr.
Staudt holds a B.S.  degree from the U.S.  Naval Academy and an M.B.A.  from San
Francisco State University.

     RICHARD  P.  BANKOSKY  has been  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer  and
Secretary of the Company  since May 1996. He served as Chief  Financial  Officer
and Treasurer for TII Industries,  Inc. from April 1995 to February 1996.  Prior
to joining TII, he was Chief Financial Officer,  Treasurer and Secretary for TSI
International  Software Ltd from February 1989 to April 1995. Mr.  Bankosky also
served as Chief  Financial  Officer and Secretary  for V Band Systems Inc.,  was
founder  and Chief  Operating  Officer of NCR Credit  Corporation  and served as
Director of Corporate  Development at NCR Corporation.  He holds a B.E.E. degree
in Computers and Electrical  Engineering from Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute
and an M.B.A. from Adelphi University.

                                       49

<PAGE>

     JAMES T. STINTON has been Chief  Information  Officer of the Company  since
October  1995.  He served as Release  Manager at Charles  Schwab & Company  from
April 1992 to  September  1995.  In that  position  he was  responsible  for the
development,  coordination,  testing and implementation for the Microsoft NT and
UNIX Client Server software.  Prior to joining Charles Schwab & Company,  he was
POS Systems  Architect and Vice President at Wells Fargo Bank from February 1982
to April 1992.  Mr. Stinton holds a degree from ONC Business  Studies,  Coventry
Technical College,  Coventry,  England, and a graduate certificate from Consumer
Banking Association,  Retail Banking Management, McIntire Business School of the
University of Virginia.

     WILLIAM M. MCMANUS has been Senior Vice  President  and General  Manager --
Pharmacy and Medical of the Company since May 1997 and Senior Vice President and
General  Manager --  Pharmacy  since  February  1996.  From  April 1994  through
February  1996  he  was  head  of  pharmacy   system  sales  for  National  Data
Corporation. In that position he had overall responsibility for sales, marketing
and product  management  programs.  Prior to April 1994, Mr. McManus held senior
level positions at OmniSYS,  Inc., Healthcare Computer  Corporation,  PDX, Inc.,
and the computer  division of Foxmeyer  Corporation.  Mr.  McManus  holds a B.S.
degree in Health and Physical  Education  from the  University of South Carolina
and completed  postgraduate  courses in education and pharmacy at the University
of South Carolina.

     ROGER L.  PRIMEAU  has been Senior Vice  President  and General  Manager --
Dental of the Company since October 1996.  From August 1989 through June 1996 he
was Vice President, Administration and Customer Relations of National Electronic
Information  Corporation ("NEIC").  Prior to joining NEIC, Mr. Primeau worked at
Columbia Life Insurance Co. and Aetna Life & Casualty in a variety of management
positions. Mr. Primeau holds a B.S. degree in Biology from Holy Cross College.

     ANTHONY J. DE NICOLA has been a director  of the  Company  since March 1995
and has been a general partner of WCAS since April 1994.  Prior to joining WCAS,
Mr. de Nicola was an associate at William Blair & Company, L.L.C., an investment
banking firm with which he had been affiliated  since 1990.  Previously,  Mr. de
Nicola worked in the Mergers and Acquisitions  Department of Goldman Sachs & Co.
and held  positions  at McKinsey & Company and IBM.  Mr. de Nicola  holds a B.A.
degree from DePauw  University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. He is
a director of SEER Technologies, Inc. and several private companies.

     TIMOTHY M. MURRAY has been a director  of the Company  since March 1995 and
is a principal of William Blair & Company,  L.L.C.,  an investment  banking firm
with which he has been  associated  since  1979.  He has also been the  managing
partner of William Blair Leveraged  Capital Fund since its formation in 1988 and
is a  Managing  Director  of WBCP.  Mr.  Murray  holds a B.A.  degree  from Duke
University  and an M.B.A.  from the  University of Chicago.  He is a director of
Daisytek International Corporation and several private companies.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     The only  standing  committees of the Board of Directors of the Company are
the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee.  The Audit Committee reviews
the results  and scope of audits and other  services  provided by the  Company's
independent public accountants. Its members are Messrs. de Nicola and Murray. In
May 1998, the Board of Directors  constituted a Compensation  Committee composed
of  Messrs.   McInerney  and  Murray  which  will  be  responsible   for  making
recommendations  concerning  salaries and incentive  compensation  for executive
officers of the  Company.  Prior to May 1998,  the Board of  Directors  had sole
responsibility  for  establishing  executive  officer  compensation.  Thomas  E.
Staudt, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, participated in the
deliberations of the Board concerning executive compensation.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     Prior  to  the  Offering,   the  directors  of  the  Company   received  no
compensation  in respect of their service on the Board of  Directors.  Following
the  Offering,  under the "New Stock Plan" (as defined  in, and  described  more
fully under, "-- Employee Benefit Plans"), each non-employee director who is not

                                       50

<PAGE>

(and is not  affiliated  with) a holder of 5% or more of the voting stock of the
Company,  will be paid an annual retainer of $7,500,  plus $1,000 for each Board
of  Directors  or  committee  meeting  attended,  and will  receive  annually  a
non-qualified stock option to purchase up to 1,000 shares of Common Stock at the
fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

     Directors are entitled to reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred
while attending meetings of the Board of Directors.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain   information   concerning  the
compensation  paid by the Company to its Chief Executive Officer and each of the
four other most  highly  paid  executive  officers  of the  Company  (the "Named
Executive Officers") in the 1997 fiscal year:

                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             LONG-TERM
                                                                                            COMPENSATION
                                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION                     AWARDS
                                        ------------------------------------------------- ---------------
                                                                                             SECURITIES
                                                                           OTHER ANNUAL      UNDERLYING       ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                 SALARY($)      BONUS($)(1)   COMPENSATION($)   OPTIONS(#)(2)   COMPENSATION($)
- --------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- ----------------- --------------- ----------------
<S>                                     <C>               <C>           <C>               <C>             <C>
Thomas P. Staudt ......................      180,000         50,000               --          220,414            --
 President and Chief Executive
 Officer

Richard P. Bankosky ...................      135,000         20,000               --           29,461            --
 Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
 and Secretary

William M. McManus ....................      125,433         20,000           65,558           29,461            --
 Senior Vice President and General
 Manager -- Pharmacy and Medical

Roger L. Primeau ......................       85,000 (3)     12,000               --           18,113            --
 Senior Vice President and General
 Manager -- Dental

James T. Stinton ......................      150,000         20,000               --           34,917            --
 Chief Information Officer ............
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Bonuses are granted under a bonus formula annually  established by the Board
    of Directors, based upon the performance (measured by EBITDA) of the Company
    (or certain operating divisions thereof).  Unless a specified  percentage of
    the EBITDA target is achieved, no bonus is paid. EBITDA targets are adjusted
    to reflect accounting changes, acquisitions and other significant,  one-time
    events.

(2) Total number granted through June 30, 1997 (exercised and unexercised).

(3) Mr. Primeau's employment commenced in October 1996.

                                       51

<PAGE>
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

     The following  table sets forth  certain  information  regarding  grants of
options to purchase  Common Stock in fiscal 1997 to each of the Named  Executive
Officers:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                              VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                                                               ANNUAL RATES OF
                                                                                                    STOCK
                                                                                             PRICE APPRECIATION
                                                    INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                        FOR OPTION TERM(1)
                              -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
                                    NUMBER OF          % OF TOTAL
                                   SECURITIES       OPTIONS GRANTED    EXERCISE
                               UNDERLYING OPTIONS   TO EMPLOYEES IN     PRICE     EXPIRATION
                                   GRANTED(#)        FISCAL YEAR(2)   ($/SHARE)      DATE      5%($)     10%($)
                              -------------------- ----------------- ----------- ----------- --------- ---------
<S>                           <C>                  <C>               <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>
Thomas P. Staudt ............         2,182               4.27%        $ 5.73      2/15/07     20,400    32,400
Richard P. Bankosky .........         2,182               4.27%        $ 5.73      2/15/07     20,400    32,400
William M. McManus ..........         8,729              17.09%        $ 5.73         (3)      81,600   129,600
Roger L. Primeau ............        18,113              35.47%        $ 5.73         (4)     169,320   268,920
James T. Stinton ............         2,182               4.27%        $ 5.73      2/15/07     20,400    32,400
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Potential  realizable  value is based on the  assumption  that the price per
    share of  Common  Stock  appreciates  at the  assumed  annual  rate of stock
    appreciation  for the option  term.  The assumed 5% and 10% annual  rates of
    appreciation (compounded annually) over the term of the option are set forth
    in accordance with the rules and  regulations  adopted by the Securities and
    Exchange  Commission  and do not represent  the Company's  estimate of stock
    price appreciation.

(2) Based upon total grants of options to purchase  51,066 shares in fiscal year
    1997.

(3) 2,182 expire  February 15, 2007,  3,273 expire June 9, 2007 and 3,274 expire
    December 3, 2007.

(4) 16,367 expire September 16, 2006 and 1,746 expire February 15, 2007.

AGGREGATED  OPTION  EXERCISES  IN LAST  FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL  YEAR-END  OPTION
VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                    UNEXERCISED OPTIONS AT           IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                       JUNE 30, 1997(#)                  JUNE 30, 1997($)
                                -------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                 EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE     EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE
                                -------------   ---------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                             <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>
Thomas P. Staudt ............      65,469           133,121          $300,000        $612,500
Richard P. Bankosky .........       5,456            24,005            25,000         137,500
William M. McManus ..........       7,638            19,641            38,750         112,500
Roger L. Primeau ............           0            18,113                 0          85,000
James T. Stinton ............       6,547            28,370            30,000         132,500
</TABLE>

SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS

     The  Company  maintains  severance  agreements  with each of its  executive
officers  providing for salary  continuation  for a period of six months (twelve
months in the case of Mr.  Staudt) if the executive is terminated for any reason
other than malfeasance, misconduct or moral turpitude.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     Under the MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and its  Subsidiaries  Stock Option and
Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Plan (the "Stock  Plan"),  up to 655,000  shares of
Common Stock are  reserved  for  issuance to the  officers and  employees of the
Company. These shares may be issued either outright, as restricted stock awards,
or they may be issued pursuant to either "incentive stock options" under Section
422(b) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),  or
"non-qualified"  stock options. As of May 29, 1998, options to purchase up to an
aggregate  483,132  shares of Common Stock were  outstanding,  of which  212,099
options were  exercisable.  The weighted  average exercise price for all options
granted under the Stock Plan is $4.84 per share.  Following  the  Offering,  the
Board of Directors has provided that no additional grants or awards will be made
under the Stock Plan.

                                       52

<PAGE>

     Under the MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and its Subsidiaries  1998 Stock Option
and Restricted  Stock Purchase Plan (the "New Stock Plan"), a variety of awards,
including  incentive stock options  intended to qualify under Section 422 of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  "non-qualified"  stock
options, restricted stock awards and other stock-based awards, may be granted to
officers, employees, directors,  consultants and advisors of the Company and its
subsidiaries.  The Board of Directors  will  initially  administer the New Stock
Plan, but may delegate such  responsibility  to a committee of the Board.  While
the Company currently anticipates that most grants under the New Stock Plan will
consist of stock options,  the Company may also grant  restricted  stock awards,
which entitle  recipients  to acquire  shares of Common Stock subject to certain
conditions.  Options or other  awards that are granted  under the New Stock Plan
but expire unexercised are available for future grants. To date, no options have
been granted  under the New Stock Plan.  Vesting of options  under the New Stock
Plan  would  be  subject  to  acceleration  at the  discretion  of the  Board of
Directors under certain circumstances.

     Under the  Company's  1998  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan (the  "Purchase
Plan"),  employees  of the Company,  including  directors of the Company who are
employees,  are eligible to  participate  in quarterly  plan  offerings in which
payroll  deductions may be used to purchase shares of Common Stock. The purchase
price of such shares is the lower of 85% of the fair market  value of the Common
Stock on the day the offering  commences and 85% of the fair market value of the
Common  Stock on the date the offering  terminates.  The first  offering  period
under the Purchase Plan will not commence until the completion of the Offering.

     In its 1998  fiscal  year  through  May 29,  1998,  the Company has granted
options to  purchase an  aggregate  37,101  shares of Common  Stock to the Named
Executive Officers, as follows:  12,003 shares for Mr. McManus, 8,730 shares for
Mr. Staudt and 5,456 shares for each of Messrs.  Bankosky,  Stinton and Primeau.
Such options have an exercise price of $5.73 per share of Common Stock.

                                       53

<PAGE>

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     In June 1995, the Company acquired MEDE OHIO,  through a merger between the
Company  and the  parent of MEDE  OHIO  ("Parent").  Parent  was owned by Welsh,
Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V, L.P. ("WCAS V"), which had formed Parent to acquire
MEDE  OHIO in an all  cash  merger  that was  consummated  in  March  1995.  The
acquisition price of MEDE OHIO, including amounts required to finance the merger
and to provide MEDE OHIO with working capital and pre-merger  bridge  financing,
was approximately $22.6 million. The exchange ratio in the merger between Parent
and  the  Company  was  based  on the  acquisition  cost  of  MEDE  OHIO  and an
independent  valuation of the Company that was performed in connection  with the
spin-off of the  Company by CES.  In the merger and a related  offering to raise
working  capital for the  Company,  the Company  issued an  aggregate  1,772,354
shares of Common Stock and 171,889 shares of Preferred Stock to investment funds
and individuals  affiliated with WCAS, and an aggregate 866,504 shares of Common
Stock and 28,987 shares of Preferred Stock to investment  funds  affiliated with
WBCP.

     In October 1995, WCAS V and Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P. ("WCAS
VI"),  each  advanced  the Company  $1.75  million as bridge  financing  for the
Company's acquisition of EC&F and Premier. The loan bore interest at the rate of
10% per annum and matured on December 31, 1995.  The Company  repaid the loan in
December 1995.

     On  December  18,  1995,   the  Company   issued  to  its  four   principal
stockholders,  WCAS V, WCAS VI, William Blair Capital  Partners V, L.P.  ("Blair
V"), and William Blair  Leveraged  Capital  Fund,  Limited  Partnership  ("Blair
LCF"),  warrants to purchase an  aggregate  52,533  shares of Common Stock at an
exercise  price of $4.58  per  share  in  connection  with  their  agreement  to
guarantee the Company's obligations under the Credit Facility.

     On  January  10,  1997,  the  Company  increased  the  amount of  available
borrowings under the Credit Facility, and in connection therewith,  WCAS V, WCAS
VI, Blair V and Blair LCF, each agreed to guarantee  payment of a portion of the
additional debt to be incurred under the increased credit line. In consideration
for such  guarantees,  the Company  issued to WCAS V, WCAS VI, Blair V and Blair
LCF  warrants  to purchase  an  aggregate  18,331  shares of Common  Stock.  The
warrants  have a ten year term and the exercise  price  thereunder  is $5.73 per
share.

     On  October  31,  1997,  the  Company  increased  the  amount of  available
borrowings under the Credit Facility, and in connection therewith,  WCAS V, WCAS
VI, Blair V and Blair LCF each agreed to  guarantee  payment of a portion of the
additional debt to be incurred under the increased credit line. In consideration
for such  guarantees,  the Company  issued to WCAS V, WCAS VI, Blair V and Blair
LCF  warrants  to purchase  an  aggregate  34,201  shares of Common  Stock.  The
warrants  have a ten year term and the exercise  price  thereunder  is $5.73 per
share.

     On February 14, 1997 the Company issued 10% Senior  Subordinated  Notes due
February  14, 2002 in the  principal  amount of  $25,000,000,  plus an aggregate
370,994  shares of Common  Stock,  to WCAS Capital  Partners II, L.P.  ("WCAS CP
II"), for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000,000. WCAS CP II is an affiliate
of each of WCAS V and WCAS VI, and Thomas McInerney and Anthony de Nicola,  both
directors  of the Company,  are general  partners of the sole WCAS CP II general
partner. The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds of the Offering to
repay in full the Credit Facility and the 10% Senior Subordinated Note. See "Use
of Proceeds." The Company does not anticipate  further borrowing from or seeking
further loan guarantees from any of the entities referred to above.

     In connection  with the Offering,  the terms of the Preferred Stock will be
amended to provide for  conversion  of the  aggregate  liquidation  value of the
Preferred Stock including  accrued but unpaid dividends into Common Stock at the
price per share  received by the Company  upon the  consummation  of its initial
public offering;  provided further,  however,  that cash realized by the Company
upon any exercise of the Underwriters'  overallotment option would be applied to
the payment of accrued  dividends in lieu of having such dividends  convert into
Common Stock. In addition,  in connection with the Offering,  the holders of the
outstanding  Common Stock purchase warrants agreed to exercise all such warrants
by the net issuance  exercise  method for an aggregate  shares of Common  Stock.
WCAS V, WCAS VI, Blair

                                       54

<PAGE>

V and  Blair LCF are the  owners of an  aggregate  193,100  shares of  Preferred
Stock,  and  warrants to purchase  52,532 and 52,533  shares of Common  Stock at
exercise prices of $4.58 and $5.73 per share, respectively.

     Blair V and Blair LCF, and Timothy Murray, a director of the Company, are
each affiliates of William Blair & Company, L.L.C., an underwriter of the
Offering. See "Underwriting."

                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding  beneficial
ownership of the Company's  Common Stock as of May 29, 1998,  and as adjusted to
reflect the sale of Common Stock offered hereby, by (i) each person (or group of
affiliated  persons)  known by the  Company to own  beneficially  more than five
percent of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  (ii) each of the Company's
directors, (iii) each of the Named Executive Officers and (iv) all directors and
executive  officers of the  Company as a group.  The numbers of shares set forth
below (i) give effect to the  Recapitalization and the Reverse Stock Split, (ii)
assume an Offering price of $14.00 per share of Common Stock, and (iii) assume a
sale of  3,600,000  shares of Common  Stock in the  Offering.  Unless  otherwise
indicated,  the  address for each  stockholder  is c/o the  Company,  90 Merrick
Avenue, Suite 501, East Meadow, New York 11554.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)
                                                    --------------------------------------
                                                                    PERCENTAGE OWNED(2)
                                                                  ------------------------
                                                                    BEFORE        AFTER
       NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER            NUMBER      OFFERING      OFFERING
- -------------------------------------------------   -----------   ----------   -----------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>
Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe (3) .............    5,753,534       72.21%        49.74%
 320 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
 New York, NY 10019

William Blair & Co., L.L.C. (4) .................      916,762       11.51%         7.93%
 222 West Adams Street
 Chicago, Illinois 60606

Mellon Bank, as Trustee (5) .....................      616,692        7.74%         5.33%
 767 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor
 New York, NY 10153

Thomas P. Staudt (6) ............................      166,151        2.06%         1.42%

Richard P. Bankosky .............................       11,349           -             -

James T. Stinton (7) ............................       16,152           -             -

William M. McManus (8) ..........................       13,531           -             -

Roger L. Primeau (9) ............................        4,060           -             -

Thomas E. McInerney (10) ........................    5,612,369       70.44%        48.52%
 320 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
 New York, NY 10019

Anthony J. de Nicola (11) .......................    5,588,555       70.14%        48.31%
 320 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
 New York, NY 10019

Timothy M. Murray (12) ..........................      913,621       11.47%         7.90%
 222 West Adams Street
 Chicago, Illinois 60606

All current directors and executive officers as a    6,747,583       83.14%        57.59%
 group (10 persons) .............................
</TABLE>

- ----------
 -  Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the Common Stock.
                                       55

<PAGE>

 (1) Gives effect to the  Recapitalization  and the Reverse Stock Split.  Unless
     otherwise indicated,  the entities and individuals identified in this table
     have sole voting and  investment  power with respect to all shares shown as
     beneficially  owned by them,  subject to  community  property  laws,  where
     applicable.

 (2) The  percentages  shown are  based on  7,967,304  shares  of  Common  Stock
     outstanding on May 29, 1998, plus, as to each entity or group listed unless
     otherwise noted, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be owned by
     such holder  pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act as of such date,
     assuming  exercise  of options  held by such  holder  that are  exercisable
     within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.

 (3) Includes  2,566,414 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS V, 2,583,700 shares
     of Common Stock held by WCAS VI, 62,117 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS
     Information  Partners L.P. ("WCAS  Info."),  370,994 shares of Common Stock
     held by WCAS CP II, and 170,310  shares of Common Stock held by  individual
     partners of WCAS.  Such  partners  are also  partners  of the sole  general
     partner of each of the foregoing limited partnerships. The partners of WCAS
     who are also  directors of the Company are Thomas E. McInerney (who is also
     Chairman of the Board of Directors) and Anthony J. de Nicola,  and each may
     be deemed to be beneficial  owners of the  Company's  Common Stock owned by
     WCAS.

 (4) Includes  600,467 shares of Common Stock held by Blair V, 313,153 shares of
     Common  Stock held by Blair LCF and 3,141 shares of Common Stock held by an
     individual  affiliated with WBCP.  Timothy M. Murray, a partner of WBCP, is
     also a director of the Company and may be deemed to be a  beneficial  owner
     of the Company's Common Stock owned by WBCP.

 (5) Includes  308,346 shares of Common Stock held by Mellon Bank as Trustee for
     the General Motors Salaried  Employees  Pension Trust and 308,346 shares of
     Common Stock held by Mellon Bank as Trustee for the General  Motors  Hourly
     Rate Employees Pension Fund.

 (6) Includes options to purchase up to 109,554 shares of Common Stock.

 (7) Includes options to purchase up to 16,152 shares of Common Stock.

 (8) Includes options to purchase up to 13,531 shares of Common Stock.

 (9) Includes options to purchase up to 4,060 shares of Common Stock.

(10) Includes  2,566,414 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS V, 2,583,700 shares
     of Common Stock held by WCAS VI, 62,117 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS
     Info. and 370,994 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS CP II. Mr.  McInerney
     disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

(11) Includes  2,566,414 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS V, 2,583,700 shares
     of Common Stock held by WCAS VI, 62,117 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS
     Info.  and 370,994 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS CP II. Mr. de Nicola
     disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

(12) Includes  600,467 shares of Common Stock held by Blair V and 313,153 shares
     of  Common  Stock  held by  Blair  LCF.  Mr.  Murray  disclaims  beneficial
     ownership of such shares.

                                       56

<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     The Company's  authorized  capital stock  consists of 30,000,000  shares of
Common Stock, and 5,000,000  shares of Preferred Stock.  Upon completion of this
Offering,  and after giving effect to the Recapitalization and the Reverse Stock
Split, there will be 11,567,304 shares of Common Stock (12,107,304 shares if the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is  exercised)  and no shares of Preferred
Stock   outstanding.   As  of  May  29,  1998,   before  giving  effect  to  the
Recapitalization  and the Reverse  Stock Split there were  26,049,938  shares of
Common Stock outstanding and 239,956 shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, held
of record by 127  stockholders.  In addition,  as of May 29, 1998, before giving
effect  to  the   Recapitalization  and  the  Reverse  Stock  Split  there  were
outstanding options to purchase 2,213,600 shares of Common Stock and warrants to
purchase 481,440 shares of Common Stock. Pursuant to the  Recapitalization,  all
such  warrants  will be exercised  (for an aggregate  66,379 post Reverse  Stock
Split  shares),  and all shares of  Preferred  Stock will be  converted  into an
aggregate  2,215,940 shares of Common Stock (based on the aggregate  liquidation
preference of the Preferred Stock as of May 29, 1998, after giving effect to the
Reverse Stock Split and assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
option) prior to the consummation of the Offering.

COMMON STOCK

     The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of
record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to the rights
and preferences of the holders of any outstanding  Preferred  Stock, the holders
of Common Stock are entitled to receive  ratably such  dividends as are declared
by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.  In the event
of a liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the Company,  holders of Common
Stock have the right to a ratable portion of assets  remaining after the payment
of all debts and other  liabilities,  subject to the liquidation  preferences of
the holders of any  outstanding  Preferred  Stock.  Holders of Common Stock have
neither  preemptive  rights nor rights to convert  their  Common  Stock into any
other  securities  and are not  subject to future  calls or  assessments  by the
Company.  There are no redemption or sinking fund  provisions  applicable to the
Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares offered
hereby  upon  issuance  and sale will be,  fully  paid and  non-assessable.  The
rights,  preferences  and  privileges of the holders of Common Stock are subject
to, and may be  adversely  affected  by, the rights of the  holders of shares of
Preferred Stock that the Company may designate and issue in the future.

PREFERRED STOCK

     Upon  the  closing  of  this  Offering  and  assuming  no  exercise  of the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option,  all of  the  outstanding  shares  of the
Preferred  Stock  together  with  accrued but unpaid  dividends  thereon will be
automatically  converted at the public  offering price into 2,215,940  shares of
Common Stock.

     The Board of  Directors  is  authorized,  subject  to  certain  limitations
prescribed by Delaware law, without further action by the stockholders, to issue
up to 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, in one or more series
and to  fix  the  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and  restrictions  thereof,
including  dividend  rights,   conversion  rights,   voting  rights,   terms  of
redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares
constituting any series or the designation of such series.  The Company believes
that the power to issue Preferred  Stock will provide  flexibility in connection
with possible corporate transactions.  The issuance of Preferred Stock, however,
could adversely  affect the voting power of holders of Common Stock and restrict
their rights to receive payments upon liquidation. It could also have the effect
of  delaying,  deferring or  preventing a change in control of the Company.  The
Company has no present plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock.

WARRANTS

     As of May 29,  1998,  there were  outstanding  warrants to purchase  66,379
shares of Common Stock (on a "net exercise" basis) held by four investors. These
warrants will be exercised in full upon the closing of this Offering.

                                       57

<PAGE>
DELAWARE LAWS AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS; ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES

     Upon the  consummation  of this Offering  made hereby,  the Company will be
subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, an  anti-takeover  law. In
general,  Section  203  prohibits  a  publicly-held  Delaware  corporation  from
engaging in a "business  combination"  with an  "interested  stockholder"  for a
period of three  years  after the date of the  transaction  in which the  person
became an interested  stockholder,  unless the business  combination  is, or the
transaction in which the person became an interested  stockholder was,  approved
in a prescribed manner or another prescribed  exception applies. For purposes of
Section 203, a "business  combination"  is defined  broadly to include a merger,
asset  sale  or  other  transaction  resulting  in a  financial  benefit  to the
interested  stockholder,  and  subject to  certain  exceptions,  an  "interested
stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates,  owns (or
within  three  years  prior,  did own) 15% or more of the  corporation's  voting
stock.

     All directors  elected to the Company's  Board of Directors serve until the
next annual meeting of the  stockholders  and the election and  qualification of
their  successors or their earlier death,  resignation or removal.  The Board of
Directors is authorized to create new  directorships  and to fill such positions
so created.  The Board of Directors (or its remaining members,  even though less
than a quorum) is also  empowered  to fill  vacancies  on the Board of Directors
occurring  for  any  reason  for  the  remainder  of  the  term  of  the  vacant
directorship.

     The  Company's  Bylaws  provide  that,  for  nominations  to the  Board  of
Directors or for other business to be properly  brought by a stockholder  before
an annual meeting of stockholders,  the stockholder must first have given timely
notice  thereof in writing to the  Secretary  of the  Company.  To be timely,  a
stockholder's  notice  generally  must be delivered not less than sixty days nor
more than ninety days prior to the annual  meeting.  The notice by a stockholder
must contain,  among other things,  certain  information  about the  stockholder
delivering  the notice  and, as  applicable,  background  information  about the
nominee or a  description  of the  proposed  business  to be brought  before the
meeting.

     Certain of the  provisions  of the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation and Bylaws discussed above could make more difficult or discourage
a proxy  contest  or  other  change  in the  management  of the  Company  or the
acquisition  or attempted  acquisition  of control by a holder of a  substantial
block of the Company's  stock. It is possible that such provisions could make it
more difficult to accomplish,  or could deter,  transactions  which stockholders
may otherwise consider to be in their best interests.

     As  permitted  by  the  DGCL,  the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation  provides  that  Directors of the Company  shall not be personally
liable to the Company or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages for breach of
their fiduciary duties as Directors,  except for liability (i) for any breach of
their duty of  loyalty to the  Company  and its  stockholders,  (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation  of law,  (iii) for unlawful  payments of dividends or unlawful  stock
repurchases or redemptions,  as provided in Section 174 or successor  provisions
of the DGCL or (iv) for any  transaction  from  which the  Director  derives  an
improper personal benefit.

     The Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws provide
that the Company  shall  indemnify  its  Directors  and  officers to the fullest
extent permitted by Delaware law (except in some circumstances,  with respect to
suits  initiated  by the  Director  or  officer)  and  advance  expenses to such
Directors or officers to defend any action for which  rights of  indemnification
are provided. In addition, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws also permit the  Company to grant such  rights to its  employees  and
agents. The Bylaws also provide that the Company may enter into  indemnification
agreements  with its Directors and officers and purchase  insurance on behalf of
any person whom it is required or permitted to indemnify.  The Company  believes
that these  provisions  will  assist the  Company in  attracting  and  retaining
qualified individuals to serve as Directors, officers and employees.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The  transfer  agent and  registrar  for the  Common  Stock is  ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services.

                                       58

<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Prior to this Offering there has been no market for the Common Stock of the
Company. The Company can make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales
of shares or the  availability  of shares for sale will have on the market price
prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless,  sales of significant amounts of the
Common Stock in the public market,  or the perception that such sales may occur,
could adversely  affect  prevailing  market prices.  See "Risk Factors -- Shares
Eligible for Future Sale."

     Upon  completion of this Offering,  the Company  expects to have 11,567,304
shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  (excluding  483,132  shares  reserved  for
issuance upon the exercise of outstanding stock options)  (12,107,304  shares of
Common Stock outstanding if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised
in full).  Of these shares,  the 3,600,000  shares offered hereby will be freely
tradable without  restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act,
except for any shares purchased by "affiliates" of the Company,  as that term is
defined  in Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act,  which  will be  subject to the
resale limitations imposed by Rule 144, as described below.

     All of the remaining  7,967,304 shares of Common Stock  outstanding will be
"restricted  securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 and may not be resold in
the absence of registration  under the Securities Act, or pursuant to exemptions
from such registration  including,  among others, the exemption provided by Rule
144 under the Securities Act. Of the restricted  securities,  589,799 shares are
eligible for sale in the public market  immediately after this Offering pursuant
to Rule  144(k)  under  the  Securities  Act.  A total of  7,555,684  additional
restricted  securities  will be  eligible  for  sale  in the  public  market  in
accordance with Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act beginning 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus. Taking into consideration the effect of the lock-up
agreements  described  below  and  the  provisions  of  Rules  144  and  144(k),
restricted  shares will be eligible  for sale in the public  market  immediately
after this Offering,          restricted shares (excluding       shares issuable
upon the  exercise of  outstanding  stock  options)  will be  eligible  for sale
beginning  90  days  after  the  date  of this  Prospectus,  and  the  remaining
restricted  shares will be eligible for sale upon the  expiration of the lock-up
agreements 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, subject to the provisions
of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect,  beginning 90 days after
the date of this  Prospectus,  a person (or persons whose shares are required to
be aggregated)  whose  restricted  securities have been outstanding for at least
one year,  including a person who may be deemed an  "affiliate"  of the Company,
may only sell a number of shares  within any  three-month  period which does not
exceed the  greater of (i) one  percent  of the then  outstanding  shares of the
Company's  Common Stock  (approximately  115,673  shares after this Offering) or
(ii) the average weekly trading volume in the Company's Common Stock in the four
calendar weeks  immediately  preceding such sale.  Sales under Rule 144 are also
subject  to  certain  requirements  as to the  manner  of sale,  notice  and the
availability of current public  information  about the Company.  A person who is
not an  affiliate of the issuer,  has not been an affiliate  within three months
prior to the sale and has owned the restricted securities for at least two years
is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k)  without  regard to any of the
limitations described above.

     All officers,  directors and certain  holders of Common Stock  beneficially
owning,  in the  aggregate,        shares of Common  Stock and        options to
purchase  shares of Common  Stock,  have  agreed,  pursuant  to certain  lock-up
agreements,  that  they  will  not  sell,  offer to  sell,  solicit  an offer to
purchase,  contract  to sell,  grant any option to sell,  pledge,  or  otherwise
transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock owned
by them,  or that could be  purchased by them through the exercise of options to
purchase Common Stock of the Company, for a period of 180 days after the date of
this  Prospectus  without the prior  written  consent of Smith Barney Inc.  Upon
expiration  of the  lock-up  agreements,  all shares of Common  Stock  currently
outstanding will be immediately eligible for resale, subject to the requirements
of Rule 144.  The Company is unable to predict the effect that sales may have on
the then  prevailing  market  price of the  Common  Stock.  See  "Management  --
Employee Benefit Plans" and "Description of Capital Stock."

                                       59

<PAGE>
                                 UNDERWRITING

     Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Underwriting
Agreement  dated the date hereof,  each  Underwriter  named below has  severally
agreed to  purchase,  and the  Company  has agreed to sell to such  Underwriter,
shares of Common  Stock which equal the number of shares set forth  opposite the
name of such Underwriter below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

UNDERWRITER                                      NUMBER OF SHARES
- ----------------------------------------------- -----------------
<S>                                             <C>
   Smith Barney Inc. ..........................
   William Blair & Company, L.L.C. ............
   Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC ..........










                   
                                                    -------------
      Total ...................................
                                                     ============

</TABLE>

     The  Underwriters  are  obligated  to take and pay for all shares of Common
Stock  offered  hereby (other than those  covered by the  over-allotment  option
described below) if any such shares are taken.

     The  Underwriters,  for whom Smith  Barney Inc.,  William  Blair & Company,
L.L.C. and Volpe Brown Whelan & Company,  LLC are acting as representatives (the
"Representatives"),  propose  initially  to offer  part of the  shares of Common
Stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover
page hereof and part to certain  dealers at a price that represents a concession
not in excess of $ per share under the public offering price.  The  Underwriters
may allow,  and such  dealers may reallow,  a concession  not in excess of $ per
share to other  Underwriters  or to certain  other  dealers.  After the  initial
public  offering,  the public offering price and such concessions may be changed
by the  Underwriters.  The  Representatives  have  informed the Company that the
Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to accounts over which they exercise
discretionary authority.

     The Company has granted to the  Underwriters an option,  exercisable for 30
days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 540,000
additional  shares of Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on the
cover page hereof less underwriting discounts and commissions.  The Underwriters
may exercise such option to purchase additional shares solely for the purpose of
covering  over-allotments,  if any,  incurred in connection with the sale of the
shares offered hereby. To the extent such option is exercised,  each Underwriter
will become obligated,  subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same  percentage of such  additional  shares as the number set forth next to
such  Underwriter's  name in the  preceding  table bears to the total  number of
shares in such table.

     The  Company  and the  Underwriters  have  agreed to  indemnify  each other
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

     The Company and its  executive  officers and  directors  and certain  other
holders  of Common  Stock and  securities  convertible  into or  exercisable  or
exchangeable  for Common  Stock have  agreed that for a period of 180 days after
the date of this Prospectus they will not,  without the prior written consent of
Smith Barney Inc., sell, offer to sell,  solicit an offer to purchase,  contract
to sell, grant any option to sell,

                                       60

<PAGE>

pledge or otherwise  dispose of Common Stock or any securities  convertible into
or  exercisable  or  exchangeable  for Common  Stock  except in certain  limited
circumstances. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

     In connection  with this Offering and in accordance with applicable law and
industry practice,  the Underwriters may over-allot or effect transactions which
stabilize,  maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Stock at
levels above those which might otherwise  prevail in the open market,  including
by entering  stabilizing  bids,  effecting  syndicate  covering  transactions or
imposing  penalty bids. A  stabilizing  bid means the placing of any bid, or the
effecting of any purchase, for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the
price of a security.  A syndicate covering  transaction means the placing of any
bid on behalf of the underwriting  syndicate or the effecting of any purchase to
reduce a short position  created in connection with the offering.  A penalty bid
means an arrangement that permits Smith Barney Inc., as managing underwriter, to
reclaim a selling  concession  from a syndicate  member in  connection  with the
Offering when shares of Common Stock originally sold by the syndicate member are
purchased in syndicate covering transactions.  Such transactions may be effected
on the Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. The
Underwriters  are not  required to engage in any of these  activities.  Any such
activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

     Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  market  for the  Common
Stock. Consequently,  the initial public offering price for the Common Stock has
been  determined by  negotiations  between the Company and the  Representatives.
Among the factors  considered in determining  the initial public  offering price
were the history of, and the  prospects  for,  the  Company's  business  and the
industry in which it competes,  an assessment of the Company's  management,  its
past and present  operations,  the past and present results of operations of the
Company and the trend of such results of operations,  the prospects for earnings
of the Company,  the present  state of the  Company's  development,  the general
condition of the  securities  market at the time of this Offering and the market
prices  of  similar  securities  of  comparable  companies  at the  time of this
Offering.

     William  Blair  &  Company,  L.L.C.,  one  of  the  Representatives  of the
Underwriters,  is  affiliated  with Blair V and Blair LCF, two of the  Company's
principal  stockholders  and, by virtue of such  affiliation,  is,  prior to the
Offering,  an  "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 2720 of the
Conduct  Rules  of  the  National   Association  of  Securities  Dealers,   Inc.
Accordingly,  the Offering is being made in conformity  with certain  applicable
provisions of Rule 2720. Smith Barney Inc., another  Underwriter of the Offering
(the  "Independent   Underwriter"),   will  act  as  a  "qualified   independent
underwriter,"  as defined in Rule 2720,  in connection  with the  Offering.  The
Independent Underwriter,  in its role as qualified independent underwriter,  has
performed  due diligence  investigations  and reviewed and  participated  in the
preparation  of this  Prospectus  and the  Registration  Statement of which this
Prospectus  forms a part.  The  Independent  Underwriter  will not  receive  any
additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in connection
with the  Offering.  The price of shares of Common Stock sold to the public will
be no higher than that recommended by the Independent Underwriter.

     Timothy M.  Murray,  a director of the Company,  is a managing  director of
WBCP and a principal of William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol and for the Underwriters
by Dewey Ballantine LLP, New York, New York.

                                    EXPERTS

     The  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company as of June 30, 1996
and 1997 and March 31, 1998, and for each of the three years in the period ended
June 30, 1997,  and for the nine months  ended March 31, 1998,  included in this
Prospectus, and the related financial statement schedule included else-

                                       61

<PAGE>

where in this  Registration  Statement,  have been  audited by Deloitte & Touche
LLP,  independent  auditors,  as stated in their  reports  appearing  herein and
elsewhere in the Registration  Statement,  and have been so included in reliance
upon such  report  given upon their  authority  as  experts  in  accounting  and
auditing.

     The  statement of  operations  of Stockton for the year ended June 30, 1997
included  in this  Prospectus  has  been  audited  by  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,
independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein and has been so
included in reliance  upon such report given upon their  authority as experts in
accounting and auditing.

                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission"),  Washington,  D.C.  20549, a Registration  Statement on Form S-1,
including   amendments  thereto  (the  "Registration   Statement"),   under  the
Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered  hereby.  This
Prospectus,  which  constitutes  part of the  Registration  Statement,  does not
contain all of the information set forth in the  Registration  Statement and the
exhibits and  schedules  filed  therewith,  certain  portions of which have been
omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further
information  with  respect to the Company and the Common Stock  offered  hereby,
reference is hereby made to such Registration  Statement and to the exhibits and
schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this Prospectus regarding the
contents of any  contract  or other  document  referred  to are not  necessarily
complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or
other  document  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement,  each such
statement  being deemed to be qualified in its entirety by such  reference.  The
Registration  Statement,  including all exhibits and schedules  thereto,  may be
inspected  without charge at the principal  office of the Commission,  450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the following regional offices of
the  Commission:  the New York regional  office located at 7 World Trade Center,
Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048, and the Chicago regional office located at
the Citicorp  Center,  500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois
60661-2511.  Copies of this material may also be obtained from the  Commission's
Public Reference Section at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, at
prescribed rates. In addition, such material may also be accessed electronically
at the Commission's Internet home page: (http:// www.sec.gov).

     The  Company  intends to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing  financial  statements audited by its independent public accountants,
and will make available  quarterly  reports for the first three quarters of each
fiscal year containing  unaudited financial  information and such other periodic
reports as the Company may determine to be  appropriate or as may be required by
law.

                                       62




<PAGE>

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                           -----
MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION:

 Independent Auditors' Report ...........................................    F-2

 Consolidated  Balance  Sheets as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and March 31,
   1998 .................................................................    F-3

 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended June 30, 1995,
   1996 and 1997 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 1997 (Unaudited) and
   1998 .................................................................    F-4

 Consolidated  Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Years
   Ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the Nine Months Ended March 31,
   1998 .................................................................    F-5

 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 1995,
   1996 and 1997 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 1997 (Unaudited) and
   1998 .................................................................    F-6

 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .............................    F-7

THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.:

 Independent Auditors' Report ...........................................   F-20

 Statements  of Income  for the Year  Ended  June 30,  1997 and the Three
   Months Ended September 30, 1997 (Unaudited)...........................   F-21

 Notes to Financial Statement ...........................................   F-22


                                      F-1

<PAGE>



                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
MEDE America Corporation

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of MEDE America
Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (the "Company") as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and
March  31,  1998,  and  the  related  consolidated   statements  of  operations,
stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period  ended June 30, 1997 and the nine  months  ended  March 31,  1998.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the  financial  position of MEDE  America  Corporation  and
subsidiaries as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998, and the results of
their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended June 30, 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1998 in conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

Jericho, New York
May 8, 1998

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include the effects of a
reverse stock split of the Company's common stock  anticipated to be approved by
the  Company's  Board of  Directors  prior to the  consummation  of this  public
offering.  The above  opinion is in the form which will be signed by  Deloitte &
Touche LLP upon  consummation of the reverse stock split,  which is described in
Note 13 of the notes to  consolidated  financial  statements  and assuming that,
from May 8, 1998 to the date of such reverse  stock split,  no other events will
have  occurred  that  would  affect  the  accompanying   consolidated  financial
statements and notes thereto.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Jericho, New York
June 2, 1998

                                       F-2

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 AND MARCH 31, 1998
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                                                                   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                               JUNE 30,                               EQUITY
                                                                      ---------------------------    MARCH 31,       MARCH 31,
                                                                          1996           1997           1998           1998
                                                                      ------------   ------------   -----------   --------------
                                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                                    (NOTE 1.O.)
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents ........................................    $   2,639      $   1,919      $   1,455
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $1,400, $1,716, and $958, respectively..........................        5,989          6,318          7,463
 Formulary receivables ............................................           74            405          1,502
 Inventory ........................................................          136            172            240
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ........................          661            486            489
                                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------
   Total current assets ...........................................        9,499          9,300         11,149
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Net (Notes 3 and 6) .....................        5,601          5,517          4,944
GOODWILL -- Net (Notes 1 and 2) ...................................       23,059         25,177         32,408
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS -- Net (Notes 1 and 4) ....................        4,340          5,014          5,247
OTHER ASSETS ......................................................          532            451            431
                                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------
TOTAL .............................................................    $  43,031      $  45,459      $  54,179
                                                                       =========      =========      =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable .................................................    $   2,567      $   2,134      $   2,753
 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Note 10) .........        9,739          9,195          4,880
 Current portion of long-term debt (Note 6) .......................        1,400            538            240
                                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------
   Total current liabilities ......................................       13,706         11,867          7,873
                                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------
LONG-TERM DEBT (Note 6) ...........................................       10,201         24,623         40,259
                                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES (Note 10) .............................        1,173            215            761
                                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------
REDEEMABLE CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK:
 $.01 par  value;  250 shares  authorized;  240  shares  issued and
   outstanding (aggregate liquidation value of $23,996 plus ac-
   crued dividends) (Note 9) ......................................       26,423         28,823         30,623      $      --
                                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 11)
STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY:

 Common stock, $.01 par value; 6,329 shares authorized; 5,280,

   5,671, and 5,680 shares issued and outstanding, respectively               53             57             57             79
 Additional paid-in capital .......................................       27,850         27,713         26,069         56,670
 Accumulated (deficit) equity .....................................      (36,375)       (47,839)       (51,463)       (51,463)
                                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
   Total stockholders' (deficit) equity ...........................       (8,472)       (20,069)       (25,337)     $   5,286
                                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
TOTAL .............................................................    $  43,031      $  45,459      $  54,179
                                                                       =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>

                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                  YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997 AND
              NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 (UNAUDITED) AND 1998
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,                        MARCH 31,
                                                      ------------------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                          1995           1996           1997           1997           1998
                                                      ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
REVENUES ..........................................    $  16,246      $  31,768      $  35,279       $ 24,964       $ 30,189
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
 Operations .......................................        9,753         19,174         16,817         12,104         12,485
 Sales, marketing and client services .............        3,615          7,064          8,769          6,143          7,769
 Research and development (Note 1) ................        2,051          2,132          3,278          2,455          2,886
 General and administrative .......................        3,119          6,059          5,263          3,340          3,307
 Depreciation and amortization ....................        2,995          5,176          5,293          3,502          4,846
 Contingent consideration paid to former owners of
   acquired businesses (Note 2) ...................           --            538          2,301            990             --
 Write-down of intangible assets (Note 1) .........        8,191          9,965             --             --             --
 Acquired in-process research and development
   (Note 2) .......................................           --             --          4,354          4,354             --
 Spin-off expense (Note 10) .......................        2,864             --             --             --             --
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------
 Total operating expenses .........................       32,588         50,108         46,075         32,888         31,293
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS ..............................      (16,342)       (18,340)       (10,796)        (7,924)        (1,104)
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE (Note 12) ..................           --            313           (893)          (885)            13
INTEREST EXPENSE, Net .............................          189            584          1,504            779          2,470
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------
LOSS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME
 TAXES ............................................      (16,531)       (19,237)       (11,407)        (7,818)        (3,587)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (Note 7) ...............           70             93             57             43             37
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------
NET LOSS ..........................................      (16,601)       (19,330)       (11,464)        (7,861)        (3,624)
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS .........................          (27)        (2,400)        (2,400)        (1,800)        (1,800)
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------
NET LOSS APPLICABLE TO COMMON
 STOCKHOLDERS .....................................    $ (16,628)     $ (21,730)     $ (13,864)      $ (9,661)      $ (5,424)
                                                       =========      =========      =========       ========       ========
BASIC NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE ...................    $   (3.17)     $   (4.14)     $   (2.56)      $  (1.81)      $  (0.96)
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES
 OUTSTANDING -- BASIC .............................        5,238          5,245          5,425          5,345          5,677
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------
</TABLE>

                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-4

<PAGE>



                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                  YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997 AND
                        NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL                      TOTAL
                                                        -----------------    PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                         SHARES   AMOUNT     CAPITAL      DEFICIT     EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                                        -------- -------- ------------ ------------- -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>
BALANCE, JULY 1, 1994 (Note 1) ........................     --   $--        $ 23,540     $    (444)      $  23,096
 Net loss .............................................     --    --              --       (16,601)        (16,601)
 Preferred stock dividends ............................     --    --             (27)           --             (27)
 Capital contribution by stockholders and shares issued
   in connection with MEDE OHIO acquisition, and
   capital reorganization (Note 8) ....................  5,237    52           3,952            --           4,004
 Capital contribution of intercompany debt owed to CES
   resulting from the Spin-off (Note 10) ..............     --    --           2,470            --           2,470
                                                         ------ ------      --------     ---------       ---------
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1995 ................................  5,237    52          29,935       (17,045)         12,942
 Net loss .............................................     --    --              --       (19,330)        (19,330)
 Preferred stock dividends ............................     --    --          (2,400)           --          (2,400)
 Issuance of warrants .................................     --    --             121            --             121
 Exercise of stock options ............................     43     1             194            --             195
                                                         ------ ------      --------     ---------       ---------
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1996 ................................  5,280    53          27,850       (36,375)         (8,472)
 Net loss .............................................     --    --              --       (11,464)        (11,464)
 Preferred stock dividends ............................     --    --          (2,400)           --          (2,400)
 Issuance of common stock .............................    371     4           2,121            --           2,125
 Issuance of warrants .................................     --    --              52            --              52
 Exercise of stock options ............................     20    --              90            --              90
                                                         ------ ------      --------     ---------       ---------
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1997 ................................  5,671    57          27,713       (47,839)        (20,069)
 Net loss .............................................     --    --              --        (3,624)         (3,624)
 Preferred stock dividends ............................     --    --          (1,800)           --          (1,800)
 Issuance of warrants .................................     --    --              98            --              98
 Exercise of stock options ............................      9    --              40            --              40
 Compensation relating to grant of options ............     --    --              18            --              18
                                                         ====== ======      ========     =========       =========
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 1998 ...............................  5,680   $57        $ 26,069     $ (51,463)      $ (25,337)
                                                         ====== ======      ========     =========       =========
</TABLE>

                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-5

<PAGE>



                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
            YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997 AND NINE MONTHS
                   ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 (UNAUDITED) AND 1998
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED  
                                                                          YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,                        MARCH 31,      
                                                                ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                                    1995         1996          1997           1997           1998   
                                                                ------------ ------------ -------------  -------------- ------------
                                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)              
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>         
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                                                                                               
 Net loss .....................................................    $(16,601)   $ (19,330)    $ (11,464)    $ (7,861)      $ (3,624) 
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used                                                                                 
  in operating activities:                                                                                                          
  Depreciation and amortization ...............................       2,995        5,176         5,418        3,543          5,103  
  Provision for doubtful accounts .............................         518          406           316          195            265  
  Write-down of intangible assets .............................       8,191        9,965            --           --             --  
  Acquired in-process research and development ................          --           --         4,354        4,354             --  
  (Gain) loss on sale of assets ...............................          --          313            (8)          (8)           (13) 
  Non-cash compensation expense ...............................          --           --            --           --             18  
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities  net of effects
   of businesses  acquired:                                                                                                         
   Accounts receivable ........................................         648          977          (861)          17         (1,410) 
   Formularly receivables .....................................          --          (74)         (331)        (105)        (1,097) 
   Inventory ..................................................         (66)         262           (45)           9            (68) 
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..................         (85)        (179)          175           94             (3) 
   Other assets ...............................................          74          243            13           84            118  
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other cur-                                                                             
     rent liabilities .........................................        (589)         997          (629)      (2,368)        (3,696) 
   Other long-term liabilities ................................       1,354         (409)         (958)        (945)           546  
                                                                   --------    ---------     ----------    ----------     ----------
     Net cash used in operating activities ....................      (3,561)      (1,653)       (4,020)      (2,991)        (3,861) 
                                                                   --------    ---------     ----------    ----------     ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                                                                                               
 Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired ..................     (21,566)      (3,648)      (11,450)     (11,450)       (10,674) 
 Purchases of property and equipment, net .....................        (508)      (1,271)       (1,477)        (703)          (627) 
 Additions to goodwill and other intangible assets ............          --           --          (143)         (83)          (492) 
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment .................          --           --           461          218            182  
 Proceeds from sale of net assets of Premier ..................          --           --           388          388             --  
                                                                   --------    ---------     ----------    ----------     ----------
     Net cash used in investing activities ....................     (22,074)      (4,919)      (12,221)     (11,630)       (11,611) 
                                                                   --------    ---------     ----------    ----------     ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                                                                                               
 Due to stockholders ..........................................       4,484       (4,484)           --           --             --  
 Issuance of Senior Subordinated Note .........................          --           --        22,875       22,875             --  
 Issuance of preferred stock ..................................      23,996           --            --           --             --  
 Issuance of common stock .....................................       4,004           --         2,125        2,125             --  
 Proceeds from intercompany debt due to CES ...................       1,297           --            --           --             --  
 Net proceeds (repayments) under Credit Facility ..............          --        8,250        (8,250)      (8,250)        15,925  
 Principal repayments of debt .................................          (1)      (2,852)         (801)        (636)          (508) 
 Principal repayments of capital lease obligations ............        (346)        (452)         (518)        (336)          (449) 
 Exercise of stock options ....................................          --          195            90           40             40  
                                                                   ---------   ---------     ----------    ----------     ----------
     Net cash provided by financing activities ................      33,434          657        15,521       15,818         15,008  
                                                                   ---------   ---------     ----------    ----------     ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH                                                                                            
 EQUIVALENTS ..................................................       7,799       (5,915)         (720)       1,197           (464) 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF                                                                                             
 PERIOD .......................................................         755        8,554         2,639        2,639          1,919  
                                                                   ---------   ---------     ----------    ----------     ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD.......................    $  8,554    $   2,639     $   1,919     $  3,836       $  1,455  
                                                                   =========   =========     ==========    ==========     ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW                                                                                               
 INFORMATION:                                                                                                                       
 Cash paid during the period for:                                                                                                   
  Interest ....................................................    $    246    $     394     $   1,541     $    368       $  1,734  
                                                                   =========   =========     ==========    ==========     ==========
  Income taxes ................................................    $    348    $      69     $     111     $     34       $     95  
                                                                   =========   =========     ==========    ==========     ==========
 Non-cash investing and financing activities:                                                                                       
 Assets acquired under capital leases or by incurring debt.....    $    848    $     205     $     129     $     14       $    120  
                                                                   =========   =========     ==========    ==========     ==========
 Issuance of warrants .........................................    $     --    $     121     $      52     $     52       $     98  
                                                                   =========   =========     ==========    ==========     ==========

</TABLE>

                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-6

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997 AND
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1998
                  (Information as it relates to the nine months
                       ended March 31, 1997 is unaudited)

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a.   Description of Business - MEDE America  Corporation and  subsidiaries  (the
     "Company") is a leading  provider of electronic  data  interchange  ("EDI")
     products  and  services  to a broad  range of  providers  and payors in the
     healthcare  industry.  The Company's  integrated  suite of EDI products and
     services permits hospitals,  pharmacies,  physicians,  dentists,  and other
     healthcare  providers and provider groups to electronically  edit,  process
     and  transmit  claims,   eligibility  and  enrollment  data,  track  claims
     submissions   through  the  claims   payment   process  and  obtain  faster
     reimbursement for their services.

     The accompanying  consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
     MEDE America Corporation and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries:  MEDE America,
     Inc.  ("MEDE"),   Medical  Processing   Center,   Inc.  ("MPC"),   Wellmark
     Incorporated  ("Wellmark"),  Electronic Claims and Funding,  Inc. ("EC&F"),
     Premier Dental Systems Corp.  ("Premier"),  and MEDE America Corporation of
     Ohio, Inc. ("MEDE OHIO")  (formerly  General  Computer  Corporation).  MPC,
     Wellmark, and MEDE formerly constituted the healthcare information services
     business unit of Card Establishment Services ("CES"). On March 9, 1995, CES
     was  acquired by First Data  Corporation.  Prior to this  transaction,  the
     former owners of CES spun off the healthcare  information services business
     unit as a new company with MEDE America  Corporation formed to serve as the
     holding company (the "Spin-off").  Because there was no change in ownership
     as a result  of this  Spin-off,  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial
     statements  accounted  for MEDE,  MPC, and Wellmark on an  historical  cost
     basis.  Effective July 1, 1997, MEDE, MPC,  Wellmark,  and EC&F were merged
     into MEDE America Corporation.

     The  Company  has  instituted  certain  cost  reduction  and  restructuring
     programs and anticipates  continuing  improvements  in its operations.  The
     Company  anticipates  that these  changes,  among others,  should bring the
     Company to  profitability  which,  when coupled with its  revolving  credit
     facility,  will enable the Company to satisfy its short-term  cash flow and
     working  capital  requirements.  Additionally,  the  Company  has  received
     support from  certain of its  stockholders  in the past and  believes  that
     continued  support  would be  available  if necessary to meet cash flow and
     working capital  requirements.  However,  if the IPO (as herein defined) is
     consummated  as  proposed,  such  stockholders  may not  provide  continued
     support (see Note 13).

b.   Principles of  Consolidation -- All significant  intercompany  transactions
     and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

c.   Revenue Recognition -- Transaction and related formularly services revenues
     (if applicable) are recognized at the time the  transactions  are processed
     and  the  services  are  rendered.   Other  service   revenues   (including
     post-contract  customer  support) and other  revenues  (including  revenues
     relating to  insignificant  obligations at the time sales are recorded) are
     recognized  ratably over  applicable  contractual  periods or as service is
     provided.  Revenue from the licensing of software is recognized  only after
     it is determined that the Company has no significant  remaining obligations
     and that  collectibility of the resulting  receivable is probable.  Revenue
     from hardware sales is recognized when the hardware is shipped.

d.   Cash and Cash  Equivalents  -- The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid
     instruments  with  original  maturity  dates of three  months or less to be
     components of cash and cash equivalents.

e.   Accounts Receivable -- Accounts receivable are due primarily from companies
     in the  healthcare  industry.  Credit is extended based on an evaluation of
     the  customer's  financial  condition,  and  generally  collateral  is  not
     required.

                                       F-7

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

f.   Formularly  Receivables -- Formularly receivables represent amounts due for
     pharmacy related services provided to Practice Benefit  Management  ("PBM")
     clients. Services include prescription processing from EDI transactions and
     collecting  and  distributing  pharmaceutical  company  fees for  sponsored
     programs to the PBM client.  These receivables have a 7-12 month collection
     cycle which is typical in the industry.

g.   Inventory -- Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out)
     or market.

h.   Property and  Equipment  -- Property  and  equipment is stated at cost less
     accumulated  depreciation and  amortization,  and is depreciated  using the
     straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.

i.   Goodwill -- Goodwill  represents  the excess of cost over the fair value of
     net assets acquired and is amortized on a straight-line  basis over 7 to 20
     years.  Accumulated  amortization  amounted to  $1,858,000  $3,306,000  and
     $4,816,000 as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998, respectively.

j.   Other Intangible Assets -- Other intangible assets include purchased client
     lists,   purchased  software  and  technology,   and  capitalized  software
     development costs and are amortized on a straight-line  basis over three to
     five years.

k.   Software  Development Costs -- The development of new software products and
     enhancements to existing  software  products are expensed as incurred until
     technological   feasibility  has  been  established.   After  technological
     feasibility  is  established,  any  additional  costs  are  capitalized  in
     accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS") No.
     86,  "Accounting  For the Cost of Computer  Software To Be Sold,  Leased or
     Otherwise  Marketed."  Capitalized software development costs are amortized
     on a straight-line  basis over the estimated  useful product life (normally
     five  years) and  amortization  begins in the  period in which the  related
     product is  available  for general  release to  customers.  During the nine
     months ended March 31, 1998, the Company  capitalized  $319,000 of software
     development costs on a project for which technological feasibility had been
     established but was not yet available for customer  release.  Prior to July
     1, 1997,  the Company did not have any  software  development  projects for
     which significant development costs were incurred between the establishment
     of technological feasibility and general customer release of the product.

l.   Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets  -- In  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  121
     "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived
     Assets to Be Disposed Of," the Company continually evaluates whether events
     and  circumstances  have occurred  that  indicate the  remaining  estimated
     useful life of goodwill and/or other intangible assets may warrant revision
     or that all or a portion of the remaining balance may not be recoverable.

     As a result of this evaluation  process,  during the fiscal year ended June
     30, 1995, the Company wrote-off goodwill totaling $8,191,000 related to the
     acquisitions  of MPC and Wellmark.  Such write-off was required as a result
     of  losses  incurred  by MPC and  Wellmark,  the  absence  of new  business
     generated by MPC and Wellmark (which the Company's management attributed to
     obsolete technology),  projected operating and cash flow losses for MPC and
     Wellmark  and as a result  of the  June  1995  acquisition  of  Latpon  (as
     hereinafter  defined) whose software technology was utilized to replace the
     systems used by MPC and Wellmark to provide services to clients. Also, as a
     result of this  evaluation  process,  during the fiscal year ended June 30,
     1996, the Company wrote-down  approximately $9,965,000 of costs relating to
     client lists and related allocable  goodwill obtained in the acquisition of
     MEDE OHIO.  Such  intangible  assets were  written  down to the net present
     value of the  estimated  future cash flows to be derived from these clients
     as of  June  30,  1996.  The  write-down  was  required  due to a  loss  of
     approximately 25% of the acquired MEDE OHIO client base.

m.   Income  Taxes -- The Company  accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109,
     "Accounting  For Income Taxes," which requires  recognition of deferred tax
     assets and liabilities for the expected

                                       F-8

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     future tax  consequences of events that have been included in the Company's
     financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets
     and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on the  differences  between  the
     financial  accounting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted
     tax rates in effect for the year in which the  differences  are expected to
     reverse.

n.   Use  of  Estimates  in  the  Preparation  of  Financial  Statements  -- The
     preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally  accepted
     accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
     that affect the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities and disclosure
     of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial
     statements  and the reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the
     reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

o.   Pro Forma  Stockholders'  Equity -- Pro  forma  stockholders'  equity as of
     March 31, 1998 reflects the conversion of 239,956 shares of preferred stock
     plus $6,627,000 of accrued preferred stock dividends at the assumed initial
     public offering ("IPO") price of $14.00 per share. See Note 13.

p.   Unaudited Interim Financial Statements -- In the opinion of management, the
     unaudited consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended March
     31, 1997 are presented on a basis consistent with the audited  consolidated
     financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting of only normal
     recurring  adjustments,  necessary for a fair  presentation  of the results
     thereof.  The results of operation for interim  periods are not necessarily
     indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year.

q.   Reclassifications  -- Certain amounts in prior years' financial  statements
     have been reclassified to conform with the 1998 presentation.

2.   ACQUISITIONS

a.   MEDE  OHIO -- In  March  1995,  the  majority  stockholder  of the  Company
     acquired  all of the  outstanding  shares of MEDE OHIO for a cash  purchase
     price of approximately  $22,593,000,  including transaction  expenses.  The
     majority  stockholder  subsequently  merged MEDE OHIO into the Company (the
     "Merger") and  contributed an additional  $1,279,000 as part of the capital
     reorganization  described in Note 8a. Purchased software and technology and
     client lists were valued at $890,000 and $2,548,000,  respectively, and are
     being amortized over three and five years,  respectively (see Note 1). MEDE
     OHIO is a developer  of  electronic  systems  which  provide  EDI  services
     relating to insurance claims for prescription and other medical services.

b.   Latpon -- In June 1995,  the  Company  purchased  certain  assets of Latpon
     Health  Systems,  Incorporated  ("Latpon")  for a cash  purchase  price  of
     approximately $2,470,000,  plus the assumption of approximately $963,000 of
     liabilities  (primarily long-term debt).  Purchased software and technology
     and client lists were valued at $948,000 and  $143,000,  respectively,  and
     are being  amortized over five years.  Latpon  provides  electronic  claims
     processing for hospital and  hospital-based  physician  groups,  as well as
     business office services that  electronically  and manually manage business
     office administration.

c.   EC&F and  Premier -- In  October  1995,  the  Company  acquired  all of the
     outstanding  shares  of  EC&F  and  Premier,  which  companies  had  common
     ownership, for a cash purchase price of approximately $4,050,000, including
     transaction  expenses.  The transaction was financed through loans obtained
     from the  Company's  majority  stockholder.  Such loans  were  subsequently
     repaid with borrowings under the Company's  Credit  Facility.  In addition,
     the Company is contingently liable for additional  consideration if certain
     earnings levels are attained  relating to EC&F during the three-year period
     following  the  consummation  of the  transaction.  At June 30,  1996,  the
     Company  accrued  $538,000  in  connection  with the  contingent  liability
     relating to earnings  levels  attained  during the first year.  At June 30,
     1997, the Company accrued a settlement  totaling $2,216,000 relating to the
     contingent liability for the second and third years. Purchased software and
     technology was valued at $764,000 and is being  amortized over three years.
     EC&F and Premier are developers of electronic

                                       F-9

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     systems which provide EDI services to the dental  industry.  In March 1997,
     the  Company  sold the  operating  net  assets  of  Premier  for  $540,000,
     including the buyer's assumption of $152,000 of Premier liabilities.  There
     was no gain or loss on the sale of such net assets.

d.   TCS -- In February 1997, the Company purchased certain assets of Time-Share
     Computer  Systems,  Inc.  ("TCS") for  $11,465,000,  including  transaction
     expenses.  Purchased  research  and  development,  which  had  not  reached
     technological  feasibility  and had no  alternative  future use amounted to
     $4,354,000 and was charged to operations at the acquisition date. Purchased
     software and  technology  was valued at $2,619,000  and is being  amortized
     over three years.  TCS provides data processing and information  management
     services  to  healthcare   providers  and  pharmacies   through  integrated
     electronic  data  interchange  systems.  The  acquisition was financed by a
     portion  of the  proceeds  from the  Senior  Subordinated  Note  and  Share
     Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (Note 6).

e.   Stockton -- In November  1997,  the Company  purchased  certain  assets and
     assumed certain liabilities of The Stockton Group, Inc.  ("Stockton") for a
     cash purchase price of  $10,674,000,  including  transaction  expenses.  In
     addition,  the Company is contingently liable for additional  consideration
     of up to  $2,600,000  (plus  interest  at  an  annual  rate  of  7.25%)  if
     Stockton's  revenue during the 12-month  period ended September 30, 1998 is
     at least $5,000,000. No accrual has been made for this contingent liability
     as of March 31, 1998.  Purchased  software and  technology and client lists
     were valued at $968,000 and $742,000, respectively, and are being amortized
     over five years.  Stockton is engaged in the business of providing  EDI and
     transaction processing services to the healthcare industry. The transaction
     was  financed  through  borrowings  under the  Company's  revolving  credit
     facility.

These  acquisitions  were recorded using the purchase  method of accounting and,
accordingly,  the results of operations of these acquired companies are included
in the  consolidated  results of  operations  of the Company  since the dates of
their respective  acquisitions.  The purchase price of each acquisition has been
allocated to the  respective  net assets  acquired based upon their fair values.
Goodwill,  which  represents the excess of cost over the estimated fair value of
the net assets acquired,  for these  transactions were as follows:  MEDE OHIO --
$22,395,000;  Latpon --  $1,298,000;  EC&F and  Premier  --  $3,586,000;  TCS --
$4,092,000 and Stockton -- $8,704,000. Goodwill is being amortized over 20 years
except for the goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition of TCS which
is being amortized over seven years.

The following  unaudited pro forma  information for the year ended June 30, 1997
and the nine months ended March 31, 1998 includes the operations of the Company,
inclusive of the operations of both TCS and Stockton as if the  acquisitions had
occurred  at July 1,  1996.  This pro  forma  information  gives  effect  to the
amortization  expense  associated  with  goodwill  and other  intangible  assets
acquired,  adjustments  related  to the  fair  market  value of the  assets  and
liabilities  acquired,  interest expense relating to financing the acquisitions,
and related income tax effects.


                                               YEAR ENDED      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                             JUNE 30, 1997      MARCH 31, 1998
                                            ---------------   ------------------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)

Revenues .................................     $  41,824           $ 31,835
                                               =========           ========
Loss from operations .....................     $ (11,253)          $   (515)
                                               =========           ========
Net loss .................................     $ (13,456)          $ (3,320)
                                               =========           ========
Net loss applicable to common stock ......     $ (15,856)          $ (5,120)
                                               =========           ========
Basic net loss per share .................     $   (2.92)          $  (0.90)
                                               =========           ========


                                      F-10

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

3.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        JUNE 30,
                                                   USEFUL LIVES    -------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                    (IN YEARS)       1996       1997        1998
                                                  --------------   --------   --------   ----------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>
Land ..........................................                     $  489     $  210      $  104
Building and improvements .....................       20-25          2,452      2,190       2,156
Furniture and fixtures ........................           5            897      1,150       1,229
Computer equipment ............................         3-5          4,077      5,696       6,442
                                                                    ------     ------      ------
                                                                     7,915      9,246       9,931
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.                      2,314      3,729       4,987
                                                                    ------     ------      ------
Property and equipment -- net .................                     $5,601     $5,517      $4,944
                                                                    ======     ======      ======
</TABLE>

4.   OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other intangible assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    JUNE 30,
                                              ---------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                 1996        1997        1998
                                              ---------   ---------   ----------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
Purchased client lists ....................    $2,989      $2,989       $3,732
Less, accumulated amortization ............       925       1,518        2,016
                                               ------      ------       ------
                                                2,064       1,471        1,716
                                               ------      ------       ------
Purchased software and technology .........     3,727       6,494        7,544
Less, accumulated amortization ............     1,451       2,951        4,332
                                               ------      ------       ------
                                                2,276       3,543        3,212
                                               ------      ------       ------
Software development costs ................        --          --          319
                                               ------      ------       ------
Other intangible assets -- net ............    $4,340      $5,014       $5,247
                                               ======      ======       ======
</TABLE>

5.   ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JUNE 30,
                                                        ---------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                           1996        1997        1998
                                                        ---------   ---------   ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
Accrued wages and related employee benefits .........    $1,020      $1,010       $1,554
Rebate liability ....................................     2,926         488           47
Pharmacy claims liability ...........................        91         576          798
Accrued professional fees ...........................       496         795          109
Deferred revenue ....................................       933         749          822
Accrued reorganization costs (Note 10) ..............     1,273       1,008           --
Due to former owners of acquired business ...........       538       2,216           --
Accrued litigation settlement .......................        --         860          145
Accrued interest ....................................        22           5          717
Other ...............................................     2,440       1,488          688
                                                         ------      ------       ------
Total ...............................................    $9,739      $9,195       $4,880
                                                         ======      ======       ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-11

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

6.   LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 JUNE 30,
                                                                          -----------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                             1996         1997         1998
                                                                          ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>          <C>
Senior subordinated note less unamortized discount of $2,000,000 at
 June 30, 1997 and $1,750,000 at March 31, 1998 (a)....................    $    --      $23,000      $23,250
Credit Facility (b) ...................................................      8,250           --       15,925
Obligations under capital leases (c) ..................................      1,158          769          440
Loan payable relating to an acquisition, collateralized by $261,000 of
 certificates of deposits at March 31, 1998 due in quarterly payments
 of $15,000 through February 2002, interest at 6.7 percent.............        392          342          291
Note payable, in connection with the sale of certain assets due in
 monthly installments of $6,000 through January 2000, interest at 6.8
 percent ..............................................................        241          180          131
Notes payable to former shareholders of EC&F, repaid in 1998 ..........        117           95           --
Note payable,  collateralized  by land and building of MEDE OHIO, due
 in monthly installments of $19,000 through July 2000, interest at 12.5
 percent ..............................................................        730          592          462
Note payable to bank, repaid in 1997 ..................................        296           --           --
Note payable to bank, repaid in 1998 ..................................        173          173           --
Other .................................................................        244           10           --
                                                                           -------      -------      -------
                                                                            11,601       25,161       40,499
Less current portion ..................................................      1,400          538          240
                                                                           -------      -------      -------
Total .................................................................    $10,201      $24,623      $40,259
                                                                           =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(a)  On  February  14,  1997,  the Company  entered  into an  agreement  with an
     affiliate of certain  shareholders  of the Company  under which the Company
     issued a $25,000,000  senior  subordinated  note (the "Senior  Subordinated
     Note") and 370,994  shares of its common  stock  valued at  $2,125,000  for
     total consideration of $25,000,000 (the "Senior Subordinated Note and Share
     Purchase Agreement"). The $2,125,000 relating to the shares of common stock
     was  recorded  as a discount on the Senior  Subordinated  Note and is being
     amortized  over  the  term of the  Senior  Subordinated  Note.  The  Senior
     Subordinated  Note bears  interest  at the rate of 10% per  annum,  payable
     quarterly.  One half of the principal sum is due on February 14, 2001,  and
     the  second  half is due on  February  14,  2002.  The terms of the  Senior
     Subordinated  Note and Share Purchase  Agreement place  restrictions on the
     consolidation,  merger,  or  sale  of the  Company,  indebtedness,  and the
     payment of any cash dividends.

(b)  The  revolving  line of credit  from a bank (the  "Credit  Facility")  , as
     currently amended on October 30, 1997,  provides for maximum  borrowings of
     $20,000,000 and expires on October 31, 1999. Borrowings under the agreement
     bear interest at either the bank's base rate,  as defined,  plus .25% or an
     offshore rate, as defined,  plus 1.25%.  The weighted average interest rate
     on  outstanding  borrowings  at March 31,  1998 was 7.07%.  The  Company is
     required to pay a commitment  fee of .375% per annum on the unused  portion
     of the Credit  Facility.  All borrowings under the agreement are guaranteed
     by certain  stockholders of the Company.  In consideration for the granting
     of such guaran-

                                      F-12

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     tees,  the  stockholders  were issued  warrants to purchase  52,533  shares
     (valued at $121,000),  18,331 shares  (valued at $52,000) and 34,201 shares
     (valued at $98,000) of the  Company's  common  stock during the years ended
     June  30,  1996  and  1997  and the  nine  months  ended  March  31,  1998,
     respectively.  The  aggregate  fair value of these  warrants is recorded in
     other assets as deferred  financing  costs and is being  amortized over the
     life of the  agreement.  The terms of the  agreement,  among other matters,
     require the Company to maintain  certain  leverage  and  interest  coverage
     ratios and place restrictions on additional  investments,  indebtedness and
     the payment of any cash dividends.

(c)  The Company  leases  certain  computer and office  equipment  under capital
     lease  arrangements  expiring  through  July 2000.  The gross  value of the
     equipment  held  under  capital  leases  was  $1,980,000,  $2,110,000,  and
     $2,247,000  as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998,  respectively,
     and the related  accumulated  amortization  was $994,000,  $1,524,000,  and
     $1,848,000, respectively.

Maturities of long-term debt as of March 31, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DISCOUNT
                  YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,                       GROSS      ON NOTE       NET
- --------------------------------------------------------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
1998 (three months from April 1, 1998 to June 30, 1998).    $   180     $   92      $    88
1999 ...................................................        580        394          186
2000 ...................................................     16,354        435       15,919
2001 ...................................................     12,591        481       12,110
2002 ...................................................     12,544        348       12,196
                                                            -------     ------      -------
Total ..................................................    $42,249     $1,750      $40,499
                                                            =======     ======      =======
</TABLE>

Based upon the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with
similar terms,  the fair value of the Company's debt  approximates  the carrying
amounts.

7.   INCOME TAXES

The  provision  for income taxes for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1995,  1996
and 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 consists  entirely of
current state income taxes.

The provision  for income taxes varies from the amount  computed by applying the
statutory U.S.  Federal income tax rate to the loss before  provision for income
taxes as a result of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,                        MARCH 31,
                                                  ------------------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                      1995           1996           1997           1997           1998
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
U.S. Federal statutory rate ...................     $ (5,621)      $ (6,541)      $ (3,878)      $ (2,478)      $ (1,213)
Increases (reductions) due to:
 Nondeductible expenses .......................        1,169          3,674            293            220            183
 State taxes ..................................           70             93             57             43             37
 Net operating losses not producing current tax
   benefits ...................................        4,452          2,867          3,585          2,258          1,030
                                                    --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
 Total ........................................     $     70       $     93       $     57       $     43       $     37
                                                    ========       ========       ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-13

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


The net deferred tax asset is comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    JUNE 30,
                                                           ---------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                               1996           1997           1998
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
Accounts receivable ....................................    $     607      $     685      $     375
Inventory ..............................................            2             --             --
Property and equipment .................................          (45)           (61)            57
Goodwill ...............................................        2,024          3,540          3,619
Other intangible assets ................................         (163)           366            537
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities .........        2,026          1,264            666
Net operating loss carryforwards .......................       10,121         12,656         13,861
                                                            ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                               14,572         18,450         19,115
Less valuation allowance ...............................      (14,572)       (18,450)       (19,115)
                                                            ---------      ---------      ---------
Total ..................................................    $      --      $      --      $      --
                                                            =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>

The valuation  allowance increased during the years ended June 30, 1996 and 1997
and the nine months ended March 31, 1998 primarily as a result of additional net
operating loss carryforwards and net deductible temporary differences, for which
realization was not considered to be more likely than not. In the event that the
tax benefits  relating to the  valuation  allowance are  subsequently  realized,
approximately $5,600,000 of benefits would reduce goodwill.

As of March 31, 1998, the Company had Federal net operating  loss  carryforwards
of approximately $34,650,000. Such loss carryforwards expire in the fiscal years
2005  through  2013.  Because  of the  changes in  ownership,  as defined in the
Internal  Revenue  Code,  which  occurred  during  1995 and  1996,  certain  net
operating loss carryforwards are subject to annual limitations.

8.   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

a.   Capital Reorganization -- In connection with the acquisition and subsequent
     merger of MEDE OHIO into the Company (Note 2), the capital structure of the
     Company was adjusted  such that each  existing  common  stockholder  of the
     Company had the right to receive,  in exchange  for each common share held,
     either (i) a cash payment of one dollar (the "MEDE Cash Consideration"), or
     (ii) a unit consisting of one-half of one share of MEDE America Corporation
     newly  issued  common  stock  and five  one-thousandths  of a share of MEDE
     America  Corporation  newly issued preferred stock ("MEDE Unit"),  together
     with cash in lieu of fractional interests.

     The Merger  agreement  required  that a minimum of $5,000,000 of additional
     capital be  contributed  to the Company  through the issuance of additional
     MedE Units  ("Additional MEDE Units").  Stockholders who elected to receive
     the MEDE Units were eligible to purchase, through a subscription agreement,
     Additional MEDE Units up to the number that would maintain their pre-merger
     ownership  percentage.  The majority stockholder of the Company guaranteed,
     by adjusting the number of additional  units they would purchase,  that the
     excess of cash  received  from the sale of  Additional  MEDE Units over the
     MEDE Cash Consideration would yield the minimum of $5,000,000 of additional
     capital.

     As a result of the  Merger  and the  related  capital  reorganization,  the
     Company  issued  5,237,456  shares of newly issued common stock and 239,956
     shares of newly issued preferred stock (Note 9).

     The Company distributed $4,484 of MEDE Cash Consideration during July 1995.

b.   Stock  Option and  Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Plan -- In March 1995,  the
     Company  established a stock option and restricted stock purchase plan (the
     "Stock Plan"). The Stock Plan permits the


                                      F-14

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


     granting of any or all of the following  types of awards:  incentive  stock
     options ("ISOs"); nonqualified stock options ("NQSO"); or restricted stock.
     The Stock Plan  authorizes  the issuance of 655,000 shares of common stock.
     ISOs may not be granted at a price less than the fair  market  value of the
     Company's  common  stock on the date of grant (or 110  percent  of the fair
     market  value in the case of  persons  holding  ten  percent or more of the
     voting  stock of the  Company)  and expire not more than ten years from the
     date of grant  (five years in the case of ISOs  granted to persons  holding
     ten percent or more of the voting stock of the Company). The vesting period
     relating to the ISOs is determined by the Option  Committee of the Board of
     Directors at the date of grant.  The exercise price,  expiration  date, and
     vesting period relating to NQSOs are determined by the Option  Committee of
     the Board of Directors at the date of grant.

     The table  below  summarizes  the  activity of the Stock Plan for the years
     ended June 30,  1995,  1996 and 1997 and the nine  months  ended  March 31,
     1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            WEIGHTED
                                            NUMBER          EXERCISE        AVERAGE
                                              OF             PRICE          EXERCISE
                                            SHARES           RANGE           PRICE
                                         ------------   ---------------   -----------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>               <C>
     Balance July 1, 1994 ............           --      $        --      $   --
       Options granted ...............      480,328     $       4.58      $  4.58
                                            -------     ------------      -------
     Balance June 30, 1995 ...........      480,328     $       4.58      $  4.58
       Options granted ...............      117,955     $       4.58      $  4.58
       Options exercised .............      (42,555)    $       4.58      $  4.58
       Canceled/lapsed ...............      (91,221)    $       4.58      $  4.58
                                            -------     ------------      -------
     Balance, June 30, 1996 ..........      464,507     $       4.58      $  4.58
       Options granted ...............       51,066     $ 4.58-$5.73      $  5.18
       Options exercised .............      (19,641)    $       4.58      $  4.58
       Canceled/lapsed ...............      (65,688)    $       4.58      $  4.58
                                            -------     ------------      -------
     Balance, June 30, 1997 ..........      430,244     $ 4.58-$5.73      $  4.64
       Options granted ...............       81,946     $       5.73      $  5.73
       Options exercised .............       (8,598)    $ 4.58-$5.73      $  4.64
       Canceled/lapsed ...............      (15,059)    $ 4.58-$5.73      $  4.62
                                            -------     ------------      -------
     Balance, March 31, 1998 .........      488,533     $ 4.58-$5.73      $  4.83
                                            =======     ============      =======
</TABLE>

     During March 1998, the Company  granted 47,574 options at an exercise price
     of $5.73 per share. Based upon an independent valuation,  the Company later
     learned  that the  value of the  Company's  stock at the date of grant  was
     $6.09. As a result,  the Company recorded  compensation  expense of $18,000
     relating to the granting of these options.

     Significant  option  groups  outstanding  at March  31,  1998  and  related
     weighted average price and life information were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      WEIGHTED
                                       AVERAGE       WEIGHTED                     WEIGHTED
                                      REMAINING       AVERAGE                     AVERAGE
    RANGE OF           NUMBER        CONTRACTUAL     EXERCISE        NUMBER       EXERCISE
 EXERCISE PRICE     OUTSTANDING     LIFE (YEARS)       PRICE      EXERCISABLE      PRICE
- ----------------   -------------   --------------   ----------   -------------   ---------
<S>                <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>             <C>
     $  4.58         381,272              7.5       $ 4.58          201,406      $ 4.58
     $  5.73         107,261              9.6       $ 5.73           10,693      $ 5.73
                     -------                                        -------
                     488,533              7.9       $ 4.84          212,099      $ 4.64
                     =======                                        =======
</TABLE>


                                      F-15

<PAGE>

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     The Company  applies APB  opinion  No. 25 and  related  interpretations  in
     accounting for its Option Plan. Accordingly,  no compensation cost has been
     recognized.  If compensation  cost for the Company's stock options had been
     determined  consistent  with  SFAS No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
     Compensation,"  the Company's net loss and net loss per share for the years
     ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1998 would
     have been as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        NINE MONTHS
                                                            YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,            ENDED
                                                       -----------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                            1996            1997           1998
                                                       -------------   -------------   ------------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
   Net loss -- as reported .........................     $ (19,330)      $ (11,464)      $ (3,624)
   Net loss -- pro forma ...........................       (19,345)        (11,518)        (3,678)
   Basic net loss per share -- as reported .........         (4.14)          (2.56)         (0.96)
   Basic net loss per share -- pro forma ...........         (4.15)          (2.57)         (0.96)

</TABLE>

     The weighted  average fair value of the options granted for the years ended
     June 30,  1996 and 1997,  and for the nine  months  ended March 31, 1998 is
     estimated  at  $1.56,  $1.83,  and  $1.92 on the date of grant  (using  the
     minimum value option  pricing  model) with the following  weighted  average
     assumptions  for the years ended June 30,  1996 and 1997,  and for the nine
     months ended March 31, 1998,  respectively:  a risk-free  interest  rate of
     5.93%,  6.39%,  and 5.86%;  an  expected  option life of seven years and no
     expected  volatility  or dividend  yield.  As required by SFAS No. 123, the
     impact of outstanding nonvested stock options granted prior to July 1, 1995
     has been excluded from the pro forma  calculation;  accordingly,  the 1996,
     1997 and 1998 pro forma adjustments are not indicative of future period pro
     forma  adjustments  when the calculation will apply to all applicable stock
     options.

c.   Net income (loss) per share -- In 1997,  the Company  adopted SFAS No. 128,
     "Earnings  Per Share."  Basic income per share is  determined  by using the
     weighted average number of shares of common stock  outstanding  during each
     period.  Diluted  income per share  further  assumes the issuance of common
     shares  for  all  dilutive   outstanding  stock  options  and  warrants  as
     calculated  using the treasury stock method.  Diluted earnings per share is
     not shown for any of the periods  presented because the effect of including
     outstanding options and warrants would be antidilutive. The calculation for
     the years  ended June 30,  1995,  1996 and 1997 and the nine  months  ended
     March 31, 1997 and 1998 was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1995                               1996                              1997            
                                ---------------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------------------------
                                                        PER-SHARE                          PER-SHARE                       PER-SHARE
                                     LOSS      SHARES     AMOUNT        LOSS      SHARES     AMOUNT      LOSS      SHARES    AMOUNT 
                                ------------- -------- ----------- ------------- ------- ---------- ------------- -------- ---------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)                                
<S>                             <C>           <C>      <C>         <C>           <C>      <C>        <C>           <C>      <C>     
Net loss ......................   $ (16,601)                         $ (19,330)                        $ (11,464)                   
Less: Preferred dividends .....         (27)                            (2,400)                           (2,400)                   
                                  ---------                          ---------                         ---------                    
Basic net loss per share ......   $ (16,628)   5,238   $(3.17)       $ (21,730)   5,245   $(4.14)      $ (13,864)   5,425   $(2.56) 
                                  =========    =====   ======        =========    =====   ======       =========    =====   ======  
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1997                                    1998
                                      -------------------------------------   ------------------------------------
                                                                 PER-SHARE                               PER-SHARE
                                          LOSS        SHARES       AMOUNT         LOSS        SHARES      AMOUNT
                                      ------------   --------   -----------   ------------   --------   ----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>            <C>        <C>           <C>            <C>        <C>
Net loss ..........................     $ (7,861)                               $ (3,624)
Less: Preferred dividends .........       (1,800)                                 (1,800)
                                        --------                                --------
Basic net loss per share ..........     $ (9,661)     5,345     $(1.81)         $ (5,424)     5,677     $(0.96)
                                        ========      =====     ======          ========      =====     ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-16

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

9.   REDEEMABLE CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK

As of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and March 31,  1998,  the  Company had  outstanding
239,956 shares of preferred  stock.  The preferred stock is subject to mandatory
redemption  in two equal  installments  on May 31, 2001 and 2002;  however,  the
Company may redeem the preferred stock in whole at any time or in part from time
to time at its  option.  The  Company  would  also be  required  to  redeem  the
preferred  stock  should it  consummate  a public  offering of its common  stock
pursuant  to which the  Company  receives  aggregate  net  proceeds  of at least
$15,000,000. (See Note 13).

The redemption  price,  as well as liquidation  value, of the preferred stock is
$100  per  share  plus any  accrued  but  unpaid  dividends.  Dividends  on this
preferred  stock,  which are cumulative,  are payable,  if declared,  at $10 per
share per annum.  No dividends  have been  declared or paid.  At March 31, 1998,
cumulative  undeclared  and unpaid  dividends on this  preferred  stock  totaled
$6,627,000.

10.  SPIN-OFF TRANSACTIONS

a.   Spin-Off  Expenses  -- As a result of the  Spin-off  (Note 1), the  Company
     recorded a charge amounting to $2,864,000.  Such charge represented amounts
     to be paid to former  stockholders  of MEDE (who  remained as executives of
     MEDE) pursuant to contractual agreements which required such payments to be
     made upon a change in control.  The net present value of remaining payments
     totaled   $1,420,000   and  $1,005,000  as  of  June  30,  1996  and  1997,
     respectively,  of which  $500,000 and  $1,005,000  were included in accrued
     reorganization  costs  as of June  30,  1996 and  1997,  respectively,  and
     $920,000 was included in other long-term liabilities as of June 30, 1996.

b.   Capital  Contribution of Intercompany  Debt to CES -- On March 9, 1995, the
     date of the Spin-off,  Wellmark and MPC owed CES  $2,247,000  and $492,000,
     respectively.  Such balances were forgiven concurrent with the Spin-off. In
     addition,   the  Company  assumed  approximately  $269,000  of  liabilities
     relating to CES employees. The net amount was recorded as a contribution of
     capital to the Company at the Spin-off date.

11.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

a.   Leases -- The Company leases certain  offices and equipment under operating
     leases.  The  minimum  noncancelable  lease  payments  are as  follows  (in
     thousands):


         1998 (three months from April 1, 1998 to June 30, 1998).    $  225
         1999 ...................................................       909
         2000 ...................................................       914
         2001 ...................................................       809
         2002 ...................................................       571
         Thereafter .............................................       381
                                                                     ------
         Total minimum lease payments ...........................    $3,809
                                                                     ======


     Rent expense for the years ended June 30, 1995,  1996 and 1997 and the nine
     months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 was  $951,000,  $853,000,  $1,093,000,
     $800,000 and $837,000, respectively.

b.   Litigation -- The Company is engaged in various  litigation in the ordinary
     course of business.  Management, based upon the advice of legal counsel, is
     of the  opinion  that the  amounts  which may be  awarded  or  assessed  in
     connection  with these matters,  if any, will not have a material effect on
     the consolidated financial position or results of operations.

c.   Employment  Contracts -- The Company has employment  contracts with certain
     of its employees with annual enumeration  ranging from $95,000 to $110,000.
     Future  minimum   payments  under  these   contracts  are  as  follows  (in
     thousands):


                                      F-17

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


          YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,
         -------------------------------------------------------
         1998 (three months from April 1, 1998 to June 30, 1998).    $ 51
         1999 ...................................................     205
         2000 ...................................................      80
                                                                     ----
                                                                     $336
                                                                     ====


d.   Defined   Contribution   Plans  --  The  Company  maintained  four  defined
     contribution plans (the "Plans") for all eligible employees,  as defined by
     the Plans until April 1, 1996. On April 1, 1996,  the Company  combined the
     Plans into one  defined  contribution  plan (the "New  Plan").  The Company
     previously made matching  contributions at various  percentages to three of
     the Plans in accordance  with the  respective  Plan documents and currently
     makes  matching  contributions  to the New Plan in an amount equal to fifty
     percent of the employee  salary  deductions to a maximum of four percent of
     the employees salary in accordance with the New Plan document.  The Company
     incurred $130,000,  $197,000,  $227,000, $169,000 and $148,000 for employer
     contributions  to the  Plans/New  Plan for the years  ended June 30,  1995,
     1996,  and  1997  and the nine  months  ended  March  31,  1997  and  1998,
     respectively.

e.   Service  Agreements -- The Company has entered into service agreements with
     telecommunications  providers  which require the Company to utilize certain
     minimum monthly amounts of the services of such providers. These agreements
     expire through 1999. The Company was in compliance  with the terms of these
     agreements as of March 31, 1998.

12.  OTHER INCOME

In February 1997, the Company exercised 26,712 options to purchase common shares
of First Data Corporation and subsequently sold the common shares resulting in a
pre-tax  gain of $885,000.  Such options were issued to former  employees of the
Company  prior to the Spin-off but reverted to the Company upon the  termination
of these employees.

13.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

a.   Proposed Public Offering -- In 1998, the Company determined to work towards
     an IPO of the  Company's  common  stock  on a firm  commitment  basis.  The
     proposed IPO contemplates  that a total of 3,600,000 shares of common stock
     will be offered  at a price  between  $13.00 and $15.00 per share.  The net
     proceeds of the IPO will be used to retire all  outstanding  balances under
     its Senior  Subordinated  Note and its  Credit  Facility  plus any  related
     accrued  interest  (Note  6)  and  for  other  general  corporate  purposes
     including working capital.

b.   Reverse Stock Split and Increase in  Authorized  Common Stock and Preferred
     Stock -- In  conjunction  with the  proposed  IPO,  the Company  intends to
     authorize a reverse stock split of all issued and outstanding common shares
     at the rate of 1 for 4.5823,  which will  decrease the number of issued and
     outstanding  shares as of March 31, 1998 from  approximately  26,025,000 to
     approximately  5,680,000.  This intended stock split has been retroactively
     reflected  in  the  accompanying   financial  statements  for  all  periods
     presented.  The Company  also  intends to increase  the number of shares of
     authorized  common  stock  to  30,000,000  and  the  number  of  shares  of
     authorized preferred stock to 5,000,000.

c.   Recapitalization  -- In  conjunction  with the  proposed  IPO,  the Company
     contemplates    a    recapitalization    of   its   capital    stock   (the
     "Recapitalization").  The  Recapitalization  involves the conversion of all
     outstanding preferred stock into common stock (based upon liquidation value
     as defined in Note 9) and the exercise of all  outstanding  warrants  (Note
     6).  However,  cash  realized  by the  Company  upon  any  exercise  of the
     underwriters'  overallotment  option  would be  applied  to the  payment of
     accrued  dividends  in lieu of having such  dividends  convert  into common
     stock. To effect the conversion of preferred  stock, the Company must first
     amend the preferred stock agreement to allow


                                      F-18

<PAGE>



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


     convertibility.  The preferred stock conversion will be effected based upon
     the IPO price per share.  Assuming  an IPO price of $14.00 per share and no
     exercise of the  underwriters'  overallotment,  the preferred stock will be
     converted into approximately 2,187,000 shares of common stock. The warrants
     will be converted, in a cashless exercise, into approximately 66,000 shares
     of common stock.

d.   Stock Purchase Plan -- In  anticipation  of the proposed IPO, the Board has
     approved the 1998  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan (the  "Purchase  Plan").
     Employees  of the  Company,  including  directors  of the  Company  who are
     employees, are eligible to participate in quarterly plan offerings in which
     payroll  deductions  may be used to purchase  shares of common  stock.  The
     purchase price of such shares is the lower of 85 percent of the fair market
     value of the common stock on the day the offering  commences and 85 percent
     of the fair  market  value  of the  common  stock on the date the  offering
     terminates.  The first  offering  period under the  Purchase  Plan will not
     commence until the completion of the IPO.

e.   New Stock Option and Restricted  Stock Purchase Plan -- In  anticipation of
     the  proposed  IPO,  the Board  has  approved  the 1998  Stock  Option  and
     Restricted  Stock Purchase Plan (the "New Stock Plan").  The New Stock Plan
     permits  the  granting  of any or all of the  following  types  of  awards:
     incentive stock options;  nonqualified stock options;  restricted stock; or
     other stock-based awards, to officers,  employees,  directors,  consultants
     and advisors of the Company.  To date,  no options have been granted  under
     the New Stock Plan.

f.   Revolving Line of Credit -- During June 1998, the Company received a letter
     from the lender under the Credit Facility  committing to provide an amended
     credit   facility  with  total   available   credit  of  $10,000,000   upon
     substantially  the same terms and  condition  as the Credit  Facility  (the
     "Amended Credit  Facility").  Borrowings  under the Amended Credit Facility
     will not be guaranteed by any third party. The Amended Credit Facility will
     take effect upon the consummation of the IPO.




                                      F-19

<PAGE>



                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
The Stockton Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying statement of income of The Stockton Group, Inc.
(the  "Company") for the year ended June 30, 1997.  This financial  statement is
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about   whether  the   statement  of  income  is  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and  disclosures in the statement of income.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall statement of income presentation.
We believe that our audit of the statement of income provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our  opinion,  such  statement  of income  presents  fairly,  in all material
respects,  the results of  operations of the Company for the year ended June 30,
1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
October 7, 1997


                                      F-20

<PAGE>



                            THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                  YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS
                      ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEAR ENDED      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    JUNE 30, 1997     SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                   ---------------   -------------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                <C>               <C>
REVENUES .......................................    $  3,801,953         $1,056,748
OPERATING EXPENSES:
 Operations ....................................        (563,295)          (137,495)
 Sales, marketing, and client services .........        (899,366)          (203,133)
 Research and development ......................        (103,153)           (24,405)
 General and administrative ....................        (159,517)           (72,425)
 Non-cash stock compensation (Note 4) ..........      (1,280,000)                --
 Depreciation and amortization .................        (109,336)           (37,411)
                                                    ------------         ----------
   Total operating expenses ....................      (3,114,667)          (474,869)
                                                    ------------         ----------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS .........................         687,286            581,879
INTEREST EXPENSE ...............................        (111,260)           (22,574)
OTHER INCOME ...................................          11,229              8,020
                                                    ------------         ----------
NET INCOME (Note 1) ............................    $    587,255         $  567,325
                                                    ============         ==========
</TABLE>


                       See notes to financial statement.


                                      F-21

<PAGE>



                            THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT
               YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
   (INFORMATION AS IT RELATES TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 IS
                                   UNAUDITED)

1.   DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description  of  Business -- The  Stockton  Group,  Inc.  (the  "Company"),  was
incorporated  as an S Corporation  in the State of South  Carolina in July 1993.
The Company  provides  computer-based  prescription  drug claims  processing  to
Pharmaceutical  Benefit  Managers  ("PBMs"),  Health  Maintenance  Organizations
("HMOs"),   Preferred  Provider  Organizations  ("PPOs"),  insurance  companies,
Third-Party  Administrators  ("TPAs"),  self-insured employers, and Taft-Hartley
Funds.  The Company's  services  range from claims  processing  to  full-service
program  management,  including  eligibility  verification,  drug  coverages and
exclusions,  concurrent  utilization review, drug pricing  verification,  supply
limitations and other applicable plan design requirements.  The Company supports
a network of over 40,000 pharmacies nationwide.

In addition to claims  processing fees, the Company receives rebate revenue from
drug manufacturers for prescription drug transactions that are processed through
the Company's system.

Use of Estimates in the  Preparation of Financial  Statements -- The preparation
of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses  during the  reporting  period.  Actual  results  could
differ from those estimates.

Major  Customers  -- For the year  ended  June 30,  1997,  approximately  37% of
revenues were generated from three customers who  individually  comprised 10% or
more of total revenues.

Revenue Recognition -- Revenue from prescription drug claims processing services
and  rebates  from drug  manufacturers  are  recognized  when the  services  are
delivered.

Property  and  Equipment  -- Property and  equipment  is  depreciated  using the
double-declining  balance method over the estimated  useful lives of the related
assets.  Assets under capital  leases are  depreciated  using the  straight-line
method over the lease term.

Income Taxes -- The Company has elected to be taxed as an S Corporation,  and as
such its income is included in the current  taxable  income of its  stockholder.
Accordingly, no provision has been made in the accompanying financial statements
for federal or state income taxes.

Unaudited  Interim  Financial  Statement  -- In the opinion of  management,  the
unaudited  statement of income for the three months ended  September 30, 1997 is
presented  on a basis  consistent  with the  audited  statement  of  income  and
reflects  all  adjustments,  consisting  of only normal  recurring  adjustments,
necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the  results  thereof.  The  results  of
operations  for the three months  ended  September  30, 1997 is not  necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year.

2.   NOTE PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDER

The Company had a note  payable to  stockholder  with an  outstanding  principal
balance of $359,621 at June 30, 1997.  The note bore interest at a rate of prime
plus .25% (8.75% at June 30, 1997).

3.   LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company leased certain  equipment under operating leases expiring at various
dates  through  April  2000.  Rent  expense for the year ended June 30, 1997 was
approximately $12,000.


                                      F-22

<PAGE>



                            THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT - (CONTINUED)

In addition,  the Company  leased its office  facility and certain  computer and
office  equipment under capital lease  arrangements  with interest rates ranging
from 14.5% to 25%,  expiring  through July 2011. The lease  arrangement  for the
office  facility was with a corporation in which the Company's sole  stockholder
holds an ownership interest.

4.   STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS

During 1994,  the Company  granted a key  employee  the right to acquire  common
stock equivalent to a 25% equity ownership in the Company at no cost. The shares
have not yet  been  issued.  At the  date of the  grant,  the  Company  recorded
compensation  cost equal to the fair market value of shares to be awarded to the
executive.

During 1997, the Company  entered into an employment  agreement with another new
key executive. Among other things, the agreement granted the executive the right
to acquire a 10% equity  ownership  in the Company at a nominal  cost or, if the
Company  is sold  within  one year,  to  receive  10% of the sales  proceeds  as
defined.  Accordingly, the Company has recorded compensation cost in 1997, equal
to the estimated  cash  settlement  to be paid to the  executive  based upon the
anticipated proceeds from the sale of the Company. (See Note 5).

5.   SUBSEQUENT EVENT

In November 1997, the Company sold certain computer equipment, intangible assets
and the operations of the Company to MEDE America Corporation.  All other assets
and liabilities remained with the Company. The purchase price was $10,400,000 in
cash. In addition,  the purchase agreement requires additional  consideration of
up to  $2,600,000  (plus  interest  at an  annual  rate of  7.25%) to be paid if
Stockton's  revenue  during the 12-month  period ended  September 30, 1998 is at
least $5,000,000.


                                     ******



                                      F-23

<PAGE>

====================================== ======================================
     NO DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR OTHER                                       
PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY                                       
INFORMATION    OR    TO    MAKE    ANY                                       
REPRESENTATIONS   CONTAINED   IN  THIS                                       
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH                                       
INFORMATION  OR  REPRESENTATIONS   NOT                                       
CONTAINED  HEREIN  MUST NOT BE  RELIED                                       
UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY THE                                       
COMPANY, ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS OR BY            3,600,000 SHARES           
ANY OTHER PERSON. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES                                       
NOT  CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A                                       
SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY,  ANY                                       
SECURITIES  OTHER  THAN THE  SHARES OF                                       
COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY,  NOR DOES                                       
IT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER TO SELL OR A                                       
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF                 [LOGO]                
THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY, TO ANY                                       
PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT                                       
IS  UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR                                       
SOLICITATION  TO SUCH PERSON.  NEITHER                                       
THE  DELIVERY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR                                       
ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER                                       
ANY    CIRCUMSTANCES     CREATE    ANY                                       
IMPLICATION   THAT   THE   INFORMATION                                       
CONTAINED  HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY              MEDE AMERICA             
DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.                  CORPORATION             
                                                                             
   ---------------------------------                                         
           TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                 
                                                                             
                                  PAGE                                       
                                  ----                                       
Prospectus Summary ..............   3               COMMON STOCK             
Risk Factors ....................   9                                        
Use Of Proceeds .................  17                                        
Dividend Policy .................  17                                        
Capitalization ..................  18                                        
Dilution ........................  19                                        
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated                                             
   Financial Information ........  20        --------------------------      
Selected Financial Data .........  27                                        
Management's    Discussion   And                     PROSPECTUS              
   Analysis     Of     Financial                                             
   Condition   And   Results  Of             --------------------------      
   Operations ...................  29                                        
Business ........................  39                                        
Management ......................  49                                        
Certain Transactions ............  54                                        
Principal Stockholders ..........  55                                        
Description Of Capital Stock ....  57                                        
Shares Eligible For Future Sale .  59                                        
Underwriting ....................  60                                        
Legal Matters ...................  61                                        
Experts .........................  61                                        
Additional Information ..........  62           SALOMON SMITH BARNEY         
Index To Financial Statements ... F-1                                        
                                                                             
  ----------------------------------           WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY       
                                                                             
     UNTIL _____ , 1998 (25 DAYS AFTER                                       
THE  DATE  OF  THIS   PROSPECTUS)  ALL      VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY     
DEALERS EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN THE                                       
COMMON    STOCK,    WHETHER   OR   NOT                                       
PARTICIPATING  IN  THIS  DISTRIBUTION,                                       
MAY   BE   REQUIRED   TO   DELIVER   A                                       
PROSPECTUS.  THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT                                       
IS IN  ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION  OF                                       
DEALERS TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS  WHEN               JUNE , 1998             
ACTING   AS   UNDERWRITERS   AND  WITH                                       
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS OR                                       
SUBSCRIPTIONS.                         
====================================== ======================================

<PAGE>



                                     PART II
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     The following table sets forth the Registrant's expenses in connection with
the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered. Except for the
SEC Registration Fee and the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
("NASD") Filing Fee, the amounts listed below are estimates:


       SEC Registration Fee .........................      $18,320
       NASD Filing Fee ..............................        6,710
       Nasdaq Listing Fees ..........................            *
       Legal Fees and Expenses ......................            *
       Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ...................       10,000
       Accounting Fees and Expenses .................            *
       Printing and Engraving .......................            *
       Transfer Agent and Register Fees and Expenses.            *
       Miscellaneous ................................      $     *
                                                           -------
       Total ........................................      $950,000
                                                           ========

- ----------
*    To be filed by Amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     The  Company's  Amended and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (the
"Restated Certificate") provides that the Company shall indemnify to the fullest
extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"),  each person
who is involved in any litigation or other proceeding  because such person is or
was a director  or officer of the  Company or is or was serving as an officer or
director of another  entity at the request of the Company,  against all expense,
loss or liability reasonably incurred or suffered in connection  therewith.  The
Restated  Certificate  provides that the right to  indemnification  includes the
right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its
final  disposition;  provided,  however,  that such advance payment will only be
made upon  delivery  to the  Company of an  undertaking,  by or on behalf of the
director  or  officer,  to repay all  amounts so  advanced  if it is  ultimately
determined that such director is not entitled to indemnification. If the Company
does not pay a proper claim for  indemnification  in full within 60 days after a
written claim for such  indemnification is received by the Company, the Restated
Certificate  and  Restated  Bylaws  authorize  the  claimant  to bring an action
against the Company and prescribe what constitutes a defense to such action.

     Section 145 of the DGCL permits a corporation  to indemnify any director or
officer  of  the  corporation  against  expenses  (including  attorney's  fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
in connection with any action,  suit or proceeding brought by reason of the fact
that such person is or was a director or officer of the  corporation,  and, with
respect  to any  criminal  action or  proceeding,  if he or she had no reason to
believe his or her conduct was  unlawful.  In a derivative  action,  (i.e.,  one
brought by or on behalf of the  corporation),  indemnification  may be made only
for  expenses,  actually and  reasonably  incurred by any director or officer in
connection  with the defense or  settlement  of such an action or suit,  if such
person acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in,
or not  opposed  to,  the best  interests  of the  corporation,  except  that no
indemnification  shall be made if such  person  shall have been  adjudged  to be
liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which
the action or suit was brought shall  determine that the defendant is fairly and
reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of
liability.

                                      II-1

<PAGE>



     Pursuant  to  Section  102(b)(7)  of the  DGCL,  the  Restated  Certificate
eliminates the liability of a director to the  corporation  or its  stockholders
for monetary damages for such breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for
liabilities arising (i) from any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its  stockholders,  (ii) from acts or omissions not in good faith
or which involve  intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law,  (iii)
under  Section  174 of the DGCL,  or (iv) from any  transaction  from  which the
director derived an improper personal benefit.

     The  Company  expects  to obtain  primary  and  excess  insurance  policies
insuring the directors and officers of the Company against  certain  liabilities
that they may incur in their  capacity as  directors  and  officers.  Under such
policies, the insurers, on behalf of the Company, may also pay amounts for which
the Company has granted indemnification to the directors or officers.

     Additionally,  reference  is made to the  Underwriting  Agreement  filed as
Exhibit 1.1 hereto,  which provides for  indemnification  by the Underwriters of
the Company, its directors and officers who sign the Registration  Statement and
persons who control the Company, under certain circumstances.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, the
Corporation has sold the following securities that were not registered under the
Securities Act:

(a) Issuances of Capital Stock

     On June 27, 1995, in connection  with the  acquisition by the Registrant of
MEDE Ohio and a related  offering,  the Registrant  issued an aggregate  239,956
shares  of  Preferred  Stock  and  13,999,538  shares  of  Common  Stock  to the
stockholders  of the  parent  company  of  MEDE  Ohio  and  stockholders  of the
Registrant.

     On December 18, 1995, in connection  with their  agreement to guarantee the
Registrant's  obligations  under a credit  agreement  between the Registrant and
Bank of America Illinois (the "Credit Facility"),  the Registrant issued to WCAS
V, WCAS VI,  Blair V and Blair LCF  warrants to purchase  an  aggregate  240,720
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.

     On July 18, 1996,  the Company  issued 500 shares of Common Stock to Sharon
Hallberg, an employee of the Company, as a performance bonus.

     On January 10,  1997,  in  connection  with their  agreement  to  guarantee
additional  obligations  of the  Registrant  under and  amendment  to the Credit
Facility,  the Company issued to WCAS V, WCAS VI, Blair V and Blair LCF warrants
to purchase an aggregate  84,000 share,  of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$1.25 per share.

     On February  14,  1997,  the  Company  issued to WCAS CP II, for a purchase
price of $25 million,  (i) a 10% Senior  Subordinated Note due February 14, 2002
in the aggregate  principal  amount of $25 million and (ii) 1,700,000  shares of
Common Stock.

     On September 9, 1997,  the Company  issued 500 shares of Common Stock to Ed
Feltner, an employee of the Company, as a performance bonus.

     On October 31,  1997,  in  connection  with their  agreement  to  guarantee
additional obligations of the Registrant under the amended Credit Agreement, the
Company issued to WCAS VI and Blair V warrants to purchase an aggregate  156,720
shares, of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share.

(b) Certain Grants and Exercises of Stock Options

     The  MEDE  America  Corporation  and  its  Subsidiaries  Stock  Option  and
Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Plan  was  adopted  by the  Registrant's  Board  of
Directors  on March 22, 1995.  As of May 29, 1998,  options to purchase up to an
aggregate 3,349,000 shares of Common Stock, had been granted to employees of

                                      II-2

<PAGE>



the Registrant and its subsidiaries thereunder,  of which options to purchase up
to an aggregate 2,389,600 shares of Common Stock, at a weighted average exercise
price of $1.09 per share,  were  outstanding  as of such date.  The  Company has
issued an  aggregate  350,400  shares of Common  Stock upon the exercise of such
options.

     The securities  issued in the foregoing  transactions in paragraphs (a) and
(b) above were offered and sold in reliance upon  exemptions from Securities Act
registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or any regulations
promulgated  thereunder,  relating to sales by an issuer not  involving a public
offering. No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities.

     The sale and issuance of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from
registration  under  the  Securities  Act in  reliance  on  Section  4(2) of the
Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder,  or Rule 701 promulgated
under  Section  3(b) of the  Securities  Act, as  transactions  by an issuer not
involving a public  offering or transactions  pursuant to  compensatory  benefit
plans and contracts  relating to  compensation  as provided under such Rule 701.
The  recipients  of  securities  in  each  such  transaction  represented  their
intention to acquire the securities  for investment  only and not with a view to
or for sale in connection with any distribution  thereof and appropriate legends
were  affixed  to  the  share   certificates  and  instruments  issued  in  such
transactions.  All recipients had adequate access,  through their  relationships
with the Company, to information about the Registrant.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Exhibits


 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                     DESCRIPTION
- ---------      -----------------------------------------------------------------

1.1*      --   Form of Underwriting Agreement.

2.1       --   Asset Purchase Agreement among MEDE AMERICA Corporation,  General
               Computer  Corporation,  Time-Share Computer Systems, et al, dated
               as of February 3, 1997.

2.2       --   Asset Purchase Agreement among MEDE AMERICA Corporation,  General
               Computer  Corporation,  The  Stockton  Group,  et al, dated as of
               October 20, 1997.

3.1       --   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as amended.

3.2*      --   Form  of  Registrant's   Amended  and  Restated   Certificate  of
               Incorporation.

3.3*      --   Amended Bylaws of the Registrant.

3.4       --   Agreement and Plan of Merger,  dated as of May 17, 1995,  between
               MEDE AMERICA Corporation and GENCC Holdings Corporation.

4.1*      --   Specimen certificate for shares of Common Stock.

4.2       --   Note  and  Share   Purchase   Agreement   between   MEDE  AMERICA
               Corporation  and WCAS  Capital  Partners  II,  L.P.,  dated as of
               February 14, 1997.

4.3       --   Warrant Agreement dated as of October 31, 1997 among MEDE AMERICA
               Corporation,  Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V,  L.P.,  Welsh,
               Carson Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P., William Blair Leveraged Capital
               Fund Limited  Partnership  and William Blair Capital  Partners V,
               L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.

4.4       --   Warrant Agreement dated as of January 10, 1997 among MEDE AMERICA
               Corporation,  Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V,  L.P.,  Welsh,
               Carson Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P., William Blair Leveraged Capital
               Fund Limited  Partnership  and William Blair Capital  Partners V,
               L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.

4.5       --   Warrant  Agreement  dated as of  December  18,  1995  among  MEDE
               AMERICA  Corporation,  Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V, L.P.,
               Welsh,  Carson Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P., William Blair Leveraged
               Capital  Fund  Limited  Partnership  and  William  Blair  Capital
               Partners V, L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.

5.1*      --   Opinion of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard & Kristol,  with
               respect to the legality of securities being registered.


                                      II-3

<PAGE>



 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
- --------      ------------------------------------------------------------------

10.1      --   MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and Its  Subsidiaries  Stock Option and
               Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Plan  as  amended.

10.2      --   Credit  Agreement  between MEDE AMERICA  Corporation  and Bank of
               America  Illinois dated as of December 18, 1995 as amended,  with
               accompanying guarantees.

10.3*     --   Form  of   Indemnification   Agreement   between   MEDE   AMERICA
               Corporation and Directors thereof.

10.4*     --   Agreement  of Lease  dated as of October 15,  1991  between  HMCC
               Associates and MedE America, Inc.

10.5*     --   Lease  Agreement  dated as of July 10, 1995 as amended January 3,
               1997  between  T&J  Enterprises,  LLC  and  Electronic  Claims  &
               Funding, Inc.

10.6      --   Letter dated June 3, 1998 from Bank of America  National  Trust &
               Savings  Association  to  MEDE  AMERICA  Corporation,   regarding
               amendment to Credit Facility.

21.1      --   Subsidiaries of the Company.

23.1*     --   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants.

23.2      --   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accounts.

23.3*     --   Consent  of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard & Kristol  (see
               Exhibit 5.1).

24.1      --   Power of Attorney (see Signature Page).

27.1      --   Financial Data Schedule.

- ----------
*    To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

     (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of
the   registrant   pursuant   to   the   provisions    described   under   "Item
14-Indemnification   of  Directors  and  Officers"  above,  or  otherwise,   the
Registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

     (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
     of 1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
     of this registration  statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
     a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(h) under the  Securities  Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

          (2) For the purpose of determining  any liability under the Securities
     Act of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of
     prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration  statement  relating to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-4

<PAGE>



     (c)  The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
underwriter   at  the  closing   specified  in  the   underwriting   agreements,
certificates in such  denominations  and registered in such names as required by
the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.




                                      II-5

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this  Registration  Statement  to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized, on June 3, 1998.

                                              MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                              By: THOMAS P. STAUDT
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Thomas P. Staudt
                                                 President and
                                                 Chief Executive Officer


                        POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES

     We the  undersigned  officers and  directors  of MEDE AMERICA  Corporation,
hereby  severally  constitute and appoint Thomas P. Staudt,  Richard P. Bankosky
and David M.  Goldwin,  and each of them singly (with full power to each of them
to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power
of  substitution  and  resubstitution  in each of them for him and in his  name,
place and stead,  and in any and all capacities,  to sign any and all amendments
(including  post-effective  amendments) to this  Registration  Statement (or any
other Registration  Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon
filing  pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities  Act of 1933),  and to file
the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith,
with   the   Securities   and   Exchange   Commission,    granting   unto   said
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform  each and every act and thing  requisite  or necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person,  hereby  ratifying and confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact
and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully
do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities held on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         SIGNATURES                            TITLE                         DATE

- ---------------------------   ---------------------------------------   --------------
<S>                           <C>                                       <C>
     THOMAS P. STAUDT         President and Chief Executive             June  3, 1998
- -------------------------     Officer (Principal executive officer);
     Thomas P. Staudt         Director

    RICHARD P. BANKOSKY       Chief Financial Officer (Principal        June  3, 1998
- -------------------------     financial and accounting officer)
    Richard P. Bankosky

    THOMAS E. MCINERNEY       Director                                  June  3, 1998
- -------------------------
    Thomas E. McInerney

    ANTHONY J. DE NICOLA      Director                                  June  3, 1998
- -------------------------
    Anthony J. de Nicola

    TIMOTHY M. MURRAY         Director                                  June  3, 1998
- -------------------------
    Timothy M. Murray

</TABLE>

                                      II-6

<PAGE>



                                                                     SCHEDULE II

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             COLUMN A                  COLUMN B              COLUMN C                 COLUMN D         COLUMN E
- ----------------------------------   ------------   --------------------------   -----------------   -----------
                                                            ADDITIONS
                                                    --------------------------
                                                                    CHARGED TO
                                      BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO       OTHER                           BALANCE AT
                                       BEGINNING      COST AND      ACCOUNTS-        DEDUCTIONS         END OF
           DESCRIPTIONS                OF PERIOD      EXPENSES       DESCRIBE        -DESCRIBE          PERIOD
- ----------------------------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   -----------------   -----------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>                 <C>
Year ended June 30, 1995 -
 Allowance for bad debts .........      $  868          $518           $--           $     -- (1)       $1,386
                                        ======          ====           ===           ========           ======
Year ended June 30, 1996 -
 Allowance for bad debts .........      $1,386          $406           $--           $    392 (1)       $1,400
                                        ======          ====           ===           ========           ======
Year ended June 30, 1997 -
 Allowance for bad debts .........      $1,400          $316           $--           $     -- (1)       $1,716
                                        ======          ====           ===           ========           ======
Nine months ended
 March 31, 1998 -
 Allowance for bad debts .........      $1,716          $265           $             $  1,023 (1)       $  958
                                        ======          ====           ===           ========           ======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Amounts written off.



                                       S-1
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                     DESCRIPTION
- ---------      -----------------------------------------------------------------

1.1*      --   Form of Underwriting Agreement.

2.1       --   Asset Purchase Agreement among MEDE AMERICA Corporation,  General
               Computer  Corporation,  Time-Share Computer Systems, et al, dated
               as of February 3, 1997.

2.2       --   Asset Purchase Agreement among MEDE AMERICA Corporation,  General
               Computer  Corporation,  The  Stockton  Group,  et al, dated as of
               October 20, 1997.

3.1       --   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as amended.

3.2*      --   Form  of  Registrant's   Amended  and  Restated   Certificate  of
               Incorporation.

3.3*      --   Amended Bylaws of the Registrant.

3.4       --   Agreement and Plan of Merger,  dated as of May 17, 1995,  between
               MEDE AMERICA Corporation and GENCC Holdings Corporation.

4.1*      --   Specimen certificate for shares of Common Stock.

4.2       --   Note  and  Share   Purchase   Agreement   between   MEDE  AMERICA
               Corporation  and WCAS  Capital  Partners  II,  L.P.,  dated as of
               February 14, 1997.

4.3       --   Warrant Agreement dated as of October 31, 1997 among MEDE AMERICA
               Corporation,  Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V,  L.P.,  Welsh,
               Carson Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P., William Blair Leveraged Capital
               Fund Limited  Partnership  and William Blair Capital  Partners V,
               L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.

4.4       --   Warrant Agreement dated as of January 10, 1997 among MEDE AMERICA
               Corporation,  Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V,  L.P.,  Welsh,
               Carson Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P., William Blair Leveraged Capital
               Fund Limited  Partnership  and William Blair Capital  Partners V,
               L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.

4.5       --   Warrant  Agreement  dated as of  December  18,  1995  among  MEDE
               AMERICA  Corporation,  Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V, L.P.,
               Welsh,  Carson Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P., William Blair Leveraged
               Capital  Fund  Limited  Partnership  and  William  Blair  Capital
               Partners V, L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.

5.1*      --   Opinion of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard & Kristol,  with
               respect to the legality of securities being registered.

10.1      --   MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and Its  Subsidiaries  Stock Option and
               Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Plan  as  amended.

10.2      --   Credit  Agreement  between MEDE AMERICA  Corporation  and Bank of
               America  Illinois dated as of December 18, 1995 as amended,  with
               accompanying guarantees.

10.3*     --   Form  of   Indemnification   Agreement   between   MEDE   AMERICA
               Corporation and Directors thereof.

10.4*     --   Agreement  of Lease  dated as of October 15,  1991  between  HMCC
               Associates and MedE America, Inc.

10.5*     --   Lease  Agreement  dated as of July 10, 1995 as amended January 3,
               1997  between  T&J  Enterprises,  LLC  and  Electronic  Claims  &
               Funding, Inc.

10.6      --   Letter dated June 3, 1998 from Bank of America  National  Trust &
               Savings  Association  to  MEDE  AMERICA  Corporation,   regarding
               amendment to Credit Facility.

21.1      --   Subsidiaries of the Company.

23.1*     --   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants.

23.2      --   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accounts.

23.3*     --   Consent  of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard & Kristol  (see
               Exhibit 5.1).

24.1      --   Power of Attorney (see Signature Page).

27.1      --   Financial Data Schedule.

- ----------
*    To be filed by amendment.





                                                                     EXHIBIT 2.1

================================================================================






                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                      among

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                          GENERAL COMPUTER CORPORATION

                           TIME-SHARE COMPUTER SYSTEMS

                                 JACK GUGGISBERG

                                DAVID C. McGUIRE

                                       and

                               DARWIN J. DeROSIER









                          Dated as of February 3, 1997








================================================================================



<PAGE>







                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Page
                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                               <C>
ARTICLE I.     TRANSFERS........................................................  1

     SECTION 1.01      Transfer of Assets.......................................  1
     SECTION 1.02      Instruments of Conveyance and                               
                       Transfer.................................................  3
     SECTION 1.03      Nonassignable Contracts..................................  3
                                                                                   
ARTICLE II.    CLOSING, PURCHASE PRICE, LIABILITIES, ETC........................  4
                                                                                   
     SECTION 2.01      Closing..................................................  4
     SECTION 2.02      Purchase Price...........................................  4
     SECTION 2.03      Payment to Seller on Closing Date........................  4
     SECTION 2.04      Non-Assumption of Certain Liabilities....................  5
                                                                                   
ARTICLE III.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................................  6
                                                                                   
     SECTION 3.01      Representations and Warranties of Seller                    
                         and the Stockholders...................................  6
     SECTION 3.02      Representations and Warranties of                           
                         Buyer and MedE......................................... 21
                                                                                   
ARTICLE IV.    COVENANTS........................................................ 22
                                                                                   
     SECTION 4.01      Covenants of Seller and the Stockholders................. 22
     SECTION 4.02      Confidentiality.......................................... 24
     SECTION 4.03      Allocation of Purchase Price............................. 24
     SECTION 4.04      Preparation of Certain Financial                            
                         Statement.............................................. 24
     SECTION 4.05      Certain Tax Matters...................................... 24
     SECTION 4.06      Insurance................................................ 25
     SECTION 4.07      Collection of Accounts Receivable........................ 25
     SECTION 4.08      Retention of Employees................................... 26
     SECTION 4.09      Payment of Liabilities................................... 26
     SECTION 4.10      Name Change.............................................. 26

ARTICLE V.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT............................................. 26

     SECTION 5.01      Conditions Precedent to Obligations
                         of Buyer and MedE...................................... 26
     SECTION 5.02      Conditions Precedent to Obligations
                         of Seller and the Stockholders......................... 28
     SECTION 5.03      Deemed Satisfaction of Certain
                         Conditions............................................. 30

ARTICLE VI.    SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS;
                    INDEMNIFICATION............................................. 30

     SECTION 6.01      Survival of Representations.............................. 30

</TABLE>

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Page
                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                              <C>
     SECTION 6.02      Tax Indemnity............................................ 30
     SECTION 6.03      General Indemnity........................................ 31
     SECTION 6.04      Conditions of Indemnification............................ 32
     SECTION 6.05      Basket................................................... 33
                                                                                   
ARTICLE VII.   TERMINATION...................................................... 33
                                                                                   
      SECTION 7.01      Termination............................................. 33
      SECTION 7.02      Effect of Termination................................... 34
                                                                                   
ARTICLE VIII.  MISCELLANEOUS.................................................... 34
                                                                                   
      SECTION 8.01      Specific Performance.................................... 34
      SECTION 8.02      Bulk Transfer Laws...................................... 34
      SECTION 8.03      Expenses, Etc........................................... 34
      SECTION 8.04      Execution in Counterparts............................... 35
      SECTION 8.05      Notices................................................. 35
      SECTION 8.06      Waivers................................................. 36
                                                                                   
      SECTION 8.07      Amendments, Supplements, Etc............................ 36
      SECTION 8.08      Entire Agreement........................................ 37
      SECTION 8.09      Applicable Law.......................................... 37
      SECTION 8.10      Binding Effect, Benefits................................ 37
      SECTION 8.11      Assignability........................................... 37
                                                                                 
TESTIMONIUM .................................................................... 38

</TABLE>


                                      (ii)



<PAGE>



                          INDEX TO EXHIBITS AND ANNEXES

Exhibit                               Description
- -------                               -----------

   A                                  Form  of  Bill  of  Sale,  Assignment  and
                                      Assumption Agreement                      
                                                                                
   B                                  Form of Escrow Agreement                  
                                                                                
   C                                  Form of Confidentiality,  Non-Solicitation
                                      and Non-Compete Agreement                 
                                                                                
   D                                  Form of Opinion of Hanson & Associates    
                                                                                
   E                                  Form of Consulting Agreement              
                                                                                
   F                                  Form  of  Opinion  of  Reboul,  MacMurray,
                                      Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol                 
                                      








                                     (iii)


<PAGE>






                               INDEX TO SCHEDULES

Schedule                             Description
- --------                             -----------

3.01(a)                              Jurisdictions
3.01(c)                              Capitalization
3.01(e)                              Effect of Agreements
3.01(f)                              Governmental Approvals
3.01(g)                              Financial Statements
3.01(h)                              Certain Changes or Events
3.01(i)                              Liens and Encumbrances

3.01(j)                              List of Properties, Contracts and Other
                                     Data
3.01(k)                              Litigation
3.01(m)                              Employee Benefit Plans
3.01(n)                              Intellectual Property Rights
3.01(o)                              Software
3.01(t)                              Taxes
3.01(v)                              Transactions with Affiliates
3.01(w)                              Governmental Authorizations and Regulations
3.01(x)                              Insurance
4.01(e)                              Written Service Agreements; Supplements  to
                                     Service
                                     Agreements
4.03                                 Allocation of Purchase Price
4.08                                 Retained Employees
5.03                                 Critical Contracts






                                      (iv)



<PAGE>





37

                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                  ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT,  dated as of February 3, 1997, among
MEDE AMERICA  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  ("MedE"),  GENERAL COMPUTER
CORPORATION,   an  Ohio  corporation  and  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  MedE
("Buyer"),   TIME-SHARE   COMPUTER  SYSTEMS,   Inc.,  a  Minnesota   corporation
("Seller"),   Jack   Guggisberg,   David  C.  McGuire  and  Darwin  J.  DeRosier
(collectively, the "Stockholders").

                  WHEREAS,  Seller  is  engaged  in the  business  of  providing
electronic  data  interchange  and  transaction   processing   services  to  the
healthcare industry (the "Business"); and

                  WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell to Buyer, and Buyer desires to
purchase from Seller,  all the assets and  properties of Seller  relating to the
Business   (excluding   certain  specified   assets),   and  to  assume  certain
liabilities, all on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the
mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                                  I. TRANSFERS

                  SECTION 1.001. Transfer of Assets. () On the terms and subject
to the conditions  hereinafter  set forth,  on the Closing Date (as  hereinafter
defined),  Seller shall sell, convey, transfer, assign and deliver to Buyer, and
Buyer shall  purchase from Seller,  for the  consideration  set forth in Section
2.03 hereof,  all the then existing assets and properties (of every kind, nature
and description,  real,  personal or mixed,  tangible or intangible and wherever
situated, whether or not carried on the books of Seller) of Seller to the extent
that such assets are necessary to, or attributable to, the Business,  or used by
Seller in connection with the Business, except those assets excluded pursuant to
paragraph  (b)  below  (said  assets  and  properties  so to be sold,  conveyed,
transferred,  assigned and delivered being hereinafter  collectively  called the
"Assets"), including, without limitation:

                  (i) all  tangible  personal  property,  inventory,  machinery,
         equipment, supplies, tools, fixtures,  leaseholds,  computer equipment,
         work  in  process,   spare  parts,   vehicles,   furniture  and  office
         furnishings, wherever situated (it being the intention hereby to assign
         and  transfer all the tangible  personal  property  owned or claimed by
         Seller;

                  (ii) all intangible  personal  property of whatsoever  kind or
         character,  whether  evidenced  in  writing or not,



<PAGE>



         including  but  not  limited  to  all  customer   lists,   data  bases,
         proprietary  assays,  deferred  charges  and prepaid  expenses,  bonds,
         claims, and causes of action (whether fixed or contingent);

                  (iii) the patents,  trademarks and trade names,  trademark and
         trade name registrations, service marks and service mark registrations,
         copyrights and copyright  registrations,  the applications therefor and
         the licenses and franchises with respect  thereto,  in each case listed
         in clause  (iv) of Schedule  3.01(j)  hereto,  together  with all trade
         secrets,  technology (including technology with respect to which Seller
         is a licensee,  in any such case only  insofar as  permitted  under the
         applicable  license   agreement),   processes,   inventions,   designs,
         drawings, blueprints, specifications,  patterns, royalties, privileges,
         permits   and  all   other   similar   intangible   personal   property
         (collectively, the "Intellectual Property Rights");

                  (iv) all technical materials and guidelines,  brochures, sales
         literature, promotional material and other selling material;

                  (v) all papers,  documents,  instruments,  books and  records,
         files,  agreements,  books of  account  and other  records by which the
         Assets might be identified or enforced,  or otherwise pertaining to the
         Assets  or the  Business  that  are  located  at the  offices  or other
         locations   used  in  connection   with  the  Assets  or  the  Business
         (including,  without  limitation,  customer  invoices,  customer lists,
         vendor and supplier  lists,  drafts and other  documents  and materials
         relating to customer transactions);

                  (vi) the  rights of Seller  under all  contracts,  agreements,
         licenses,  leases, sales orders,  purchase orders and other commitments
         relating to the Assets or the Business;

                  (vii) all computer  software  programs,  the source and object
         codes for such  software  programs and all  documentation  and training
         manuals related thereto owned, held or licensed by Seller; and

                  (viii) all other  assets and rights of every kind and  nature,
         real or personal,  tangible or intangible, that are owned or claimed by
         Seller and that are necessary to, or  attributable  to, the Business or
         used by Seller in  connection  with the  Business  (including,  without
         limitation, all goodwill),  whether or not such assets are reflected in
         the balance sheets and other financial  statements of Seller,  together
         with the right to represent  that Buyer is the successor in interest to
         the Business.


                                       2

<PAGE>



Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the Assets shall,  except as
set forth in paragraph  (b) below,  include all assets set forth or reflected on
the unaudited  December 31, 1996 balance sheet of Seller (the "December 31, 1996
Balance  Sheet"),  together  with all such  assets as may be  acquired by Seller
after said date and that would be included on a balance  sheet  prepared in like
manner from such accounting  records as of the Closing Date, except for any such
assets  that may be or have been  disposed  of after  said date in the  ordinary
course of business on a basis consistent with past practice.

                  (b) Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding,
the  following  assets of Seller are  specifically  excluded from the Assets and
shall be retained by Seller:

                  (i)  all  cash  and  cash   equivalents  on  hand,   including
         investment  securities,  bank  accounts,  temporary cash and petty cash
         held by Seller as of the Closing Date;

                  (ii) all accounts receivable accrued on the books of Seller as
         of the  Closing  Date and  resulting  from the  delivery  of goods  and
         services of the Business prior to the Closing Date;

                  (iii) all accrued but unbilled rebate  commissions arising  on
         or prior to the Closing  Date (in the event that such  commissions  are
         paid to Buyer after the Closing Date,  Buyer shall  promptly  remit the
         same to Seller);

                  (iv) The 1995 Jeep Cherokee used by Jack Guggisberg; and

                  (v) any claims or rights  against  third  parties  relating to
         liabilities or  obligations  that are not assumed by the Buyer pursuant
         to this Agreement.

                  SECTION 1.002. Instruments of Conveyance and Transfer. Subject
to Section 1.03 below, on the Closing Date,  Seller shall execute and deliver to
Buyer  (i) a bill of sale in the  form  included  in the  Form of Bill of  Sale,
Assignment  and Assumption  Agreement  annexed hereto as Exhibit A (the "Bill of
Sale,  Assignment and Assumption  Agreement")  and (ii) such other  documents of
transfer that Buyer may reasonably request, transferring to Buyer the properties
and assets to be acquired by Buyer under the terms of this Agreement.

                  SECTION  1.003.  Nonassignable  Contracts.   Nothing  in  this
Agreement  shall be  construed  as an  attempt  or  agreement  to assign (i) any
contract,  agreement,  license,  lease,  sales  order,  purchase  order or other
commitment  that is  nonassignable  without  the  consent of the other  party or
parties thereto unless such


                                       3


<PAGE>



consent shall have been given (subject,  however,  to the covenant of Seller and
the Stockholders in Section 4.01(d) hereof), or (ii) any contract or claim as to
which all the remedies for the  enforcement  thereof enjoyed by Seller would not
pass to Buyer as an incident of the assignments  provided for by this Agreement.
In  order,  however,  that the full  value of every  contract  and  claim of the
character  described in clauses (i) and (ii) above and all claims and demands on
such contracts may be realized,  Seller and the  Stockholders  will use its best
efforts to obtain  approval for assignment and,  failing that,  Seller shall, by
itself or by its agents,  at the request and expense and under the  direction of
Buyer, in the name of Seller or otherwise as Buyer shall specify and as shall be
permitted by law, take all action and do or cause to be done all things as shall
in the opinion of Buyer be reasonably  necessary or proper (x) in order that the
rights and obligations of Seller under such contracts shall be preserved and (y)
for, and to  facilitate,  the  collection of the moneys due and payable,  and to
become due and payable, to Seller in and under every such contract and claim and
in respect of every such claim and  demand,  and Seller  shall hold the same for
the benefit of and shall pay the same over promptly to Buyer.

                 II. CLOSING, PURCHASE PRICE, LIABILITIES, ETC.

                  SECTION  2.001   Closing.  The closing (the  "Closing") of the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement shall take place at the offices of
Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard & Kristol, 45 Rockefeller Plaza, New York,
N.Y.,  10111,  on February  13,  1996,  or on such other date as the parties may
mutually  agree (such date and time of closing  being herein called the "Closing
Date"), and for tax and accounting  purposes shall be deemed effective as of the
close of business on such date.

                  SECTION 2.002   Purchase Price.  The aggregate  purchase price
for the Assets hereunder shall be $11,250,000 (the "Purchase Price").

                  SECTION 2.003   Payment  to  Seller on  Closing  Date.  On the
Closing  Date,  in  full  consideration  for  the  sale,  conveyance,  transfer,
assignment and delivery to Buyer of the Assets, Buyer shall:

                  (a) pay to Seller  $10,125,000 in cash by wire transfer to the
         account specified by Seller, and

                  (b) cause $1,125,000 in cash (the "Retention") to be deposited
         in an escrow  account  pursuant  to an Escrow  Agreement  (the  "Escrow
         Agreement") among Buyer, MedE, Seller and



                                       4


<PAGE>



         the Escrow Agent named therein,  substantially in the form of Exhibit B
         hereto.

Pursuant to the terms of the Escrow  Agreement,  the Escrow Agent shall hold the
Retention  to secure  the  indemnification  obligations  of Seller  pursuant  to
Article VI hereof and the purchase price  adjustment  provisions of Section 2.05
hereof.

                  SECTION 2.004 Non-Assumption of Certain Liabilities.  Buyer is
not  assuming,  and  shall not be deemed to have  assumed,  any  liabilities  or
obligations  of Seller of any kind or nature  whatsoever,  except (x)  executory
obligations  under the operating  contracts of Seller  assigned to Buyer and (y)
those employment obligations set forth in Section 4.08 hereof, in each case only
to the extent expressly provided in the Bill of Sale,  Assignment and Assumption
Agreement  (collectively,  the  "Assumed  Liabilities").  Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing,  it is hereby agreed that Buyer is not assuming any
liability for and shall not have any obligation with respect to:

                  (i) any and all (x) accrued but unpaid current liabilities and
         (y)  non-current  liabilities of Seller,  in each case as determined in
         accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently
         applied  ("GAAP"),  either set forth or  reflected  on the December 31,
         1996 Balance Sheet or incurred by Seller after December 31, 1996;

                  (ii) any liabilities or obligations of Seller that arise under
         the  terms of a  contract,  agreement,  license,  lease,  sales  order,
         purchase  order,  or other  commitment  which  shall not be assigned to
         Buyer pursuant to this Agreement;

                  (iii)  any   liabilities  or  obligations  of  Seller  to  the
         Stockholders  and  their  respective   affiliates   (including  without
         limitation any notes payable to the Stockholders);

                  (iv) any  liabilities  or obligations of Seller under any Plan
         (as defined in Section  3.01(m)  hereof,  including  any  obligation to
         adopt or to sponsor  such Plan of Seller  except as Buyer  may,  in its
         sole discretion, elect to adopt or to sponsor);

                  (v) any obligation of Seller  arising out of any action,  suit
         or  proceeding  based upon an event  occurring  or a claim  arising (A)
         prior to or on the Closing  Date or (B) after the  Closing  Date in the
         case of claims in respect of products  or services  sold or provided by
         Seller prior to the Closing Date or  attributable  to acts performed or
         omitted by Seller prior to the Closing Date;


                                       5


<PAGE>



                  (vi) any and all Taxes (as hereinafter defined) incurred by or
         imposed  upon  Seller,  or any  predecessor  company  thereof,  for all
         periods prior to (and up to and including) the close of business on the
         Closing Date,  including  without  limitation  any Taxes incurred by or
         imposed  upon  Seller  and  arising  out  of  the  consummation  of the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

                  (vii) any  liability  in respect  of any  failure of Seller to
         conduct the Business in compliance with any Permit,  law, regulation or
         order,   including   without   limitation  any   Environmental  Law  or
         Environmental  Permit (as  hereinafter  defined),  prior to the Closing
         Date.

                       III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  SECTION 3.001 Representations and Warranties of Seller and the
Stockholders. Seller and the Stockholders,  jointly and severally, represent and
warrant to Buyer as follows:

                  (a)  Organization,   Power,  Etc.  of  Seller.   Seller  is  a
corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
the State of  Minnesota.  Seller has all  requisite  power and authority to own,
operate  and  lease  the  Assets,  to carry on the  Business  as it is now being
conducted,  to execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  together  with the Escrow
Agreement,  the  Bill  of  Sale,  Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreement  and  a
Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation and Non-Compete Agreement in substantially the
form attached hereto as Exhibit C  (collectively,  the "Ancillary  Agreements"),
and to perform its respective  obligations  hereunder and thereunder.  Seller is
duly qualified or licensed to do business in each  jurisdiction in which it owns
or leases any real property or in which the nature of the business transacted by
it makes such qualification  necessary,  unless the failure to be so licensed or
qualified would not have a material  adverse effect on the  properties,  assets,
business, prospects, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Seller
(a "Material  Adverse  Effect").  Schedule 3.01(a) sets forth a complete list of
the jurisdictions in which Seller is qualified to do business.

                  (b)   Subsidiaries.   Seller   has  no  direct   or   indirect
subsidiaries,  or any  participating  equity interest in any partnership,  joint
venture or other  non-corporate  business  enterprise.  As used herein, the term
"subsidiary" shall mean any corporation, partnership or other business entity, a
majority of whose voting capital stock (or other voting  interests,  as the case
may be) is at the time owned by Seller and/or any subsidiaries thereof.


                                       6


<PAGE>



                  (c)  Capitalization.  The  authorized  capital stock of Seller
consists of 1,000 shares of common  stock,  no par value,  of which 1,000 shares
are issued and outstanding.  All issued and outstanding  shares of capital stock
of Seller  are  owned as set  forth on  Schedule  3.01(c)  hereto.  There are no
outstanding  options,  warrants,  calls  or other  rights  to  subscribe  for or
purchase  or  acquire  from  Seller,  or any  plans,  contracts  or  commitments
providing  for the  issuance  of, or the  granting  of rights to acquire (i) any
capital stock or  partnership  interests,  as the case may be, of Seller or (ii)
any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock of Seller.

                  (d) Authorization of Agreements;  Validity.  The execution and
delivery  by Seller of this  Agreement  and the  Ancillary  Agreements,  and the
consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have
been duly authorized by all requisite  corporate action. This Agreement has been
duly and validly executed by Seller and each of the Stockholders and constitutes
the legal,  valid and binding obligation of Seller and each of the Stockholders,
enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Each Ancillary  Agreement,  when duly
executed and delivered by Seller and each  Stockholder  that is a party thereto,
will constitute the legal,  valid and binding obligation of Seller and each such
Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

                  (e)  Effect of  Agreements.  Except  as set forth on  Schedule
3.01(e)  hereto,  the execution and delivery by Seller and the  Stockholders  of
this  Agreement  and the  Ancillary  Agreements to which each is a party and the
performance  by Seller  and the  Stockholders  of their  respective  obligations
hereunder and thereunder will not (x) violate any provision of law, any order of
any court or other  agency of  government,  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  or
By-laws of Seller, or any judgment, award, decree, indenture,  agreement, Permit
(as defined herein) or other  instrument to which Seller or any Stockholder is a
party, or by which Seller, any Stockholder, the Business or any of the Assets is
bound or affected;  (y) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with
due  notice  or lapse  of time or both) a  default  under,  any such  indenture,
agreement,  Permit  or  other  instrument;  or (z)  result  in the  creation  or
imposition of any lien,  charge,  security interest or encumbrance of any nature
whatsoever upon any of the Assets.

                  (f)  Governmental  Approvals.  Except as set forth on Schedule
3.01(f)  hereto,  no  approval,  authorization,  consent,  order or action of or
filing with any court, administrative agency or other governmental authority (i)
is required for the  execution  and delivery by Seller and the  Stockholders  of
this  Agreement  and the  Ancillary  Agreements  to which  they are party or the
consummation by Seller and the  Stockholders  of the transac-


                                       7


<PAGE>



tions  contemplated  hereby or  thereby or (ii) is  necessary  in order that the
Business may be conducted  immediately  following the Closing Date substantially
in the same manner as theretofore conducted.

                  (g) Financial Statements.

                  (i) Prior to the Closing  Date,  Seller will  furnish to Buyer
         the  December  31,  1996  Balance  Sheet  and  the  related   unaudited
         statements of  operations,  stockholders  equity and cash flows for the
         year then ended, (the "Financial  Statements").  Except as set forth on
         Schedule  3.01(g),  the  Financial  Statements  (including  any related
         schedules  and/or  notes) are  complete  and  correct  in all  material
         respects and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.  Except as set
         forth on Schedule  3.01(g),  the December 31, 1996 Balance Sheet fairly
         presents the financial  condition of the Business as of such date,  and
         such  statements  of  operations,  stockholders  equity  and cash flows
         fairly  present the results of  operations of the Business for the year
         then ended.

                  (ii)  Except  (x) as  expressly  set  forth  in the  Financial
         Statements,  (y) as disclosed in Schedule  3.01(g) or (iii) as incurred
         after December 31, 1996 in the ordinary  course of business  consistent
         with past  practice,  Seller does not have any material  liabilities or
         obligations of any kind or nature, whether known or unknown, secured or
         unsecured,  absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise, and whether due
         or to become due.

                  (iii) The  December  31, 1996 Balance  Sheet  correctly  lists
         and/or  reflects,  in accordance  with GAAP,  substantially  all of the
         Assets to be transferred to Buyer.

                  (h) Absence of Certain  Changes or Events.  Since December 31,
         1996,  except as  otherwise  set forth on Schedule  3.01(h)  hereto and
         except for the transactions contemplated hereby, Seller has not:

                  (i)  incurred any  obligation  or  liability  (whether  fixed,
         absolute, accrued,  contingent,  known or unknown, or otherwise, of any
         kind or nature whatsoever), except normal trade or business obligations
         incurred in the ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with past
         practice  and  except  in  connection   with  this  Agreement  and  the
         transactions contemplated hereby;

                  (ii)  discharged  or  satisfied  any material  lien,  security
         interest or encumbrance  or paid any obligation or liability  (fixed or
         contingent)  of any  kind  or  nature  whatsoever,


                                       8


<PAGE>



         other than in the ordinary  course of business and consistent with past
         practice;

                  (iii)  mortgaged,  pledged or subjected to any lien,  security
         interest or other encumbrance any of the Assets (other than mechanic's,
         materialman's  and similar  statutory  liens arising as a matter of law
         and purchase money security interests arising in the ordinary course of
         business between the date of delivery and payment);

                  (iv) transferred,  leased or otherwise  disposed of any of the
         Assets  except  for a fair  consideration  in the  ordinary  course  of
         business and  consistent  with past practice or, except in the ordinary
         course of business  and  consistent  with past  practice,  acquired any
         assets or properties to be used by or in connection with the Business;

                  (v) declared,  set aside or paid any distribution  (whether in
         cash,  stock or property or any combination  thereof) in respect of its
         capital  stock or redeemed  or  otherwise  acquired  any of its capital
         stock or split,  combined or  otherwise  similarly  changed its capital
         stock or  authorized  the creation or issuance of or issued or sold any
         capital stock or any  securities  or  obligations  convertible  into or
         exchangeable  therefor, or given any person any right to acquire any of
         its capital stock, or agreed to take any such action;

                  (vi) made any  investment  of a  capital  nature,  whether  by
         purchase of stock or  securities,  contributions  to capital,  property
         transfers  or  otherwise,  in any  partnership,  corporation  or  other
         entity;

                  (vii) canceled or compromised any debt or claim related to the
         Business, except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with
         past practice;

                  (viii) waived or released any rights of material value related
         to the  Business,  except in any case for a fair  consideration  in the
         ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

                  (ix)  transferred or granted any rights under any concessions,
         leases,  licenses,   sublicenses,   agreements,   patents,  inventions,
         trademarks, trade names, service marks or copyrights or with respect to
         any know-how related to the Business,  except in the ordinary course of
         business and consistent with past practice;

                  (x) made or granted  any wage,  salary or benefit  increase or
         paid any bonus  applicable to any group or clas-


                                       9


<PAGE>

         sification of employees generally, entered into or amended the terms of
         any  employment  contract  with,  or made any loan to, or  granted  any
         severance  benefits  to or  entered  into or  amended  the terms of any
         material  transaction of any other nature with, any officer or employee
         engaged in the operations of the Business;

                  (xi) entered  into any  transaction,  contract or  commitment,
         except  (A)  contracts  listed on  Schedule  3.01(j)  hereto,  (B) this
         Agreement and the transactions  contemplated  hereby and (C) as involve
         payments of less than $25,000;

                  (xii)  suffered  any casualty  loss or damage  (whether or not
         such loss or damage shall have been covered by  insurance)  or received
         any claim or claims in respect of the  Business in excess of  insurable
         limits, or canceled any insurance coverage,  in whole or in part, under
         any policy the coverage limits of which exceed $25,000;

                  (xiii)  suffered  any  material  adverse  change in any of its
         operations or in its financial condition or in its assets,  properties,
         business or prospects;

                  (xiv) surrendered,  had revoked or otherwise terminated or had
         terminated   any   material   license,   Permit   or  other   approval,
         authorization or consent from any court, administrative agency or other
         governmental authority; or

                  (xv) entered  into any  agreement  or  commitment  to take any
         action described in this Section 3.01(h).

                  (i) Title to  Properties,  Absence of Liens and  Encumbrances.
Except as set forth in Schedule  3.01(i) hereto,  Seller has good and marketable
title to all the Assets, free and clear of all liens, charges, pledges, security
interests or other encumbrances of any nature whatsoever. Except as set forth on
Schedule 3.01(i) hereto,  all leases of real and personal  property of Seller to
be assigned to Buyer  hereunder are valid and binding in  accordance  with their
respective terms, and there is not under any such lease any existing default, or
any  condition,  event or act which  with  notice or lapse of time or both would
constitute  such  a  default,   nor  would   consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated hereby result in a default or any such condition, event or act.

                  (j) List of  Properties,  Contracts  and Other  Data.  Annexed
hereto as Schedule 3.01(j) is a list setting forth with respect to the Business,
as of the dates specified on such Schedule, the following:

                  (i) all real properties owned in fee simple by Seller;




                                       10
<PAGE>

                  (ii) all tangible  assets owned by Seller with  original  book
value in excess of $10,000;

                  (iii)  all  leases  of real  or  personal  property  involving
payments  in excess of $10,000 per annum to which  Seller is a party,  either as
lessee or lessor;

                  (iv) (A) all patents,  trademarks  and trade names,  trademark
and trade name  registrations,  service  marks and service  mark  registrations,
copyrights  and  copyright  registrations  which  are  unexpired  as of the date
hereof,  all  applications  pending on said date for  patents or for  trademark,
trade name, service mark or copyright  registrations,  and all other proprietary
rights, owned or held by Seller, and (B) all licenses and sublicenses granted by
or to Seller and all other  agreements  to which Seller is a party which relate,
in whole or in part, to any items of the categories mentioned in (A) above or to
other  Intellectual  Property  Rights  used by  Seller  in  connection  with the
Business, whether owned by Seller or any affiliate thereof;

                  (v)  all  employment  and  consulting  agreements,   executive
compensation plans,  collective  bargaining  agreements,  bonus plans,  deferred
compensation  agreements,  employee pension plans or retirement plans,  employee
profit sharing plans, employee stock purchase and stock option plans, group life
insurance,  hospitalization  insurance or other plans or arrangements  providing
for  benefits to employees of Seller  engaged in the  Business,  whether oral or
written;

                  (vi) all contracts, understandings and commitments (including,
without  limitation,  powers  of  attorney,   mortgages,   indentures  and  loan
agreements or obligations  for borrowed  money  including,  without  limitation,
guarantees),  whether  oral or written,  to which  Seller is a party or to which
Seller or any of the Assets are subject and which are not specifically  referred
to above,  and which  (A) is a  contract  or group of  related  contracts  which
involve payments  exceeding $25,000 per annum in amount, (B) is a sales contract
of an  open-ended  or blanket  nature or  provides  for prepaid  commissions  or
rebates,  (C) contains penalty  provisions for late delivery or completion,  (E)
cannot be performed in the normal  course within 365 days after the Closing Date
or  canceled  within such period by Seller or its  assignees  without  breach or
penalty,  or (F)  contains  a  prohibition  on  the  assignment  thereof  or any
limitation on the ability of Seller to assign the same;

                  (vii) the names and current annual  compensation  rates of all
employees  of Seller  engaged in the  Business  earning in excess of $30,000 per
annum; and



                                       11


<PAGE>



                  (viii) all agreements with third party payors.

True and complete copies of all documents and complete  descriptions of all oral
understandings  (if any)  referred  to in  Schedule  3.01(j)  hereto  have  been
provided or made available to Buyer and its counsel. Except as disclosed in said
Schedule,  there is no claim that any contract  referred to in said  Schedule is
not valid and  enforceable  in accordance  with its terms for the periods stated
therein,  and there does not exist under any such contract any existing  default
or event of  default or event  which with  notice or lapse of time or both would
constitute such a default.

                  (k)  Litigation.  Except as  otherwise  set forth on  Schedule
3.01(k) hereto, there are no actions,  suits or proceedings  involving claims by
or against  Seller  pending  or, to the best  knowledge  of  Seller,  threatened
against Seller or relating to any of the  operations of the Business,  at law or
in equity, or before or by any Federal,  state,  municipal or other governmental
department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,  nor, to the
best of Seller's knowledge, is there any basis for any such claim. Except as set
forth in Schedule 3.01(k) hereto,  there are no orders,  judgments or decrees of
any court or governmental  agency with respect to which Seller has been named or
is a party.

                  (l) Collective  Bargaining  Agreements;  Labor  Controversies;
Etc. Seller is not a party to any labor or collective bargaining agreement,  and
there are no labor or  collective  bargaining  agreements  which  pertain to any
employees engaged in the operations of the Business.  No employees of Seller are
represented  by any  labor  organization.  No  labor  organization  or  group of
employees of Seller has made a pending demand for recognition,  and there are no
representation  proceedings  or petitions  seeking a  representation  proceeding
presently  pending or, to the  knowledge of Seller,  threatened to be brought or
filed with the National Labor Relations Board or other labor relations tribunal.
There is no organizing activity involving Seller pending or, to the knowledge of
Seller,  threatened by any labor  organization  or group of employees of Seller.
There are no (A) strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns, lockouts or arbitrations or
(B) material  grievances or other  material  labor  disputes  pending or, to the
knowledge of Seller, threatened against or involving Seller. There are no unfair
labor practice charges, grievances or complaints pending or, to the knowledge of
Seller,  threatened  against or  involving  Seller or any group of  employees of
Seller.  Hours worked by and payments  made to employees of Seller have not been
in violation of the federal  Fair Labor  Standards  Act or any other law dealing
with such matters.

                  (m) Employee Benefit Plans.


                                       12



<PAGE>



                  (i) Schedule  3.01(m) hereto lists each employee  benefit plan
within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security
Act of 1974,  as  amended  ("ERISA"),  maintained  by Seller or to which  Seller
contributes  or is required  to  contribute  or in which any  employee of Seller
participates (a "Plan"). No Plan is a defined benefit plan as defined in Section
3(35) of ERISA.  Seller has complied and currently is in compliance,  both as to
form and  operation,  with the  applicable  provisions of ERISA and the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"),  respectively,  with respect to
each Plan.

                  (ii) Each of the  Plans  that is  intended  to  qualify  under
         Section  401(a) of the Code does so qualify and is exempt from taxation
         pursuant  to  Section  501(a)  of the Code,  and  Seller  has  received
         favorable and unrevoked determination letters from the Internal Revenue
         Service to that effect.

                  (iii)  Seller  has  not  maintained,  contributed  to or  been
         required to contribute to, nor do any of its employees  participate in,
         a  "multiemployer  plan" (as  defined  in Section  3(37) of ERISA).  No
         amount is due or owing from Seller on account of a "multiemployer plan"
         (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) or on account of any  withdrawal
         therefrom.  In addition,  no withdrawal liability would result if there
         were a partial or complete withdrawal from any multiemployer plan as of
         the Closing Date.

                  (iv)  Notwithstanding  anything else set forth herein,  Seller
         has not  incurred  any  liability  with respect to any Plan under ERISA
         (including, without limitation, Title I or Title IV of ERISA), the Code
         or other  applicable  law, which has not been satisfied in full, and no
         event  has   occurred,   and  there  exists  no  condition  or  set  of
         circumstances  which could result in the  imposition  of any  liability
         under  ERISA  (including,  without  limitation,  Title I or Title IV of
         ERISA),  the Code or other  applicable  law with  respect to any of the
         Plans.

                  (v) No Plan,  other than a Plan which is an  employee  pension
         benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(2)(A) of ERISA), provides
         benefits,   including  without  limitation  death,  health  or  medical
         benefits  (whether or not  insured),  with respect to current or former
         employees of Seller  beyond their  retirement or other  termination  of
         service  with Seller  (other than (A) coverage  mandated by  applicable
         law, (B) deferred  compensation  benefits accrued as liabilities on the
         books of Seller, or (C) benefits the full cost of which is borne by the
         current or former employee (or his beneficiary)).


                                       13



<PAGE>



                  (vi) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement  will not (A)  entitle  any  current  or former  employee  or
         officer of Seller to severance pay,  unemployment  compensation  or any
         other payment,  or (B)  accelerate  the time of payment or vesting,  or
         increase the amount of compensation due any such employee or officer.

                  (vii) Seller has provided to Buyer true and complete copies of
         the following:  (A) each of the Plans; (B) summary plan descriptions of
         each of the Plans; (C) each trust agreement,  insurance policy or other
         instrument  relating to the  funding of each of the Plans;  (D) the two
         most  recent  Annual  Reports  (Form  5500  series)  and   accompanying
         schedules  filed with the  Internal  Revenue  Service or United  States
         Department  of Labor with  respect  to each of the Plans;  (E) the most
         recent audited financial  statement for each of the Plans; (F) the most
         recent  actuarial  report  of each of the  Plans;  (G) each  policy  of
         fiduciary   liability   insurance  (and  agreements   related  thereto)
         maintained  in  connection  with the  Plans,  and (H) the  most  recent
         determination  letter  issued  by the  Internal  Revenue  Service  with
         respect to each of the Plans that is intended to qualify  under Section
         401(a) of the Code.

                  (n) Intellectual  Property Rights. The  Intellectual  Property
Rights listed in clause (iv) of Schedule  3.01(j)  hereto,  constitute  all such
proprietary  rights that are  necessary to the conduct of the Business as of the
date  hereof.  Seller  owns or has  valid  rights  to use all such  Intellectual
Property Rights without conflict with the rights of others.  Except as set forth
on Schedule  3.01(n)  hereto,  no person has made or, to the best  knowledge  of
Seller,  threatened to make,  any claims that the operations of the Business are
in violation of or infringe upon any  intellectual  property rights or any other
proprietary  or trade  rights of any third  party,  nor, to the best of Seller's
knowledge,  is there  any  basis for any such  claim.  None of the  Intellectual
Property  Rights  is the  subject  of any  outstanding  order,  ruling,  decree,
judgment or stipulation.  Seller has taken and is taking reasonable  precautions
to  protect  any  material  trade  secrets  and other  confidential  information
included in the Intellectual Property Rights.

                  (o) Software.

                  (i) The operating and applications  computer software programs
         and databases used by Seller in the conduct of the Business (other than
         "off-the-shelf"  programs and databases that are generally commercially
         available  at a per unit cost of less  than  $500)  (collectively,  the
         "Software") are listed on Schedule 3.01(o) hereto.  Except as set forth
         on Schedule  3.01(o),  Seller owns outright or holds valid  licenses to
         all


                                       14


<PAGE>



         copies of the Software used by it in the Business. None of the Software
         used by Seller,  and no use  thereof,  infringes  upon or violates  any
         patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right of any other
         person and, to the best  knowledge of Seller,  no claim with respect to
         any such  infringement or violation is threatened,  nor does any person
         have any basis for such a claim.  Seller has taken all steps  necessary
         to protect its right,  title and interest in and to the Software  owned
         by Seller.

                  (ii) Seller  possesses  or has access to the  original and all
         copies of all Software (including, without limitation, all source code)
         and all  documentation  relating thereto owned or used by Seller.  Upon
         consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,  Buyer
         will (A) own all the Software owned by Seller  immediately prior to the
         Closing, free and clear of all claims, liens, encumbrances, obligations
         and  liabilities  and,  (B) with  respect to all  Software  licensed or
         leased  to  Seller,   have  valid  rights  to  use  such   Software  on
         substantially the same terms as presently apply to Seller.

                  (iii)  Any  programs,  modifications,  enhancements  or  other
         inventions,  improvements,  discoveries, methods or works of authorship
         included in the Software  that were created by employees of Seller were
         made in the regular course of such  employees'  employment  with Seller
         using Seller's facilities and resources,  and as such constitute "works
         made for hire".

                  (p) Use of Real  Property.  The owned and leased real property
listed on Schedule  3.01(h) hereto are used and operated in material  compliance
and conformity with all applicable  leases,  contracts,  commitments,  licenses,
zoning ordinances, codes and Permits.

                  (q) Condition of Assets.  As of the Closing Date, all tangible
personal property,  fixtures, machinery and equipment comprising the Assets will
(i) be in a good state of repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and operating
condition  and will be suitable  for the  purposes for which they are being used
and (ii)  substantially  conform with all  ordinances,  codes,  regulations  and
requirements applicable to them.

                  (r) Compliance With Law. The conduct of the Business by Seller
does not (x) violate in any material  respect any federal,  state or local laws,
statutes, ordinances,  regulations or other similar rules relating to either the
federal Medicare program or any federal and/or state Medicaid  programs,  or (y)
to the best  knowledge of Seller and the  Stockholders,  violate in any material
respect any other federal,  state, local or foreign laws, statutes,  ordinances,
regulations, decrees, orders, Permits or


                                       15


<PAGE>



other similar rules presently in force.  Seller is not liable for any arrears of
wages or any taxes or penalties for failure to comply with any of the foregoing.

                  (s) Third-Party Payor and Customer  Contracts.  Since December
31, 1996,  Seller has not lost or been notified that (whether as a result of the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise) it
will  lose or  suffer  diminution  in its  relationships  with  any  third-party
payor(s) or other  customer(s),  other than normal  attrition  (at  historically
consistent levels) associated with independent pharmacy customers.

                  (t) Taxes.

                  (i) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.01(t) hereto, Seller has
         duly and timely filed all returns,  declarations,  reports,  estimates,
         information returns and statements  ("Returns") required to be filed by
         it in  respect  of any  Taxes (as  hereinafter  defined).  All  Returns
         (including  all  informational  Returns)  were  correct  as  filed  and
         correctly  reflect the facts  regarding the income,  business,  assets,
         operations,  activities  and  status  of  Seller  as well as any  Taxes
         required to be paid or collected  by Seller.  Seller has timely paid or
         withheld all Taxes that are due and payable with respect to the Returns
         referred  to  above.  Seller  has  established,  consistent  with  past
         practice,  an adequate  reserve on the December 31, 1996 Balance  Sheet
         for the payment of all Taxes with respect to Seller not yet due for any
         taxable  period or portion  thereof  ending on or prior to the  Closing
         Date  (or  otherwise   relating  or  attributable  to  the  results  of
         operations  of  Seller on or prior to the  Closing  Date).  Seller  has
         complied with all applicable  laws,  rules and regulations  relating to
         the payment and  withholding  of Taxes,  and has timely  withheld  from
         employee  wages and paid over to the  proper  governmental  authorities
         when  due  all  amounts  required  to  be so  withheld  and  paid  over
         (including, but not limited to, federal income taxes, Federal Insurance
         Contribution Act taxes, state and local income and wage taxes,  payroll
         taxes, workers' compensation and unemployment compensation taxes).

                  (ii)  Except  as set forth in  Schedule  3.01(t)  hereto,  (A)
         Seller  is not  delinquent  in the  payment  of any  Taxes  and has not
         requested  any  extension  of time  within  which  to file or send  any
         Return,  which Return has not since been filed or sent; (B) there is no
         deficiency, claim, audit, action, suit, proceeding or investigation now
         pending or  threatened  against or with respect to Seller in respect of
         any Taxes; and (C) there are no requests for rulings or  determinations
         in  respect  of  any  Taxes  pending  between  Seller  and  any


                                       16


<PAGE>



         taxing  authority,  and no such  rulings  or  determinations  have been
         received by Seller.

                  (iii) Seller has not  executed or entered into (and,  prior to
         the  Closing,  Seller will not execute or enter into) with the Internal
         Revenue  Service or any other  taxing  authority  (A) any  agreement or
         other  document  extending or having the effect of extending the period
         for  assessments  or  collection of any Taxes for which Seller would be
         liable or (B) a closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code,
         or any  predecessor  provision  thereof  or any  similar  provision  of
         foreign,  state  or  local  Tax  law  that  relates  to the  assets  or
         operations of Seller.

                  (iv) Except as set forth on Schedule  3.01(t)  hereto,  Seller
         has never  (A) been a member of a  consolidated,  combined  or  unitary
         group for federal, state, local or foreign Tax law purposes, (B) been a
         party to any  Tax-sharing  or  allocation  agreement  or (C)  filed any
         election or caused any deemed election under Section 338 of the Code.

                  (v)  Seller  is not a  party  to any  agreement,  contract  or
         arrangement that would result,  by reason of the consummation of any of
         the transactions  contemplated herein,  separately or in the aggregate,
         in the payment of any "excess parachute  payment" within the meaning of
         Section 280G of the Code.

                  (vi) No agreement or consent pursuant to Section 341(f) of the
         Code has ever  been  made  with  respect  to  Seller  or any  assets or
         properties  of  Seller  (or any  predecessor  corporation  of  Seller).
         Further,  Seller shall not make any  agreement  or consent  pursuant to
         said Section 341(f) in respect of the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement.

                  (vii)  Seller has been,  for all Tax periods  beginning  on or
         after  October 10,  1982,  and ending on or before the Closing  Date, a
         validly electing subchapter S corporation within the meaning of Section
         1361 of the Code and the corresponding provisions (if any) of state and
         local income tax laws in all  jurisdictions  in which it is required to
         report its business  operations.  Schedule 3.01(t) hereto lists all the
         states and  localities  with respect to which Seller is or was required
         to file any Returns and sets forth whether  Seller is or was treated as
         the  equivalent  of an S  corporation  by or with  respect to each such
         state and/or locality.

                  (viii)  Except as set forth in Schedule  3.01(t),  each of the
         Stockholders (x) has paid all Taxes relating to the ownership  interest
         of such  Stockholder  in Seller and re-


                                       17


<PAGE>



         quired  to be  paid  on   or  prior  to  December  31,  1996,  by  such
         Stockholder.

                  (ix)  For  purposes  of  this   Agreement,   "Tax"  (and  with
         correlative  meaning,  "Taxes") means (A) any net income, gross income,
         gross receipts,  franchise,  profits,  license, sales, use, ad valorem,
         value  added,  property,  payroll,   withholding,   excise,  severance,
         transfer, employment, alternative or add-on minimum, stamp, occupation,
         premium,  environmental  or windfall  profits taxes,  customs duties or
         other taxes,  governmental fees or other like assessments or charges of
         any  kind  whatsoever,  together  with  any  interest  or any  penalty,
         addition  to tax  or  additional  amount  imposed  by any  governmental
         authority responsible for the imposition of any such Taxes (domestic or
         foreign); (B) any liability of Seller for the payment of any amounts of
         the  type  described  in  (A) as a  result  of  being  a  member  of an
         affiliated,  consolidated,  combined or unitary group, or being a party
         to any  agreement  or  arrangement  whereby  liability  of  Seller  for
         payments of such  amounts was  determined  or taken into  account  with
         reference to the  liability of any other person for any period prior to
         the Closing  Date;  and (C) any liability of Seller with respect to the
         payment of any amounts  described  in (A) as a result of any express or
         implied obligation to indemnify any other person.

                  (u) Environmental Matters.

                  (i) Neither the business or  operations  of Seller nor, to the
         knowledge of Seller and the  Stockholders,  the real  property  used by
         Seller in the Business (the "Real  Property")  violates any  applicable
         Environmental Law (as defined below) in any material respect.

                  (ii)  Seller  has  not  disposed   of,   stored  or  used  any
         pollutants,  contaminants  or hazardous or toxic wastes,  substances or
         materials  in  violation  of any  Environmental  Law on or at the  Real
         Property.

                  (iii) Seller is not the subject of any  government  or private
         litigation  or  proceedings  involving  a demand  for  damages or other
         potential  liability  pursuant to any Environmental  Laws or Common Law
         Environmental Principles (as defined below).

                  (ii) For the purposes of this  Agreement,  the following terms
         have the meanings set forth below:

                  "Common Law Environmental  Principles" means any principles of
         common law under  which a person or entity  may be held  liable for the
         release or discharge of any  pollutants,


                                       18


<PAGE>



         contaminants  or hazardous or toxic  wastes,  substances  or  materials
         into the environment.

                  "Environmental  Law" shall mean any law, statute,  regulation,
         rule,  order,  consent  decree,  settlement  agreement or  governmental
         requirement of any governmental  authority, as in effect on the date of
         this  Agreement,  which  relates to or otherwise  imposes  liability or
         standards  of  conduct   concerning   discharges  or  releases  of  any
         pollutants,  contaminants  or hazardous or toxic wastes,  substances or
         materials into ambient air, water or land, or otherwise relating to the
         manufacture,  processing,  generation,  distribution,  use,  treatment,
         storage,  disposal,  cleanup,  transport  or  handling  of  pollutants,
         contaminants or hazardous or toxic wastes, substances or materials.

                  (v)  Transactions  with  Affiliates.  Except  as set  forth on
Schedule 3.01(v) hereto, no partner,  director, officer or Stockholder of Seller
or  any  member  of  such  individual's  immediate  family,  owns,  directly  or
indirectly,  or has an ownership  interest in (i) any  business,  (corporate  or
otherwise)  which is a party to, or in any  property  which is the  subject  of,
business  arrangements  or  relationships  of any kind with Seller,  or (ii) any
business  (corporate or other) which conducts the same  business,  or a business
similar to, that which is conducted by Seller.

                  (w) Governmental Authorizations and Regulations.

                  (i) Seller has all governmental licenses, franchises, permits,
         consents,  certificates,  approvals and all  registrations  and filings
         with  any  governmental   body  with  respect  thereto   (collectively,
         "Permits"),  required  under  applicable  law  for the  conduct  of the
         Business as currently  conducted,  other than any of the  foregoing the
         failure of which to have would not have, in the  aggregate,  a Material
         Adverse Effect. Seller has made all required  registrations and filings
         with all  governmental  bodies  that are  required  to be  obtained  in
         connection  with the  operations of the Business.  All such Permits are
         listed on Schedule  3.01(w)  hereto.  Such  Permits  have been  validly
         issued by the appropriate governmental bodies and are in full force and
         effect. No material default or violation,  or event that with the lapse
         of time or the giving of notice or both would become a material default
         or violation, has occurred in the due observance of such Permit.

                  (ii) The Business is being  conducted  in material  compliance
         with all  applicable  laws,  ordinances,  rules and  regulations of all
         governmental  authorities  relating to Seller's Assets or applicable to
         the Business, including


                                       19
<PAGE>

         without  limitation  the terms of all Permits.  Seller has not received
         any notice of any alleged violation of any of the foregoing.

                  (iii) Neither Seller nor any of its properties,  operations or
         businesses is subject to any court or administrative  order,  judgment,
         injunction or decree.  To the best  knowledge of Seller,  no action has
         been taken or recommended by any  governmental or regulatory  official,
         body or authority, either to revoke, withdraw or suspend any Permit.

                  (x)  Insurance.  All  policies  of fire,  liability,  workers'
compensation,  and other forms of insurance  providing  insurance coverage to or
for Seller are listed in Schedule  3.01(x)  hereto.  All  premiums  with respect
thereto  covering  all  periods  up to and  including  the date as of which this
representation  is being made have been paid, and no notice of  cancellation  or
termination has been received with respect to any such policy. All such policies
are in full force and effect and provide insurance, including without limitation
liability insurance,  in such amounts and against such risks as is customary for
companies engaged in similar businesses to Seller.

                  (y) Broker's or Finders'  Fees. All  negotiations  relative to
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried out by
Seller directly with Buyer, without the intervention of any persons on behalf of
Seller in such a manner to give rise to any claim by any  person  against  Buyer
for a finder's fee, brokerage commission or similar payment.

                  (z) Termination of Certain Business Arrangements.

                  (i) As of the Closing Date, all  relationships  and agreements
         between Seller and the so-called  "MHC"  business  entity ("MHC") shall
         have been terminated, and neither Buyer nor MedE (either directly or as
         a successor to Seller) shall have any further  obligations with respect
         thereto.

                  (ii)  Certain  of  the  written  contracts   relating  to  the
         provision of Medicaid  eligibility data to health care providers in the
         State of Minnesota  list "MA DATA,  Inc." as the party  providing  such
         data.  Notwithstanding such statement in each such contract, the actual
         party providing such data is Seller, and each such agreement represents
         a valid and binding  agreement  between the health care provider  named
         therein and Seller.

                  (iii) As of the Closing Date,  neither  Seller,  nor Buyer nor
         MedE shall have any obligations of any sort to Andrew Johnson.


                                       20


<PAGE>



                  SECTION  3.002.  Representations  and  Warranties of Buyer and
MedE.  Buyer and MedE jointly and  severally  represent and warrant to Seller as
follows:

                  (a) Organization, Corporate Power, Etc. Each of Buyer and MedE
is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the State of Ohio and the State of Delaware, respectively. Each of Buyer
and MedE has all requisite corporate power and authority to acquire,  own, lease
and operate its  properties  and to execute and deliver this  Agreement  and the
Ancillary  Agreements  applicable to such party,  and to perform its obligations
hereunder and thereunder.

                  (b) Authorization of Agreements;  Validity.  The execution and
delivery by Buyer and MedE of this Agreement and the Ancillary  Agreements,  and
the consummation by Buyer and MedE of the transactions  contemplated  hereby and
thereby,  have been duly  authorized by all  requisite  corporate  action.  This
Agreement has been duly and validly  executed by Buyer and MedE and  constitutes
the  legal,  valid and  binding  obligation  of Buyer and MedE,  enforceable  in
accordance  with its terms.  Each  Ancillary  Agreement,  when duly executed and
delivered by Buyer and MedE (if a party  thereto),  will  constitute  the legal,
valid and binding  obligation of Buyer and MedE,  enforceable in accordance with
its terms.

                  (c) Effect of Agreements.  The execution and delivery by Buyer
and MedE of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which each is a party
and the performance by Buyer and MedE of their respective  obligations hereunder
and thereunder will not (x) violate any provision of law, any order of any court
or other agency of  government,  the charter or By-laws of Buyer or MedE, or any
judgment,  award, decree,  indenture,  agreement,  Permit or other instrument to
which  Buyer or MedE is a party,  or by which Buyer or MedE is bound or affected
or (y) conflict  with,  result in a breach of or constitute  (with due notice or
lapse of time or both) a default under, any such indenture, agreement, Permit or
other instrument.

                  (d) Actions Pending.  There is no action, suit,  investigation
or  proceeding  pending or, to the  knowledge of Buyer and MedE, as the case may
be,  threatened  against or affecting  Buyer or MedE or any of their  respective
properties or rights before any court or by or before any  governmental  body or
arbitration board or tribunal, the outcome of which, if adversely decided, would
prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  (e)  Governmental  Approvals.   No  approval,   authorization,
consent or order or action of or filing with any court, administrative agency or
other governmental authority is required


                                       21


<PAGE>




for the  execution  and  delivery  by  Buyer or MedE of this  Agreement  and the
Ancillary  Agreements to which each is a party or the  consummation  by Buyer or
MedE of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

                  (f) Broker's or Finders'  Fees. All  negotiations  relative to
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried out by
Buyer and MedE directly with Seller without the  intervention  of any persons on
behalf of Buyer or MedE in such a manner to give rise to any claim by any person
against Seller for a finder's fee, brokerage commission or similar payment.

                                  IV. COVENANTS

                  SECTION 4.001. Covenants of Seller and the Stockholders.

                  (a) Seller and the  Stockholders  jointly and severally  agree
that, at all times  between the date hereof and the Closing  Date,  unless Buyer
and Seller shall otherwise agree in writing,  Seller shall (and the Stockholders
shall cause Seller to):

                  (i)  operate  the  Business  only in the  usual,  regular  and
         ordinary manner and, to the extent consistent with such operations, use
         its best efforts to preserve the current  business  organization of the
         Business  intact,  keep  available  the services of those  officers and
         employees  currently  engaged in the  operations  of the  Business  and
         preserve its present  relationships  with  customers  of, and all other
         persons having business dealings with, the Business;

                  (ii)  maintain  all its  Assets  in  good  repair,  order  and
         condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted;

                  (iii)  maintain its books of account and records in the usual,
         regular and ordinary manner,  on a basis consistent with past practice,
         and use its best efforts to comply with all laws  applicable  to it and
         to the conduct of the Business and perform all its material obligations
         without default;

                  (iv) not change the  character of the Business in any material
         manner;

                  (v) not,  with  respect  to the  Business  take any  action or
         undertake  any  commitment  or  obligation  of the types  described  in
         clauses (i) through (xi) and (xiv) of Section 3.01(h) hereof; and


                                       22


<PAGE>



                  (vi) not,  except in the ordinary  course and consistent  with
         past  practice,  amend or modify in any way adverse to the interests of
         Seller any contract listed on Schedule 3.01(k) hereto.

                  (b) Between the date of this  Agreement  and the Closing Date,
Seller will afford the  representatives of Buyer reasonable access during normal
business hours to the offices,  facilities,  books and records of Seller and the
opportunity  to discuss the affairs of Seller with  officers  and  employees  of
Seller familiar therewith.

                  (c) Between the date of this  Agreement  and the Closing Date,
Seller shall not, except as required by GAAP, (i) utilize accounting  principles
different from those used in the preparation of the Financial  Statements,  (ii)
change in any manner its method of maintaining  its books of account and records
from such methods as in effect on December 31, 1996, or (iii) accelerate booking
of revenues or the deferral of expenses,  other than as shall be consistent with
past practice and in the ordinary course of business.

                  (d)  Between  the date  hereof and the  Closing  Date,  Seller
shall,  with Buyer's  assistance and  cooperation  but at the expense of Seller,
promptly  apply  for or  otherwise  seek  and use its  best  efforts  (it  being
understood,  for purposes of paragraphs (d) and (e) hereof,  that "best efforts"
shall not include  either (i) incurring any material cash  expenditures  or (ii)
payment of any material sums) to obtain all  authorizations,  consents,  waivers
and  approvals  as may be  required in  connection  with the  assignment  of the
contracts, agreements, licenses, leases, sales orders, purchase orders and other
commitments and all Permits of which Seller is the beneficiary to be assigned to
Buyer pursuant to Section 1.01(a) hereto  (including  without  limitation  those
contracts listed pursuant to Section 3.01(j)(vi)(F) hereto).

                  (e)  Between  the date  hereof and the  Closing  Date,  Seller
shall, with Buyer's assistance and cooperation but at the expense of Seller, use
its best efforts (i) to enter into written service agreements with its customers
listed on Part I of Schedule 4.01(e) hereto,  and (ii) to enter into supplements
to its  written  service  agreements  with its  customers  listed  on Part II of
Schedule  4.01(e)  hereto.  The terms of such  written  service  agreements  and
supplements shall be reasonably acceptable to Buyer.

                  (f) Between the date of this  Agreement  and the Closing Date,
Seller will not enter into any  transaction or make any agreement or commitment,
or permit any event to occur, which would result in any of the  representations,
warranties or covenants of Seller contained in this Agreement not being true and



                                       23



<PAGE>



correct  at and  as of  the  time  immediately  after  the  occurrence  of  such
transaction or event.

                  SECTION 4.002. Confidentiality. The contents of this Agreement
shall be kept confidential among the parties,  except that each party may reveal
and discuss the contents with its respective  professional  advisors,  including
attorneys and  accountants.  The parties may mutually agree in writing as to the
revealing of the subject  transaction to current employees and to the public. In
so doing,  the  parties  shall agree to the timing and content of the release of
such information.

                  SECTION  4.003.  Allocation  of  Purchase  Price.  Each of the
parties  hereto  agrees to  allocate  the  Purchase  Price (and any  liabilities
assumed  by Buyer from  Seller)  among the  Assets in the  manner  specified  in
Schedule 4.03 hereto.  Each of the parties hereto shall respect such  allocation
for all  financial  accounting  and Tax  purposes and shall file all Returns and
other  documents with all taxing  authorities on a basis  consistent  therewith.
Buyer and Seller  shall timely  complete and file a Form 8594 Asset  Acquisition
Statement of Allocation  consistent  with such  allocation,  and shall provide a
certified  copy of such form to Buyer or  Seller,  as the case may be,  and,  if
applicable, shall file a certified copy of such form with its federal income Tax
Return for the period that includes the Closing Date.

                  SECTION 4.004.  Preparation of Certain  Financial  Statements.
After the date hereof,  Seller and the Stockholders shall provide MedE and Buyer
and their  independent  auditors  with all  reasonable  assistance  required  to
prepare  audited  financial  statements  for the  Business for and as of (x) the
period from  January 1, 1997 through the Closing Date and (y) each of the twelve
month periods ended December 31, 1996, December 31, 1995, and December 31, 1994.
Seller  and the  Stockholders  confirm  and  agree  that such  assistance  shall
include, without limitation, (i) providing MedE, Buyer and their representatives
with all necessary  financial  information and data relating to the Business for
such  periods,  (ii)  making  available  all  employees  of Seller or any of its
affiliates  deemed  necessary by MedE and Buyer to assist in the  preparation of
such financial statements, and (iii) delivering to MedE's independent auditors a
management   representation  letter  for  such  periods  in  a  form  reasonably
acceptable to such auditors.

                  Section 4.005.  Certain Tax Matters.  () All stamp,  transfer,
sales or use Taxes  imposed  upon or incurred  by any of the  parties  hereto in
connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be
borne by Buyer.  Seller and Buyer shall  jointly  prepare and file all necessary
Returns and other documents with respect to all such stamp,  transfer,  sales or
use taxes and each party shall bear its own expenses in


                                       25


<PAGE>



connection  therewith.  If required by  applicable  law,  any other party hereto
shall join in the execution and filing of any such Returns or other documents.

                  (b) For all  federal,  state,  local and  foreign  income  and
franchise  Tax  purposes,  each  of the  parties  hereto  agrees  to  treat  the
acquisition of the Assets by Buyer, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement,  as a fully  taxable  sale of the assets of Seller to Buyer solely in
exchange for cash (and the liabilities assumed by Buyer from Seller).

                  (c) Seller shall be responsible  for and shall pay (i) any and
all Taxes with respect to Seller, the Business or the Assets relating to any Tax
period or portion  thereof ending on or before the Closing Date and (ii) any and
all Taxes incurred by or imposed upon Seller (other than any Taxes  described in
paragraph (a) above) as a result of the  consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.  The  Stockholders  shall be responsible for and
shall pay all Taxes relating to the ownership  interest of such  Stockholders in
Seller and attributable to any period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to
the Closing Date.

                  SECTION 4.006.  Insurance.  Between the date of this Agreement
and the  Closing  Date,  Seller  shall  maintain  in full  force and  effect all
insurance policies listed on Schedule 3.01(x) hereto.

                  SECTION 4.007.  Collection of Accounts  Receivable.  (a) For a
period of six months from the Closing Date, Buyer will use reasonable efforts to
collect  for the  benefit  of  Seller,  and  with  the  risk  of  non-collection
continuing to be the risk of Seller, the accounts receivable of Seller as of the
Closing Date (such receivables being hereinafter  referred to as the "Collection
Receivables").  Buyer shall  deposit in Seller's  account,  when and as received
(together with appropriate statements of collection), all monies, drafts, checks
and other  instruments  of payment  received by it as payments on the Collection
Receivables,  provided that payments applying to both Collection Receivables and
receivables  of Buyer  shall be  deposited  in Buyer's  account and funds in the
amount attributable to the Collection  Receivables shall be promptly remitted to
Seller.  Buyer shall apply all collections from account debtors owing Collection
Receivables  to the  payment  in  full  of  undisputed  and  matured  Collection
Receivables  in priority to any accounts  receivable  from such account  debtors
with  respect  to  services  rendered,  goods  sold or work done on or after the
Closing Date; provided,  however,  that in the event that any such collection is
received from such an account debtor as to whom transaction  processing services
are  discontinued,  such collection shall be allocated  between Seller and Buyer
pro rata on the basis of the ratio of (A) Collection Receivables


                                       25


<PAGE>

payable by such account debtor to (B) receivables payable by such account debtor
that accrue after the Closing Date.

                  SECTION  4.008.  Retention of  Employees.  Effective as of the
Closing Date,  except for the employees of the Business  listed in Schedule 4.08
hereto,  Buyer will offer to continue the  employment of all employees of Seller
at salaries  equal to those now paid by Seller,  and on such other terms as MedE
and Buyer make  available to their  employees  generally.  It is understood  and
agreed that nothing in this  Agreement  shall be deemed to create any employment
status  other than  employment  at will or  require  Buyer to  continue  for the
benefit  of any  employee  any Plan or other  benefits  program  or  arrangement
maintained by Seller prior to the Closing Date.

                  SECTION  4.009.  Payment of  Liabilities.  Seller shall,  on a
timely basis and in a manner consistent with past practice,  pay all liabilities
of Seller not assumed by Buyer.

                  SECTION 4.10. Name Change. Within 30 days of the Closing Date,
Seller shall  change its name to a name that does not include the words  "time,"
"share," "computer," "systems" or any variations thereon.

                             V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                  SECTION  5.001.  Conditions  Precedent to Obligations of Buyer
and MedE. The obligations of Buyer and MedE under this Agreement are subject, at
the option of Buyer and MedE,  to the  satisfaction  at or prior to the  Closing
Date of each of the following conditions:

                  (a)   Accuracy  of   Representations   and   Warranties.   The
representations and warranties of Seller and the Stockholders  contained in this
Agreement or in any  certificate or document  delivered to Buyer pursuant hereto
shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date
as though  made at and as of that date,  and Seller and the  Stockholders  shall
have delivered to Buyer a certificate to that effect.

                  (b) Compliance  with  Covenants.  Seller and the Stock holders
shall have  performed  and  complied in all  material  respects  with all terms,
agreements,  covenants  and  conditions  of this  Agreement  to be  performed or
complied  with  by it at or  prior  to the  Closing  Date,  and  Seller  and the
Stockholders shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate to that effect.

                  (c) Opinion of Counsel to Seller.  Buyer  shall have  received
the  favorable  opinion of Hanson &  Associates,  counsel


                                       26


<PAGE>



for Seller,  dated the Closing Date,  substantially in such form attached hereto
as Exhibit D.

                  (d)  Legal  Actions  or   Proceedings.   No  legal  action  or
proceeding  shall  have been  instituted  or  threatened  seeking  to  restrain,
prohibit,  invalidate or otherwise  affect the  consummation of the transactions
contemplated  hereby or which  would,  if  adversely  decided,  have a  Material
Adverse Effect.

                  (e)  Consents;  Assignment  of  Contracts.  Seller  shall have
obtained all the  authorizations,  consents,  waivers and approvals  required in
connection  with  the  transfer  or  assignment  of  those  Permits,  contracts,
agreements,   licenses,   leases,  sales  orders,   purchase  orders  and  other
commitments listed on Schedule 3.01(j)(vi)(F) hereto.

                  (f)  Written  Service   Agreements;   Supplements  to  Service
Agreements.  Seller shall have entered into written service  agreements with its
customers  listed on Part I of Schedule  4.01(e) hereto,  and shall have entered
into supplements to its written service  agreements with its customers listed on
Part II of Schedule 4.01(e) hereto. The terms of such agreements and supplements
shall be reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and its counsel.

                  (g) Ancillary Agreements.  The Ancillary Agreements shall have
been executed and delivered by each party thereto,  and said Agreements shall be
in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

                  (h) Supporting  Documents.  Buyer and MedE shall have received
copies of the following supporting documents:

                  (i) a  certificate  of the  Secretary of State of the State of
         Minnesota,  dated as of a recent date, as to the due  incorporation and
         good  standing of Seller and listing  all  documents  of Seller on file
         with said Secretary; and

             (ii) a certificate  of the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of
         Seller dated the Closing Date and certifying: (1) that attached thereto
         is a true and  complete  copy of  resolutions  adopted  by the Board of
         Directors of Seller authorizing the execution, delivery and performance
         of this  Agreement  and the  Ancillary  Agreements  and  that  all such
         resolutions  are  still  in  full  force  and  effect  and  are all the
         resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by
         this  Agreement  and  the  Ancillary  Agreements;  and  (2)  as to  the
         incumbency and specimen  signature of each officer of Seller furnishing
         any certificate or instrument  pursuant hereto,  and a certification by
         another  officer of




                                       27


<PAGE>

         Seller as to the  incumbency  and signature of the officer  signing the
         certificate referred to herein.

                  (i) All  Proceedings  To Be  Satisfactory.  All  corporate and
other  proceedings  to be taken by Seller in  connection  with the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and all  documents  incident  thereto  shall be  reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to Buyer and its counsel,  and Buyer and said
counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other
copies of such documents as it or they may reasonably request.

                  (j) Allocation of Purchase Price.  Buyer and Seller shall have
agreed to an  allocation  of the Purchase  Price among the Assets in  accordance
with Section 4.03 hereof.

                  (k) MHC Acknowledgement. MHC shall have executed and delivered
to Buyer an acknowledgement that (i) no contract or understanding exists between
Buyer or MedE (either  directly or as a successor to Seller) and MHC and (ii) no
sums are payable by MedE or Buyer to MHC as of the Closing Date.  The content of
such acknowledgement shall be reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and its counsel.

                  SECTION 5.002.  Conditions  Precedent to Obligations of Seller
and the Stockholders.  The obligations of Seller and the Stockholders under this
Agreement  are  subject,  at the option of Seller and the  Stockholders,  to the
satisfaction  at or  prior  to  the  Closing  Date  of  each  of  the  following
conditions:

                  (a)   Accuracy  of   Representations   and   Warranties.   The
representations  and warranties of Buyer and MedE contained in this Agreement or
in any certificate or document delivered to Seller pursuant hereto shall be true
and correct in all  material  respects  on and as of the Closing  Date as though
made at and as of that date,  and Buyer and MedE shall have delivered to Buyer a
certificate to that effect.

                  (b)  Compliance  with  Covenants.  Buyer and MedE  shall  have
performed  and complied in all  material  respects  with all terms,  agreements,
covenants and  conditions of this  Agreement to be performed or complied with by
it at or prior to the Closing Date,  and Buyer and MedE shall have  delivered to
Seller a certificate to that effect.

                  (c)  Legal  Actions  or   Proceedings.   No  legal  action  or
proceeding  shall  have been  instituted  or  threatened  seeking  to  restrain,
prohibit,  invalidate or otherwise  affect the  consummation of the transactions
contemplated  hereby or which  would,  if  adversely  decided,  have a  Material
Adverse Effect.


                                       28


<PAGE>



                  (d) Ancillary Agreements.  The Ancillary Agreements shall have
been executed and delivered by each party thereto,  and said Agreements shall be
in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

                  (e)  Consulting  Agreement.   MedE  shall  have  executed  and
delivered to Jack Guggisberg a Consulting Agreement substantially in the form of
Exhibit E attached hereto.

                  (f) Supporting Documents. Seller shall have received copies of
the following supporting documents:

                  (i) a  certificate  of the  Secretary of State of the state of
         incorporation of each of Buyer and MedE dated as of a recent date as to
         the due incorporation and good standing of each of Buyer and MedE; and

             (ii) a certificate  of the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of
         Buyer and MedE dated the Closing Date and certifying: (1) that attached
         thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions adopted by the Board
         of Directors of Buyer and MedE authorizing the execution,  delivery and
         performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and that all
         such  resolutions  are still in full  force and  effect and are all the
         resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by
         this  Agreement  and  the  Ancillary  Agreements;  and  (2)  as to  the
         incumbency  and  specimen  signature  of each officer of Buyer and MedE
         furnishing  any  certificate  or  instrument  pursuant  hereto,  and  a
         certification  by  another  officer of each of Buyer and MedE as to the
         incumbency  and  signature  of  the  officer  signing  the  certificate
         referred to herein.

                  (g) All  Proceedings  To Be  Satisfactory.  All  corporate and
other  proceedings  to be  taken  by  Buyer  and  MedE in  connection  with  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and all documents  incident  thereto shall be
reasonably  satisfactory  in form and  substance to Seller and its counsel,  and
Seller and said counsel  shall have received all such  counterpart  originals or
certified  or  other  copies  of such  documents  as it or they  may  reasonably
request.

                  (h) Allocation of Purchase Price.  Buyer and Seller shall have
agreed to an  allocation  of the Purchase  Price among the Assets in  accordance
with Section 4.03 hereof.

                  (i) Opinion of Buyer's Counsel. Seller shall have received the
favorable opinion of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol, counsel for
Buyer and MedE,  dated the Closing  Date,  substantially  in such form  attached
hereto as Exhibit F.


                                       29


<PAGE>



                  5.003.  Deemed  Satisfaction  of  Certain  Conditions.  It  is
understood  that  if (i)  Seller,  acting  diligently  and in  good  faith,  has
substantially  but not fully  met any of the  conditions  set forth in  Sections
5.01(e) and  5.01(f)  hereof,  and (ii) Buyer  reasonably  determines  that such
condition(s)  will  eventually  be met  in  all  material  respects,  then  such
condition(s) shall be deemed to have been satisfied  (subject,  however,  to the
continuing  obligation  of  Seller  to  use  its  best  efforts  to  effect  the
satisfaction  of  such  condition(s)  without  resort  to  this  Section  5.03).
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  it shall in any event be a condition to closing,
at Buyer's option, that the conditions set forth in Sections 5.01(e) and 5.01(f)
hereof shall have been fully  satisfied  with  respect to each of the  customers
and/or contracts listed on Schedule 5.03 hereto.

                VI . SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS; INDEMNIFICATION

                  SECTION  6.001.   Survival  of   Representations.   Except  as
otherwise set forth below, all  representations and warranties made by any party
hereto in this  Agreement or pursuant  hereto  shall  survive for a period of 18
months following the Closing Date, except for the representations and warranties
as to Tax and  environmental  matters made by any party hereto in this Agreement
or pursuant hereto (which  representations  and warranties shall survive for the
applicable statute of limitation period, including any extensions thereof).

                  SECTION 6.002.  Tax Indemnity.  () Seller and the Stockholders
hereby jointly and severally agree to indemnify,  defend and hold Buyer and MedE
harmless  from and  against  any and all  Taxes  incurred  by,  imposed  upon or
attributable to Seller or any predecessor company thereof,  including reasonable
legal fees and expenses incurred by any party hereto and relating  thereto,  for
any Tax period or portion thereof ending on or before the Closing Date.

                  (b) Buyer  and MedE  hereby  jointly  and  severally  agree to
indemnify, defend and hold Seller and the Stockholders harmless from and against
any and all Taxes incurred by, imposed upon or  attributable  to Buyer,  MedE or
any predecessor  company thereof,  including  reasonable legal fees and expenses
incurred by any party hereto and relating thereto, for any Tax period or portion
thereof ending after the Closing Date.

                  (c) For purposes of this Section 6.02,  any interest,  penalty
or  additional  charge  included  in Taxes  shall be  deemed to be a Tax for the
period to which  the item or event  giving  rise to such  interest,  penalty  or
additional  charge is  attributable,  and not a Tax for the period  during which
such interest, penalty or additional charge accrues.


                                       30


<PAGE>



                  (d) The  indemnity  provided for in this Section 6.02 shall be
independent  of any other  indemnity  provision  hereof  and,  anything  in this
Agreement to the contrary  notwithstanding shall survive until the expiration of
the applicable statutes of limitation, including any extensions thereof, for the
Taxes  referred  to  herein.  Any  Taxes,  legal  fees and  expenses  subject to
indemnification  under this Section 6.02 shall not be subject to indemnification
under Section 6.03.

                  SECTION 6.003. General Indemnity.  () Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Article VI, Seller and the  Stockholders  hereby  jointly and
severally  agree to indemnify,  defend and hold Buyer and MedE harmless from and
against all demands, claims, actions or causes of action,  assessments,  losses,
damages,  liabilities,   costs  and  expenses,  including,  without  limitation,
interest,  penalties and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses  (collectively,
"Damages"), asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred by Buyer or
MedE by reason of or resulting from:

                  (i) a breach of any  representation,  warranty  or covenant of
         Seller  or any  Stockholder  contained  in or  made  pursuant  to  this
         Agreement;

                  (ii) any  liabilities or obligations  of, or claims against or
         imposed on Seller (whether absolute,  accrued,  contingent or otherwise
         and whether a contractual,  or any other type of liability,  obligation
         or claim) not assumed by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement;

                  (iii)  any  liabilities  or  obligations   (whether  absolute,
         accrued,  contingent or  otherwise)  in respect of any action,  suit or
         proceeding  relating to the conduct of the Business by Seller and based
         upon an event  occurring or a claim  arising on or prior to the Closing
         Date  (including  without  limitation  those actions listed on Schedule
         3.01(k) hereto); and

                  (iv) any  liability  in  respect  of any  failure by Seller to
         conduct the Business in compliance with any Permit,  law, regulation or
         order prior to the Closing Date.

                  (b) Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this  Article VI,
Buyer and MedE hereby jointly and severally agree to indemnify,  defend and hold
Seller and the  Stockholders  harmless  from and against  all  Damages  asserted
against,  result  imposed upon or incurred by Seller or any  Stockholder  to, by
reason of or resulting from:


                                       31


<PAGE>



                  (i) a breach of any  representation,  warranty  or covenant of
         Buyer or MedE contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement;

                  (ii) the failure of Buyer to pay,  perform and discharge  when
         due any Assumed Liabilities;

                  (iii)  any  liabilities  or  obligations   (whether  absolute,
         accrued,  contingent or  otherwise)  in respect of any action,  suit or
         proceeding  relating to the conduct of the  Business by Buyer and based
         upon an event occurring or a claim arising after the Closing Date; and

                  (iv) any  liability  in  respect  of any  failure  by Buyer to
         conduct the Business in compliance with any Permit,  law, regulation or
         order after the Closing Date.

                  SECTION 6.004.  Conditions of Indemnification.  The respective
obligations and liabilities of Seller,  on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other
hand (the  "indemnifying  party"),  to the other (the "party to be indemnified")
under  Sections 6.02 and 6.03 hereof with respect to claims  resulting  from the
assertion of liability by third parties shall be subject to the following  terms
and conditions:

                  (a) within 20 days after receipt of notice of  commencement of
any action or the assertion in writing of any claim by a third party,  the party
to be  indemnified  shall give the  indemnifying  party written  notice  thereof
together  with a copy of such claim,  process or other legal  pleading,  and the
indemnifying  party shall have the right to  undertake  the  defense  thereof by
representatives of its own choosing;

                  (b) in the event that the indemnifying  party, by the 30th day
after  receipt  of notice of any such claim (or,  if  earlier,  by the tenth day
preceding  the day on which an answer or other  pleading must be served in order
to prevent  judgment by default in favor of the person  asserting  such  claim),
does not elect to defend against such claim,  the party to be  indemnified  will
(upon further notice to the indemnifying  party) have the right to undertake the
defense, compromise or settlement of such claim on behalf of and for the account
and risk of the  indemnifying  party,  subject to the right of the  indemnifying
party to assume  the  defense  of such  claim at any time  prior to  settlement,
compromise or final determination thereof,  provided that the indemnifying party
shall be given at least 15 days prior written notice to the effectiveness of any
such proposed settlement or compromise;

                  (c)   anything   in  this   Section   6.04  to  the   contrary
notwithstanding  (i) if  there  is a  reasonable  probability  that a


                                       32


<PAGE>



claim may materially and adversely affect the indemnifying party other than as a
result of money damages or other money payments,  the  indemnifying  party shall
have the right, at its own cost and expense, to compromise or settle such claim,
but (ii) the indemnifying  party shall not, without the prior written consent of
the party to be  indemnified,  settle or compromise  any claim or consent to the
entry of any judgment  which does not include as an  unconditional  term thereof
the giving by the  claimant or the  plaintiff to the party to be  indemnified  a
release from all liability in respect of such claim; and

                  (d)  in  connection   with  any  such   indemnification,   the
indemnified party will cooperate in all reasonable  requests of the indemnifying
party.

                  SECTION  6.005.  Basket.   Notwithstanding   anything  to  the
contrary  contained  herein  or in  the  Escrow  Agreement,  Seller  and/or  the
Stockholders  shall only be required to  indemnify  Buyer  and/or MedE for Taxes
and/or Damages  pursuant to this Article VI to the extent that such Taxes and/or
Damages exceed $100,000 in the aggregate.

                                VII. TERMINATION

                  SECTION 7.001.  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated
at any time prior to the Closing Date:

                  (a) by Buyer,  if the  conditions  set forth in  Section  5.01
         shall not have been complied with or performed in any material  respect
         and such  noncompliance or  nonperformance  shall not have been waived,
         cured or eliminated (or by its nature cannot be cured or eliminated) by
         Seller or the Stockholders on or before February 28, 1997;

                  (b) by Seller,  if the  conditions  set forth in Section  5.02
         shall not have been complied with or performed in any material  respect
         and such  noncompliance or  nonperformance  shall not have been waived,
         cured or eliminated (or by its nature cannot be cured or eliminated) by
         Buyer or MedE on or before February 28, 1997; or

                  (c) by Buyer or Seller,  in the event the Closing Date has not
         occurred on or prior to the close of  business on February  28, 1997 or
         such later date as the parties hereto may agree in writing (unless such
         event has been  caused by the  breach  of this  Agreement  by the party
         seeking such termination).  A failure to satisfy a condition  hereunder
         (including  without limitation a condition set forth in Section 5.01(e)
         or  5.01(f)  hereof)  shall not of itself  constitute  a breach of this
         Agreement.



                                       33


<PAGE>

   
                  SECTION  7.002.  Effect  of  Termination.  In the event of the
termination  of this Agreement  pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof,  this Agreement
shall thereafter become void and have no effect,  and no party hereto shall have
any  liability  to any other party  hereto or its  partners or  stockholders  or
directors  or officers in respect  thereof,  except that  nothing  herein  shall
relieve any party from liability for any willful breach hereof. The terms of the
Non-Disclosure  Agreement,  dated December 6, 1996 between MedE and Seller shall
survive any termination of this Agreement.  Without  limiting the effect of said
Non-Disclosure  Agreement, upon any termination of this Agreement, each of Buyer
and MedE, on the one hand, and Seller and the  Stockholders,  on the other hand,
(i) shall not use any  confidential  information  disclosed by the other for its
own benefit and (ii) shall promptly  return to the other all  documents,  papers
and other confidential  information  delivered to such party by the other at any
time prior to the date of such termination.
    

                               VII. MISCELLANEOUS

                  SECTION   8.001.   Specific   Performance.   Seller   and  the
Stockholders  acknowledge  that  the  acquisition  of  the  Assets  is a  vital,
necessary  and  unique  part of  Buyer's  strategic  plan,  which  includes  the
acquisition and consolidation of other related  businesses,  and that any breach
of  this  Agreement  by  Seller  or the  Stockholders  could  not be  adequately
compensated  by  damages.  Buyer and MedE  acknowledge  that any  breach of this
Agreement  by Buyer or MedE  could not be  adequately  compensated  by  damages.
Accordingly,  each of Buyer  and  MedE,  on the one  hand,  and  Seller  and the
Stockholders,  on the other hand, shall be entitled, in the event of a breach of
this Agreement by the other, in addition to any other remedies that it may have,
to enforcement of this Agreement by a decree of specific  performance  requiring
that the other party or parties fulfill their respective  obligations under this
Agreement.

                  SECTION 8.002.  Bulk Transfer Laws.  Subject to the provisions
of Section  6.03  hereof,  Buyer  hereby  waives  compliance  by Seller with any
applicable bulk transfer laws, including,  without limitation, the bulk transfer
provisions of the Uniform  Commercial Code of any state, or any similar statute,
with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  SECTION 8.003. Expenses,  Etc. Whether or not the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement are consummated,  Seller and the Stockholders, on
the one  hand,  and  Buyer  and  MedE,  on the  other  hand,  shall not have any
obligation  to pay any of the fees and  expenses of the other party  incident to
the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement, including the fees
and  expenses of counsel,  accountants,  investment  bankers and



                                       34


<PAGE>




other experts. Seller and the Stockholders, on the one hand, and Buyer and MedE,
on the other hand, will indemnify the other and hold the other harmless from and
against any claims for finders fees or brokerage  commissions  in relation to or
in  connection  with  such   transactions  as  a  result  of  any  agreement  or
understanding between such indemnifying party and any third party.

                  SECTION 8.004.  Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may
be executed in one or more  counterparts,  or by the parties  hereto on separate
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  SECTION 8.005.  Notices. All notices which are required or may
be given pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall
be  sufficient  in all  respects if given in writing and  delivered  personally,
transmitted by facsimile,  sent by nationally  recognized  overnight  courier or
mailed by registered or certified mail postage prepaid, as follows:

                  If to Seller or to Jack Guggisberg, to:

                           Jack Guggisberg
                           13216 Longview Drive
                           Burnsville, Minnesota  55337

                  with a copy to:

                           Hanson & Associates
                           4900 IDF Center
                           80 South 8th Street
                           Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
                           Attention:  Jack W. Hanson, Esq.
                           Fax:  (612) 332-2116

                  If to David C. McGuire, to:

                           David C. McGuire
                           8620 Eagle Creek Boulevard
                           Shakopee, Minnesota 55379

                  If to Darwin J. DeRosier, to:

                           Darwin J. DeRosier
                           7260 University Avenue
                           Suite 310
                           Minneapolis, Minnesota 55432


                                       35


<PAGE>



                  If to Buyer or MedE, to:

                           MedE America Corporation
                           90 Merrick Avenue, Suite 501
                           East Meadow, New York  11554
                           Attention:  David M. Goldwin, Esq.
                           Fax:  (516) 542-4508

                  with a copy to:

                           Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol
                           45 Rockefeller Plaza
                           New York, New York  10111
                           Attention:  Mark J. Tannenbaum, Esq.
                           Fax:  (212) 841-5725

or such other  address or addresses as Seller and the  Stockholders,  on the one
hand, or Buyer and MedE, on the other hand,  shall have  designated by notice to
the other in writing.

                  SECTION 8.006. Waivers. Seller (acting on behalf of itself and
the  Stockholders),  on the one hand,  and MedE  (acting on behalf of itself and
Buyer),  on the other hand, may, by written notice to the other,  (i) extend the
time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other
under this  Agreement;  (ii) waive any  inaccuracies in the  representations  or
warranties of the other contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered
pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) waive compliance with any of the conditions or
covenants of the other contained in this Agreement; or (iv) waive performance of
any of the obligations of the other under this Agreement.  Except as provided in
the preceding sentence,  no action taken pursuant to this Agreement,  including,
without  limitation,  any  investigation  by or on behalf of any party  shall be
deemed  to   constitute  a  waiver  by  such  party  of   compliance   with  any
representations,   warranties,   covenants  or  agreements   contained  in  this
Agreement.  The  waiver  by any  party  of a  breach  of any  provision  of this
Agreement  shall not  operate  or be  construed  as a waiver  of any  subsequent
breach.

                  SECTION 8.007. Amendments,  Supplements, Etc. At any time this
Agreement may be amended or supplemented by such additional agreements, articles
or  certificates  as may be  determined  by the parties  hereto to be necessary,
desirable or expedient to further the purposes of this Agreement,  or to clarify
the intention of the parties hereto, or to add to or modify the covenants, terms
or conditions  hereof or to effect or facilitate  any  governmental  approval or
acceptance of this  Agreement or to effect or facilitate the filing or recording
of this Agreement or the  consummation of any of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby. Any such instrument must be in writing and signed by all parties.

                                       36
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 8.008. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, its Exhibits
and  Schedules,  the  Ancillary  Agreements  and the  documents  executed on the
Closing Date in connection  herewith,  constitute the entire agreement among the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior
agreements and understandings, oral and written, between the parties hereto with
respect to the subject  matter hereof.  No  representation,  warranty,  promise,
inducement  or statement  of  intention  has been made by any party which is not
embodied in this Agreement or such other documents,  and no party shall be bound
by, or be liable for, any alleged representation,  warranty, promise, inducement
or statement of intention not embodied herein or therein.

                  SECTION  8.009.   APPLICABLE  LAW.  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL  BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA.

                  SECTION 8.10. Binding Effect;  Benefits.  This Agreement shall
inure to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon the  parties  hereto  and  their
respective  successors and assigns.  Notwithstanding  anything contained in this
Agreement to the contrary,  nothing in this Agreement,  expressed or implied, is
intended  to  confer  on any  person  other  than the  parties  hereto  or their
respective  successors  and  assigns  any  rights,   remedies,   obligations  or
liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

                  SECTION 8.11. Assignability. Neither this Agreement nor any of
the parties'  rights  hereunder  shall be assignable by any party hereto without
the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.



                                       37


<PAGE>




                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Asset  Purchase  Agreement has been
duly  executed  and  delivered  by the  parties  hereto  as of  this  3rd day of
February, 1997.

                                               GENERAL COMPUTER CORPORATION

                                               By
                                                  ------------------------------

                                               



                                               By
                                                  ------------------------------


                                               TIME-SHARE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.



                                               By
                                                  ------------------------------



                                                  ------------------------------
                                                           Jack Guggisberg



                                                  ------------------------------
                                                          David C. McGuire



                                                  ------------------------------
                                                          Darwin J. DeRosier





                                       38





================================================================================







                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                      among


                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                          GENERAL COMPUTER CORPORATION

                            THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.

                                       and

                                 JAMES S. SMITH








                          Dated as of October 20, 1997









================================================================================

<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Page
                                                                                ----
<S>                                                                               <C>
ARTICLE I.     TRANSFERS .......................................................  1

     SECTION 1.01      Transfer of Assets.......................................  2
     SECTION 1.02      Instruments of Conveyance and
                         Transfer...............................................  3
     SECTION 1.03      Nonassignable Contracts..................................  4
     SECTION 1.04      Non-Assumption of Certain Liabilities....................  4

ARTICLE II.    CLOSING, PURCHASE PRICE, ETC.....................................  5

     SECTION 2.01      Closing .................................................  5
     SECTION 2.02      Purchase Price...........................................  6
     SECTION 2.03      Payment to Seller on Closing Date........................  6
     SECTION 2.04      Earn-Out ................................................  6
     SECTION 2.05      Dispute Resolution.......................................  8

ARTICLE III.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................................  9

     SECTION 3.01      Representations and Warranties of Seller
                         and the Stockholder....................................  9
     SECTION 3.02      Representations and Warranties of
                         Buyer and MedE......................................... 24

ARTICLE IV.                COVENANTS   25

     SECTION 4.01      Covenants of Seller and the Stockholder.................. 25
     SECTION 4.02      Confidentiality.......................................... 27
     SECTION 4.03      Allocation of Purchase Price............................. 27
     SECTION 4.04      Preparation of Certain Financial
                         Statements............................................. 27
     SECTION 4.05      Certain Tax Matters...................................... 28
     SECTION 4.06      Insurance ............................................... 28
     SECTION 4.07      Collection of Accounts Receivable........................ 28
     SECTION 4.08      Retention of Employees................................... 29
     SECTION 4.09      Payment of Certain Liabilities........................... 29
     SECTION 4.10      Name Matters ............................................ 29
     SECTION 4.11      Brookins and Lagnese..................................... 29
     SECTION 4.12      Access to Records........................................ 30

ARTICLE V.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT............................................. 30

     SECTION 5.01      Conditions Precedent to Obligations
                         of Buyer and MedE...................................... 30
     SECTION 5.02      Conditions Precedent to Obligations
                         of Seller and the Stockholder.......................... 32
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
ARTICLE VI.    SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS;
                    INDEMNIFICATION.......................................... 34

      SECTION 6.01      Survival of Representations.......................... 34
      SECTION 6.02      Tax Indemnity........................................ 34
      SECTION 6.03      General Indemnity.................................... 35
      SECTION 6.04      Conditions of Indemnification........................ 36
                                                                                
ARTICLE VII.    TERMINATION ................................................. 37

      SECTION 7.01      Termination 37
      SECTION 7.02      Effect of Termination................................ 37

ARTICLE VIII.   MISCELLANEOUS................................................ 38

      SECTION 8.01      Specific Performance................................. 38
      SECTION 8.02      Bulk Transfer Laws................................... 38
      SECTION 8.03      Expenses, Etc........................................ 38
      SECTION 8.04      Execution in Counterparts............................ 38
      SECTION 8.05      Notices ............................................. 39
      SECTION 8.06      Waivers ............................................. 39
                                                                                
      SECTION 8.07     Amendments, Supplements, Etc.......................... 40
      SECTION 8.08     Entire Agreement...................................... 40
      SECTION 8.09     Applicable Law........................................ 40
      SECTION 8.10     Binding Effect; Benefits.............................. 40
      SECTION 8.11     Assignability......................................... 41

TESTIMONIUM ................................................................. 42




                                      (ii)

<PAGE>




                          INDEX TO EXHIBITS AND ANNEXES

Exhibit                              Description
- -------                              -----------

      A                              Form of Bill of Sale, Assignment and
                                     Assumption Agreement

      B                              Form of Non-Compete Agreement

      C                              Form of Consulting Agreement

      D                              Form of Standard Service Agreement

      E                              Form of Opinion of Parker, Poe, Adams &
                                     Bernstein

      F                              Form of Opinion of Reboul, MacMurray,
                                     Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol











                                     (iii)


<PAGE>



                               INDEX TO SCHEDULES

Schedule                             Description

1.01(a)(i)                           Computer Equipment
1.01(a)(vi)                          Contracts to be Transferred
2.04                                 Customers of Seller
3.01(a)                              Jurisdictions
3.01(e)                              Effect of Agreements
3.01(f)                              Governmental Approvals
3.01(g)                              Financial Statements
3.01(h)                              Certain Changes or Events
3.01(i)                              Liens and Encumbrances
3.01(j)                              List of Properties, Contracts and
                                       Other Data
3.01(k)                              Litigation
3.01(m)                              Employee Benefit Plans
3.01(n)                              Intellectual Property Rights
3.01(o)                              Software
3.01(s)                              Customers
3.01(t)                              Taxes
3.01(v)                              Transactions with Affiliates
3.01(w)                              Governmental Authorizations and
                                       Regulations
3.01(x)                              Insurance
4.01(e)                              Written Service Agreements; Supplements
                                       to Service Agreements
4.03                                 Allocation of Purchase Price
4.08                                 Retained Employees



                                      (iv)

<PAGE>


                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                  ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT,  dated as of October 20, 1997, among
MEDE AMERICA  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  ("MedE"),  GENERAL COMPUTER
CORPORATION,   an  Ohio  corporation  and  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  MedE
("Buyer"),  THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC., a South Carolina  corporation  ("Seller"),
and James S. Smith (the "Stockholder").

                  WHEREAS,  Seller  is  engaged  in the  business  of  providing
electronic  data  interchange  and  transaction   processing   services  to  the
healthcare industry (the "Business"); and

                  WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell to Buyer, and Buyer desires to
purchase from Seller,  all the assets and  properties of Seller  relating to the
Business   (excluding   certain  specified   assets),   and  to  assume  certain
liabilities, all on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the
mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                                  I. TRANSFERS

                  SECTION 1.001. Transfer of Assets. () On the terms and subject
to the conditions  hereinafter  set forth,  on the Closing Date (as  hereinafter
defined),  Seller shall sell, convey, transfer, assign and deliver to Buyer, and
Buyer shall  purchase from Seller,  for the  consideration  set forth in Section
2.03 hereof,  all the then existing assets and properties (of every kind, nature
and description,  real,  personal or mixed,  tangible or intangible and wherever
situated, whether or not carried on the books of Seller) of Seller to the extent
that such assets are necessary to, or attributable to, the Business,  or used by
Seller in connection with the Business, except those assets excluded pursuant to
paragraph  (b)  below  (said  assets  and  properties  so to be sold,  conveyed,
transferred,  assigned and delivered being hereinafter  collectively  called the
"Assets"), including, without limitation:

                  (i)  all tangible  personal  property,  inventory,  machinery,
         equipment,  supplies, tools, fixtures,  leaseholds,  computer equipment
         (including  without  limitation  the  computer  hardware  described  on
         Schedule 1.01(a)(i) hereto),  work in process,  spare parts,  vehicles,
         furniture  and  office  furnishings,  wherever  situated  (it being the
         intention  hereby to assign  and  transfer  all the  tangible  personal
         property owned or claimed by Seller);





<PAGE>

                  (ii) all intangible  personal  property of whatsoever  kind or
         character,  whether  evidenced  in  writing or not,  including  but not
         limited to all customer lists, data bases, proprietary assays, deferred
         charges and prepaid expenses,  customer  accounts,  bonds,  claims, and
         causes of action (whether fixed or contingent);

                  (iii)  the  patents,  trademarks  and trade  names  (including
         without  limitation  Seller's  right,  title and interest in and to the
         "PreScrip"   trade  name  as  contemplated  by  Section  4.10  hereof),
         trademark and trade name registrations,  service marks and service mark
         registrations, copyrights and copyright registrations, the applications
         therefor and the licenses and franchises with respect thereto,  in each
         case listed in clause (iv) of Schedule  3.01(j)  hereto,  together with
         all trade secrets,  technology  (including  technology  with respect to
         which Seller is a licensee,  in any such case only insofar as permitted
         under  the  applicable  license  agreement),   processes,   inventions,
         designs, drawings,  blueprints,  specifications,  patterns,  royalties,
         privileges,  permits and all other similar intangible personal property
         (collectively, the "Intellectual Property Rights");

                  (iv) all technical materials and guidelines,  brochures, sales
         literature, promotional material and other selling material;

                  (v) all papers,  documents,  instruments,  books and  records,
         files,  agreements,  books of  account  and other  records by which the
         Assets might be identified or enforced,  or otherwise pertaining to the
         Assets  or the  Business  that  are  located  at the  offices  or other
         locations   used  in  connection   with  the  Assets  or  the  Business
         (including,  without  limitation,  customer  invoices,  customer lists,
         vendor and supplier  lists,  drafts and other  documents  and materials
         relating to customer transactions);

                  (vi) the rights of Seller under (A) all contracts, agreements,
         licenses,  leases, sales orders,  purchase orders and other commitments
         relating  to  the  Assets  or  the  Business  and  listed  on  Schedule
         1.01(a)(vi)  hereto,  and (B) the Key  Customer  Contracts  (as defined
         herein);

                  (vii) all computer  software  programs,  the source and object
         codes for such  software  programs and all  documentation  and training
         manuals related thereto owned, held or licensed by Seller; and

                  (viii) all other  assets and rights of every kind and  nature,
         real or personal,  tangible or intangible, that are owned or claimed by
         Seller and that are necessary to, or


                                       2


<PAGE>

         attributable  to, the Business or used by Seller in connection with the
         Business (including,  without limitation, all goodwill), whether or not
         such assets are  reflected  in the balance  sheets and other  financial
         statements of Seller,  together with the right to represent  that Buyer
         is the successor in interest to the Business.

Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the Assets shall,  except as
set forth in paragraph  (b) below,  include all assets set forth or reflected on
the  audited  balance  sheet of Seller as of June 30,  1997 (the "June 30,  1997
Balance  Sheet"),  together  with all such  assets as may be  acquired by Seller
after said date and that would be included on a balance  sheet  prepared in like
manner from such accounting  records as of the Closing Date, except for any such
assets  that may be or have been  disposed  of after  said date in the  ordinary
course of business on a basis consistent with past practice.

                  (b) Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding,
the following assets and properties of Seller are specifically excluded from the
Assets and shall be retained by Seller:

                  (i)  all  cash  and  cash   equivalents  on  hand,   including
         investment  securities,  bank  accounts,  temporary cash and petty cash
         held by Seller as of the Closing Date;

                  (ii) all accounts receivable accrued on the books of Seller as
         of the  Closing  Date and  resulting  from the  delivery  of goods  and
         services of the Business prior to the Closing Date;

                  (iii) all accrued but unbilled rebate  commissions aris ing on
         or prior to the Closing  Date (in the event that such  commissions  are
         paid to Buyer after the Closing Date,  Buyer shall  promptly  remit the
         same to Seller); and

                  (iv) any claims or rights  against third  parties  relating to
         liabilities  or  obligations  that are not assumed by Buyer pursuant to
         this Agreement.

                  SECTION 1.002. Instruments of Conveyance and Transfer. Subject
to Section 1.03 below, on the Closing Date,  Seller shall execute and deliver to
Buyer  (i) a bill of sale in the  form  included  in the  Form of Bill of  Sale,
Assignment  and Assumption  Agreement  annexed hereto as Exhibit A (the "Bill of
Sale,  Assign ment and Assumption  Agreement")  and (ii) such other documents of
transfer that Buyer may reasonably request, transferring to Buyer the properties
and assets to be acquired by Buyer under the terms of this Agreement.


                                       4


<PAGE>



                  SECTION  1.003.  Nonassignable  Contracts.   Nothing  in  this
Agreement  shall be  construed  as an  attempt  or  agreement  to assign (i) any
contract,  agreement,  license,  lease,  sales  order,  purchase  order or other
commitment  that is  nonassignable  without  the  consent of the other  party or
parties thereto unless such consent shall have been given (subject,  however, to
the covenant of Seller and the Stockholder in Section 4.01(d)  hereof),  or (ii)
any contract or claim as to which all the remedies for the  enforcement  thereof
enjoyed  by Seller  would not pass to Buyer as an  incident  of the  assignments
provided for by this Agreement.  In order, however, that the full value of every
contract and claim of the character  described in clauses (i) and (ii) above and
all  claims  and  demands  on such  contracts  may be  realized,  Seller and the
Stockholder  will use their best efforts to obtain  approval for assignment and,
failing  that,  Seller  shall,  by itself or by its  agents,  at the request and
expense and under the direction of Buyer,  in the name of Seller or otherwise as
Buyer shall  specify and as shall be permitted by law, take all action and do or
cause to be done all  things  as shall  in the  opinion  of Buyer be  reasonably
necessary or proper (x) in order that the rights and obligations of Seller under
such contracts shall be preserved and (y) for, and to facilitate, the collection
of the moneys due and payable,  and to become due and payable,  to Seller in and
under  every  such  contract  and claim and in  respect  of every such claim and
demand, and Seller shall hold the same for the benefit of and shall pay the same
over promptly to Buyer.

                  SECTION 1.004. Non-Assumption of Certain Liabilities. Buyer is
not  assuming,  and  shall not be deemed to have  assumed,  any  liabilities  or
obligations  of Seller of any kind or nature  whatsoever,  except (x)  executory
obligations under the operating contracts of Seller assigned to Buyer and listed
on Schedule 1.01(a)(vi) hereto, (y) executory obligations under the Key Customer
Contracts and (z) those employment obligations set forth in Section 4.08 hereof,
in  each  case  only to the  extent  expressly  provided  in the  Bill of  Sale,
Assignment and Assumption Agreement  (collectively,  the "Assumed Liabilities").
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is hereby agreed that Buyer
is not assuming any liability for and shall not have any obligation with respect
to:

                  (i) any and all (x) accrued but unpaid current liabilities and
         (y)  non-current  liabilities of Seller,  in each case as determined in
         accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently
         applied  ("GAAP"),  either set forth or  reflected on the June 30, 1997
         Balance Sheet or incurred by Seller after June 30, 1997;

                  (ii) any liabilities or obligations of Seller that arise under
         the  terms of a  contract,  agreement,  license,  lease,  sales  order,
         purchase  order,  or other  commitment


                                       4


<PAGE>

         which  shall  not be  assigned  to  Buyer  pursuant  to this  Agreement
         (including,  without  limitation,  any of the  foregoing  not listed on
         Schedule 1.01(a)(vi) hereto);

                  (iii) any  liabilities  or  obligations  of Seller  that arise
         under the terms of a contract,  agreement, license, lease, sales order,
         purchase  order,  or other  commitment  which  shall not be assigned to
         Buyer pursuant to this Agreement;

                  (iv)  any   liabilities   or  obligations  of  Seller  to  the
         Stockholder and his affiliates  (including without limitation any notes
         payable to the  Stockholder),  or to any other stockholder or purported
         stockholder of Seller;

                  (v) any  liabilities  or  obligations of Seller under any Plan
         (as defined in Section  3.01(m)  hereof,  including  any  obligation to
         adopt or to sponsor  such Plan of Seller  except as Buyer  may,  in its
         sole discretion, elect to adopt or to sponsor);

                  (vi) any obligation of Seller arising out of any action,  suit
         or  proceeding  based upon an event  occurring  or a claim  arising (A)
         prior to or on the Closing  Date or (B) after the  Closing  Date in the
         case of claims in respect of products  or services  sold or provided by
         Seller prior to the Closing Date or  attributable  to acts performed or
         omitted by Seller prior to the Closing Date;

                  (vii) any and all Taxes (as hereinafter  defined)  incurred by
         or imposed upon Seller,  or any predecessor  company  thereof,  for all
         periods prior to (and up to and including) the close of business on the
         Closing Date,  including  without  limitation  any Taxes incurred by or
         imposed  upon  Seller  and  arising  out  of  the  consummation  of the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

                  (viii) any  liability  in respect of any  failure of Seller to
         conduct the  Business  in  compliance  with any Permit (as  hereinafter
         defined),  law,  regulation or order,  including without limitation any
         Environmental  Law or  Common  Law  Environmental  Principle  (each  as
         hereinafter defined), prior to the Closing Date.

                        II. CLOSING, PURCHASE PRICE, ETC.

                  SECTION  2.001.  Closing.  The closing (the  "Closing") of the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement shall take place at the offices of
Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard & Kristol, 45 Rockefeller Plaza, New York,
New York, 10111, on


                                       5


<PAGE>



November 15, 1997, or on such other date as the parties may mutually agree (such
date and time of closing  being herein called the "Closing  Date"),  and for tax
and accounting purposes shall be deemed effective as of the close of business on
such date.

                  SECTION 2.002.  Purchase Price.  The aggregate  purchase price
for the Assets hereunder shall be () $10,400,000 in cash, payable on the Closing
Date, plus () an amount (the "Earn Out Amount") up to $2,600,000,  together with
interest on such amount from the Closing Date to the  Earn-Out  Payment Date (as
hereinafter  defined),  such  amount  and the  rate of  interest  thereon  to be
determined in accordance  with (and paid pursuant to) the  provisions of Section
2.04  hereof (all such  payments  being  collectively  referred to herein as the
"Purchase Price").

                  SECTION  2.003.  Payment  to Seller on  Closing  Date.  On the
Closing Date, Buyer shall pay to Seller  $10,400,000 in cash by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the account specified by Seller.

                  SECTION  2.004.  Earn-Out.   Subject  to  the  terms  of  this
Agreement,  Buyer may make an  additional  payment  to Seller in  respect of the
Earn-Out Period (as hereinafter defined), on the following terms:

                  (a) For the  purposes of this  Agreement,  the terms set forth
herein have the following meanings:

                  (i)  "Customers"  means those  customers  of Seller  listed on
         Schedule 2.04 hereto.

                  (ii)  "Earn-Out  Period"  means the twelve  month period ended
         September 30, 1998.

                  (iii)  "Revenue"  means  the  aggregate  amount of all new and
         recurring  revenue  booked  by Seller  during  any  applicable  period.
         Revenue  shall  include  revenue   derived  from  rebate   transactions
         (accounted for on an accrual basis);  provided that only the portion of
         such revenue actually  retained by Seller (i.e.,  excluding any portion
         remitted to the Customers) shall be included in Revenue.  Revenue shall
         be computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
         as historically  applied by Buyer with regard to its business.  Revenue
         shall not include (i) any such revenue  attributable  to  conversion of
         customers  of Buyer to Seller's  transaction-processing  system or (ii)
         commission uplift revenue for current and future customers of Seller.

                  (b) The chief  financial  officer of Buyer shall in good faith
calculate  Revenue for the Earn-Out  Period on or before November 30, 1998. Such
computation  shall be made in  accordance


                                       6


<PAGE>



with generally accepted accounting  principles as historically  applied by Buyer
with regard to its  business.  Promptly  after such  determination,  Buyer shall
deliver to Seller a written  calculation of Revenue for the Earn-Out Period.  If
Seller  objects  in writing to such  calculation  within ten days after  receipt
thereof,  Buyer and Seller  shall use  reasonable  efforts  to resolve  any such
objections.  If no objection is so  delivered  within such ten day period,  such
calculation  shall be final and  binding as to all  parties.  To the extent that
Buyer and Seller resolve any such  objections and agree as to the calculation of
Revenue for the Earn-Out  Period,  Buyer and Seller shall sign a certificate  to
that  effect and such  resolution  shall be deemed  final and  binding as to all
parties for  purposes of this  Agreement.  If Seller's  objections  cannot be so
resolved by the parties  within 30 days of the date such  written  objection  is
delivered  to Buyer,  any  remaining  disputes  shall be  resolved by a mutually
acceptable "big six" accounting firm in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof.

                  (c) The Earn-Out Amount shall be calculated as follows:

                  (i) in the event that Revenue for the Earn-Out Period is equal
         to or greater than $5,000,000,  then the Earn-Out Amount shall be equal
         to  $2,600,000,  together  with  interest  (computed  on the basis of a
         360-day year  consisting of twelve 30-day months) on such amount at (i)
         the annual rate of 7.25% from the  Closing  Date to the last day of the
         month in which Revenue for the Earn-Out Period exceeds  $5,000,000 (the
         "Target  Month") and (ii) at the prime rate  offered by  Citibank  N.A.
         from the first  day of the  month  after  the  Target  Month  until the
         Earn-Out Payment Date (as hereinafter defined); or

                  (ii) in the event that Revenue for the Earn-Out Period is less
         than the  $5,000,000,  then the Earn-Out Amount (if any) shall be equal
         to (A)  $2,600,000  less  (B) the  difference  between  $5,000,000  and
         Revenue for the Earn-Out  Period,  together with interest at the annual
         rate of 7.25% on such  amount  from the  Closing  Date to the  Earn-Out
         Payment Date.

                  (d) Within five  business days of the final  determination  of
Revenue  for the  Earn-Out  Period  pursuant  to  paragraph  (b) above  (or,  if
applicable,  pursuant to Section  2.05  hereof),  Buyer  shall pay the  Earn-Out
Amount to Seller by wire  transfer to the account  specified by Seller (the date
of such payment being referred to herein as the "Earn-Out Payment Date"). In the
event Buyer fails to so pay the Earn-Out  Amount on the Earn-Out  Payment  Date,
(i) the Earn-Out Amount shall accrue interest at the rate of 12% per annum until
paid and (ii) Buyer shall pay any reason-


                                       7


<PAGE>


able collection fees and expenses (including  attorneys' fees) actually incurred
by Seller in causing such payment to be made.

                  (e)  During  the  Earn-Out  Period,  Buyer and MedE shall take
reasonable  actions to devote  substantially such personnel and resources to the
operation of the  Business as is  consistent  with the past  practice of Seller.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Seller and the  Stockholder  acknowledge  that
during the Earn-Out  Period the Business will be integrated with the business of
MedE and Buyer, and that any incidental  effects on customer  service  resulting
from such  integration  shall not constitute a breach of the obligations of MedE
and Buyer set forth in the  preceding  sentence.  In the event  that a  Customer
ceases to do  business  with Buyer and MedE as a result of (i) a breach by Buyer
or MedE of its service  contract with such Customer or (ii) a  determination  by
MedE to discontinue (or alter in a significant  and adverse manner)  services to
an individual  Customer,  a business  segment or a group of Customers,  then for
purposes of determining  the Earn-Out Amount the Revenue for the Earn-Out Period
shall be increased by (x) the Revenue  received  from such  Customer  during the
last full processing month prior to such cessation  multiplied by (y) the number
of months  (and a pro rata  fraction  of any  partial  month)  remaining  in the
Earn-Out  Period.  In the event MedE and Buyer  cease to provide  services  to a
Customer as a result of (i) a breach by such  Customer  of its service  contract
with Buyer and/or MedE or (ii) the failure or refusal of such  Customer to enter
into or renew (as applicable) its service contract on substantially  those terms
set forth in the form of Standard Service  Agreement (as defined  herein),  such
cessation shall not result in an increase in the Revenue for the Earn-Out Period
as  provided in the  preceding  sentence.  In the event a Customer  ceases to do
business with MedE and/or Buyer for any other reason during the Earn-Out Period,
Buyer and Seller shall in good faith attempt to determine the degree (if any) to
which  Revenue  should be credited  for  purposes of  determining  the  Earn-Out
Amount,  taking into account the standards of conduct set forth in the first two
sentences of this  paragraph (e). In the event that Buyer and Seller cannot make
a mutually agreeable  determination within 20 days, they shall submit this issue
to a "big six" accounting firm for resolution pursuant to Section 2.05 hereof.

                  (f)  During  the  Earn-Out  Period,  MedE will  furnish to the
Stockholder  such  monthly  financial  reports  for the  Business  as MedE shall
produce in the ordinary  course of its business  consistent  with past practice.
The Stockholder hereby agrees to keep any such reports confidential.

                  SECTION 2.005. Dispute Resolution. () If and to the extent any
disputes  concerning (i)  calculation of Revenue for the Earn-Out Period or (ii)
adjustments  to such Revenue as a result



                                       8


<PAGE>

of the loss of any  Customers  have not been  resolved  by Buyer  and  Seller in
accordance  with Section 2.04(b) or Section  2.04(e),  as the case may be, Buyer
and Seller shall retain a mutually  acceptable "big six" accounting firm, acting
through one or more audit  partners (who shall be agreed to by Buyer and Seller)
knowledgeable in businesses  comparable to that of Seller, to review and resolve
any remaining differences. The resolution of such differences by such accounting
firm shall be final and  binding on all parties  hereto.  Such  accounting  firm
shall be directed to deliver its resolution of such differences not more than 30
days after being so retained.

                  (b) The parties  shall make  available to each other and their
respective  accountants,  and,  if  applicable,  the "big six"  accounting  firm
contemplated by paragraph (a) above,  such books,  records and other information
as any of them may  reasonably  request  in  connection  herewith.  The fees and
expenses of such  accounting  firm (if any) shall be borne  equally by Buyer and
Seller.

                       II. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  SECTION  3.001.  Representations  and Warranties of Seller and
the Stockholder.  Seller and the Stockholder,  jointly and severally,  represent
and warrant to Buyer as follows:

                  (a) Organization, Power, etc. of Seller; Power of Stockholder.
Seller is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the State of South Carolina. Seller is duly qualified or licensed to
do business in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases any real property or
in which the nature of the business  transacted  by it makes such  qualification
necessary,  unless the failure to be so licensed or  qualified  would not have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  properties,   assets,  business,  prospects,
operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Seller (a "Material Adverse
Effect").  Schedule  3.01(a) sets forth a complete list of the  jurisdictions in
which Seller is qualified to do  business.  Seller has all  requisite  power and
authority to own,  operate and lease the Assets,  to carry on the Business as it
is now being conducted,  to execute and deliver this Agreement together with the
Bill  of  Sale,  Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreement  and a  Confidentiality,
Non-Solicitation  and Non-Compete  Agreement in substantially  the form attached
hereto  as  Exhibit  B  (the  "Non-Compete  Agreement"),   and  to  perform  its
obligations  hereunder and thereunder.  The Stockholder has the individual power
and authority,  and the legal right, to execute and deliver this Agreement,  the
Non-Compete  Agreement  and a  consulting  agreement  substantially  in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit C (the "Consulting  Agreement," and collectively with
the Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption


                                       9


<PAGE>



Agreement and the Non-Compete  Agreement,  the "Ancillary  Agreements"),  and to
perform his obligations hereunder and thereunder.

                  (b)   Subsidiaries.   Seller   has  no  direct   or   indirect
subsidiaries,  or any  participating  equity interest in any partnership,  joint
venture or other  non-corporate  business  enterprise.  As used herein, the term
"subsidiary" shall mean any corporation, partnership or other business entity, a
majority of whose voting capital stock (or other voting  interests,  as the case
may be) is at the time owned by Seller and/or any subsidiaries thereof.

                  (c)  Capitalization.  The  authorized  capital stock of Seller
consists of 100,000 shares of common stock, $1 par value, of which 65,000 shares
are issued and outstanding.  All issued and outstanding  shares of capital stock
of Seller  are owned of record and  beneficially  by the  Stockholder,  free and
clear of any lien,  charge,  security  interest  or  encumbrance  of any  nature
whatsoever. There are no outstanding options, warrants, calls or other rights to
subscribe  for or purchase or acquire  from Seller,  or any plans,  contracts or
commitments  providing for the issuance of, or the granting of rights to acquire
(i) any capital stock or partnership interests, as the case may be, of Seller or
(ii) any securities  convertible  into or exchangeable  for any capital stock of
Seller.

                  (d) Authorization of Agreements;  Validity.  The execution and
delivery by Seller of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is
a party, and the consummation by Seller of the transactions  contemplated hereby
and thereby,  have been duly authorized by all requisite  corporate action. This
Agreement has been duly and validly  executed by Seller and the  Stockholder and
constitutes  the  legal,   valid  and  binding  obligation  of  Seller  and  the
Stockholder, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms. Each
of the Ancillary  Agreements,  when duly executed and delivered by Seller and/or
the  Stockholder,  as applicable,  will constitute the legal,  valid and binding
obligation of Seller and/or the Stockholder, as applicable,  enforceable against
each of them in accordance with its terms.

                  (e)  Effect of  Agreements.  Except  as set forth on  Schedule
3.01(e) hereto, the execution and delivery by Seller and the Stockholder of this
Agreement  and the  Ancillary  Agreements  to  which  each  is a  party  and the
performance  by  Seller  and the  Stockholder  of their  respective  obligations
hereunder and thereunder will not (x) violate any provision of law, any order of
any court or other  agency of  government,  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  or
By-laws of Seller, or any judgment, award, decree, indenture,  agreement, Permit
or other  instrument to which Seller or the  Stockholder is a party, or by which
Seller,  the  Stockholder,


                                       10


<PAGE>

the  Business or any of the Assets are bound or  affected;  (y)  conflict  with,
result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a
default under, any such indenture, agreement, Permit or other instrument; or (z)
result in the creation or imposition of any lien,  charge,  security interest or
encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the Assets.

                  (f)  Governmental  Approvals.  Except as set forth on Schedule
3.01(f)  hereto,  no  approval,  authorization,  consent,  order or action of or
filing with any court, administrative agency or other governmental authority (i)
is required for the execution and delivery by Seller and the Stockholder of this
Agreement  and  the  Ancillary  Agreements  to  which  they  are  party  or  the
consummation  by Seller and the  Stockholder  of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby  or  thereby  or (ii) is  necessary  in order  that the  Business  may be
conducted  immediately  following  the Closing  Date  substantially  in the same
manner as theretofore conducted.

                  (g) Financial Statements.

                  (i) Prior to the Closing  Date,  Seller will  furnish to Buyer
         the June 30, 1997 Balance Sheet and the related  audited  statements of
         operations, stockholders equity and cash flows for the year then ended,
         (the  "Financial  Statements"),  audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,  the
         independent  accountants  retained by Seller. The Financial  Statements
         (including any related schedules and/or notes) are complete and correct
         in all material  respects  and have been  prepared in  accordance  with
         GAAP.  The June 30, 1997 Balance  Sheet fairly  presents the  financial
         condition  of the  Business  as of such date,  and such  statements  of
         operations,  stockholders  equity and cash  flows  fairly  present  the
         results of operations of the Business for the twelve months then ended.

                  (ii)  Except  (x) as  expressly  set  forth  in the  Financial
         Statements,  (y) as set  forth in  Schedule  3.01(g)  hereto  or (z) as
         incurred  after  June  30,  1997 in the  ordinary  course  of  business
         consistent  with  past  practice,  Seller  does not  have any  material
         liabilities  or  obligations  of any kind or nature,  whether  known or
         unknown,  secured  or  unsecured,   absolute,  accrued,  contingent  or
         otherwise, and whether due or to become due.

                  (iii) The June 30, 1997 Balance Sheet  correctly  lists and/or
         reflects,  in accordance with GAAP,  substantially all of the Assets to
         be  transferred  to Buyer,  other than  goodwill  and other  intangible
         assets resulting from the transactions contemplated hereby.


                                       11



<PAGE>



                  (h) Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Since June 30, 1997,
except as  otherwise  set forth on  Schedule  3.01(h)  hereto and except for the
transactions contemplated hereby, Seller has not:

                  (i)  incurred any  obligation  or  liability  (whether  fixed,
         absolute, accrued,  contingent,  known or unknown, or otherwise, of any
         kind or nature whatsoever), except normal trade or business obligations
         incurred in the ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with past
         practice  and  except  in  connection   with  this  Agreement  and  the
         transactions contemplated hereby;

                  (ii)  discharged  or  satisfied  any material  lien,  security
         interest or encumbrance  or paid any obligation or liability  (fixed or
         contingent)  of any  kind  or  nature  whatsoever,  other  than  in the
         ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

                  (iii)  mortgaged,  pledged or subjected to any lien,  security
         interest or other encumbrance any of the Assets (other than mechanic's,
         materialman's  and similar  statutory  liens arising as a matter of law
         and purchase money security interests arising in the ordinary course of
         business between the date of delivery and payment);

                  (iv) transferred,  leased or otherwise  disposed of any of the
         Assets  except  for a fair  consideration  in the  ordinary  course  of
         business and  consistent  with past practice or, except in the ordinary
         course of business  and  consistent  with past  practice,  acquired any
         assets or properties to be used by or in connection with the Business;

                  (v) declared,  set aside or paid any distribution  (whether in
         cash,  stock or property or any combination  thereof) in respect of its
         capital  stock or redeemed  or  otherwise  acquired  any of its capital
         stock or split,  combined or  otherwise  similarly  changed its capital
         stock or  authorized  the creation or issuance of or issued or sold any
         capital stock or any  securities  or  obligations  convertible  into or
         exchangeable  therefor, or given any person any right to acquire any of
         its capital stock, or agreed to take any such action;

                  (vi) made any  investment  of a  capital  nature,  whether  by
         purchase of stock or  securities,  contributions  to capital,  property
         transfers  or  otherwise,  in any  partnership,  corporation  or  other
         entity;


                                       12


<PAGE>


                  (vii) canceled or compromised any debt or claim related to the
         Business, except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with
         past practice;

                  (viii) waived or released any rights of material value related
         to the  Business,  except in any case for a fair  consideration  in the
         ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

                  (ix)  transferred or granted any rights under any concessions,
         leases,  licenses,   sublicenses,   agreements,   patents,  inventions,
         trademarks, trade names, service marks or copyrights or with respect to
         any know-how related to the Business,  except in the ordinary course of
         business and consistent with past practice;

                  (x) made or granted  any wage,  salary or benefit  increase or
         paid any bonus applicable to any group or  classification  of employees
         generally, entered into or amended the terms of any employment contract
         with,  or made any loan to, or granted  any  severance  benefits  to or
         entered  into or amended the terms of any material  transaction  of any
         other nature with, any officer or employee engaged in the operations of
         the Business;

                  (xi) entered  into any  transaction,  contract or  commitment,
         except  (A)  contracts  listed on  Schedule  3.01(j)  here to, (B) this
         Agreement and the transactions  contemplated  hereby and (C) as involve
         payments of less than $25,000;

                  (xii)  suffered  any casualty  loss or damage  (whether or not
         such loss or damage shall have been covered by  insurance)  or received
         any claim or claims in respect of the  Business in excess of  insurable
         limits, or canceled any insurance coverage,  in whole or in part, under
         any policy the coverage limits of which exceed $25,000;

                  (xiii)  suffered  any  material  adverse  change in any of its
         operations or in its financial condition or in its assets,  properties,
         business or prospects;

                  (xiv) surrendered,  had revoked or otherwise terminated or had
         terminated   any   material   license,   Permit   or  other   approval,
         authorization or consent from any court, administrative agency or other
         governmental authority; or

                  (xv) entered  into any  agreement  or  commitment  to take any
         action described in this Section 3.01(h).

                  (i) Title to  Properties,  Absence of Liens and  Encumbrances.
Except as set forth in Schedule 3.01(i) hereto, Seller


                                       13


<PAGE>



has good and  marketable  title to all the Assets,  free and clear of all liens,
charges,  pledges,  security  interests  or  other  encumbrances  of any  nature
whatsoever.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.01(i) hereto,  all leases of real
and personal  property of Seller to be assigned to Buyer hereunder are valid and
binding in accordance with their  respective  terms,  and there is not under any
such  lease any  existing  default,  or any  condition,  event or act which with
notice  or lapse of time or both  would  constitute  such a  default,  nor would
consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby result in a default or any
such condition, event or act.

                  (j) List of  Properties,  Contracts  and Other  Data.  Annexed
hereto as Schedule 3.01(j) is a list setting forth with respect to the Business,
as of the dates specified on such Schedule, the following:

                  (i)  all real properties owned in fee simple by Seller;

                  (ii) all tangible  assets owned by Seller with  original  book
         value in excess of $10,000;

                  (iii) all  leases  of real  or  personal  property  involving
         payments  in excess of  $10,000  per annum to which  Seller is a party,
         either as lessee or lessor;

                  (iv) (A) all patents,  trademarks  and trade names,  trademark
         and  trade  name   registrations,   service   marks  and  service  mark
         registrations,   copyrights  and  copyright   registrations  which  are
         unexpired as of the date hereof, all applications  pending on said date
         for patents or for  trademark,  trade name,  service  mark or copyright
         registrations,  and all  other  proprietary  rights,  owned  or held by
         Seller,  and (B) all licenses and  sublicenses  granted by or to Seller
         and all other  agreements to which Seller is a party which  relate,  in
         whole or in part, to any items of the categories mentioned in (A) above
         or to other  Intellectual  Property Rights used by Seller in connection
         with the Business, whether owned by Seller or any affiliate thereof;

                  (v)  all  employment  and  consulting  agreements,   executive
         compensation  plans,  collective  bargaining  agreements,  bonus plans,
         deferred compensation agreements,  employee pension plans or retirement
         plans, employee profit sharing plans, employee stock purchase and stock
         option plans, group life insurance,  hospitalization insurance or other
         plans or  arrangements  providing  for  benefits to employees of Seller
         engaged in the Business, whether oral or written;

                  (vi) all contracts in respect of customer accounts that either
         (A) generated in excess of $10,000 in Revenue  during


                                       14


<PAGE>



         the twelve  months  ended  December  31, 1996 or (B) Seller  reasonably
         expects will generate in excess of $10,000 in Revenue during the twelve
         months  ended  December  31,  1997  (collectively,  the  "Key  Customer
         Contracts");

                  (vii)  all other  contracts,  understandings  and  commitments
         (including,   without  limitation,   powers  of  attorney,   mortgages,
         indentures  and loan  agreements  or  obligations  for  borrowed  money
         including, without limitation, guarantees), whether oral or written, to
         which  Seller is a party or to which  Seller or any of the  Assets  are
         subject and which are not specifically referred to above, and which (A)
         is a contract  or group of related  contracts  which  involve  payments
         exceeding  $25,000 per annum in amount,  (B) is a sales  contract of an
         open-ended  or blanket  nature or provides for prepaid  commissions  or
         rebates,   (C)  contains  penalty   provisions  for  late  delivery  or
         completion,  (E) cannot be  performed in the normal  course  within 365
         days after the Closing Date or canceled within such period by Seller or
         its assignees without breach or penalty,  or (F) contains a prohibition
         on the assignment thereof or any limitation on the ability of Seller to
         assign the same;

                  (viii) the names and current annual  compensation rates of all
         employees  of  Seller  engaged  in the  Business  earning  in excess of
         $30,000 per annum; and

                  (ix) all agreements with third party payors.

True and complete copies of all documents and complete  descriptions of all oral
understandings  (if any)  referred  to in  Schedule  3.01(j)  hereto  have  been
provided or made available to Buyer and its counsel. Except as disclosed in said
Schedule,  there is no claim that any contract  referred to in said  Schedule is
not valid and  enforceable  in accordance  with its terms for the periods stated
therein,  and there does not exist under any such contract any existing  default
or event of  default or event  which with  notice or lapse of time or both would
constitute such a default.

                  (k)  Litigation.  Except as  otherwise  set forth on  Schedule
3.01(k) hereto, there are no actions,  suits or proceedings  involving claims by
or against  Seller  pending  or, to the best  knowledge  of  Seller,  threatened
against Seller or relating to any of the  operations of the Business,  at law or
in equity, or before or by any Federal,  state,  municipal or other governmental
department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,  nor, to the
best of Seller's knowledge, is there any basis for any such claim. Except as set
forth in Schedule 3.01(k) hereto,  there are no orders,  judgments or decrees of
any court or governmental  agency with respect to which Seller has been named or
is a party.


                                       15


<PAGE>



                  (l) Collective  Bargaining  Agreements,  Labor  Controversies,
etc. Seller is not a party to any labor or collective bargaining agreement,  and
there are no labor or  collective  bargaining  agreements  which  pertain to any
employees engaged in the operations of the Business.  No employees of Seller are
represented  by any  labor  organization.  No  labor  organization  or  group of
employees of Seller has made a pending demand for recognition,  and there are no
representation  proceedings  or petitions  seeking a  representation  proceeding
presently  pending or, to the  knowledge of Seller,  threatened to be brought or
filed with the National Labor Relations Board or other labor relations tribunal.
There is no organizing activity involving Seller pending or, to the knowledge of
Seller,  threatened by any labor  organization  or group of employees of Seller.
There are no (A) strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns, lockouts or arbitrations or
(B) material  grievances or other  material  labor  disputes  pending or, to the
knowledge of Seller, threatened against or involving Seller. There are no unfair
labor practice charges, grievances or complaints pending or, to the knowledge of
Seller,  threatened  against or  involving  Seller or any group of  employees of
Seller.  Hours worked by and payments  made to employees of Seller have not been
in violation of the federal  Fair Labor  Standards  Act or any other law dealing
with such matters.

                  (m) Employee Benefit Plans.

                  (i) Schedule  3.01(m) hereto lists each employee  benefit plan
         within the meaning of Section  3(3) of the Employee  Retirement  Income
         Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),  maintained by Seller or to
         which Seller  contributes  or is required to contribute or in which any
         employee  of  Seller  participates  (a  "Plan").  No Plan is a  defined
         benefit plan as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA.  Seller has complied
         and currently is in compliance, both as to form and operation, with the
         applicable  provisions of ERISA and the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
         as amended (the "Code"), respectively, with respect to each Plan.

                  (ii) Each of the  Plans  that is  intended  to  qualify  under
         Section  401(a) of the Code does so qualify and is exempt from taxation
         pursuant  to  Section  501(a)  of the Code,  and  Seller  has  received
         favorable and unrevoked determination letters from the Internal Revenue
         Service to that effect.

                  (iii)  Seller  has  not  maintained,  contributed  to or  been
         required to contribute to, nor do any of its employees  participate in,
         a  "multiemployer  plan" (as  defined  in Section  3(37) of ERISA).  No
         amount is due or owing from Seller on account of a "multiemployer plan"
         (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) or on account of any  withdrawal
         therefrom.


                                       16

<PAGE>

         In  addition,  no  withdrawal  liability  would  result if there were a
         partial or complete  withdrawal from any  multiemployer  plan as of the
         Closing Date.

                  (iv)  Notwithstanding  anything else set forth herein,  Seller
         has not  incurred  any  liability  with respect to any Plan under ERISA
         (including, without limitation, Title I or Title IV of ERISA), the Code
         or other  applicable  law, which has not been satisfied in full, and no
         event  has   occurred,   and  there  exists  no  condition  or  set  of
         circumstances  which could result in the  imposition  of any  liability
         under  ERISA  (including,  without  limitation,  Title I or Title IV of
         ERISA),  the Code or other  applicable  law with  respect to any of the
         Plans.

                  (v) No Plan,  other than a Plan which is an  employee  pension
         benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(2)(A) of ERISA), provides
         benefits,   including  without  limitation  death,  health  or  medical
         benefits  (whether or not  insured),  with respect to current or former
         employees of Seller  beyond their  retirement or other  termination  of
         service  with Seller  (other than (A) coverage  mandated by  applicable
         law, (B) deferred  compensation  benefits accrued as liabilities on the
         books of Seller, or (C) benefits the full cost of which is borne by the
         current or former employee (or his beneficiary)).

                  (vi) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement  will not (A)  entitle  any  current  or former  employee  or
         officer of Seller to severance pay,  unemployment  compensation  or any
         other payment,  or (B)  accelerate  the time of payment or vesting,  or
         increase the amount of compensation due any such employee or officer.

                  (vii) Seller has provided to Buyer true and complete copies of
         the following:  (A) each of the Plans; (B) summary plan descriptions of
         each of the Plans; (C) each trust agreement,  insurance policy or other
         instrument  relating to the  funding of each of the Plans;  (D) the two
         most  recent  Annual  Reports  (Form  5500  series)  and   accompanying
         schedules  filed with the  Internal  Revenue  Service or United  States
         Department  of Labor with  respect  to each of the Plans;  (E) the most
         recent audited financial  statement for each of the Plans; (F) the most
         recent  actuarial  report  of each of the  Plans;  (G) each  policy  of
         fiduciary   liability   insurance  (and  agreements   related  thereto)
         maintained  in  connection  with the  Plans,  and (H) the  most  recent
         determination  letter  issued  by the  Internal  Revenue  Service  with
         respect to each of the Plans that is intended to qualify  under Section
         401(a) of the Code.


                                       17


<PAGE>



                  (n) Intellectual  Property Rights.  The Intellectual  Property
Rights listed in clause (iv) of Schedule  3.01(j)  hereto,  constitute  all such
proprietary  rights that are  necessary to the conduct of the Business as of the
date  hereof.  Seller  owns or has  valid  rights  to use all such  Intellectual
Property Rights without conflict with the rights of others.  Except as set forth
on Schedule  3.01(n)  hereto,  no person has made or, to the best  knowledge  of
Seller,  threatened to make,  any claims that the operations of the Business are
in violation of or infringe upon any  intellectual  property rights or any other
proprietary  or trade  rights of any third  party,  nor, to the best of Seller's
knowledge,  is there  any  basis for any such  claim.  None of the  Intellectual
Property  Rights  is the  subject  of any  outstanding  order,  ruling,  decree,
judgment or stipulation.  Seller has taken and is taking reasonable  precautions
to  protect  any  material  trade  secrets  and other  confidential  information
included in the Intellectual Property Rights.

                  (o) Software.

                  (i) The operating and applications  computer software programs
         and databases used by Seller in the conduct of the Business (other than
         "off-the-shelf"  programs and databases that are generally commercially
         available  at a per unit cost of less  than  $500)  (collectively,  the
         "Software") are listed on Schedule 3.01(o) hereto.  Except as set forth
         on Schedule  3.01(o),  Seller owns outright or holds valid  licenses to
         all  copies of the  Software  used by it in the  Business.  None of the
         Software used by Seller, and no use thereof, infringes upon or violates
         any patent,  copyright,  trade secret or other proprietary right of any
         other  person  and,  to the best  knowledge  of  Seller,  no claim with
         respect to any such  infringement or violation is threatened,  nor does
         any person have any basis for such a claim.  Seller has taken all steps
         necessary  to  protect  its  right,  title and  interest  in and to the
         Software owned by Seller.

             (ii) Seller  possesses or has access to the original and all copies
         of all Software  (including,  without limitation,  all source code) and
         all  documentation  relating  thereto  owned  or used by  Seller.  Upon
         consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,  Buyer
         will (A) own all the Software owned by Seller  immediately prior to the
         Closing, free and clear of all claims, liens, encumbrances, obligations
         and  liabilities  and,  (B) with  respect to all  Software  licensed or
         leased  to  Seller,   have  valid  rights  to  use  such   Software  on
         substantially the same terms as presently apply to Seller.

            (iii) Any programs, modifications, enhancements or other inventions,
         improvements,  discoveries,  methods or works of


                                       18


<PAGE>



         authorship  included in the Software  that were created by employees of
         Seller were made in the regular  course of such  employees'  employment
         with  Seller  using  Seller's  facilities  and  resources,  and as such
         constitute "works made for hire".

                  (p) Use of Real  Property.  The owned and leased real property
listed on Schedule  3.01(h) hereto are used and operated in material  compliance
and conformity with all applicable  leases,  contracts,  commitments,  licenses,
zoning ordinances, codes and Permits.

                  (q) Condition of Assets.  As of the Closing Date, all tangible
personal property,  fixtures, machinery and equipment comprising the Assets will
(i) be in a good state of repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and operating
condition  and will be suitable  for the  purposes for which they are being used
and (ii)  substantially  conform with all  ordinances,  codes,  regulations  and
requirements applicable to them.

                  (r) Compliance With Law. The conduct of the Business by Seller
does not  violate in any  material  respect  any  federal,  state or local laws,
statutes,  ordinances,  regulations,  decrees,  orders, Permits or other similar
rules presently in force (including,  without  limitation,  any of the foregoing
relating to the federal  Medicare  program,  any federal  and/or state  Medicaid
programs  or ERISA).  Seller is not liable for any arrears of wages or any taxes
or penalties for failure to comply with any of the foregoing.

                  (s)  Third-Party  Payor  and  Customer  Contracts.  Except  as
otherwise set forth on Schedule 3.01(s) hereto,  since June 30, 1997, Seller has
not lost or been notified that (whether as a result of the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise) it will lose or suffer
diminution in its relationships with any third-party  payor(s),  formulary plans
or other  customer(s),  other than normal  attrition at historically  consistent
levels.

                  (t) Taxes.

                  (i) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.01(t) hereto, Seller has
         duly and timely filed all returns,  declarations,  reports,  estimates,
         information returns and statements  ("Returns") required to be filed by
         it in  respect  of any  Taxes (as  hereinafter  defined).  All  Returns
         (including  all  informational  Returns)  were  correct  as  filed  and
         correctly  reflect the facts  regarding the income,  business,  assets,
         operations,  activities  and  status  of  Seller  as well as any  Taxes
         required to be paid or collected  by Seller.  Seller has timely paid or
         withheld all Taxes that are due and payable with respect to the Returns
         referred  to  above.


                                       19


<PAGE>

         Seller has  established,  consistent  with past  practice,  an adequate
         reserve on the June 30, 1997 Balance Sheet for the payment of all Taxes
         with  respect to Seller not yet due for any  taxable  period or portion
         thereof  ending on or prior to the Closing Date (or otherwise  relating
         or  attributable  to the results of operations of Seller on or prior to
         the Closing Date).  Seller has complied with all applicable laws, rules
         and regulations  relating to the payment and withholding of Taxes,  and
         has timely  withheld  from  employee  wages and paid over to the proper
         governmental  authorities  when  due  all  amounts  required  to  be so
         withheld and paid over  (including,  but not limited to, federal income
         taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act taxes, state and local income
         and wage taxes, payroll taxes,  workers'  compensation and unemployment
         compensation taxes).

                  (ii)  Except  as set forth in  Schedule  3.01(t)  hereto,  (A)
         Seller  is not  delinquent  in the  payment  of any  Taxes  and has not
         requested  any  extension  of time  within  which  to file or send  any
         Return,  which Return has not since been filed or sent; (B) there is no
         deficiency, claim, audit, action, suit, proceeding or investigation now
         pending or  threatened  against or with respect to Seller in respect of
         any Taxes; and (C) there are no requests for rulings or  determinations
         in  respect  of  any  Taxes  pending  between  Seller  and  any  taxing
         authority,  and no such rulings or determinations have been received by
         Seller.

                  (iii) Seller has not  executed or entered into (and,  prior to
         the  Closing,  Seller will not execute or enter into) with the Internal
         Revenue  Service or any other  taxing  authority  (A) any  agreement or
         other  document  extending or having the effect of extending the period
         for  assessments  or  collection of any Taxes for which Seller would be
         liable or (B) a closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code,
         or any  predecessor  provision  thereof  or any  similar  provision  of
         foreign,  state  or  local  Tax  law  that  relates  to the  assets  or
         operations of Seller.

                  (iv) Except as set forth on Schedule  3.01(t)  hereto,  Seller
         has never  (A) been a member of a  consolidated,  combined  or  unitary
         group for federal, state, local or foreign Tax law purposes, (B) been a
         party to any  Tax-sharing  or  allocation  agreement  or (C)  filed any
         election or caused any deemed election under Section 338 of the Code.

                  (v)  Seller  is not a  party  to any  agreement,  contract  or
         arrangement that would result,  by reason of the consummation of any of
         the transactions  contemplated herein,  separately or in the aggregate,
         in the payment of any "ex-



                                       20



<PAGE>

         cess  parachute  payment"  within the  meaning of Section  280G of  the
         Code.

                  (vi) No agreement or consent pursuant to Section 341(f) of the
         Code has ever  been  made  with  respect  to  Seller  or any  assets or
         properties  of  Seller  (or any  predecessor  corporation  of  Seller).
         Further,  Seller shall not make any  agreement  or consent  pursuant to
         said Section 341(f) in respect of the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement.

                  (vii)  Seller has been,  for all Tax periods  beginning  on or
         after its  inception,  and  ending on or before  the  Closing  Date,  a
         validly electing subchapter S corporation within the meaning of Section
         1361 of the Code and the corresponding provisions (if any) of state and
         local income tax laws in all  jurisdictions  in which it is required to
         report its business  operations.  Schedule 3.01(t) hereto lists all the
         states and  localities  with respect to which Seller is or was required
         to file any Returns and sets forth whether  Seller is or was treated as
         the  equivalent  of an S  corporation  by or with  respect to each such
         state and/or locality.

                  (viii)   Except  as  set  forth  in  Schedule   3.01(t),   the
         Stockholder  has paid all Taxes  relating to his ownership  interest in
         Seller and required to be paid by him on or prior to June 30, 1997.

                  (ix)  For  purposes  of  this   Agreement,   "Tax"  (and  with
         correlative  meaning,  "Taxes") means (A) any net income, gross income,
         gross receipts,  franchise,  profits,  license, sales, use, ad valorem,
         value  added,  property,  payroll,   withholding,   excise,  severance,
         transfer, employment, alternative or add-on minimum, stamp, occupation,
         premium,  environmental  or windfall  profits taxes,  customs duties or
         other taxes,  governmental fees or other like assessments or charges of
         any  kind  whatsoever,  together  with  any  interest  or any  penalty,
         addition  to tax  or  additional  amount  imposed  by any  governmental
         authority responsible for the imposition of any such Taxes (domestic or
         foreign); (B) any liability of Seller for the payment of any amounts of
         the  type  described  in  (A) as a  result  of  being  a  member  of an
         affiliated,  consolidated,  combined or unitary group, or being a party
         to any  agreement  or  arrangement  whereby  liability  of  Seller  for
         payments of such  amounts was  determined  or taken into  account  with
         reference to the  liability of any other person for any period prior to
         the Closing  Date;  and (C) any liability of Seller with respect to the
         payment of any amounts  described  in (A) as a result of any express or
         implied obligation to indemnify any other person.


                                       21


<PAGE>



         (u) Environmental Matters.

                  (i) Neither the business or  operations  of Seller nor, to the
         knowledge  of Seller and the  Stockholder,  the real  property  used by
         Seller in the Business (the "Real  Property")  violates any  applicable
         Environmental Law in any material respect.

                  (ii)  Seller  has  not  disposed   of,   stored  or  used  any
         pollutants,  contaminants  or hazardous or toxic wastes,  substances or
         materials  in  violation  of any  Environmental  Law on or at the  Real
         Property.

                  (iii) Seller is not the subject of any  government  or private
         litigation  or  proceedings  involving  a demand  for  damages or other
         potential  liability  pursuant to any Environmental  Laws or Common Law
         Environmental Principles (as defined below).

                  (ii) For the purposes of this  Agreement,  the following terms
         have the meanings set forth below:

                  "Common Law Environmental  Principles" means any principles of
         common law under  which a person or entity  may be held  liable for the
         release or discharge of any  pollutants,  contaminants  or hazardous or
         toxic wastes, substances or materials into the environment.

                  "Environmental  Law" shall mean any law, statute,  regulation,
         rule,  order,  consent  decree,  settlement  agreement or  governmental
         requirement of any governmental  authority, as in effect on the date of
         this  Agreement,  which  relates to or otherwise  imposes  liability or
         standards  of  conduct   concerning   discharges  or  releases  of  any
         pollutants,  contaminants  or hazardous or toxic wastes,  substances or
         materials into ambient air, water or land, or otherwise relating to the
         manufacture,  processing,  generation,  distribution,  use,  treatment,
         storage,  disposal,  cleanup,  transport  or  handling  of  pollutants,
         contaminants or hazardous or toxic wastes, substances or materials.

                  (v)  Transactions  with  Affiliates.  Except  as set  forth on
Schedule 3.01(v) hereto, no partner, director or officer of Seller or any member
of such individual's  immediate family, owns, directly or indirectly,  or has an
ownership  interest in (i) any business,  (corporate  or  otherwise)  which is a
party to, or in any property which is the subject of,  business  arrangements or
relationships of any kind with Seller, or (ii) any business (corporate or other)
which  conducts  the same  business,  or a business  similar  to,  that which is
conducted by Seller.


                                       22


<PAGE>



                  (w) Governmental Authorizations and Regulations.

                  (i) Seller has all governmental licenses, franchises, permits,
         consents,  certificates,  approvals and all  registrations  and filings
         with  any  governmental   body  with  respect  thereto   (collectively,
         "Permits"),  required  under  applicable  law  for the  conduct  of the
         Business as currently  conducted,  other than any of the  foregoing the
         failure of which to have would not have, in the  aggregate,  a Material
         Adverse Effect. Seller has made all required  registrations and filings
         with all  governmental  bodies  that are  required  to be  obtained  in
         connection  with the  operations of the Business.  All such Permits are
         listed on Schedule  3.01(w)  hereto.  Such  Permits  have been  validly
         issued by the appropriate governmental bodies and are in full force and
         effect. No material default or violation,  or event that with the lapse
         of time or the giving of notice or both would become a material default
         or violation, has occurred in the due observance of such Permit.

                  (ii) The Business is being  conducted  in material  compliance
         with all  applicable  laws,  ordinances,  rules and  regulations of all
         governmental  authorities  relating to Seller's Assets or applicable to
         the Business,  including  without  limitation the terms of all Permits.
         Seller has not received  any notice of any alleged  violation of any of
         the foregoing.

                  (iii) Neither Seller nor any of its properties,  operations or
         businesses is subject to any court or administrative  order,  judgment,
         injunction or decree.  To the best  knowledge of Seller,  no action has
         been taken or recommended by any  governmental or regulatory  official,
         body or authority, either to revoke, withdraw or suspend any Permit.

                  (x)  Insurance.  All  policies  of fire,  liability,  workers'
compensation,  and other forms of insurance  providing  insurance coverage to or
for Seller are listed in Schedule  3.01(x)  hereto.  All  premiums  with respect
thereto  covering  all  periods  up to and  including  the date as of which this
representation  is being made have been paid, and no notice of  cancellation  or
termination has been received with respect to any such policy. All such policies
are in full force and effect and provide insurance, including without limitation
liability insurance,  in such amounts and against such risks as is customary for
companies engaged in similar businesses to Seller.

                  (y) Broker's or Finders'  Fees. All  negotiations  relative to
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried out by
Seller directly with Buyer, without the intervention of any persons on behalf of
Seller in


                                       23


<PAGE>

such a manner  to give  rise to any  claim by any  person  against  Buyer  for a
finder's fee, brokerage commission or similar payment.

                  SECTION  3.002.  Representations  and  Warranties of Buyer and
MedE.  Buyer and MedE jointly and  severally  represent and warrant to Seller as
follows:

                  (a) Organization, Corporate Power, Etc. Each of Buyer and MedE
is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the State of Ohio and the State of Delaware, respectively. Each of Buyer
and MedE has all requisite corporate power and authority to acquire,  own, lease
and operate its  properties  and to execute and deliver this  Agreement  and the
Ancillary  Agreements  applicable to such party,  and to perform its obligations
hereunder and thereunder.

                  (b) Authorization of Agreements;  Validity.  The execution and
delivery by Buyer and MedE of this Agreement and the Ancillary  Agreements,  and
the consummation by Buyer and MedE of the transactions  contemplated  hereby and
thereby,  have been duly  authorized by all  requisite  corporate  action.  This
Agreement has been duly and validly  executed by Buyer and MedE and  constitutes
the  legal,  valid and  binding  obligation  of Buyer and MedE,  enforceable  in
accordance  with its terms.  Each  Ancillary  Agreement,  when duly executed and
delivered by Buyer and MedE (if a party  thereto),  will  constitute  the legal,
valid and binding  obligation of Buyer and MedE,  enforceable in accordance with
its terms.

                  (c) Effect of Agreements.  The execution and delivery by Buyer
and MedE of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which each is a party
and the performance by Buyer and MedE of their respective  obligations hereunder
and thereunder will not (x) violate any provision of law, any order of any court
or other agency of  government,  the charter or By-laws of Buyer or MedE, or any
judgment,  award, decree,  indenture,  agreement,  Permit or other instrument to
which  Buyer or MedE is a party,  or by which Buyer or MedE is bound or affected
or (y) conflict  with,  result in a breach of or constitute  (with due notice or
lapse of time or both) a default under, any such indenture, agreement, Permit or
other instrument.

                  (d) Actions Pending.  There is no action, suit,  investigation
or  proceeding  pending or, to the  knowledge of Buyer and MedE, as the case may
be,  threatened  against or affecting  Buyer or MedE or any of their  respective
properties or rights before any court or by or before any  governmental  body or
arbitration board or tribunal, the outcome of which, if adversely decided, would
prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.


                                       24


<PAGE>



                  (e)  Governmental  Approvals.   No  approval,   authorization,
consent or order or action of or filing with any court, administrative agency or
other governmental authority is required for the execution and delivery by Buyer
or MedE of this Agreement and the Ancillary  Agreements to which each is a party
or the consummation by Buyer or MedE of the transactions  contemplated hereby or
thereby.

                  (f) Broker's or Finders'  Fees. All  negotiations  relative to
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried out by
Buyer and MedE directly with Seller without the  intervention  of any persons on
behalf of Buyer or MedE in such a manner to give rise to any claim by any person
against Seller for a finder's fee, brokerage commission or similar payment.

                                  IV. COVENANTS

                  SECTION 4.001. Covenants of Seller and the Stockholder.

                  (a) Seller and the  Stockholder  jointly  and  severally agree
that, at all times  between the date hereof and the Closing  Date,  unless Buyer
and Seller shall otherwise  agree in writing,  Seller shall (and the Stockholder
shall cause Seller to):

                  (i)  operate  the Business  only  in the  usual,  regular  and
         ordinary manner and, to the extent consistent with such operations, (A)
         use its best efforts to preserve the current  business  organization of
         the Business and Seller's present  relationships with customers of, and
         all other persons having business dealings with, the Business,  and (B)
         use reasonable efforts to keep available the services of those officers
         and employees currently engaged in the operations of the Business;

                  (ii)  maintain  all its  Assets  in  good  repair,  order  and
         condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted;

                  (iii)  maintain its books of account and records in the usual,
         regular and ordinary manner,  on a basis consistent with past practice,
         and use its best efforts to comply with all laws  applicable  to it and
         to the conduct of the Business and perform all its material obligations
         without default;

                  (iv) not change the  character of the Business in any material
         manner;

                  (v) not,  with  respect  to the  Business  take any  action or
         undertake  any  commitment  or  obligation  of the types


                                       25


<PAGE>



         described  in clauses  (i) through  (xi) and (xiv) of  Section  3.01(h)
         hereof; and

                  (vi) not,  except in the ordinary  course and consistent  with
         past practice or as otherwise  contemplated by this Section 4.01, amend
         or modify in any way adverse to the  interests  of Seller any  contract
         listed on Schedule 1.01 hereto.

                  (b) Between the date of this  Agreement  and the Closing Date,
Seller will afford the  representatives of Buyer reasonable access during normal
business hours to the offices,  facilities,  books and records of Seller and the
opportunity  to discuss the affairs of Seller with  officers  and  employees  of
Seller familiar therewith.

                  (c) Between the date of this  Agreement  and the Closing Date,
Seller shall not, except as required by GAAP, (i) utilize accounting  principles
different from those used in the preparation of the Financial  Statements,  (ii)
change in any manner its method of maintaining  its books of account and records
from such methods as in effect on June 30, 1997, or (iii) accelerate  booking of
revenues or the deferral of  expenses,  other than as shall be  consistent  with
past practice and in the ordinary course of business.

                  (d)  Between  the date  hereof and the  Closing  Date,  Seller
shall,  with Buyer's  assistance and  cooperation  but at the expense of Seller,
promptly  apply  for or  otherwise  seek and use  reasonable  efforts  (it being
understood,  for purposes of  paragraphs  (d) and (e) hereof,  that  "reasonable
efforts" shall not include  either (i) incurring any material cash  expenditures
or (ii) payment of any material  sums) to obtain all  authorizations,  consents,
waivers and  approvals as may be required in connection  with the  assignment of
the contracts,  agreements,  licenses, leases, sales orders, purchase orders and
other  commitments  and all  Permits of which  Seller is the  beneficiary  to be
assigned  to  Buyer  pursuant  to  Section  1.01(a)  hereto  (including  without
limitation (A) any Key Customer Contracts for which such consent is required and
(B) those contracts scheduled in response to Section 3.01(j)(vii)(F) hereof).

                  (e)  Between  the date  hereof and the  Closing  Date,  Seller
shall, with Buyer's assistance and cooperation but at the expense of Seller, use
reasonable efforts (i) to enter into written service agreements substantially in
the form  attached  as Exhibit D hereto  ("Standard  Service  Agreements")  with
respect  to the Key  Customer  Contracts  listed on Part I of  Schedule  4.01(e)
hereto,  and (ii) to enter into supplements to the Key Customer Contracts listed
on Part II of Schedule 4.01(e) hereto.  The terms of such  supplements  shall be
satisfactory to Buyer.


                                       26



<PAGE>



                  (f) Between the date of this  Agreement  and the Closing Date,
Seller will not enter into any  transaction or make any agreement or commitment,
or permit any event to occur, which would result in any of the  representations,
warranties or covenants of Seller contained in this Agreement not being true and
correct  at and  as of  the  time  immediately  after  the  occurrence  of  such
transaction or event.

                  SECTION 4.002. Confidentiality. The contents of this Agreement
shall be kept confidential among the parties,  except that each party may reveal
and discuss the contents with its respective  professional  advisors,  including
attorneys and  accountants.  The parties may mutually agree in writing as to the
revealing of the subject  transaction to current employees and to the public. In
so doing,  the  parties  shall agree to the timing and content of the release of
such information.

                  SECTION  4.003.  Allocation  of  Purchase  Price.  Each of the
parties  hereto  agrees to  allocate  the  Purchase  Price (and any  liabilities
assumed  by Buyer from  Seller)  among the  Assets in the  manner  specified  in
Schedule 4.03 hereto.  Each of the parties hereto shall respect such  allocation
for all  financial  accounting  and Tax  purposes and shall file all Returns and
other  documents with all taxing  authorities on a basis  consistent  therewith.
Buyer and Seller  shall timely  complete and file a Form 8594 Asset  Acquisition
Statement of Allocation  consistent  with such  allocation,  and shall provide a
certified  copy of such form to Buyer or  Seller,  as the case may be,  and,  if
applicable, shall file a certified copy of such form with its federal income Tax
Return for the period that includes the Closing Date.

                  SECTION 4.004.  Preparation of Certain  Financial  Statements.
After the date hereof,  Seller and the Stockholder  shall provide MedE and Buyer
and their  independent  auditors  with all  reasonable  assistance  required  to
prepare  audited  financial  statements  for the  Business for and as of (x) the
period  from  July  1,  1997  through  the  Closing  Date  and  (y)  each of the
twelve-month  periods ended  December 31, 1996,  December 31, 1995, and December
31,  1994.  Seller and the  Stockholder  confirm and agree that such  assistance
shall  include,  without  limitation,   (i)  providing  MedE,  Buyer  and  their
representatives  with all necessary  financial  information and data relating to
the Business for such periods,  (ii) making available all employees of Seller or
any of its  affiliates  deemed  necessary  by MedE and  Buyer to  assist  in the
preparation  of such  financial  statements,  and  (iii)  delivering  to  MedE's
independent  auditors a management  representation  letter for such periods in a
form reasonably acceptable to such auditors.


                                       27


<PAGE>



                  Section 4.005.  Certain Tax Matters.  () All stamp,  transfer,
sales or use Taxes  imposed  upon or incurred  by any of the  parties  hereto in
connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be
borne by Buyer.  Seller and Buyer shall  jointly  prepare and file all necessary
Returns and other documents with respect to all such stamp,  transfer,  sales or
use taxes and each party shall bear its own expenses in connection therewith. If
required by  applicable  law, any other party hereto shall join in the execution
and filing of any such Returns or other documents.

                  (b) For all  federal,  state,  local and  foreign  income  and
franchise  Tax  purposes,  each  of the  parties  hereto  agrees  to  treat  the
acquisition of the Assets by Buyer, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement,  as a fully  taxable  sale of the assets of Seller to Buyer solely in
exchange for cash (and the liabilities assumed by Buyer from Seller).

                  (c) Seller shall be responsible  for and shall pay (i) any and
all Taxes with respect to Seller, the Business or the Assets relating to any Tax
period or portion  thereof ending on or before the Closing Date and (ii) any and
all Taxes incurred by or imposed upon Seller (other than any Taxes  described in
paragraph (a) above) as a result of the  consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement.  The  Stockholder  shall be responsible for and
shall  pay  all  Taxes  relating  to  his  ownership   interest  in  Seller  and
attributable  to any  period  (or  portion  thereof)  ending  on or prior to the
Closing Date.

                  SECTION 4.006.  Insurance.  Between the date of this Agreement
and the  Closing  Date,  Seller  shall  maintain  in full  force and  effect all
insurance policies listed on Schedule 3.01(x) hereto.

                  SECTION 4.007.  Collection of Accounts  Receivable.  (a) For a
period of twelve  months  after the  Closing  Date,  Buyer  will use  reasonable
efforts  to  collect  for  the   benefit  of  Seller,   and  with  the  risk  of
non-collection  continuing to be the risk of Seller, the accounts  receivable of
Seller as of the Closing Date (such receivables being hereinafter referred to as
the "Collection Receivables"). Buyer shall deposit in Seller's account, when and
as received  (together with appropriate  statements of collection),  all monies,
drafts,  checks and other  instruments of payment  received by it as payments on
the Collection  Receivables,  provided that payments applying to both Collection
Receivables  and  receivables of Buyer shall be deposited in Buyer's account and
funds in the amount attributable to the Collection Receivables shall be promptly
remitted to Seller. Buyer shall apply all collections from account debtors owing
Collection  Receivables  to the  payment  in  full  of  undisputed  and  matured
Collection  Receivables in priority to any accounts receivable from such


                                       28


<PAGE>



account debtors with respect to services rendered, goods sold or work done on or
after the  Closing  Date;  provided,  however,  that in the event  that any such
collection  is  received  from such an  account  debtor  as to whom  transaction
processing services are discontinued, such collection shall be allocated between
Seller  and  Buyer  pro  rata  on the  basis  of  the  ratio  of (A)  Collection
Receivables  payable by such account debtor to (B)  receivables  payable by such
account debtor that accrue after the Closing Date.

                  SECTION  4.008.  Retention of  Employees.  Effective as of the
Closing Date,  except for the employees of the Business  listed in Schedule 4.08
hereto,  Buyer will offer to continue the  employment of all employees of Seller
at salaries  equal to those now paid by Seller,  and on such other terms as MedE
and Buyer make  available to their  employees  generally.  It is understood  and
agreed that nothing in this  Agreement  shall be deemed to create any employment
status  other than  employment  at will or  require  Buyer to  continue  for the
benefit  of any  employee  any Plan or other  benefits  program  or  arrangement
maintained by Seller prior to the Closing Date.

                  SECTION  4.009.  Payment  of  Certain  Liabilities.  () Seller
shall, on a timely basis and in a manner consistent with past practice,  pay all
liabilities of Seller not assumed by Buyer.

                  (b)  Prior to the Closing  Date,  Buyer  shall  pay to  Seller
$130,000,  to be used to  repay  purchase  money  indebtedness  on the  computer
equipment  described on Schedule  1.01(a)(i)  hereto.  Seller shall promptly use
such sum to repay  such  indebtedness,  and shall at the  Closing  deliver  such
computer  equipment  free and clear of any  liens,  charges,  pledges,  security
interests or other encumbrances of any nature whatsoever.

                  SECTION  4.10.  Name  Matters.  (a) Prior to the Closing Date,
Seller shall procure from Dan Bowden and PreScrip  Services,  Inc., all of their
respective  right,  title and  interest  in and to the name  "PreScrip"  and the
service  mark  associated  therewith,  and the same  shall be among  the  Assets
conveyed to Buyer pursuant to Section 1.01 hereof.

                  (b) Within 30 days of the Closing  Date,  Seller  shall change
its name to a name that does not include the word  "Stockton"  or any  variation
thereon.

                  SECTION  4.11.  Brookins and Lagnese.  (a) Seller shall pay to
Gerald Brookins  ("Brookins")  and to Christopher  Lagnese  ("Lagnese")  amounts
equal to 25% and  10%,  respectively,  of the  Purchase  Price,  when and as the
Purchase Price is received by Seller.


                                       29


<PAGE>



                  (b) Prior to the  Closing  Date,  Seller  and the  Stockholder
shall use their reasonable  efforts to procure from each of Brookins and Lagnese
a release  whereby  each  waives any claim to any  interest in the equity or the
assets of Seller (or any other  ownership  interest  in or  relating to Seller).
Such releases shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Buyer.

                  SECTION 4.12 Access to Records.  Following  the Closing  Date,
Buyer and MedE shall grant the  Stockholder,  Brookins  and  Lagnese  reasonable
access to the books and records of the Company and the Business for the purposes
of  maintaining  personal  financial  records  and paying  taxes,  and for other
similar  purposes;  provided  that any such  person  requesting  access  to such
information  shall  (i)  provide  reasonable  notice of any such  request,  (ii)
conduct any  investigation  or review of such  information so as to minimize any
disruption to the  operations of MedE and Buyer and (iii) keep such  information
confidential.

                             V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                  SECTION  5.001.  Conditions  Precedent to Obligations of Buyer
and MedE. The obligations of Buyer and MedE under this Agreement are subject, at
the option of Buyer and MedE,  to the  satisfaction  at or prior to the  Closing
Date of each of the following conditions:

                  (a)   Accuracy  of   Representations   and   Warranties.   The
representations  and warranties of Seller and the Stockholder  contained in this
Agreement or in any  certificate or document  delivered to Buyer pursuant hereto
shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date
as though made at and as of that date, and Seller and the Stockholder shall have
delivered to Buyer a certificate to that effect.

                  (b)  Compliance  with  Covenants.  Seller and the  Stockholder
shall have  performed  and  complied in all  material  respects  with all terms,
agreements,  covenants  and  conditions  of this  Agreement  to be  performed or
complied  with  by it at or  prior  to the  Closing  Date,  and  Seller  and the
Stockholder shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate to that effect.

                  (c) Opinion of Counsel to Seller. Buyer shall have received an
acceptable opinion of Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein L.L.P., counsel for Seller,
dated  the  Closing  Date,  providing  for  opinions  substantially  in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit E.

                  (d)  Legal  Actions  or   Proceedings.   No  legal  action  or
proceeding  shall  have been  instituted  or  threatened  seeking  to  restrain,
prohibit,  invalidate or otherwise  affect the consumma-


                                       30


<PAGE>



tion of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  or which  would,  if  adversely
decided, have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (e)  Consents; Assignment  of  Contracts.  Seller  shall  have
obtained all the  authorizations,  consents,  waivers and approvals  required in
connection  with the  transfer  or  assignment  of each of (i) the Key  Customer
Contracts  for which any such  approval  is  required  and (ii)  those  Permits,
contracts, agreements, licenses, leases, sales orders, purchase orders and other
commitments scheduled pursuant to Section 3.01(j)(vii)(F) hereof.

                  (f)  Written  Service   Agreements;   Supplements  to  Service
Agreements.  Seller shall have  entered  into  Standard  Service  Agreements  in
respect  of the Key  Customer  Contracts  listed on Part I of  Schedule  4.01(e)
hereto,  and shall have entered into supplements to those Key Customer Contracts
listed on Part II of  Schedule  4.01(e)  hereto.  The terms of such  supplements
shall be reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and its counsel.

                  (g) Audited Financial Statements.  Seller shall have delivered
to MedE and Buyer (x) audited  financial  statements for the Business for and as
of the twelve-month period ended June 30, 1997, and (y) financial statements for
the Business for and as of each of the  twelve-month  periods ended December 31,
1996,  December 31, 1995,  and December 31, 1994,  unaudited but reviewed by the
independent accountants retained by Seller.

                  (h) Ancillary Agreements.  The Ancillary Agreements shall have
been executed and delivered by each party thereto,  and said Agreements shall be
in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

                  (i)  Employment  Arrangements.  Each of  Brookins  and Lagnese
shall  have  executed  and  delivered  to MedE  an  Employment  Agreement  and a
Non-Compete  Agreement.  The terms of such  agreements  shall be satisfactory to
MedE and Brookins or Lagnese, as the case may be.

                  (j) Supporting  Documents.  Buyer and MedE shall have received
copies of the following supporting documents:

                  (i) (A) a copy of the charter of Seller as amended through the
         date hereof, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of
         the state of South Carolina,  and () a certificate of said Secretary of
         State,  dated as of a recent date, as to the due incorporation and good
         standing  of Seller and listing  all  documents  of Seller on file with
         said Secretary; and

             (ii) a certificate  of the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of
         Seller dated the Closing Date and certifying:


                                       31


<PAGE>



         (1) that attached  thereto is a true and complete  copy of  resolutions
         adopted by the Board of Directors of Seller  authorizing the execution,
         delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements
         and that all such  resolutions  are still in full  force and effect and
         are all the  resolutions  adopted in connection  with the  transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements; and (2) as
         to the  incumbency  and  specimen  signature  of each officer of Seller
         furnishing  any  certificate  or  instrument  pursuant  hereto,  and  a
         certification  by another  officer of Seller as to the  incumbency  and
         signature of the officer signing the certificate referred to herein.

                  (k) All  Proceedings  To Be  Satisfactory.  All  corporate and
other  proceedings  to be taken by Seller in  connection  with the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and all  documents  incident  thereto  shall be  reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to Buyer and its counsel,  and Buyer and said
counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other
copies of such documents as it or they may reasonably request.

                  (l) Allocation of Purchase Price.  Buyer and Seller shall have
agreed to an  allocation  of the Purchase  Price among the Assets in  accordance
with Section 4.03 hereof.

                  (m)  Receipt  of  Releases.  Buyer  shall  have  received  the
releases to be procured pursuant to Section 4.11 hereof.

                  SECTION 5.002.  Conditions  Precedent to Obligations of Seller
and the  Stockholder.  The obligations of Seller and the Stockholder  under this
Agreement  are  subject,  at the  option of Seller and the  Stockholder,  to the
satisfaction  at or  prior  to  the  Closing  Date  of  each  of  the  following
conditions:

                  (a)   Accuracy  of   Representations   and   Warranties.   The
representations  and warranties of Buyer and MedE contained in this Agreement or
in any certificate or document delivered to Seller pursuant hereto shall be true
and correct in all  material  respects  on and as of the Closing  Date as though
made at and as of that date,  and Buyer and MedE shall have delivered to Buyer a
certificate to that effect.

                  (b)  Compliance  with  Covenants.  Buyer and MedE  shall  have
performed  and complied in all  material  respects  with all terms,  agreements,
covenants and  conditions of this  Agreement to be performed or complied with by
it at or prior to the Closing Date,  and Buyer and MedE shall have  delivered to
Seller a certificate to that effect.

                  (c)  Legal  Actions  or   Proceedings.   No  legal  action  or
proceeding  shall  have been  instituted  or  threatened  seeking  to




                                       32


<PAGE>

restrain,  prohibit,  invalidate  or otherwise  affect the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby or which would, if adversely decided,  have a
Material Adverse Effect.

                  (d) Ancillary Agreements.  The Ancillary Agreements shall have
been executed and delivered by each party thereto,  and said Agreements shall be
in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

                  (e) Supporting Documents. Seller shall have received copies of
the following supporting documents:

                  (i) (A) a copy of the  charter  of each of  Buyer  and MedE as
         amended  through the date hereof,  certified as of a recent date by the
         Secretary of State of the state in which Buyer or MedE (as  applicable)
         is incorporated, and () a certificate of said Secretary of State, dated
         as of a recent date, as to the due  incorporation  and good standing of
         Buyer or MedE (as  applicable)  and listing all  documents  of Buyer or
         MedE on file with said Secretary; and

             (ii) a certificate  of the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of
         Buyer and MedE dated the Closing Date and certifying: (1) that attached
         thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions adopted by the Board
         of Directors of Buyer and MedE authorizing the execution,  delivery and
         performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and that all
         such  resolutions  are still in full  force and  effect and are all the
         resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by
         this  Agreement  and  the  Ancillary  Agreements;  and  (2)  as to  the
         incumbency  and  specimen  signature  of each officer of Buyer and MedE
         furnishing  any  certificate  or  instrument  pursuant  hereto,  and  a
         certification  by  another  officer of each of Buyer and MedE as to the
         incumbency  and  signature  of  the  officer  signing  the  certificate
         referred to herein.

                  (f) All  Proceedings  To Be  Satisfactory.  All  corporate and
other  proceedings  to be  taken  by  Buyer  and  MedE in  connection  with  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and all documents  incident  thereto shall be
reasonably  satisfactory  in form and  substance to Seller and its counsel,  and
Seller and said counsel  shall have received all such  counterpart  originals or
certified  or  other  copies  of such  documents  as it or they  may  reasonably
request.

                  (g) Allocation of Purchase Price.  Buyer and Seller shall have
agreed to an  allocation  of the Purchase  Price among the Assets in  accordance
with Section 4.03 hereof.



                                       33



<PAGE>



                  (h) Opinion of Buyer's Counsel. Seller shall have received the
favorable opinion of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol, counsel for
Buyer and MedE,  dated the Closing  Date,  substantially  in such form  attached
hereto as Exhibit F.

                  (i) Lease  Agreement.  Buyer shall have  entered  into a lease
agreement with Troon Properties, Inc. on terms satisfactory to Buyer.

                  VI. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS; INDEMNIFICATION

                  SECTION  6.001.   Survival  of   Representations.   Except  as
otherwise set forth below, all  representations and warranties made by any party
hereto in this  Agreement or pursuant  hereto  shall  survive for a period of 24
months following the Closing Date, except for the representations and warranties
as to Tax and  environmental  matters made by any party hereto in this Agreement
or pursuant hereto (which  representations  and warranties shall survive for the
applicable statute of limitation period, including any extensions thereof).

                  SECTION  6.002. Tax Indemnity.  () Seller and the  Stockholder
hereby jointly and severally agree to indemnify,  defend and hold Buyer and MedE
harmless  from and  against  any and all  Taxes  incurred  by,  imposed  upon or
attributable to Seller or any predecessor company thereof,  including reasonable
legal fees and expenses incurred by any party hereto and relating  thereto,  for
any Tax period or portion thereof ending on or before the Closing Date.

                  (b) Buyer and  MedE  hereby  jointly  and  severally  agree to
indemnify,  defend and hold Seller and the Stockholder harmless from and against
any and all Taxes incurred by, imposed upon or  attributable  to Buyer,  MedE or
any predecessor  company thereof,  including  reasonable legal fees and expenses
incurred by any party hereto and relating thereto, for any Tax period or portion
thereof ending after the Closing Date.

                  (c) For purposes of this Section 6.02,  any interest,  penalty
or  additional  charge  included  in Taxes  shall be  deemed to be a Tax for the
period to which  the item or event  giving  rise to such  interest,  penalty  or
additional  charge is  attributable,  and not a Tax for the period  during which
such interest, penalty or additional charge accrues.

                  (d) The  indemnity  provided for in this Section 6.02 shall be
independent  of any other  indemnity  provision  hereof  and,  anything  in this
Agreement to the contrary  notwithstanding shall survive until the expiration of
the applicable statutes of limitation, including any extensions thereof, for the
Taxes  referred  


                                       34
<PAGE>

to herein. Any Taxes,  legal fees and expenses subject to indemnification  under
this Section 6.02 shall not be subject to indemnification under Section 6.03.

                  SECTION 6.003. General Indemnity. (a) Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Article VI,  Seller and the  Stockholder  hereby  jointly and
severally  agree to indemnify,  defend and hold Buyer and MedE harmless from and
against all demands, claims, actions or causes of action,  assessments,  losses,
damages,  liabilities,   costs  and  expenses,  including,  without  limitation,
interest,  penalties and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses  (collectively,
"Damages"),  asserted  against,  imposed  upon or  incurred  by Buyer or MedE by
reason of or resulting from:

                  (i) a breach of any  representation,  warranty or cove nant of
         Seller  or the  Stockholder  contained  in or  made  pursuant  to  this
         Agreement;

                  (ii) any  liabilities or obligations  of, or claims against or
         imposed on Seller (whether absolute,  accrued,  contingent or otherwise
         and whether a contractual,  or any other type of liability,  obligation
         or claim) and not assumed by Buyer  pursuant to this  Agreement and the
         Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption Agreement;

                  (iii)  any  liabilities  or  obligations   (whether  absolute,
         accrued,  contingent or  otherwise)  in respect of any action,  suit or
         proceeding  relating to the conduct of the Business by Seller and based
         upon an event  occurring or a claim  arising on or prior to the Closing
         Date  (including  without  limitation  those actions listed on Schedule
         3.01(k) hereto); and

                  (iv) any  liability  in  respect  of any  failure by Seller to
         conduct the Business in compliance with any Permit,  law, regulation or
         order prior to the Closing Date.

                  (b) Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this  Article VI,
Buyer and MedE hereby jointly and severally agree to indemnify,  defend and hold
Seller and the  Stockholder  harmless  from and  against  all  Damages  asserted
against,  imposed upon or incurred by Seller or the  Stockholder by reason of or
resulting from:

                  (i) a breach of any  representation,  warranty  or covenant of
         Buyer or MedE contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement;

                  (iii) the failure of Buyer to pay,  perform and discharge when
         due any Assumed Liabilities;

                                       35
<PAGE>
                  (iii)  any  liabilities  or  obligations   (whether  absolute,
         accrued,  contingent or  otherwise)  in respect of any action,  suit or
         proceeding  relating to the conduct of the  Business by Buyer and based
         upon an event occurring or a claim arising after the Closing Date; and

                  (iv) any  liability  in  respect  of any  failure  by Buyer to
         conduct the Business in compliance with any Permit,  law, regulation or
         order after the Closing Date.

                  SECTION 6.004.  Conditions of Indemnification.  The respective
obligations and liabilities of Seller and the Stockholder,  on the one hand, and
Buyer and MedE, on the other hand (the  "indemnifying  parties"),  to the others
(the  "parties  to be  indemnified")  under  Sections  6.02 and 6.03 hereof with
respect to claims  resulting  from the  assertion of liability by third  parties
shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

                  (a) within 20 days after receipt of notice of  commencement of
any  action or the  assertion  in  writing  of any claim by a third  party,  the
parties to be indemnified  shall give the  indemnifying  parties  written notice
thereof together with a copy of such claim, process or other legal pleading, and
the  indemnifying  parties shall have the right to undertake the defense thereof
by representatives of its own choosing;

                  (b) in the event that the  indemnifying  parties,  by the 30th
day after receipt of notice of any such claim (or, if earlier,  by the tenth day
preceding  the day on which an answer or other  pleading must be served in order
to prevent  judgment by default in favor of the person  asserting  such  claim),
does not elect to defend against such claim,  the parties to be indemnified will
(upon further  notice to the  indemnifying  parties) have the right to undertake
the defense,  compromise  or  settlement  of such claim on behalf of and for the
account  and  risk of the  indemnifying  parties,  subject  to the  right of the
indemnifying  parties to assume  the  defense of such claim at any time prior to
settlement,  compromise  or  final  determination  thereof,  provided  that  the
indemnifying parties shall be given at least 15 days prior written notice to the
effectiveness of any such proposed settlement or compromise;

                  (c)   anything   in  this   Section   6.04  to  the   contrary
notwithstanding  (i) if  there  is a  reasonable  probability  that a claim  may
materially and adversely affect the indemnifying  parties other than as a result
of money damages or other money payments,  the  indemnifying  parties shall have
the right,  at their own cost and expense,  to  compromise or settle such claim,
but (ii) the  indemnifying  parties shall not, without the prior written consent
of the party to be indemnified, settle or compromise any claim or consent to the
entry of any judgment which does 



                                       36
<PAGE>

not include as an  unconditional  term thereof the giving by the claimant or the
plaintiff  to the parties to be  indemnified  a release  from all  liability  in
respect of such claim; and

                  (d)  in  connection   with  any  such   indemnification,   the
indemnified   parties  will  cooperate  in  all   reasonable   requests  of  the
indemnifying parties.

                                VII. TERMINATION

                  SECTION 7.001.  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated
at any time prior to the Closing Date:

                  (a) by Buyer,  if the  conditions  set forth in  Section  5.01
         shall not have been complied with or performed in any material  respect
         and such  noncompliance or  nonperformance  shall not have been waived,
         cured or eliminated (or by its nature cannot be cured or eliminated) by
         Seller or the Stockholder on or before November 30, 1997;

                  (b) by Seller,  if the  conditions  set forth in Section  5.02
         shall not have been complied with or performed in any material  respect
         and such  noncompliance or  nonperformance  shall not have been waived,
         cured or eliminated (or by its nature cannot be cured or eliminated) by
         Buyer or MedE on or before November 30, 1997; or

                  (c) by Buyer or Seller,  in the event the Closing Date has not
         occurred on or prior to the close of  business on November  30, 1997 or
         such later date as the parties hereto may agree in writing (unless such
         event has been  caused by the  breach  of this  Agreement  by the party
         seeking such termination).  A failure to satisfy a condition  hereunder
         (including  without limitation a condition set forth in Section 5.01(e)
         or  5.01(f)  hereof)  shall not of itself  constitute  a breach of this
         Agreement.

                  SECTION  7.002.  Effect  of  Termination.  In the event of the
termination  of this Agreement  pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof,  this Agreement
shall thereafter become void and have no effect,  and no party hereto shall have
any  liability  to any other party  hereto or its  partners or  stockholders  or
directors  or officers in respect  thereof,  except that  nothing  herein  shall
relieve any party from liability for any willful breach hereof. The terms of the
Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated as of February 24, 1997, between MedE and Seller
shall survive any termination of this Agreement.  Without limiting the effect of
said Non-Disclosure  Agreement,  upon any termination of this Agreement, each of
Buyer and MedE, on the one hand,  and Seller and the  



                                       37
<PAGE>

Stockholder,  on the other hand, (i) shall not use any confidential  information
disclosed by the other for its own benefit and (ii) shall promptly return to the
other all documents, papers and other confidential information delivered to such
party by the other at any time prior to the date of such termination.

                               VIII. MISCELLANEOUS

                  SECTION 8.001.    Specific   Performance.   Seller   and   the
Stockholder acknowledge that the acquisition of the Assets is a vital, necessary
and unique part of Buyer's  strategic  plan,  which includes the acquisition and
consolidation of other related businesses, and that any breach of this Agreement
by Seller or the  Stockholder  could not be adequately  compensated  by damages.
Buyer and MedE  acknowledge  that any breach of this  Agreement by Buyer or MedE
could not be adequately compensated by damages.  Accordingly,  each of Buyer and
MedE, on the one hand, and Seller and the Stockholder,  on the other hand, shall
be  entitled,  in the  event of a breach  of this  Agreement  by the  other,  in
addition  to any  other  remedies  that  it may  have,  to  enforcement  of this
Agreement by a decree of specific performance  requiring that the other party or
parties fulfill their respective obligations under this Agreement.

                  SECTION 8.002.  Bulk Transfer Laws.  Subject to the provisions
of Section  6.03  hereof,  Buyer  hereby  waives  compliance  by Seller with any
applicable bulk transfer laws, including,  without limitation, the bulk transfer
provisions of the Uniform  Commercial Code of any state, or any similar statute,
with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  SECTION 8.003. Expenses,  Etc. Whether or not the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement are consummated,  Seller and the Stockholder,  on
the one  hand,  and  Buyer  and  MedE,  on the  other  hand,  shall not have any
obligation  to pay any of the fees and  expenses of the other party  incident to
the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement, including the fees
and  expenses of counsel,  accountants,  investment  bankers and other  experts.
Seller and the  Stockholder,  on the one hand,  and Buyer and MedE, on the other
hand,  will indemnify the other and hold the other harmless from and against any
claims for finders fees or brokerage commissions in relation to or in connection
with such  transactions  as a result of any agreement or  understanding  between
such indemnifying party and any third party.

                  SECTION 8.004.  Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may
be executed in one or more  counterparts,  or by the parties  hereto on separate
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                                       38
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 8.005.  Notices. All notices which are required or may
be given pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall
be  sufficient  in all  respects if given in writing and  delivered  personally,
transmitted by facsimile,  sent by nationally  recognized  overnight  courier or
mailed by registered or certified mail postage prepaid, as follows:

                  If to Seller or to the Stockholder, to:

                           The Stockton Group, Inc.
                           125 Venture Blvd.
                           Spartanburg, South Carolina  29306
                           Attention:  President
                           Fax:  (864) 574-0424

                  with a copy to:

                           Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein
                           101 West Saint John Street, Suite 203
                           Spartanburg, South Carolina  29306
                           Attention:  T. Alexander Evins, Esq.
                           Fax:  (864) 591-2050

                  If to Buyer or MedE, to:

                           MedE America Corporation
                           90 Merrick Avenue, Suite 501
                           East Meadow, New York  11554
                           Attention:  David M. Goldwin, Esq.
                           Fax:  (516) 542-4508

                  with a copy to:

                           Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol
                           45 Rockefeller Plaza
                           New York, New York  10111
                           Attention:  Mark J. Tannenbaum, Esq.

                           Fax:  (212) 841-5725

or such other  address or  addresses as Seller and the  Stockholder,  on the one
hand, or Buyer and MedE, on the other hand,  shall have  designated by notice to
the other in writing.

                  SECTION 8.006. Waivers. Seller (acting on behalf of itself and
the  Stockholder),  on the one hand,  and MedE  (acting  on behalf of itself and
Buyer),  on the other hand, may, by written notice to the other,  (i) extend the
time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other
under this  Agreement;  (ii) waive any  inaccuracies in the  representations  or
warranties of the other contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered
pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) waive 



                                       39
<PAGE>

compliance  with any of the  conditions  or covenants of the other  contained in
this Agreement; or (iv) waive performance of any of the obligations of the other
under this Agreement.  Except as provided in the preceding  sentence,  no action
taken  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,   including,   without   limitation,   any
investigation  by or on  behalf of any party  shall be  deemed to  constitute  a
waiver  by such  party  of  compliance  with  any  representations,  warranties,
covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.  The waiver by any party of
a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as
a waiver of any subsequent breach.

                  SECTION 8.007. Amendments,  Supplements, Etc. At any time this
Agreement may be amended or supplemented by such additional agreements, articles
or  certificates  as may be  determined  by the parties  hereto to be necessary,
desirable or expedient to further the purposes of this Agreement,  or to clarify
the intention of the parties hereto, or to add to or modify the covenants, terms
or conditions  hereof or to effect or facilitate  any  governmental  approval or
acceptance of this  Agreement or to effect or facilitate the filing or recording
of this Agreement or the  consummation of any of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby. Any such instrument must be in writing and signed by all parties.

                  SECTION 8.008. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, its Exhibits
and  Schedules,  the  Ancillary  Agreements  and the  documents  executed on the
Closing Date in connection  herewith,  constitute the entire agreement among the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior
agreements and understandings, oral and written, between the parties hereto with
respect to the subject  matter hereof.  No  representation,  warranty,  promise,
inducement  or statement  of  intention  has been made by any party which is not
embodied in this Agreement or such other documents,  and no party shall be bound
by, or be liable for, any alleged representation,  warranty, promise, inducement
or statement of intention not embodied herein or therein.

                  SECTION  8.009.   APPLICABLE  LAW.  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL  BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                  SECTION 8.10. Binding Effect;  Benefits.  This Agreement shall
inure to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon the  parties  hereto  and  their
respective  successors and assigns.  Notwithstanding  anything contained in this
Agreement to the contrary,  nothing in this Agreement,  expressed or implied, is
intended  to  confer  on any  person  other  than the  parties  hereto  or their
respective  successors  and  assigns  any  rights,   remedies,   obligations  or
liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

                                       40
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 8.11. Assignability. Neither this Agreement nor any of
the parties'  rights  hereunder  shall be assignable by any party hereto without
the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.


                                       41
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Asset  Purchase  Agreement has been
duly  executed and  delivered  by the parties  hereto as of the date first above
written.

                                        GENERAL COMPUTER CORPORATION



                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------

                                        MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION



                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------

                                        THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.



                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------


                                    
                                          --------------------------------------

                                                   James S. Smith

                                       42




                                                                

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                            HIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                            ------------------------


                  FIRST:   The name of the Corporation is

                           HIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                  SECOND:   The  address  of  the   registered   office  of  the
Corporation  in the  State  of  Delaware  is 1013  Centre  Road,  in the City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the Corporation's registered agent
at such address is Corporation Service Company.

                  THIRD:    The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are
to engage in any lawful act or activity for which  corporations may be organized
under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

                  FOURTH:   The  total  number  of  shares of  stock  which  the
Corporation  shall have  authority  to issue is 1,000 shares of the par value of
$.01 per share.  All such shares  shall be of one class and shall be  designated
Common Stock.

                  FIFTH:   The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator
of the Corporation are as follows:

                              Revital D. Havazelet
                              45 Rockefeller Plaza
                              New York, N.Y. 10111



                                        1


<PAGE>



                  SIXTH:   In furtherance  and not in  limitation  of the powers
conferred  by the laws of the State of  Delaware,  the Board of Directors of the
Corporation is expressly  authorized and empowered to make,  alter or repeal the
By-laws  of the  Corporation,  subject to the power of the  stockholders  of the
Corporation to alter or repeal any By-law made by the Board of Directors.

                  SEVENTH: The  Corporation  reserves  the right at any time and
from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions  contained in
this Certificate of Incorporation;  and other provisions  authorized by the laws
of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or  inserted,  in the
manner now or  hereafter  prescribed  by law;  and all rights,  preferences  and
privileges of whatsoever  nature conferred upon  stockholders,  directors or any
other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in
its  present  form or as  hereafter  amended  are  granted  subject to the right
reserved in this Article.

                  EIGHTH:   No  person  shall  be   personally   liable  to  the
Corporation  or its  stockholders  for monetary  damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not eliminate or
limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the  director's  duty of
loyalty to the Corporation or its  stockholders,  (ii) for acts or omissions not
in good faith or which involve intentional  misconduct or a knowing violation of
law,  (iii) under  Section 174 of the  General  Corporation  Law of the State of
Delaware or (iv) for any transac-


                                        2


<PAGE>



tion from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the  undersigned,  being the incorporator
hereinabove  named,  for the  purpose of forming a  corporation  pursuant to the
General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,  does make this  Certificate,
hereby declaring,  certifying and acknowledging  under penalties of perjury that
the facts herein stated are true and that this  Certificate is her act and deed,
and accordingly has hereunto set her hand, this 13th day of February, 1995.





                                    --------------------------------
                                           Revital D. Havazelet
                                            Incorporator



                                        3



<PAGE>




                                                                       Exhibit A
                                                                       ---------

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       TO

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                            HIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                              --------------------

                  HIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), hereby certifies as
follows:

                  FIRST:  that the  following  resolutions  were duly adopted by
unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation,  setting
forth  a  proposed   amendment  to  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the
Corporation;  and declaring  such  amendment to be advisable and directing  that
such amendment be submitted to the  stockholders  of the  Corporation  for their
approval. The resolutions are as follows:

                  "RESOLVED  that there is hereby  adopted an  amendment  to the
         Corporation's  amended  Certificate of Incorporation  pursuant to which
         the  name  of  the  Corporation   shall  be  changed  to  MedE  America
         Corporation,  and, in connection with such change, Article FIRST of the
         amended  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation  shall  be
         amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                  'FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is
                           MedE America Corporation .'

                  RESOLVED  that the Board of Directors  declares the  foregoing
         amendment to the Corporation's  amended Certificate of Incorporation to
         be  advisable  and  directs  that the  amendment  be  submitted  to the
         stockholders of the Corporation for their approval  pursuant to Section
         242(b) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware."

                  SECOND:  that the  Amendment  of the  amended  Certificate  of
Incorporation effected by this Certificate was duly authorized by the holders of
a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation  entitled to vote
thereon,  after having been declared  advisable by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General
Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware and that written notice has been given
as provided in such Section.


                                       1


<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  HIS HOLDINGS  CORPORATION has caused its
corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and this certificate to be signed by Othon
Prounis, its Assistant Secretary, on this day of March, 1995.

                                                    HIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION



                                                    By
                                                      --------------------------
                                                             Othon Prounis
                                                             Assistant Secretary




<PAGE>



                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       to

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       of

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                  MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), hereby certifies as
follows:

                  FIRST:  that the  following  resolutions  were duly adopted by
unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation,  setting
forth  proposed   amendments  to  the  Certificate  of   Incorporation   of  the
Corporation;  determining  that  the  capital  of the  Corporation  will  not be
decreased on account of such  amendments;  and declaring  such  amendments to be
advisable and directing that such amendments be submitted to the stockholders of
the Corporation for its approval. The resolutions are as follows:

                  "RESOLVED,  that there is hereby  adopted an  amendment to the
         Corporation's  Certificate of  Incorporation  pursuant to which (i) the
         authorized  capital  stock of the  Corporation  shall be  changed  from
         40,000  shares  Common Stock,  $.01 par value,  to  25,011,000  shares,
         consisting of 11,000  shares of Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par value,  and
         25,000,000  shares  of  Common  Stock,  $.01  par  value,  and (ii) the
         relative voting,  dividend,  liquidation,  redemption and other rights,
         and  the  qualifications,  limitations  and  restrictions  thereof,  in
         respect of said  Preferred  Stock and Common  Stock shall be  restated;
         and, in connection with such changes, Article FOURTH of the Certificate
         of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation  shall be amended to read in its
         entirety as follows:

                  'FOURTH:  The total  number of shares of all  classes of stock
         which the  Corporation  shall  have  authority  to issue is  25,011,000
         shares,  consisting of 11,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value
         ("Preferred  Stock") and  25,000,000  shares of Common Stock,  $.01 par
         value ("Common Stock").

                  All  cross-references  in each  subdivision  of  this  Article
         FOURTH refer to other paragraphs in such  subdivision  unless otherwise
         indicated.



<PAGE>



                  The  following  is a statement  of the  designations,  and the
         powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications,  limitations or
         restrictions  thereof,  in  respect  of  each  class  of  stock  of the
         Corporation:

                                       I.

                                 PREFERRED STOCK

                  1.  Cumulative  Dividends.  (i) The holders of Preferred Stock
         shall be  entitled  to  receive,  when and as  declared by the Board of
         Directors  out of  funds  legally  available  for  such  purpose,  cash
         dividends at the rate of $8.00 per share per annum, and no more. In the
         event such  dividends  are  declared,  the dividend  payment dates with
         respect thereto shall be the immediately succeeding March 31.

                  (ii) In no event,  so long as any Preferred Stock shall remain
         outstanding,  shall any dividend  whatsoever  be declared or paid upon,
         nor shall any distribution be made upon, any Common Stock, other than a
         dividend  or  distribution  payable  in shares of  Common  Stock,  nor,
         without  the  written  consent  of  the  holders  of  66  2/3%  of  the
         outstanding  Preferred  Stock,  shall any  shares  of  Common  Stock be
         purchased or redeemed by the Corporation,  nor shall any moneys be paid
         to or made  available for a sinking fund for the purchase or redemption
         of any  Common  Stock,  unless in each  instance  cumulative  dividends
         accrued and unpaid on all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock for
         all past dividend periods shall have been paid in full.

                  2.       Redemption.

         2A.      Mandatory Redemptions.

         (i) The  Corporation  shall  redeem on March 31,  2000,  all  shares of
         Preferred  Stock which  shall then be  outstanding,  at the  Redemption
         Price (as defined below).

         (ii) Upon the consummation of an underwritten  public offering pursuant
         to an effective  registration  statement  under the  Securities  Act of
         1933, as amended,  covering the offering and sale of the  Corporation's
         Common Stock pursuant to which the Corporation  receives  aggregate net
         proceeds of at least $15 million  (after  underwriters',  brokers'  and
         deal- ers' fees and  commissions  and  underwriters'  discounts and any
         other  offering  expenses  required to be  disclosed  in Part II of the
         applicable registration statement) (a "Qualified Public Offering"), the
         Corporation shall redeem all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock
         at the Redemption Price.




<PAGE>




         2B.   Optional  Redemptions.  The Preferred Stock may  be  redeemed  in
         whole at any time or in part from time to time,  at the  option  of the
         Corporation, at the Redemption Price.

         2C.   Redemption  Date;   Redemption  Price.  Any  date  on  which  the
         Corporation  elects or is required to redeem Preferred Stock under this
         paragraph 2 shall be referred to as a "Redemption  Date." The per share
         "Redemption  Price"  of  the  Preferred  Stock  to  be  redeemed  on  a
         Redemption Date shall be the sum of (x) $100.00 per share, plus (y) any
         accrued but unpaid dividends thereon to the date of such redemption.

         2D. Notice of  Redemption.  Not less than 30 days before any Redemption
         Date,  written  notice shall be given by mail,  postage  prepaid to the
         holders of record of the Preferred  Stock to be redeemed,  addressed to
         each such stockholder at his or its post office address as shown by the
         records  of the  Corporation,  specifying  the  number  of shares to be
         redeemed,  the  subparagraph  or  subparagraphs  of  this  paragraph  2
         pursuant to which such redemption  shall be made, the Redemption  Price
         and the place at which and the date,  which  date shall not be a day on
         which  banks  in the City of New York are  required  or  authorized  to
         close, on which the shares of Preferred Stock will be redeemed. If such
         notice of  redemption  shall  have been duly  given and if on or before
         such Redemption Date the funds necessary for redemption shall have been
         set aside so as to be and  continue  to be  available  therefor,  then,
         notwithstanding  that any  certificate for shares of Preferred Stock to
         be redeemed shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, after the
         close of business on such Redemption  Date, such shares shall no longer
         be deemed outstanding, the dividends thereon shall cease to accrue, and
         all rights with respect to such shares shall  forthwith after the close
         of business on the Redemption Date, cease, except only the right of the
         holders  thereof  to  receive  the  Redemption  Price for such  shares,
         without interest.

         2E. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares to be Retired.  Any shares of
         Preferred  Stock  redeemed  pursuant to this  paragraph 2 or  otherwise
         acquired  by  the  Corporation  in  any  manner   whatsoever  shall  be
         permanently  retired and shall not under any circumstances be reissued;
         and  the  Corporation  may  from  time to time  take  such  appropriate
         corporate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized Preferred
         Stock accordingly.

         2F.  Shares  to be  Redeemed,  Purchased  or  Retired.  In  case of the
         redemption,  purchase or retirement,  for any reason, of only a part of
         the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock on a Redemption Date, all
         shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed, purchased or retired shall be
         selected pro




<PAGE>



         rata,  and there shall be so  redeemed,  purchased or retired from each
         registered  holder in whole  shares,  as nearly as  practicable  to the
         nearest  share,  the  proportion  of all  the  shares  to be  redeemed,
         purchased or retired  which the number of shares held of record by such
         holder bears to the total  number of shares of  Preferred  Stock at the
         time outstanding.

                  3. Liquidation.  Upon any liquidation,  dissolution or winding
         up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or the sale of
         all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation (each such event
         being  referred  to as a  "Liquidation"),  a holder  of the  shares  of
         Preferred Stock shall be entitled,  before any  distribution or payment
         is made upon any  Common  Stock,  to  receive  out of the assets of the
         Corporation  (x)  $100.00  per share,  plus (y) any  accrued but unpaid
         dividends  thereon  to the date of such  redemption,  for each share of
         Preferred  Stock held by such  holder.  If upon such  Liquidation,  the
         assets to be distributed  among the holders of Preferred Stock shall be
         insufficient  to permit  payment to the holders of  Preferred  Stock of
         that amount  distributable as aforesaid,  then the entire assets of the
         Corporation  to be distributed  shall be distributed  ratably among the
         holders  of  Preferred  Stock.  Upon any such  Liquidation,  after  the
         holders of the Preferred Stock shall have been paid in full the amounts
         to which they shall be  entitled,  the holders of the Common Stock will
         share the remaining net assets of the  Corporation.  Written  notice of
         such  Liquidation,  stating a payment date, the aggregate amount of the
         payments to which such holder of  Preferred  Stock is entitled  and the
         place where said sums shall be payable shall be given by mail,  postage
         prepaid,  not  less  than 30 days  prior  to the  payment  date  stated
         therein,  to the holders of record of the Preferred Stock,  such notice
         to be addressed to each stockholder at its post office address as shown
         by the records of the Corporation.  Neither the consolidation or merger
         of the Corporation into or with any other  corporation or corporations,
         nor the  reduction of the capital  stock of the  Corporation,  shall be
         deemed to be a Liquidation.

                  4. Voting Rights.  Except as otherwise provided by law or this
         Certificate of Incorporation,  the holders of Preferred Stock shall not
         be entitled to vote on matters  presented  to the  stockholders  of the
         Corporation.

                  5.  Restrictions.  At any time when shares of Preferred  Stock
         are  outstanding,  except  where  the vote or  written  consent  of the
         holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by
         law or by this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  and in addition to any
         other vote required by law, without the prior consent of the holders of
         66 2/3% of the outstanding Preferred Stock, given in person or by


<PAGE>



         proxy,  either in  writing  or at a  special  meeting  called  for that
         purpose,  at which meeting the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock
         shall vote together as a class:

                           (i) The Corporation  will not create or authorize the
                  creation  of any  additional  class of shares  unless the same
                  ranks junior to the  Preferred  Stock both as to dividends and
                  as to the  distribution of assets on Liquidation,  or increase
                  the authorized  amount of the Preferred Stock, or increase the
                  authorized amount of any additional class of shares unless the
                  same ranks junior to the Preferred  Stock both as to dividends
                  and as to the distribution of assets on Liquidation, or create
                  or authorize any obligations or securities convertible into or
                  exchangeable  for shares of Preferred  Stock or into shares of
                  any other class unless the same ranks junior to the  Preferred
                  Stock  both  as to  dividends  and as to the  distribution  of
                  assets  on   Liquidation,   whether   any  such   creation  or
                  authorization  or increase  shall be by means of  amendment of
                  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,   merger,  consolidation,
                  recapitalization or otherwise.

                      (ii) The Corporation  will not amend,  alter or repeal the
                  Corporation's  Certificate of  Incorporation or By-laws in any
                  manner, or file any directors' resolutions pursuant to Section
                  151(g) of the Delaware General  Corporation Law containing any
                  provision,   in  either  case  which  affects  the  respective
                  preferences, voting power, qualifications, special or relative
                  rights or  privileges  of the  Preferred  Stock or the  Common
                  Stock or which in any manner  adversely  affects the Preferred
                  Stock or the Common Stock or the holders thereof.


                                       II.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                  All  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall be  identical  and shall
entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges:

                  1.       Dividends

                  When and as  dividends  are  declared  upon the Common  Stock,
         whether  payable  in cash,  in  property  or in  shares of stock of the
         Corporation,  the  holders of Common  Stock  shall be entitled to share
         equally, share for share, in such dividends.


<PAGE>



                  2.       Voting Rights

                  Each holder of Common  Stock shall be entitled to one vote per
         share.'

                  "RESOLVED  that the  Board of  Directors  determines  that the
         capital  of the  Corporation  will not be  decreased  on account of the
         foregoing   amendment,   declares  the   foregoing   amendment  to  the
         Corporation's  Certificate of Incorporation to be advisable and directs
         that the amendment be submitted to the  stockholders of the Corporation
         for  their   approval   pursuant  to  Section  242(b)  of  the  General
         Corporation Law of the State of Delaware."

                  SECOND: that the Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
effected by this Certificate was duly authorized by the holders of a majority of
the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, after
first  having  been  declared  advisable  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the
Corporation,  all in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Section  242 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law.

                  THIRD:  Effective  upon  the  filing  of this  Certificate  of
Amendment  with the Secretary of State of Delaware (the  "Effective  Time") each
(1) share of  Common  Stock,  $.01 par  value,  of the  Corporation  issued  and
outstanding at the Effective Time shall be reclassified as 611.4568797 shares of
Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Corporation.

                  FOURTH:  that  the  capital  of the  Corporation  will  not be
reduced under,  or by reason of, the foregoing  amendments to the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation.


<PAGE>




                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  MEDE AMERICA  CORPORATION has caused its
corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and this certificate to be signed by Othon
Prounis,  its Assistant  Secretary,  who hereby  acknowledges under penalties of
perjury that the facts herein stated are true and that this  certificate  is his
act and deed, this 31st day of March, 1995.

                                              MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                              By:
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                    Name: Othon Prounis
                                                    Title: Assistant Secretary


                                        7


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned,  being all the Directors
of the  Corporation,  have  executed  this Consent as of this 31st day of March,
1995.



                                                  ------------------------------
                                                           Bruce K. Anderson



                                                  ------------------------------
                                                           Anthony J. deNicola



                                                  ------------------------------
                                                           Thomas E. McInerney



                                                  ------------------------------
                                                           Timothy M. Murray



                                                  ------------------------------
                                                           Dana J. O'Brien



                                                  ------------------------------
                                                           Thomas P. Staudt


                                        3


<PAGE>



                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                         Written Consent of Stockholders
                         -------------------------------

                   -------------------------------------------

                    Pursuant to Section 228(a) of the General
                    Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

                   -------------------------------------------

                  The undersigned, being the holders of a majority of the issued
and  outstanding  Common Stock,  $.01 par value of MedE America  Corporation,  a
Delaware corporation (the  "Corporation"),  acting pursuant to Section 228(a) of
the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,  DO HEREBY CONSENT to the
adoption of, and DO HEREBY ADOPT the resolutions  hereinafter set forth with the
same force and effect as if they had been duly  adopted at a special  meeting of
the stockholders of the Corporation  duly called and held for such purpose,  and
DO HEREBY DIRECT the Secretary of the  Corporation to file this Consent with the
minutes of proceedings of stockholders of the Corporation:

                  RESOLVED that,  pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the
         State of Delaware, the Corporation be, and it hereby is, authorized and
         empowered,  upon the terms  and  conditions  set forth in the  proposed
         Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the
         Corporation  attached as Exhibit A to the Unanimous  Written Consent of
         the Board of Directors of the  Corporation  dated as of the date hereof
         ("the  Certificate  of  Amendment"),  to file with the Secretary of the
         State of the  state of  Delaware  a  certificate  of  amendment  of the
         Corporation's  Certificate of Incorporation,  substantially in the form
         of the Certificate of Amendment, with respect to such change;

                  RESOLVED   that  the  form,   terms  and   provisions  of  the
         Certificate  of  Amendment,  a copy of which has been  submitted to the
         undersigned  stockholders of the Corporation,  be, and they hereby are,
         in all respects, approved.


                                        1


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned stockholders have executed
this Consent on and as of the 31st day of March, 1995.

                                         WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON & STOWE V, L.P.
                                         By WCAS V Partners, General Partner

                                         By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              General Partner

                                         WCAS CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.
                                         By WCAS CP Partners, General Partner

                                         By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              General Partner

                                         WILLIAM BLAIR LEVERAGED CAPITAL
                                         FUND, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                         By
                                         General Partner

                                         By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                         PRUDENTIAL VENTURE PARTNERS II
                                         By
                                         General Partner

                                         By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                        2






                                                                         Annex A
                                                                         -------

================================================================================












                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                                     Between

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                       and

                           GENCC HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                            Dated as of May 17, 1995






================================================================================




<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   THE MERGER

SECTION 1.01      The Merger................................................  2
SECTION 1.02      Effect of the Merger......................................  2
SECTION 1.03      Consummation of the Merger................................  3
SECTION 1.04      Charter; By-Laws; Directors and                              
                  Officers..................................................  3
SECTION 1.05      Further Assurances........................................  3
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                   ARTICLE II                                  
                                                                               
                            CONVERSION OF SECURITIES                           
                                                                               
SECTION 2.01      Conversion of Securities of                                  
                  the Company...............................................  4
SECTION 2.02      Stock Options, Warrants, Etc..............................  4
SECTION 2.03      Conversion of Securities of                                  
                  GENCC.....................................................  5
SECTION 2.04      Election Procedures.......................................  5
SECTION 2.05      Fractional Interests......................................  6
SECTION 2.06      Dissenting Shares.........................................  6
SECTION 2.07      Surrender and Exchange of Shares..........................  7
SECTION 2.08      Dissenting Shares After                                      
                  Payment of Fair Value.....................................  7
SECTION 2.09      Closing of Stock Transfer Books...........................  7
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                   ARTICLE III                                 
                                                                               
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                        
                                                                               
SECTION 3.01      Representations and Warranties of                            
                  the Company and GENCC ....................................  7
                                                                              





<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01      Certain Covenants......................................... 13
SECTION 4.02      Proxy Statement/Offering Memorandum....................... 13
SECTION 4.03      Other Agreements.......................................... 13
SECTION 4.04      Notification of Certain Matters........................... 14
SECTION 4.05      Consents.................................................. 14


                                    ARTICLE V

                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE MERGER

SECTION 5.01      Conditions Precedent to the Merger
                  Relating to the Company .................................. 14
SECTION 5.02      Conditions Precedent to the Merger
                  Relating to GENCC..........................................16

                                   ARTICLE VI

                           TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

SECTION 6.01      Termination and Abandonment............................... 18
SECTION 6.02      Effect of Termination..................................... 18


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 7.01      Expenses, Etc............................................. 19
SECTION 7.02      Publicity................................................. 19
SECTION 7.03      Execution in Counterparts................................. 19
SECTION 7.04      Notices................................................... 19
SECTION 7.05      Waivers................................................... 20
SECTION 7.06      Amendments, Supplements, Etc. .............................20
SECTION 7.07      Entire Agreement.......................................... 21
SECTION 7.08      Applicable Law............................................ 21
SECTION 7.09      Binding Effect, Benefits.................................. 21
SECTION 7.10      Assignability............................................. 21








<PAGE>




                         INDEX TO SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

Schedule                          Description
- --------                          -----------

   I                              Stockholders of the Constituent
                                  Corporations

   3.01(b)                        Subsidiaries

   5.01(e)                        Consents to be Obtained by GENCC

   5.02(e)                        Consents to be Obtained by the
                                  Company

   Exhibit           ss. Ref.           Description
   -------           --------           -----------

   A                 3.01(c)(i)         Form of Certificate of Merger






<PAGE>



                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                  AGREEMENT  AND  PLAN OF  MERGER,  dated  as of May  17,  1995,
between MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),  and
GENCC HOLDINGS CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation  ("GENCC").  The Company and
GENCC are hereinafter  sometimes  referred to as the "Constituent  Corporations"
and the Company as the "Surviving Corporation."

                  WHEREAS,  the Company  and GENCC  desire that GENCC merge with
and into  the  Company  (the  "Merger"),  upon  the  terms  and  subject  to the
conditions set forth herein and in accordance  with the General  Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware (the "Dela- ware GCL") with the result that the Company
shall continue as the surviving  corporation and the separate existence of GENCC
(except as it may be continued by operation of law) shall cease; and

                  WHEREAS, the Company and GENCC desire that upon the Merger, at
the Effective Time (as hereinafter defined) (i) all outstanding shares of Common
Stock,  $.01 par value,  of GENCC ("GENCC Common  Stock"),  and all  outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock,  $.01 par value, of GENCC ("GENCC  Preferred  Stock")
(excluding  any shares of capital  stock of GENCC held in the treasury of GENCC)
be converted into the right to receive, as to a portion thereof, a cash payment,
and as to the balance thereof,  units consisting of fully paid and nonassessable
shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Surviving Corporation ("Surviving
Corporation  Common  Stock"),  and  fully  paid  and  non-assessable  shares  of
Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par  value,  of the  Surviving  Corporation  ("Surviving
Corporation  Preferred  Stock"),  together  with  cash  in  lieu  of  fractional
interests,  and (ii) all outstanding  shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, of
the Company  (the  "Company  Common  Stock")  (excluding  Dissenting  Shares (as
hereinafter defined)) be converted into the right to receive, at the election of
the  holder,  either  (i) a cash  payment  or (ii)  units  (the  "Units"),  each
consisting of (y) one-half of one share of fully paid and  nonassessable  shares
of Surviving Corporation Common Stock and (z) five one-thousandths of a share of
fully paid and nonassessable  shares of Surviving  Corporation  Preferred Stock,
together with cash in lieu of fractional interests, as hereinafter provided; and

                  WHEREAS,  all the outstanding shares of GENCC Common Stock and
all  outstanding  shares of GENCC  Preferred  Stock  are held by Welsh,  Carson,
Anderson & Stowe V, L.P. and certain of its  affiliates  (collectively,  "WCAS")
and certain of such WCAS  holders are also  holders of shares of Company  Common
Stock;

                  WHEREAS,  as soon as  practicable  after the date hereof,  the
Company   shall   circulate   a  Proxy   Statement/Offering   Memorandum,   (the
"Proxy/Offering Memorandum"), in which the Company





<PAGE>



shall offer to sell,  pursuant to a Subscription  Agreement  (the  "Subscription
Agreement")  to  be  consummated  contemporaneously  with  the  Effective  Time,
additional Units ("Additional Units") to certain stockholders of the Company who
qualify as  "accredited  investors"  (within  the  meaning of Rule 501 under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the  "Securities  Act"))  (offerees who so
subscribe  being  referred to as the  "Participants")  which  would  permit each
Participant  to  maintain  the  same  percentage   ownership  of  the  Surviving
Corporation as it currently has in the Company; and

                  WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of the
Company and GENCC have approved the Merger; and

                  WHEREAS,   in  connection  with  the  Merger,   William  Blair
Leveraged  Capital  Fund,  Limited  Partnership,  the  members  of WCAS who hold
Company Common Stock and GENCC (as holder of 100% of the  outstanding  shares of
Preferred Stock,  $.01 par value, of the Company ("Company  Preferred  Stock")),
have entered  into a Merger  Consideration  Election  Agreement  (the  "Election
Agreement"),  pursuant  to which they have agreed to vote in favor of the Merger
and to elect to receive  Units in exchange for all the shares of Company  Common
Stock held by them at the Effective Time.

                  NOW,    THEREFORE,    in    consideration    of   the   mutual
representations,  warranties,  covenants,  agreements and  conditions  contained
herein, and in order to set forth the terms and conditions of the Merger and the
mode of carrying  the same into  effect,  the  parties  hereto  hereby  agree as
follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   THE MERGER

                  SECTION 1.011 The Merger.  Subject to the terms and conditions
of this Agreement,  at the Effective Time, in accordance with this Agreement and
the Delaware GCL, GENCC shall be merged with and into the Company,  the separate
existence  of GENCC  (except as it may be  continued  by operation of law) shall
cease,  and the Company shall  continue as the surviving  corporation  under the
corporate name of "MedE America Corporation."

                  SECTION 1.012 Effect of the Merger.  Upon the effectiveness of
the Merger, the Surviving Corporation shall possess all the rights,  privileges,
powers  and  franchises,  as well of a public  as of a  private  nature,  and be
subject  to all  the  restrictions,  disabilities  and  duties,  of  each of the
Constituent Corporations;  and all and singular, the rights, privileges,  powers
and franchises of each of the Constituent Corporations,


                                        2


<PAGE>



and all  property,  real,  personal  and mixed,  and all debts due to any of the
Constituent Corporations on whatever account, as well for stock subscriptions as
all other things in action or belonging to each of the Constituent Corporations,
shall  be  vested  in the  Surviving  Corporation;  and  all  property,  rights,
privileges,  powers and  franchises,  and all and every other  interest shall be
thereafter as effectually the property of the Surviving Corporation as they were
of the Constituent Corporations, and the title to any real estate vested by deed
or otherwise in any of the  Constituent  Corporations  shall not revert or be in
any way impaired by reason of the Merger;  but all rights of  creditors  and all
liens  upon  any  property  of any  of the  Constituent  Corporations  shall  be
preserved unimpaired,  and all debts,  liabilities and duties of the Constituent
Corporations shall thenceforth attach to the Surviving  Corporation,  and may be
enforced against it to the same extent as if said debts,  liabilities and duties
had been incurred or contracted by it.

                  SECTION  1.013   Consummation  of  the  Merger.   As  soon  as
practicable   after  the  satisfaction  or  waiver  of  the  conditions  to  the
obligations of the parties to effect the Merger set forth herein,  provided that
this Agreement has not been terminated previously, the parties hereto will cause
the Merger to be  consummated by filing with the Secretary of State of the State
of Delaware a properly  executed  Certificate of Merger (the time of such filing
being the "Effective Time").

                  SECTION 1.014 Charter;  By-Laws;  Directors and Officers.  The
Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Surviving  Corporation  from and after the
Effective Time shall be the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the Company,  as
amended by the  Certificate  of Merger (as  hereinafter  defined)  and in effect
immediately prior to the Effective Time, until thereafter  amended in accordance
with the provisions  thereof and as provided by the Delaware GCL. The By-laws of
the Surviving Corporation from and after the Effective Time shall be the By-laws
of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time,  continuing
until  thereafter  amended in  accordance  with the  provisions  thereof and the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation and as provided by the
Delaware GCL. The initial  directors  and officers of the Surviving  Corporation
shall be the directors and officers,  respectively,  of the Company  immediately
prior to the Effective Time, in each case until their respective  successors are
duly elected and qualified.

                  SECTION  1.015  Further  Assurances.  If at any time after the
Effective Time the Surviving  Corporation  shall consider or be advised that any
deeds, bills of sale,  assignments or assurances or any other acts or things are
necessary,  desirable  or proper (a) to vest,  perfect or confirm,  of record or
otherwise, in the Surviving Corporation,  its right, title or interest in, to or
under any of the rights, privileges, powers, fran-


                                        3


<PAGE>



chises, properties or assets of either of the Constituent  Corporations,  or (b)
otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the Surviving Corporation
and its proper  officers and directors or their designees shall be authorized to
execute  and  deliver,  in the name and on behalf  of either of the  Constituent
Corporations,  all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments and assurances and do,
in the name and on behalf of such Constituent  Corporation,  all such other acts
and things necessary, desirable or proper to vest, perfect or confirm its right,
title  or  interest  in,  to or under  any of the  rights,  privileges,  powers,
franchises,  properties or assets of such Constituent  Corporation and otherwise
to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            CONVERSION OF SECURITIES

                  SECTION 2.021  Conversion  of  Securities  of the Company.  By
virtue of the Merger and  without  any action on the part of the  holders of the
capital stock of the Company,  at the Effective Time, all outstanding  shares of
the capital stock of the Company (other than  Dissenting  Shares and outstanding
shares of Company  Preferred  Stock  (which  shall be  canceled  as  provided in
paragraph  (b) below)) shall be converted  into the right to receive  either the
MedE Stock  Consideration or the MedE Cash  Consideration  (as each such term is
hereinafter defined), as follows:

                  (a) Company  Common Stock.  Each share of Company Common Stock
issued and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the  Effective  Time  (other than
Dissenting Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive either (i) $1.00
in  cash,  without  interest  (the  "MedE  Cash  Consideration")  or (ii) a Unit
consisting  of (x) one-half  (.5) of one fully paid and  nonassessable  share of
Surviving  Corporation  Common Stock and (y) five one- thousandths (.005) of one
fully paid and  nonassessable  share of Surviving  Corporation  Preferred Stock,
together with cash in lieu of fractional interests in such shares as provided in
Section 2.05(c) hereof (collectively,  the "MedE Stock Consideration"),  in each
case, as the holder thereof shall have elected, or be deemed to have elected, in
accordance with Section 2.04 hereof.

                  (b) Company  Preferred Stock.  Each share of Company Preferred
Stock issued and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective Time shall be
canceled  and  retired,  and no  capital  stock  of the  Company,  cash or other
consideration shall be paid or delivered in exchange therefor.

                  SECTION 2.022 Stock Options,  Warrants,  Etc. At the Effective
Time,  the terms and  provisions of each  outstanding  stock option,  warrant or
other right to purchase  Company  Common Stock shall  continue in full force and
effect and the holder

                                        4


<PAGE>



thereof shall be entitled to receive,  upon the exercise  thereof and subject to
such other terms and  provisions,  a number of shares of  Surviving  Corporation
Common  Stock equal to the number of shares of Company  Common  Stock that would
have been  issued if such  option,  warrant  or other  right had been  exercised
immediately prior to the Effective Time.

                SECTION 2.023 Conversion of Securities of GENCC.

                  (a)  GENCC  Common  Stock and GENCC  Preferred  Stock.  At the
Effective  Time,  each unit (a "GENCC  Unit")  consisting  of ten (10) shares of
GENCC Common  Stock and one (1) share of GENCC  Preferred  Stock,  in each case,
issued and outstanding  immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, by virtue
of the  Merger,  automatically  and without any action on the part of the holder
thereof, be converted into the right to receive either (x) $200 in cash, without
interest (the "GENCC Cash  Consideration") or (y) shares of the capital stock of
the   Surviving   Corporation   at  a  rate  of  200  Units  (the  "GENCC  Stock
Consideration").  GENCC Units shall be  converted  into the right to receive the
GENCC Cash Consideration to the extent only that the Surviving Corporation shall
have  allocated  cash to the  payment  thereof,  and the remain- ing GENCC Units
shall be converted into GENCC Stock Consider- ation.  The Surviving  Corporation
shall  allocate  cash to the payment of GENCC Cash  Consideration  in respect of
GENCC Units in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate  cash proceeds
received by the Surviving  Corporation as of the Effective Time from the sale of
Additional Units pursuant to Subscription  Agreements,  over (ii) the sum of (a)
the total Mede Cash Consid-  eration to be paid  pursuant to Section  2.01(a)(i)
hereof and (b) $5  million.  Prior to the  Effective  Time,  the  Company  shall
confirm  in  writing  to each  holder of GENCC  Units the  amount of GENCC  Cash
Consideration and GENCC Stock Consideration to be received by such holder in the
Merger.

                  SECTION 2.024 Election Procedures.  (a) Prior to the Effective
Time,  each holder of shares of Company  Common  Stock  (other  than  Dissenting
Shares,  if any) shall elect,  in accordance  with Section  2.04(b)  hereof,  to
receive  in the  Merger  either  the MedE Cash  Consideration  or the MedE Stock
Consideration  in exchange  for such shares.  Shares of Company  Common Stock in
respect of which the  holder  does not submit an  effective  notice of  election
shall be deemed by the  Company  to be shares in respect of which the holder has
elected to receive the MedE Stock Consideration.

                           (b)  Elections  shall be made by notice  given to the
Company in a form to be provided  by the Company for that  purpose to holders of
Company  Common  Stock,   at  the  time  of  mailing  to  such  holders  of  the
Proxy/Offering  Memorandum.  To be  effective,  a  notice  of  election  must be
properly   completed  as  provided  in  the  form  of  notice  included  in  the
Proxy/Offering Memorandum,


                                        5


<PAGE>



signed and  submitted  to the  Company at the office  designated  on the form of
notice so provided, on or before the deadline specified therein,  which shall be
no less  than  seven  (7)  days  after  the  date on  which  the  Proxy/Offering
Memorandum is mailed by the Company to stockholders of the Company.

                  SECTION   2.025   Fractional   Interests.    No   certificates
representing   fractional  shares  of  Surviving  Corporation  Common  Stock  or
Surviving  Corporation  Preferred  Stock shall be issued in connection  with the
Merger, and such fractional  interests will not entitle the owner thereof to any
rights  of a  stockholder  of the  Surviving  Corporation.  In lieu of any  such
fractional  interests,  each holder of shares of Company Common Stock  exchanged
pursuant to Section  2.01(a) who would otherwise have been entitled to receive a
fraction  of  a  share  of  Surviving  Corporation  Common  Stock  or  Surviving
Corporation  Preferred  Stock  (after  taking into account all shares of Company
Common Stock then held of record by such holder) shall receive (a) cash (without
interest) in an amount equal to the product of such  fractional  part of a share
of Surviving  Corporation Common Stock or Surviving Corporation Preferred Stock,
as the case may be, multiplied by $1.00 and $100, respectively.

                  SECTION 2.026 Dissenting Shares.  Notwithstanding  anything in
this Agreement to the contrary,  shares of capital stock of the Company that are
outstanding  immediately  prior  to the  Effective  Time  and  that  are held by
stockholders  who have not  voted  such  shares  in  favor of the  approval  and
adoption of this  Agreement  and who shall have  delivered a written  demand for
appraisal  of such shares in the manner  provided in Section 262 of the Delaware
GCL ("Dissenting Shares") shall not be converted into or be exchangeable for the
right to receive the MedE Cash Consideration or the MedE Stock Consideration, as
provided in Section 2.01 of this Agreement, but the holders of such shares shall
be entitled to payment of the appraised  value of such shares in accordance with
the provisions of Section 262 of the Delaware GCL; provided,  however,  that (i)
if any  holder  of  Dissenting  Shares  shall  subsequently  deliver  a  written
withdrawal of his demand for appraisal of such shares (with the written approval
of the Surviving Corporation,  if such withdrawal is not tendered within 60 days
after the Effective  Time),  or (ii) if any holder fails to perfect or loses his
appraisal rights as provided in Section 262 of the Delaware GCL, or (iii) if any
holder of  Dissenting  Shares  fails to demand  payment  within the time  period
provided in Section 262 of the Delaware GCL, such holder or holders (as the case
may be) shall  forfeit  the right to  appraisal  of such  shares and such shares
shall  thereupon  be  deemed  to have  been  converted  into and to have  become
exchangeable  for, as of the  Effective  Time,  the right to receive  MedE Stock
Consideration as provided in Section 2.01 of this Agreement.


                                       6


<PAGE>



                  SECTION  2.027 Surrender  and  Exchange of Shares.  (a) At the
Effective Time, each holder of an outstanding certificate or certificates, which
prior thereto  represented shares of Company Common Stock, GENCC Common Stock or
GENCC Preferred Stock shall surrender the same to the Surviving Corporation, and
each such holder  shall be entitled  upon such  surrender to receive in exchange
therefor, without cost to it, the amount of MedE Cash Consideration,  MedE Stock
Consideration,  GENCC  Cash  Consideration  or  GENCC  Stock  Consideration,  as
applicable,  into which the shares theretofore represented by the certificate so
surrendered  shall have been  converted  as  provided  in Section  2.01 and 2.03
hereof,  and the certificate or certificates so surrendered in exchange for such
consideration shall forthwith be canceled by the Surviving Corporation.

                  (b) If a holder of  shares  of  Company  Common  Stock,  GENCC
Common Stock or GENCC Preferred  Stock has lost the certificate  evidencing such
shares  owned by such  holder,  then  such  holder  shall  submit  an  affidavit
describing  the lost  certificate,  the number of shares  evidenced  thereby and
affirming  the  loss  of that  certificate  in lieu  of  surrendering  the  lost
certificate to the Surviving Corporation, which shall deem such lost certificate
canceled. Until so surrendered,  the outstanding certificates that, prior to the
Effective Time,  represented shares of the capital stock of the Company or GENCC
that shall have been  converted as aforesaid  shall be deemed for all  corporate
purposes,  except as  hereinafter  provided,  to evidence  the  ownership of the
consideration into which such shares have been so converted.

                  SECTION 2.028 Dissenting  Shares After  Payment of Fair Value.
Dissenting  Shares, if any, after payments of fair value in respect thereto have
been made to  dissenting  stockholders  of the Company  pursuant to the Delaware
GCL, shall be canceled.

                  SECTION 2.029 Closing of Stock  Transfer  Books.  At and after
the Effective  Time there shall be no transfers on the stock  transfer  books of
the  Company  or GENCC of shares of capital  stock of the  Company or GENCC that
were issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

                                   ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  SECTION 3.031  Representations  and  Warranties of the Company
and  GENCC.  Each of the  Company  and GENCC  (being  hereinafter  referred  to,
collectively,  as the "Merger Parties" and,  individually,  as a "Merger Party")
represents  and warrants,  only as to itself and its  subsidiaries  to the other
Merger Party as follows:


                                        7


<PAGE>



                  (a)  Organization,  Power,  Etc.  (i) Such  Merger  Party is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the State of Delaware,  is duly qualified or licensed and is in good standing
to do  business  as a  foreign  corporation  in each  jurisdiction  in which the
property owned,  leased or operated by it or the nature of its business,  as now
being conducted, makes such qualification or licensing necessary (other than any
such  jurisdictions  in which the failure to be so  qualified  would not, in the
aggregate,  have a  material  adverse  effect  on its  business,  properties  or
condition  (financial  or other)),  and has all  requisite  corporate  power and
authority to own,  operate and lease its properties and to carry on its business
as now being conducted and to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement.

                  (b)  Subsidiaries.  Except  as set forth in  Schedule  3.01(b)
hereto,  in Part I thereof in the case of the  Company and in Part II thereof in
the case of GENCC, neither such Merger Party nor any of its subsidiaries owns of
record or  beneficially,  directly or indirectly,  (i) any shares of outstanding
capital  stock  or  securities  convertible  into  capital  stock  of any  other
corporation or (ii) any participating interest in any partnership, joint venture
or other non-corporate business enterprise. Each subsidiary of such Merger Party
is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all requisite  corporate power
and  authority  to own,  operate  or lease  its  properties  and to carry on its
business as it is now being conducted. Each such subsidiary is duly qualified or
licensed and is in good standing to do business as a foreign corporation in each
jurisdiction in which the property owned, leased or operated by it or the nature
of its business as now being  conducted  makes such  qualification  or licensing
necessary  (other  than any such  jurisdiction  in which  the  failure  to be so
qualified  would not, in the  aggregate,  have a material  adverse effect on the
business,  properties or condition (financial or other) of such Merger Party and
its subsidiaries, taken as a whole). All the outstanding shares of capital stock
of  such  Merger  Party's  subsidiaries  are  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and
nonassessable and are owned by such Merger Party or by a wholly-owned subsidiary
of  such  Merger  Party,  free  and  clear  of any  liens,  claims,  charges  or
encumbrances,  and there are no irrevocable  proxies outstanding with respect to
any such shares.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the term  "subsidiary"  shall
mean any  corporation  or other  business  entity a majority of the  outstanding
voting  stock of which is entitled to vote for the  election of  directors is at
the time owned by such Merger Party and/or one or more other subsidiaries.

                  (c)  Capitalization.  (i) The authorized  capital stock of the
Company consists of 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock,


                                        8


<PAGE>



$.01 par value, and 11,000 shares of Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par value, of which
20,000,000 shares of such Common Stock and 11,000 shares of such Preferred Stock
are issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable and 2,500,000 shares of
the Company  Common Stock are  reserved for issuance  under the stock option and
restricted  stock purchase plan of the Company.  After filing the Certificate of
Merger  with  the  Secretary  of State of the  State  of  Delaware,  in the form
attached  hereto as Exhibit A (the  "Certificate  of  Merger"),  the  authorized
capital stock of the Surviving  Corporation will consist of 24,000,000 shares of
Surviving  Corporation Common Stock and 215,000 shares of Surviving  Corporation
Preferred Stock.

            (ii) The  authorized  capital  stock of GENCC  consists of 2,750,000
shares of Common Stock,  $.01 par value,  and 125,000 shares of Preferred Stock,
$.01 par value,  of which  1,150,000  shares of such  Common  Stock and  115,000
shares of such  Preferred  Stock are  issued  and  outstanding,  fully  paid and
nonassessable.

                  (iii) Schedule I hereto,  in Part I thereof in the case of the
Company and Part II thereof in the case of GENCC,  contains a true and  complete
list of all the  holders of shares of  capital  stock of such  Merger  Party and
their respective share holdings, and all outstanding options, warrants, calls or
other rights to subscribe for or purchase or acquire from such Merger Party,  or
any plans,  contracts  or  commitments  providing  for the  issuance  of, or the
granting of rights to acquire (i) any capital stock of such Merger Party or (ii)
any securities  convertible  into or exchangeable  for any capital stock of such
Merger  Party.  Except as set forth in said Schedule I, such Merger Party is not
contractually  obligated to repurchase,  redeem or otherwise  acquire any of its
outstanding shares of capital stock or options to acquire such stock and, except
for the Election  Agreement,  there are no agreements  among the stockholders of
such Merger Party regarding the voting of securities of such Merger Party.

                  (d)  Authorization  of  Agreements,  Etc.  (i) The  execution,
delivery  and  performance  by such  Merger  Party  of this  Agreement,  and the
consummation by it of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby have been duly and
effectively  authorized  by  all  requisite  corporate  action.  This  Agreement
constitutes  the legal,  valid and  binding  obligation  of such  Merger  Party,
enforceable  against such Merger Party in accordance with its terms subject,  as
to enforcement of remedies,  to applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  fraudulent
conveyance,  reorganization,  moratorium  and other  similar laws  affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights in general and to general principles of equity,
regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law.

             (ii) The  issuance and delivery by the Company of the shares of the
Surviving Corporation Common Stock and the Surviv-


                                        9


<PAGE>



ing  Corporation  Preferred  Stock  upon the  consummation  of the Merger at the
Effective  Time,  as  contemplated   herein,  have  been  duly  and  effectively
authorized by all requisite  corporate action, and such shares,  when issued and
delivered  in  accordance  with  this  Agreement,  will be  validly  issued  and
outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Surviving Corporation Common
Stock  and  Surviving  Corporation  Preferred  Stock,  as the case  may be.  The
issuance and delivery of the shares of  Surviving  Corporation  Common Stock and
Surviving Corporation  Preferred Stock, under the circumstances  contemplated by
this Agreement,  are not subject to any preemptive rights of stockholders of the
Company or to any right of first  refusal or other similar right in favor of any
person and are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

                  (e) Effect of  Agreements.  The execution and delivery by such
Merger  Party  of  this  Agreement,  and  performance  by it of its  obligations
hereunder  will not  violate,  in any  material  respect,  any  provision of any
statute or  regulation,  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or By-laws of such
Merger  Party or any of its  subsidiaries  or any  order  of any  court or other
agency  of  government,  or any  judgment,  award or  decree  or any  indenture,
agreement  or  other  instrument  to  which  such  Merger  Party  or  any of its
subsidiaries  is a  party,  or  by  which  such  Merger  Party  or  any  of  its
subsidiaries  or any of their  respective  properties  or assets  is  bound,  or
conflict  with in any  material  respect,  result  in a  material  breach  of or
constitute  (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a material default under,
any such  indenture,  or any  agreement  or other  instrument,  or result in the
creation or imposition of any lien, charge,  security interest or encumbrance of
any nature  whatsoever  upon any of the  material  properties  or assets of such
Merger Party and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                  (f)  Financial  Statements.  (i) The Company has  furnished to
GENCC:  (A) the unaudited  consolidated  statement of financial  position of the
Company and its subsidiaries as of February 28, 1995 and the related  statements
of  operations  for the eight  months then  ended,  certified  by the  principal
financial officer of the Company.

                  (ii) GENCC has furnished to the Company:  (A) the consolidated
statements of the financial position of General Computer Corporation ("GCC") and
its subsidiaries for each of the three fiscal years ended May 31, 1992, 1993 and
1994 and the related statements of operations,  changes in stockholders'  equity
and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended,  certified by KPMG Peat Marwick,
LLP,  the  independent  public  accountants  then  retained  by GCC  and (B) the
unaudited  consolidated  balance  sheet of GCC as of November 30, 1994,  and the
related unaudited  statements of operations,  change in stockholders' equity and
cash flows for


                                       10


<PAGE>



the six months then ended, certified by the principal financial officer of GCC.

                  (iii)  All such  financial  statements  of such  Merger  Party
(including  any related  schedules  and/or notes,  if any) have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently  applied
and  consistent  with prior  periods,  except that such interim  statements  are
subject to year end adjustments (which consist of normal recurring accruals) and
do not contain  footnote  disclosures.  Except as set forth in Schedule  3.01(f)
hereto,  in Part I thereof in the case of the Company and Part II thereof in the
case of GCC, each of such  statements  of financial  position of the Company and
its  subsidiaries  or GCC, as the case may be,  fairly  present in all  material
respects  the  financial  position  of  the  applicable  Merger  Party  and  its
subsidiaries as of their  respective  dates,  and such statements of operations,
changes in  stockholders'  equity and cash flows fairly  present in all material
respects  the  results of  operations  of the  applicable  Merger  Party and its
subsidiaries  for the  respective  periods then ended,  subject,  in the case of
unaudited financial  statements,  to normal year-end adjustments and the absence
of footnote  disclosure.  Except (i) as set forth in the financial statements of
such Merger Party and its subsidiaries,  (ii) as incurred in the ordinary course
of business and  consistent  with past  practice,  or (iii) as set forth on said
Schedule 3.01(f),  to such Merger Party's  knowledge,  such Merger Party and its
subsidiaries  have not incurred any material  liabilities  or obligations of any
kind or nature, whether known or unknown (whether absolute,  secured, contingent
or otherwise)  and whether due or to become due since  February 28, 1995, in the
case of the Company and its  subsidiaries,  and since  November 30, 1994, in the
case of GCC and GENCC.

                  (g) Absence of Certain Changes or Events.  Except as otherwise
set forth in  Schedule  3.01(g)  hereto,  in Part I  thereof  in the case of the
Company and Part II thereof in the case of GENCC,  since  February 28, 1995,  in
the case of the Company and its  subsidiaries,  and since  November 30, 1994, in
the case of GCC and GENCC, neither such Merger Party nor any of its subsidiaries
has:

                  (i)  incurred   any   obligation   or   liability   (fixed  or
         contingent),  except normal trade or business  obligations  incurred in
         the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, none
         of which,  individually or in the aggregate, is materially adverse, and
         except  in  connection   with  this  Agreement  and  the   transactions
         contemplated hereby;

             (ii) discharged or satisfied any lien, security interest, charge or
         other encumbrance or paid any obligation or


                                       11


<PAGE>



         liability  (fixed or contingent),  other than in the ordinary course of
         business and consistent with past practice;

            (iii)  mortgaged,   pledged  or  subjected  to  any  lien,  security
         interest,  charge or other  encumbrance any of its assets or properties
         with  a  value  in  excess  of   $100,000   (other   than   mechanic's,
         materialman's  and  similar  statutory  liens  arising in the  ordinary
         course of business and purchase money security  interests  arising as a
         matter of law between the date of delivery and payment);

             (iv) transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of any of its assets
         or properties except for a fair consideration in the ordinary course of
         business and  consistent  with past practice or, except in the ordinary
         course of business  and  consistent  with past  practice,  acquired any
         assets or properties;

                  (v)  authorized,  declared  or paid any  dividend  or made any
         other  distribution  on or in respect of any class of its capital stock
         or established a record date for any of the foregoing;

             (vi)  canceled  or  compromised  any  debt or  claim  greater  than
         $100,000  individually,  other than in the ordinary  course of business
         consistent with past practice;

            (vii) waived or released any rights of material value;

           (viii)  transferred  or  granted  any rights  under any  concessions,
         leases, licenses,  agreements,  patents, inventions,  trademarks, trade
         names, servicemarks or copyrights or with respect to any know-how other
         than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

             (ix) made or granted any wage or salary increase  applicable to any
         group  or  classification  of  employees  generally,  entered  into any
         employment  contract  with,  or made any loan to, or  entered  into any
         material  transaction of any other nature with, any officer or employee
         of such Merger Party or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

                  (x) entered into any transaction, contract or commitment that,
         individually  or in the aggregate,  are material,  except (A) contracts
         listed,  or which  pursuant to the terms  hereof are not required to be
         listed,  on  Schedule  3.01(i)  hereto,  (B)  this  Agreement  and  the
         transactions  contemplated  hereby and (C) as permitted by Section 4.01
         hereof;

                  (xi) suffered any casualty loss or damage (whether or not such
         loss or damage shall have been covered by insur-


                                       12


<PAGE>



         ance)  which  affects in any  material  respect its ability to  conduct
         its business; or

                  (xii)  suffered any material  adverse  change in its business,
         operations or condition (financial or other).

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    COVENANTS

                  SECTION  4.01  Certain  Covenants.  During the period from the
date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, each Merger Party will conduct its
business and operations in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and
use its reasonable efforts to preserve its relationships with business partners,
suppliers,  employees  and  customers.  Without  limiting the  generality of the
foregoing,  except as  otherwise  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  each of the
parties hereto agrees that,  from and after the date of this Agreement and until
the Effective Time, without the prior written consent of the other party hereto,
it will not, nor will it permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to, do any of the acts
or things of the kind described in Section 3.01(g) above.

                  SECTION  4.02  Proxy/Offering   Memorandum.  (a)  As  soon  as
reasonably  practicable  following the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
the Company  shall  prepare the  Proxy/Offering  Memorandum  with respect to the
Subscription  Agreement  and the Merger and the shares of Surviving  Corporation
Common Stock and Surviving  Corporation Preferred Stock to be issued pursuant to
the Subscription  Agreement and in the Merger.  GENCC shall cooperate fully with
the  Company  in  the  preparation  of the  Proxy/Offering  Memorandum  and  any
amendments and supplements thereto.  The Proxy/Offering  Memorandum shall not be
distributed and no amendment or supplement thereto shall be made by the Company,
without the prior consent of GENCC and its counsel.

                  (b) As soon as  reasonably  practical  following the execution
and delivery of this  Agreement,  GENCC shall solicit the written consent of its
stockholders  to approve  and adopt this  Agreement  and the Merger and for such
other purposes as many be necessary and desirable.

                  SECTION  4.03  Other  Agreements.  Subject  to the  terms  and
conditions  herein  provided,  each  of the  parties  hereto  agrees  to use all
reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause
to be done,  all things  necessary,  proper or advisable to consummate  and make
effective  as promptly as  practicable  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement, including, without limitation, using all reasonable efforts to obtain
all necessary waivers, consents and approvals and to


                                       13


<PAGE>



effect all necessary  registrations  and filings and  submissions of information
requested by governmental authorities.

                  SECTION  4.044  Notification  of Certain  Matters.  Each party
shall give prompt  notice to the other party  hereto of (i) the  occurrence,  or
failure to occur,  of any event  which such  party  believes  would be likely to
cause any of its representations or warranties contained in this Agreement to be
untrue or inaccurate at any time from the date hereof to the Effective  Time and
(ii) any failure of such party, or of any officer,  director,  employee or agent
thereof,  to comply with or satisfy any  covenant,  condition or agreement to be
complied with or satisfied by it hereunder;  provided,  however, that failure to
give such  notice  shall not  constitute  a waiver  of any  defense  that may be
validly asserted.

                  SECTION  4.045  Consents.  Each party will use its  reasonable
efforts  to  obtain  the  written  consents  of  all  persons  and  governmental
authorities  required  to be  obtained  by  such  party  and  necessary  to  the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE V

                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE MERGER

                  SECTION 5.051  Conditions  Precedent to the Merger Relating to
the Company.  The obligations of the Company to effect the Merger are subject to
the  satisfaction  (or, at its option,  the waiver  (except that the  conditions
contained in  paragraphs d, e, f, g, and h may not be waived) at or prior to the
Effective Time of each of the following conditions:

                  (a)   Accuracy  of   Representations   and   Warranties.   The
representations  and  warranties of GENCC  contained in this Agreement or in any
certificate or document  delivered to the Company  pursuant hereto shall be true
and  correct on and as of the  Effective  Time as though  made at and as of that
date,  and GENCC  shall have  delivered  to the  Company a  certificate  to that
effect.

                  (b) Compliance with Covenants.  GENCC shall have performed and
complied with all terms, agreements,  covenants and conditions of this Agreement
to be performed or complied with by them at or prior to the Effective  Time, and
GENCC shall have delivered to the Company a certificate to that effect.

                  (c) All Proceedings to Be Satisfactory.  All proceedings to be
taken by GENCC in connection with the transactions  contemplated  hereby and all
documents  incident  thereto  shall  be  reasonably  satisfactory  in  form  and
substance to the Company and its counsel, and the Company and said counsel shall
have received


                                       14


<PAGE>



all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as
it or they may reasonably request.

                  (d)  Legal  Actions  or   Proceedings.   No  legal  action  or
proceeding  shall  have been  instituted  or  threatened  seeking  to  restrain,
prohibit,  invalidate or otherwise  affect the  consummation of the transactions
contemplated  hereby or which  would,  if  adversely  decided,  have a  material
adverse affect on the business,  properties or condition (financial or other) or
prospects of GENCC and its subsidiaries.

                  (e)  Consents.   The  applicable   waiting  period  under  the
Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the "HSR Act") shall have
expired and the other consents and actions set forth in Schedule  5.01(e) hereto
shall have been obtained or consummated, as the case may be.

                  (f) Stockholder Approval.  This Agreement and the Merger shall
have been approved and adopted by the  stockholders  of the Company and GENCC in
accordance  with  the  Delaware  GCL  and  their   respective   Certificates  of
Incorporation and By-laws.

                  (g) Subscription  Agreement.  The Subscription Agreement shall
have been executed and delivered by the parties  thereto and each of the parties
thereto shall have consummated the transactions contemplated thereby.

                  (h) The  Certificate  of Merger.  Certificate  of Merger shall
have been filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

                  (i) Supporting  Documents.  On or prior to the Effective Time,
the  Company  and its  counsel  shall  have  received  copies  of the  following
supporting documents:

                  (i) (1) copies of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  of GENCC
         and  all  amendments  thereto,  certified  as of a  recent  date by the
         Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,  and (2) a certificate  of
         said  Secretary  dated as of a recent date as to the due  incorporation
         and good  standing of GENCC and listing all  documents of GENCC on file
         with said Secretary, and (3) confirmation from said Secretary as of the
         close of business on the next business day preceding the Effective Time
         as to the  continued  good  standing of GENCC and to the effect that no
         amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation  has been filed since the
         date of the certificate referred to in clause (2) above; and

             (ii) a certificate  of the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of
         GENCC  dated  the  Effective  Time and  certifying:  (1) that  attached
         thereto  is a true  and  complete  copy of the  By-laws  of GENCC as in
         effect on the date of such certification;  (2) that attached thereto is
         a true and complete copy


                                       15


<PAGE>



         of  the  resolutions   adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors  and  the
         stockholders  of  GENCC   authorizing   the  execution,   delivery  and
         performance  of this  Agreement  and  the  Merger  and  that  all  such
         resolutions  are  still  in  full  force  and  effect  and  are all the
         resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by
         this Agreement;  (3) that the Certificate of Incorporation of GENCC has
         not been amended  since the date of the last  amendment  referred to in
         the certificate  delivered  pursuant to clause (i)(2) above; and (4) as
         to the  incumbency  and  specimen  signature  of each  officer of GENCC
         executing  this Agreement and any  certificate or instrument  furnished
         pursuant hereto,  and a certification by another officer of GENCC as to
         the  incumbency  and signature of the officer  signing the  certificate
         referred to in this paragraph (ii).

                  All such documents shall be satisfactory in form and substance
to the Company and its counsel.

                  SECTION 5.02  Conditions  Precedent to the Merger  Relating to
GENCC.  The  obligation  of  GENCC  to  effect  the  Merger  is  subject  to the
satisfaction  (or,  at its  option,  the  waiver  (except  that  the  conditions
contained in  paragraphs d, e, f, g, and h may not be waived) at or prior to the
Effective Time of each of the following conditions:

                  (a)   Accuracy  of   Representations   and   Warranties.   The
representations  and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement or in
any certificate or document delivered to GENCC pursuant hereto shall be true and
correct on and as of the  Effective  Time as though made at and as of that date,
and the Company shall have delivered to GENCC a certificate to such effect.

                  (b)  Compliance  with   Covenants.   the  Company  shall  have
performed and complied with all terms,  agreements,  covenants and conditions of
this  Agreement  to be  performed  or  complied  with by it at or  prior  to the
Effective  Time,  and the Company shall have delivered to GENCC a certificate to
that effect.

                  (c) All  Proceedings  to Be  Satisfactory.  All  corporate and
other proceedings to be taken by the Company in connection with the transactions
contemplated  hereby and all  documents  incident  thereto  shall be  reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to GENCC and its counsel,  and GENCC and said
counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other
copies of such documents as they may reasonably request.

                  (d)  Legal  Actions  or   Proceedings.   No  legal  action  or
proceeding  shall  have been  instituted  or  threatened  seeking  to  restrain,
prohibit,  invalidate or otherwise  affect the  consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby or which would, if


                                       16


<PAGE>



adversely decided, have a material adverse affect on the business, properties or
condition (financial or other) or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries.

                  (e) Consents.  The applicable waiting period under the HSR Act
shall have  expired  and the other  consents  and  actions set forth in Schedule
5.02(e) hereto shall have been obtained or consummated as the case may be.

                  (f) Stockholder Approval. This Agreement and Merger shall have
been  approved  and  adopted by the  stockholders  of the  Company  and GENCC in
accordance  with  the  Delaware  GCL  and  their   respective   Certificates  of
Incorporation and By-laws.

                  (g) The Certificate of Merger. The Certificate of Merger shall
have been filed with the Secretary of State of Dela- ware.

                  (h) Subscription  Agreement.  The Subscription Agreement shall
have been executed and delivered by the parties  thereto and each of the parties
thereto shall have consummated the transactions contemplated thereby.

                  (i) Supporting  Documents.  On or prior to the Effective Time,
GENCC and its counsel  shall have received  copies of the  following  supporting
documents:

                  (i) (1)  copies of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the
         Company and all  amendments  thereto,  certified as of a recent date by
         the Secretary of State of the State of Dela- ware, (2) a certificate of
         said  Secretary  dated as of a recent date as to the due  incorporation
         and good  standing of the Company  and  listing  all  documents  of the
         Company on file with said  Secretary,  and (3)  confirmation  from said
         Secretary  as of the  close  of  business  on  the  next  business  day
         preceding the Effective Time as to the continued due  incorporation and
         good standing of the Company and to the effect that no amendment to its
         Certificate  of  Incorporation  has been  filed  since  the date of the
         certificate referred to in clause (2) above (other than the Certificate
         of Merger); and

             (ii) a certificate  of the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of
         the Company dated the Effective Time and certifying:  (1) that attached
         thereto is a true and complete copy of the By-laws of the Company as in
         effect on the date of such certification;  (2) that attached thereto is
         a true  and  complete  copy of  resolutions  adopted  by the  Board  of
         Directors  of the  Company  authorizing  the  execution,  delivery  and
         performance of this Agreement and that all such  resolutions  are still
         in full  force  and  effect  and are all  the  resolutions  adopted  in
         connection with the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement;  (3)
         that the Certificate of


                                       17


<PAGE>



         Incorporation of the Company has not been amended since the date of the
         last amendment  referred to in the  certificate  delivered  pursuant to
         clause (i)(2) above (other than the Certificate of Merger);  and (4) as
         to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer of the Company
         executing  this Agreement and any  certificate or instrument  furnished
         pursuant hereto,  and a certification by another officer of the Company
         as  to  the  incumbency  and  signature  of  the  officer  signing  the
         certificate referred to in this paragraph (ii).

                  All such documents shall be satisfactory in form and substance
to GENCC and its counsel.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                           TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

                  SECTION 6.01 Termination and  Abandonment.  This Agreement may
be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective
Time,  whether before or after approval by the  stockholders  of the Company and
GENCC:

                  (a)      By mutual action of the Boards of Directors of the
Company and GENCC;

                  (b) By the  Company,  if the  conditions  set forth in Section
5.01 shall not have been complied with or performed in any material  respect and
such noncompliance or nonperformance shall not have been cured or eliminated (or
by its  nature  cannot be cured or  eliminated)  by GENCC on or before  June 30,
1995; or

                  (c) By GENCC,  if the  conditions  set forth in  Section  5.02
shall not have been complied with or performed in any material  respect and such
noncompliance or  nonperformance  shall not have been cured or eliminated (or by
its nature cannot be cured or  eliminated)  by the Company on or before June 30,
1995.

                  SECTION  6.02  Effect  of  Termination.  In the  event  of the
termination  of this  Agreement and the  abandonment  of the Merger  pursuant to
Section 6.01,  this Agreement shall  thereafter  become void and have no effect,
and no party  hereto  shall have any  liability to any other party hereto or its
stockholders or directors or officers in respect  thereof,  and each party shall
be  responsible  for its own expenses,  except that nothing herein shall relieve
any party from liability for any willful breach hereof.


                                       18


<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  SECTION   7.01   Expenses,   Etc.   Unless  the   transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement are  consummated,  neither of the parties hereto
shall have any obligation to pay any of the fees and expenses of the other party
incident  to the  negotiation,  preparation  and  execution  of this  Agreement,
including the fees and expenses of counsel, accountants,  investment bankers and
other experts.  At the Effective  Time, the Surviving  Corporation  shall become
obligated to pay all such fees and expenses  incurred by each of the Constituent
Corporations.

                  SECTION 7.02 Publicity.  The parties hereto agree to cooperate
in  issuing  any press  release or other  public  announcement  concerning  this
Agreement or the transactions  contemplated  hereby. Each party shall furnish to
the other  drafts of all such press  releases  or  announcements  prior to their
release.  Nothing  contained  herein  shall  prevent  any party from at any time
furnishing any information required by any government authority.

                  SECTION 7.03 Execution in Counterparts. For the convenience of
the parties, this Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original,  but all of which together  shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

                  SECTION 7.04 Notices. All notices which are required or may be
given pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
sufficient  in all  respects  if given in  writing  and  delivered  or mailed by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

                  If to the Company, to:

                           MedE America Corporation
                           333 Ovington Boulevard
                           Mitchel Field,
                           New York  11553

                           Attention:  President

                  with a copy to:

                           Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt,
                             Maynard & Kristol

                           45 Rockefeller Plaza
                           New York, New York  10111

                           Attention:  Robert A. Schwed, Esq.


                                       19


<PAGE>



                  If to GENCC, to:

                           GENCC Holdings Corporation
                           c/o Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe
                           One World Financial Center
                           200 Liberty Street
                           New York, New York  10281

                           Attention:  President

                  with a copy to:

                           Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt,
                             Maynard & Kristol

                           45 Rockefeller Plaza
                           New York, New York  10111

                           Attention:  Robert A. Schwed, Esq.

or such other address or addresses as either party hereto shall have  designated
by notice in writing to the other party hereto.

                  SECTION  7.05  Waivers.  Either  party  hereto may, by written
notice to the other party hereto, (i) extend the time for the performance of any
of the  obligations  or other  actions of the other party under this  Agreement;
(ii) waive any  inaccuracies in the  representations  or warranties of the other
party contained in this Agreement or in any document  delivered pursuant to this
Agreement; (iii) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the
other  contained  in this  Agreement;  or (iv) waive  performance  of any of the
obligations  of the  other  under  this  Agreement.  Except as  provided  in the
preceding  sentence,  no action  taken  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  including
without  limitation any investigation by or on behalf of either party,  shall be
deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with
any  representations,  warranties,  covenants  or  agreements  contained in this
Agreement.  The waiver by either  party  hereto of a breach of any  provision of
this  Agreement  shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent
breach.

                  SECTION 7.06 Amendments,  Supplements, Etc. (a) Subject as set
forth in  paragraph  (b)  below,  at any time this  Agreement  may be amended or
supplemented by such additional agreements,  articles or certificates, as may be
determined  by the parties  hereto to be  necessary,  desirable  or expedient to
further the  purposes of this  Agreement,  or to clarify  the  intention  of the
parties hereto, or to add to or modify the covenants, terms or conditions hereof
or to effect or  facilitate  any  governmental  approval or  acceptance  of this
Agreement or to effect or facilitate  the filing or recording of this  Agreement
or the


                                       20


<PAGE>



consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. Any such instrument
must be in writing and signed by both parties.

                  (b) This Agreement may be varied or amended at any time before
or after the approval and adoption of this Agreement by the  stockholders of the
Company and GENCC by action of the respective Boards of Directors of the Company
and GENCC,  without  action by the  stockholders  thereof,  provided  that after
approval and adoption of this  Agreement by the  stockholders  of the Company or
GENCC,   no  such  variance  or  amendment   shall,   without  consent  of  such
stockholders, reduce the consideration that the holders of shares of the capital
stock of either of the  Constituent  Corporations  shall be  entitled to receive
upon the Effective Time pursuant to Section 2.01 and Section 2.03 hereof.

                  SECTION 7.07 Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement,  its Exhibits
and  Schedules,  and the documents  executed at the Effective Time in connection
herewith,  constitute  the entire  agreement  between  the  parties  hereto with
respect to the subject  matter  hereof and supersede  all prior  agreements  and
understandings, oral and written, between the parties hereto with respect to the
subject matter  hereof.  No  representation,  warranty,  promise,  inducement or
statement  of  intention  has been made by either party which is not embodied in
this Agreement or such other documents,  and neither party shall be bound by, or
be liable for, any alleged  representation,  warranty,  promise,  inducement  or
statement of intention not embodied herein or therein.  The  representations and
warranties  contained in this  Agreement  shall not survive  after the Effective
Time.

                  SECTION 7.08  Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

                  SECTION 7.09 Binding  Effect,  Benefits.  This Agreement shall
inure to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon the  parties  hereto  and  their
respective  successors and assigns.  Notwithstanding  anything contained in this
Agreement to the contrary,  nothing in this Agreement,  expressed or implied, is
intended  to  confer  on any  person  other  than the  parties  hereto  or their
respective  successors  and  assigns,  any  rights,  remedies,   obligations  or
liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

                  SECTION 7.10 Assignability.  Neither this Agreement nor any of
the parties' rights hereunder shall be assignable by either party hereto without
the prior written consent of the other party hereto.


                                       21


<PAGE>




                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have  executed and delivered
this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                                     MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION



                                                     By
                                                       -------------------------

ATTEST:



- ---------------------


                                                     GENCC HOLDINGS CORPORATION



                                                     By
                                                       -------------------------

ATTEST:



- ---------------------




                                       22


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE I

                                     Part I
                                     ------

                           Stockholders of the Company
                           ---------------------------
























                                       23


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE I

                                     Part II
                                     -------

                              Stockholders of GENCC
                              ---------------------

                              Shares of                   Shares of
                              GENCC Pre-                  Common
Stockholder                   ferred Stock                Stock
- -----------                   ------------                -----

Welsh, Carson, Anderson         109,315                  1,093,150
& Stowe V, L.P.

WCAS Information                  2,000                     20,000
Partners

Patrick J. Welsh                    500                      5,000

Russell L. Carson                   500                      5,000

Bruce K. Anderson                   750                      7,500

Richard H. Stowe                     75                        750

Delaware Charter Trust               75                        750
Co. Trustee For Richard
H. Stowe

Andrew M. Paul                      350                      3,500

Thomas E. McInerney                 750                      7,500

Laura VanBuren                       10                        100

James B. Hoover                     125                      1,250

Robert H. Minicucci                 400                      4,000

Anthony J. deNicola                 150                      1,500
                                -------                  ---------

Total                           115,000                  1,150,000
                                =======                  =========






                                       24


<PAGE>



                                SCHEDULE 3.01(b)

                                     Part I
                           Subsidiaries of the Company

MedE America, Inc.
Medical Processing Center, Inc.
Wellmark Incorporated

                                     Part II
                              Subsidiaries of GENCC

General Computer Corporation
Mavis Industries, Inc.
GCC Cognitive Service Network, Inc.















                                       25


<PAGE>



                                SCHEDULE 5.01(e)

                        Consents to be Obtained by GENCC

                                      None


                                SCHEDULE 5.02(e)

                     Consents to be Obtained by the Company

                                      None

















                                       26


<PAGE>





                              CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

                                       OF

                           GENCC HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                                  WITH AND INTO

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION


                  MEDE  AMERICA  CORPORATION   ("MedE"),   organized  under  and
existing by virtue of the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"DGCL") does hereby certify as follows:

                  FIRST:  The name and  state  of  incorporation  of each of the
constituent corporations (the "Constituent Corporations") are as follows:

         Name                                         State of Incorporation
         ----                                         ----------------------

ENCC Holdings Corporation                                    Delaware
MedE America Corporation                                     Delaware

                  SECOND: An Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May , 1995
(the "Merger Agreement"), between MedE and GENCC Holdings Corporation ("GENCC"),
providing  for the merger of GENCC with and into MedE (the  "Merger"),  has been
approved,  adopted,  certified,   executed  and  acknowledged  by  each  of  the
Constituent  Corporations in accordance with the  requirements of Section 251 of
the DGCL.

                  THIRD:  The name of the surviving  corporation is MedE America
Corporation (the "Surviving Corpor-tion").

                  FOURTH:  The  following   amendments  to  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation of the Surviving  Corporation  shall be effected by the Merger and
the capital of the  Surviving  Corporation  will not be  decreased on account of
such amendments:

                    Article FOURTH of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the
         Surviving  Corporation  shall be  amended  to read in its  entirety  as
         follows:

                  'FOURTH:  The total  number of shares of all  classes of stock
         which the  Corporation  shall  have  authority  to issue is  30,240,000
         shares, consisting of 240,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value
         ("Preferred  Stock") and  30,000,000  shares of Common Stock,  $.01 par
         value ("Common Stock").

                  All  cross-references  in each  subdivision  of  this  Article
         FOURTH refer to other paragraphs in such  subdivision  unless otherwise
         indicated.


                                       27


<PAGE>



                  The  following  is a statement  of the  designations,  and the
         powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications,  limitations or
         restrictions  thereof,  in  respect  of  each  class  of  stock  of the
         Corporation:

                                       I.

                                 PREFERRED STOCK

                  1.  Cumulative  Dividends.  (i) The holders of Preferred Stock
         shall be  entitled  to  receive,  when and as  declared by the Board of
         Directors  out of  funds  legally  available  for  such  purpose,  cash
         dividends  at the rate of $10.00 per share per annum,  and no more.  In
         the event such dividends are declared,  the dividend payment dates with
         respect thereto shall be the immediately succeeding September 30.

                  (ii) In no event,  so long as any Preferred Stock shall remain
         outstanding,  shall any dividend  whatsoever  be declared or paid upon,
         nor shall any distribution be made upon, any Common Stock, other than a
         dividend  or  distribution  payable  in shares of  Common  Stock,  nor,
         without  the  written  consent  of  the  holders  of  66  2/3%  of  the
         outstanding  Preferred  Stock,  shall any  shares  of  Common  Stock be
         purchased or redeemed by the Corporation,  nor shall any moneys be paid
         to or made  available for a sinking fund for the purchase or redemption
         of any  Common  Stock,  unless in each  instance  cumulative  dividends
         accrued and unpaid on all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock for
         all past dividend periods shall have been paid in full.

                  2.       Redemption.

         2A. Mandatory Redemptions.

         (i) The  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  redeemed  in  full  in two  equal
         installments  on  September  30,  of  each  of 2001  and  2002,  at the
         Redemption Price (as defined below).

         (ii) Upon the consummation of an underwritten  public offering pursuant
         to an effective  registration  statement  under the  Securities  Act of
         1933, as amended,  covering the offering and sale of the  Corporation's
         Common Stock pursuant to which the Corporation  receives  aggregate net
         proceeds of at least $15 million  (after  underwriters',  brokers'  and
         dealers' fees and commissions and underwriters' discounts and any other
         offering expenses required to be disclosed in Part II of the applicable
         registration   statement)  (a   "Qualified   Public   Offering"),   the
         Corporation shall redeem all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock
         at the Redemption Price.

         2B. Optional Redemptions. The Preferred Stock may be redeemed in  whole
         at any  time or in  part  from  time to  time,  at the  option  of  the
         Corporation, at the Redemption Price.

         2C.  Redemption  Date;   Redemption  Price.   Any  date  on  which  the
         Corporation elects or is required to redeem Preferred Stock under


                                       28


<PAGE>



         this  paragraph 2 shall be referred to as a "Redemption  Date." The per
         share  "Redemption  Price" of the  Preferred  Stock to be redeemed on a
         Redemption Date shall be the sum of (x) $100.00 per share, plus (y) any
         accrued but unpaid dividends thereon to the date of such redemption.

         2D. Notice of  Redemption.  Not less than 30 days before any Redemption
         Date,  written  notice shall be given by mail,  postage  prepaid to the
         holders of record of the Preferred  Stock to be redeemed,  addressed to
         each such stockholder at his or its post office address as shown by the
         records  of the  Corporation,  specifying  the  number  of shares to be
         redeemed,  the  subparagraph  or  subparagraphs  of  this  paragraph  2
         pursuant to which such redemption  shall be made, the Redemption  Price
         and the place at which and the date,  which  date shall not be a day on
         which  banks  in the City of New York are  required  or  authorized  to
         close, on which the shares of Preferred Stock will be redeemed. If such
         notice of  redemption  shall  have been duly  given and if on or before
         such Redemption Date the funds necessary for redemption shall have been
         set aside so as to be and  continue  to be  available  therefor,  then,
         notwithstanding  that any  certificate for shares of Preferred Stock to
         be redeemed shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, after the
         close of business on such Redemption  Date, such shares shall no longer
         be deemed outstanding, the dividends thereon shall cease to accrue, and
         all rights with respect to such shares shall  forthwith after the close
         of business on the Redemption Date, cease, except only the right of the
         holders  thereof  to  receive  the  Redemption  Price for such  shares,
         without interest.

         2E. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares to be Retired.  Any shares of
         Preferred  Stock  redeemed  pursuant to this  paragraph 2 or  otherwise
         acquired  by  the  Corporation  in  any  manner   whatsoever  shall  be
         permanently  retired and shall not under any circumstances be reissued;
         and  the  Corporation  may  from  time to time  take  such  appropriate
         corporate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized Preferred
         Stock accordingly.

         2F.  Shares  to be  Redeemed,  Purchased  or  Retired.  In  case of the
         redemption,  purchase or retirement,  for any reason, of only a part of
         the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock on a Redemption Date, all
         shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed, purchased or retired shall be
         selected pro rata, and there shall be so redeemed, purchased or retired
         from each registered  holder in whole shares,  as nearly as practicable
         to the nearest share,  the proportion of all the shares to be redeemed,
         purchased or retired  which the number of shares held of record by such
         holder bears to the total  number of shares of  Preferred  Stock at the
         time outstanding.

                  3. Liquidation.  Upon any liquidation,  dissolution or winding
         up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or the sale of
         all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation (each such event
         being  referred  to as a  "Liquidation"),  a holder  of the  shares  of
         Preferred Stock shall be entitled,  before any  distribution or payment
         is made upon any Common Stock, to


                                       29


<PAGE>



         receive  out of the assets of the  Corporation  (x)  $100.00 per share,
         plus (y) any accrued but unpaid  dividends  thereon to the date of such
         redemption,  for each share of Preferred Stock held by such holder.  If
         upon such  Liquidation,  the assets to be distributed among the holders
         of  Preferred  Stock  shall be  insufficient  to permit  payment to the
         holders of Preferred Stock of that amount  distributable  as aforesaid,
         then the entire assets of the  Corporation to be  distributed  shall be
         distributed ratably among the holders of Preferred Stock. Upon any such
         Liquidation,  after the holders of the Preferred  Stock shall have been
         paid in full the amounts to which they shall be  entitled,  the holders
         of the  Common  Stock  will  share  the  remaining  net  assets  of the
         Corporation.  Written  notice  of such  Liquidation,  stating a payment
         date,  the  aggregate  amount of the  payments  to which such holder of
         Preferred  Stock is  entitled  and the place  where  said sums shall be
         payable shall be given by mail, postage prepaid,  not less than 30 days
         prior to the payment date stated  therein,  to the holders of record of
         the Preferred Stock, such notice to be addressed to each stockholder at
         its post  office  address as shown by the  records of the  Corporation.
         Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation into or with any
         other  corporation  or  corporations,  nor the reduction of the capital
         stock of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a Liquidation.

                  4. Voting Rights.  Except as otherwise provided by law or this
         Certificate of Incorporation,  the holders of Preferred Stock shall not
         be entitled to vote on matters  presented  to the  stockholders  of the
         Corporation.

                  5.  Restrictions.  At any time when shares of Preferred  Stock
         are  outstanding,  except  where  the vote or  written  consent  of the
         holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by
         law or by this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  and in addition to any
         other vote required by law, without the prior consent of the holders of
         66 2/3% of the  outstanding  Preferred  Stock,  given in  person  or by
         proxy,  either in  writing  or at a  special  meeting  called  for that
         purpose,  at which meeting the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock
         shall vote together as a class:

                           (i) The Corporation  will not create or authorize the
                  creation  of any  additional  class of shares  unless the same
                  ranks junior to the  Preferred  Stock both as to dividends and
                  as to the  distribution of assets on Liquidation,  or increase
                  the authorized  amount of the Preferred Stock, or increase the
                  authorized amount of any additional class of shares unless the
                  same ranks junior to the Preferred  Stock both as to dividends
                  and as to the distribution of assets on Liquidation, or create
                  or authorize any obligations or securities convertible into or
                  exchangeable  for shares of Preferred  Stock or into shares of
                  any other class unless the same ranks junior to the  Preferred
                  Stock  both  as to  dividends  and as to the  distribution  of
                  assets  on   Liquidation,   whether   any  such   creation  or
                  authorization  or increase  shall be by means of  amendment of
                  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,   merger,  consolidation,
                  recapitalization or otherwise.


                                       30


<PAGE>




                      (ii) The Corporation  will not amend,  alter or repeal the
                  Corporation's  Certificate of  Incorporation or By-laws in any
                  manner, or file any directors' resolutions pursuant to Section
                  151(g) of the Delaware General  Corporation Law containing any
                  provision,   in  either  case  which  affects  the  respective
                  preferences, voting power, qualifications, special or relative
                  rights or  privileges  of the  Preferred  Stock or the  Common
                  Stock or which in any manner  adversely  affects the Preferred
                  Stock or the Common Stock or the holders thereof.

                                       II.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                  All  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall be  identical  and shall
entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges:

                  1.       Dividends

                  When and as  dividends  are  declared  upon the Common  Stock,
whether  payable in cash, in property or in shares of stock of the  Corporation,
the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to share equally, share for share,
in such dividends.

                  2.       Voting Rights

                  Each holder of Common  Stock shall be entitled to one vote per
share.'

                  FIFTH: Effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Merger
with the  Secretary of State of the State of Delaware  (the  "Effective  Time"),
each share of Common Stock,  $.01 par value,  of MedE issued and  outstanding at
the Effective Time shall be reclassified into a unit consisting of (i) .5 shares
of Common  Stock  and (ii) .005  shares  of  Preferred  Stock and all  shares of
Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, of MedE shall be canceled.  Pursuant to Section
155 of the DGCL, the Board of Directors has determined that no fractional shares
of Common Stock will be issued in connection with the reclassification described
above, and that in lieu of the issuance of any fractional  shares, the Surviving
Corporation  shall pay,  in cash,  to those  entitled  thereto the fair value of
fractional  interests  as of the  time  when  those  entitled  to  receive  such
fractions are determined.

                  SIXTH:  The  executed  Merger  Agreement  is on  file  at  the
principal  place of business of the  Surviving  Corporation.  The address of the
principal  place  of  business  of the  Surviving  Corporation  is 333  Ovington
Boulevard, Suite 702, Mitchel Field, New York 11553.

                  SEVENTH:  A copy of the Merger  Agreement will be furnished by
the Surviving Corporation, on request and without cost, to any stock-

holder of either of the Constituent Corporations.

                  EIGHTH: The effective date of the Merger shall be , 1995.


                                       31


<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  MedE America  Corporation has caused this
Certificate of Merger to be executed as of this day of , 1995.

                                                  MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                                  By:
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     Name:
                                                     Title:


                                       32


<PAGE>



                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       to

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       of

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                  MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), hereby certifies as
follows:

                  FIRST:  that the  following  resolutions  were duly adopted by
unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation,  setting
forth  proposed   amendments  to  the  Certificate  of   Incorporation   of  the
Corporation;  determining  that  the  capital  of the  Corporation  will  not be
decreased on account of such  amendments;  and declaring  such  amendments to be
advisable and directing that such amendments be submitted to the stockholders of
the Corporation for its approval. The resolutions are as follows:

                  "RESOLVED,  that there is hereby  adopted an  amendment to the
         Corporation's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  pursuant  to  which  the
         authorized  capital  stock of the  Corporation  shall be  changed  from
         24,215,000  shares,  consisting of 215,000  shares of Preferred  Stock,
         $.01 par value  ("Preferred  Stock"),  and 24,000,000  shares of Common
         Stock,  $.01  par  value  ("Common  Stock"),   to  29,250,000   shares,
         consisting of 250,000 shares of Preferred  Stock and 29,000,000  shares
         of  Common  Stock  and,  in  connection  with such  changes,  the first
         paragraph of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of  Incorporation of the
         Corporation shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                  'FOURTH:  The total  number of shares of all  classes of stock
         which the  Corporation  shall  have  authority  to issue is  29,250,000
         shares, consisting of 250,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value
         ("Preferred  Stock") and  29,000,000  shares of Common Stock,  $.01 par
         value ("Common Stock").'

                  "RESOLVED  that the  Board of  Directors  determines  that the
         capital  of the  Corporation  will not be  decreased  on account of the
         foregoing   amendment,   declares  the   foregoing   amendment  to  the
         Corporation's  Certificate of Incorporation to be advisable and directs
         that the amendment be submitted



<PAGE>



         to the  stockholders of the Corporation for their approval  pursuant to
         Section  242(b)  of  the  General  Corporation  Law  of  the  State  of
         Delaware."

                  SECOND: that the Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
effected by this Certificate was duly authorized by the holders of a majority of
the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, after
first  having  been  declared  advisable  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the
Corporation,  all in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Section  242 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law.

                  THIRD: that the capital of the Corporation will not be reduced
under,  or  by  reason  of,  the  foregoing  amendment  to  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation of the Corporation.


<PAGE>




                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  MEDE AMERICA  CORPORATION has caused its
corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and this certificate to be signed by      
its              ,  who hereby  acknowledges under penalties of perjury that the
facts herein stated are true and that this certificate is his act and deed, this
day of , 1995.

                                               MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION



                                               By:
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                     Name:
                                                     Title:








================================================================================


                        NOTE AND SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                     Between


                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION


                                       and


                         WCAS CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.









                          Dated as of February 14, 1997






================================================================================


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                       Page
                                                                       ----

ARTICLE I.        PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES.......................  1
                                                                           
         SECTION 1.01  Issuance, Sale and Delivery of                      
                         the Securities.................................  1
         SECTION 1.02  Payment for the Securities.......................  1
         SECTION 1.03  Closing Date.....................................  1
                                                                           
ARTICLE II.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF                        
                             THE COMPANY................................  2

         SECTION 2.01  Organization, Qualifications and                    
                                     Corporate Power....................  2
         SECTION 2.02  Authorization of Agreements, Etc.................  2
         SECTION 2.03  Validity.........................................  2
         SECTION 2.04  Authorized Capital Stock.........................  3
         SECTION 2.05  Governmental Approvals...........................  3
         SECTION 2.06  Use of Proceeds..................................  3
         SECTION 2.07  Offering of the Securities.......................  3
         SECTION 2.08  Compliance With Law..............................  4
                                                                           
ARTICLE III.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                           
                             OF PURCHASER...............................  4
                                                                           
         SECTION 3.01  Certain Securities Laws Matters..................  4
                                                                           
ARTICLE IV.       CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATION OF                          
                             PURCHASER..................................  5
                                                                           
ARTICLE V.        CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATION OF                          
                             THE COMPANY................................  6
                                                                           
ARTICLE VI.       MISCELLANEOUS.........................................  6
                                                                           
         SECTION 6.01  Expenses.........................................  6
         SECTION 6.02  Survival of Agreement............................  6
         SECTION 6.03  Brokerage........................................  6
         SECTION 6.04  Parties in Interest..............................  7
         SECTION 6.05  Notices..........................................  7
         SECTION 6.06  Law Governing....................................  7
         SECTION 6.07  Entire Agreement; Amendments.....................  7
         SECTION 6.08  Successors and Assigns...........................  8
         SECTION 6.09  Counterparts.....................................  8
         SECTION 6.10  Headings.........................................  8
                                                                          



                                        i


<PAGE>



                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit              Description
- -------              -----------

EXHIBIT A      Form of 10% Senior Subordinated Note
EXHIBIT B      Form of Registration Rights Agreement

                               INDEX TO SCHEDULES

Schedule             Description
- --------             -----------

2.02(a)        Defaults
2.04(b)        Capital Stock, Options, Warrants, Etc.














                                       ii


<PAGE>




                  NOTE AND SHARE  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT,  dated as of February 14,
1997,  by and between  MEDE AMERICA  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  and WCAS CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P., a Delaware limited  partnership
("Purchaser").

                  WHEREAS the Company  wishes to issue and sell to Purchaser (i)
its 10% Senior Subordinated Note in the principal amount of $25,000,000 and (ii)
1,700,000 shares  (collectively,  the "Shares") of common stock,  $.01 par value
("Common  Stock"),  of the Company,  subject to the conditions set forth herein;
and

                  WHEREAS  Purchaser wishes to purchase said securities,  all on
the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the
mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:


                                       I.

                         PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES

                  SECTION 1.01 Issuance, Sale and Delivery of the Securities. On
the Closing Date (as defined  herein) the Company shall issue,  sell and deliver
to Purchaser,  and Purchaser  shall purchase from the Company,  (i) a 10% Senior
Subordinated  Note of the Company,  substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A,  registered  in the name of  Purchaser,  in the  principal  amount of
$25,000,000  (said  note,  and any notes  issued  in  exchange  or  substitution
therefor,  being hereinafter  collectively called the "Subordinated Notes"), and
(ii)  the  Shares,  to be  evidenced  by a  stock  certificate  of  the  Company
registered in the name of the Purchaser.  The Shares and the Subordinated  Notes
are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Securities".

                  SECTION  1.02 Payment for the  Securities.  As payment in full
for the Securities being purchased by it hereunder, and against delivery thereof
as aforesaid,  on the Closing Date Purchaser  shall pay to the Company,  by wire
transfer  to an  account  designated  in  writing  by the  Company,  the  sum of
$25,000,000.

                  SECTION  1.03  Closing  Date.  The  closing  of the  sale  and
purchase of the Securities shall take place at the offices of Reboul, MacMurray,
Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol, 45 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York, at 10 a.m.,
New York time,  on February 14,  1997,  or at such other date and time as may be
mutually agreed upon by Purchaser and the Company (such date and time of closing
being herein called the "Closing Date").







<PAGE>



                                       II.

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

                  The Company represents and warrants to Purchaser as follows:

                  SECTION 2.01 Organization, Qualifications and Corporate Power.
The Company is a corporation  duly  incorporated,  validly  existing and in good
standing  under  the  laws of the  State of  Delaware  and is duly  licensed  or
qualified to transact business as a foreign  corporation and is in good standing
in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership of its
properties  makes such licensing or  qualification  necessary,  except where the
failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a material  adverse effect
on the business,  assets,  operations  or condition  (financial or other) of the
Company (a "Material Adverse  Effect").  The Company has the corporate power and
authority  to own and  hold its  properties  and to  carry  on its  business  as
currently  conducted,  to  execute,  deliver and perform  this  Agreement  and a
Registration Rights Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (the
"Registration Rights Agreement") and to issue, sell and deliver the Securities.

                  SECTION  2.02  Authorization  of  Agreements,   Etc.  (a)  The
execution  and delivery by the Company of this  Agreement  and the  Registration
Rights  Agreement,  the performance by the Company of its obligations  hereunder
and thereunder and the issuance,  sale and delivery of the Securities  have been
duly  authorized by all requisite  corporate  action and, except as set forth in
Schedule 2.02(a) hereto, will not (x) violate any provision of law applicable to
the  Company,  any  order of any  court  or  other  agency  of  government,  the
Certificate of  Incorporation  or By-laws of the Company or any provision of any
indenture,  agreement  or other  instrument  to which the  Company or any of its
properties  or assets  is bound;  (y)  conflict  with,  result in a breach of or
constitute  (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default  under any such
indenture,  agreement  or other  instrument;  or (z) result in the  creation  or
imposition of any lien,  charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any
of the properties or assets of the Company that, in any such case,  would have a
Material Adverse Effect.

                  (b) The Shares  will,  when issued and paid for in  accordance
with the terms hereof, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of
Common Stock.  The issuance,  sale and delivery of the Securities is not subject
to any preemptive rights of stockholders of the Company or to any right of first
refusal or other similar right in favor of any person.

                  SECTION 2.03  Validity.  Each of this Agreement and the
Registration Rights Agreement has been duly executed and


                                        2


<PAGE>



delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation
of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

                  SECTION 2.04 Capital Stock.  (a) The authorized  capital stock
of the Company  consists  of (i) 250,000  shares of  Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par
value, of which an aggregate  239,956 shares are validly issued and outstanding,
fully paid and  nonassessable,  and (ii) 29,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01
par  value,  of which an  aggregate  24,235,038  shares are  validly  issued and
outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable.

                  (b)  Except as set forth in  Schedule  2.04(b)  hereto  and as
contemplated  by  this  Agreement,   (i)  no  subscription,   warrant,   option,
convertible security or other right (contingent or other) to purchase or acquire
any shares of any class of  capital  stock from the  Company  is  authorized  or
outstanding,  (ii) there is no  commitment  of the  Company to issue any shares,
warrants,  options or other such rights or to distribute to holders of any class
of its  capital  stock any  evidences  of  indebtedness  or assets and (iii) the
Company has no obligation (contingent or other) to purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire any shares of its capital  stock or any  interest  therein or to pay any
dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof.

                  SECTION 2.05 Governmental Approvals. No registration or filing
with, or consent or approval of, or other action by, any federal, state or other
governmental agency or instrumentality is or will be necessary for (i) the valid
execution,  delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement  and the  Registration
Rights Agreement or (ii) the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities.

                  SECTION  2.06  Use  of  Proceeds.  None  of  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement  (including,  without limitation,  the use of the
proceeds from the sale of the Subordinated  Notes),  will violate or result in a
violation of (a) Section 7 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
or of any regulations issued pursuant thereto,  or (b) Regulations G, T and X of
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  None of the proceeds from
the  sale of the  Subordinated  Notes  will be used to  purchase  or  carry  (or
refinance any  borrowings  the proceeds of which were used to purchase or carry)
any "margin  security" within the meaning of said Regulation G, or for any other
purpose which would constitute the transactions contemplated by this Agreement a
"purpose credit" within the meaning of said Regulation G.

                  SECTION 2.07 Offering of the  Securities.  Neither the Company
nor any  person  acting  on its  behalf  has  taken  or  will  take  any  action
(including,  without limitation,  any offer,  issuance or sale of any securities
under circumstances which


                                        3


<PAGE>



might require the  integration of such securities  with the  Subordinated  Notes
and/or the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities
Act"),  or the rules and  regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the  "Commission")  thereunder)  which might subject the offering,  issuance or
sale of the Subordinated Notes and/or the Shares to the registration  provisions
of the Securities Act.

                  SECTION  2.08  Compliance  With  Law.  The  Company  is not in
default  in any  material  respect  under any order of any  court,  governmental
authority  or  arbitration  board or  tribunal  or under any  laws,  ordinances,
governmental  rules or regulations to which the Company is subject.  The Company
has not failed to obtain any material  licenses,  permits,  franchises  or other
governmental  authorizations  necessary to the ownership of its properties or to
the conduct of its business.

                                      III.

                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

                  SECTION  3.01  Certain   Securities  Law  Matters.   Purchaser
represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

                  (i)  that  it is  acquiring  the  Securities  and  for its own
         account  for the purpose of  investment  and not with a view to, or for
         sale in connection with, any distribution thereof;

                  (ii) that it is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of
         Regulation D as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act;

                  (iii) that it  understands  that (a) neither the  Subordinated
         Notes nor the Shares have been  registered  under the Securities Act by
         reason of their issuance in a transaction  exempt from the registration
         requirements  of the  Securities  Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof,
         (b) the  Securities  must  be held  indefinitely  unless  a  subsequent
         disposition thereof is registered under the Securities Act or is exempt
         from such registration,  (c) the Subordinated Notes and the Shares will
         bear a legend to such effect and (d) the Company will make notations on
         its transfer books to such effect;

                  (iv) that it is a  sophisticated  investor with  knowledge and
         experience in business and financial  matters,  is able to evaluate the
         risks and benefits of the investment in the Subordinated  Notes and the
         Shares, has received certain information concerning the Company and has
         had the opportunity to obtain additional information as desired in


                                        4


<PAGE>



         order to evaluate  the merits of and the risks  inherent in  purchasing
         the Securities; and

                  (v) that it understands  that the exemption from  registration
         afforded  by  Rule  144  under  the   Securities  Act  depends  on  the
         satisfaction  of various  conditions and that, if applicable,  Rule 144
         affords the basis of sales of the  Securities in limited  amounts under
         certain conditions.

                                       IV.

                    CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATION OF PURCHASER

                  The  obligation  of  Purchaser  to  purchase  and  pay for the
Securities  to be  purchased  by it  hereunder  on the  Closing  Date is, at its
option,  subject to the  satisfaction,  on or before such date, of the following
conditions:

                  (i) Representations and Warranties to Be True and Correct. The
         representations and warranties  contained in Article II hereof shall be
         true and correct on and as of the Closing  Date with the same force and
         effect as though such  representations  and warranties had been made on
         and as of such date.

             (ii)  Performance.  The Company  shall have  performed and complied
         with all  agreements  and conditions  contained  herein  required to be
         performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing Date.

            (iii) Opinion of Counsel.  Purchaser  shall have received an opinion
         of  counsel  to  the  Company,   in  form  and   substance   reasonably
         satisfactory to Purchaser and its counsel,  as to the matters set forth
         in Sections 2.01, 2.02, 2.03, 2.04 and 2.05 hereof.

             (iv) Registration Rights Agreement. The Company shall have executed
         and delivered the Registration Rights Agreement,  and the same shall be
         in full force and effect.

              (v) All  Proceedings to Be  Satisfactory.  All corporate and other
         proceedings  to  be  taken  by  the  Company  in  connection  with  the
         transactions  contemplated  hereby and all documents  incident  thereto
         shall  be  satisfactory  in form and  substance  to  Purchaser  and its
         counsel,  and  Purchaser  and said counsel shall have received all such
         counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as
         they may reasonably request.


                                        5


<PAGE>



                                       V.

                   CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATION OF THE COMPANY

                  The  obligation of the Company to issue,  sell and deliver the
Securities  on the  Closing  Date is, at the  Company's  option,  subject to the
satisfaction, on or before such date, of the following conditions:

             (i)  Representations  and  Warranties  to Be True and Correct.  The
         representations and warranties contained in Article III hereof shall be
         true and correct on and as of the Closing  Date with the same force and
         effect as though such  representations  and warranties had been made on
         and as of such date.

            (ii)  Performance.  Purchaser shall have performed and complied with
         all agreements and conditions contained herein required to be performed
         or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing Date.

           (iii) All Proceedings to Be Satisfactory. All proceedings to be taken
         by Purchaser in connection with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby
         and all documents  incident  thereto shall be  satisfactory in form and
         substance  to the  Company  and its  counsel,  and the Company and said
         counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified
         or other copies of such documents as it may reasonably request.

                                       VI.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  SECTION  6.01  Expenses.  Each party  hereto  will pay its own
expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, whether or not
such  transactions  shall be consummated;  provided,  however,  that the Company
shall pay the fees and  disbursements of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard &
Kristol, counsel for Purchaser.

                  SECTION 6.02 Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements,
representations  and  warranties  made herein shall  survive the  execution  and
delivery of this Agreement and the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities
pursuant  hereto,  and all  statements  contained  in any  certificate  or other
instrument  delivered  by the Company  hereunder  shall be deemed to  constitute
representations and warranties made by the Company.

                  SECTION 6.03  Brokerage.  Each party hereto will indemnify and
hold harmless the others against and in respect of


                                        6


<PAGE>



any claim for brokerage or other  commissions  relative to this  Agreement or to
the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  SECTION 6.04 Parties in Interest. All covenants and agreements
contained in this  Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties  hereto shall
bind and inure to the benefit of the respective  successors and assigns or legal
representatives of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not.

                  SECTION  6.05  Notices.  All notices,  requests,  consents and
other  communications  hereunder  shall be in  writing  and  shall be  delivered
personally,  sent by nationally  recognized overnight carrier, sent by facsimile
or mailed by first-class registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

                  (a)      if to the Company, to it at:

                           90 Merrick Avenue
                           Suite 502
                           East Meadow, New York 11554
                           Attention:  David M. Goldwin, Esq.
                           Fax: (516) 542-4508;

                  (b)      if to Purchaser, to it at:

                           c/o Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe
                           320 Park Avenue
                           Suite 2500
                           New York, New York  10022
                           Attention:  Mr. Anthony J. de Nicola
                           Fax:  (212) 945-2016

                           with a copy to:

                           Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol
                           45 Rockefeller Plaza
                           New York, New York  10111
                           Attention:  Mark J. Tannenbaum, Esq.
                           Fax:  (212) 841-5725

                  SECTION 6.06 LAW GOVERNING.  THIS AGREEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT
REGARD TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS.

                  SECTION  6.07 Entire  Agreement;  Amendments.  This  Agreement
constitutes  the entire  agreement  of the parties  with  respect to the subject
matter hereof and may not be modified or amended  except by a writing  signed by
the  Company and  approved  by the holders of not less than  66-2/3% of the then
outstanding


                                        7


<PAGE>


principal amount of the Subordinated Notes.

                  SECTION  6.08  Successors  and  Assigns.  All  of  the  terms,
covenants and  provisions  of this  Agreement  and of the  agreements  delivered
hereunder  shall be binding  upon and inure to the  benefit  of any  successors,
assigns, legal representatives, or beneficiaries hereof, as the case may be.

                  SECTION 6.09  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
two or more counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  SECTION  6.10  Headings.  The  headings  of the  Sections  and
subsections  of this  Agreement  are  inserted for  convenience  only and do not
constitute a part of this Agreement.


                                        8


<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the  Company and  Purchaser  has
executed  this Note and Share  Purchase  Agreement  as of the day and year first
above written.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                            By:
                               --------------------------------------
                                         President and Chief
                                          Executive Officer

                            WCAS CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.
                            By: WCAS CP II Partners, General Partner

                            By:
                               --------------------------------------
                                           General Partner




                                       10


<PAGE>



                                Schedule 2.02(a)
                                    Defaults

The issuance of the Notes shall  constitute an event of default under the Credit
Agreement,  dated  December  18,  1995,  between the Company and Bank of America
Illinois.










                                       11


<PAGE>


                                Schedule 2.04(a)
                     Capital Stock, Options, Warrants, Etc.

The Company has issued warrants to acquire an aggregate 324,972 shares of Common
Stock to four stockholders.

The  Company  has issued  options to acquire an  aggregate  2,101,500  shares of
Common  Stock  to  certain  former  and  current  employees,   stockholders  and
consultants.










                                       12


                                    

                  AGREEMENT  dated as of October 31,  1997,  among MEDE  AMERICA
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON &
STOWE V,  L.P.,  a Delaware  limited  partnership  ("WCAS  V"),  WELSH,  CARSON,
ANDERSON & STOWE VI, L.P., a Delaware limited  partnership  ("WCAS VI"), WILLIAM
BLAIR  LEVERAGED   CAPITAL  FUND  LIMITED   PARTNERSHIP,   an  Illinois  limited
partnership, ("Blair LF") and WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P., a Delaware
limited  partnership,  ("Blair V";  WCAS V, WCAS VI,  Blair LF and Blair V being
hereinafter  referred to individu- ally as a "Guarantor" and collectively as the
"Guarantors").

                  WHEREAS,   the  Guarantors  are  collectively  the  owners  of
approximately 90% of the outstanding common and preferred stock of the Company;

                  WHEREAS, the Company and Bank of America Illinois (the "Bank")
are parties to a Credit  Agreement,  dated as of December  18, 1995 (the "Credit
Agreement"),  as amended, providing for the extension by the Bank to the Company
of a revolving line of credit (the "Line of Credit");

                  WHEREAS,  the maximum  amount of Line of Credit was originally
$10,000,000,  which was  increased to $13.5  million as of February 10, 1997 and
subsequently decreased to $5 million.

                  WHEREAS,  in connection with the  establishment of the Line of
Credit and the February 10, 1997  increase in the maximum  amount  thereof,  the
Guarantors  gave  certain  guarantees  to the Bank with  respect  to the Line of
Credit and, in consideration thereof, were issued warrants to purchase shares of
its Common Stock;

                  WHEREAS,  the Company and the Bank have entered into the Third
Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of  October  31,  1997  (the  "Third
Amendment"),  providing,  among other things, for (i) an increase in the Line of
Credit of $15,000,000  (the  "Additional  Indebtedness"),  which will permit the
Bank to advance a total of  $20,000,000  thereunder,  (ii) an  extension  of the
maturity date for all moneys borrowed under the Credit Agreement;

                  WHEREAS,  in order to induce the Bank to  increase  and extend
the  Line of  Credit,  the  Bank,  WCAS  VI and  Blair  V, as well as the  other
Guarantors,  have agreed to modify the Guarantor Percentages provided for in the
Credit Agreement,  with the effect that,  effective as of the date hereof,  only
WCAS VI and Blair V will be liable to the Bank on the Guaranty;


<PAGE>



                  WHEREAS,  WCAS  VI and  Blair  V are  willing  to  assume  the
additional financial risk associated with the Additional  Indebtedness under the
Guaranty,  and in consideration thereof, the Company is willing to issue to WCAS
VI and Blair V an additional  156,720  warrants to purchase shares of its Common
Stock, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

                  WHEREAS,  as a result of the forgoing,  the Guarantors wish to
amend and extend the previous  agreements  among  themselves with respect to the
manner in which they will bear the economic  incidence  of any payments  made by
any of them under the Guaranty;

                  WHEREAS,  the Guarantors hereby confirm that they are assuming
the  financial  risk  associated  with  the  Guaranty  and the  Line  of  Credit
(including but not limited to the financial risk  associated with the Additional
Indebtedness) in order to protect their existing  substantial equity investments
in the Company and to ensure the Company's future financial viability; and

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  foregoing and the
mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:


                                       I.
                              ISSUANCE OF WARRANTS

                  Section 1.001.  Issuance of Warrants.  (a) In consideration of
the  assumption  by  WCAS  VI and  Blair  V of  the  additional  financial  risk
associated  with the  Additional  Indebtedness  under the Guaranty,  the Company
shall  execute  and  deliver  to each of WCAS VI and Blair a warrant in the form
annexed  hereto as Exhibit 1  (individually  a "Warrant"  and  collectively  the
"Warrants")  to purchase  shares of the Company's  Common Stock,  $.01 par value
("Common Stock"), at an initial exercise price of $1.25 per share. WCAS VI shall
be entitled to a Warrant to purchase a 125,376  shares of Common Stock and Blair
V shall be entitled to a Warrant to purchase 31,344 shares of Common Stock.

                  Section 1.002. Tax and Accounting Treatment. The Company, WCAS
VI and Blair V agree that for federal, state and local income tax as well as for
financial  accounting  purposes,  the issuance of the Warrants by the Company to
WCAS VI and  Blair V is in the  nature  of a  dividend  distribution  and is not
compensation  (or a payment) for any  services,  and each hereby agrees to treat
the  issuance of the Warrants in such manner for all such  purposes,  all to the
maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

                                        2


<PAGE>



                                       II.
                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

                  The Company  represents and warrants to, and agrees with, WCAS
VI and Blair V as follows:

                  Section 2.001. Organization. The Company is a corporation duly
incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
of  Delaware  and is duly  licensed  or  qualified  to do  business as a foreign
corporation  in good  standing in each of the  jurisdiction  in which it owns or
leases any real  property  or in which the nature of business  transacted  by it
makes such licensing or  qualification  necessary and where the failure to be so
licensed or  qualified  would have a material  adverse  affect on the  business,
operations or financial condition of the Company.  The Company has the corporate
power and authority to own and hold its  properties and to carry on its business
as currently conducted,  to execute,  deliver and perform this Agreement and the
Warrants and to issue, sell and deliver the shares of Common Stock issuable upon
the exercise of the Warrants (the "Warrant Shares").

                  Section  2.002.  Authorization  of  Agreement,  etc.  (a)  The
execution,  delivery and  performance  by the Company of this  Agreement and the
Warrants,  and the  issuance,  sale and  delivery  of the  Warrant  Shares  upon
exercise of the Warrants,  have been duly authorized by all requisite  corporate
action and will not (i) violate any  provision of law, any order of any court or
other agency of government,  the Certificate of  Incorporation or By-laws of the
Company,  or any provision of any  indenture,  agreement or other  instrument by
which  the  Company  or any  of its  subsidiaries  or  any of  their  respective
properties  or assets is bound or  affected;  (ii)  conflict  with,  result in a
breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default any
such indenture,  agreement or other instrument;  or (iii) result in the creation
or imposition of any lien,  charge or  incumbrance of any nature upon any of the
properties or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

                  (b) The Warrant  Shares have been duly  reserved  for issuance
upon  exercise of the Warrants  and,  when so issued,  will be duly  authorized,
validly issued and outstanding,  fully paid and non assessable  shares of Common
Stock.  Neither the  execution and delivery of the Warrants nor the issuance and
delivery  of  the  Warrant  Shares  upon  exercise  thereof  is  subject  to any
preemptive  rights  of  shareholders  of the  Company  or to any  right of first
refusal or other similar right in favor of any person.

                  Section 2.003. Validity. This Agreement has been duly executed
and  delivered  by the  Company  and  constitutes  the legal,  valid and binding
obligation of the Company, enforceable in

                                        3


<PAGE>



accordance with its terms.  The Warrants,  when executed in accordance with this
Agreement,  will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company,
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

                                      III.
                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTORS

                  Each of WCAS VI and Blair V  represents  and  warrants  to the
Company that it is acquiring the  Warrants,  and will,  upon  exercise  thereof,
acquire the Warrant  Shares,  for its own account for purpose of investment  and
not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. Each
of WCAS VI and Blair V further  represents  that it understands (i) that neither
the Warrants nor the Warrant  Shares have been  registered  under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"), by reason of their issuance in
transactions  exempt from the  registration  requirements  of the Securities Act
pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof,  (ii) the Warrants and, upon exercise thereof,
the Warrant  Shares must be held  indefinitely  unless a subsequent  disposition
thereof is registered  under the Securities Act or is otherwise exempt from such
registration,  (iii) the Warrants  and the Warrant  Shares will bear a legend to
such effect and (iv) the Company will make a notation on its  transfer  books to
such effect.  Each of WCAS VI and Blair V further understands that the exemption
from  registration  afforded by Rule 144 under the Securities Act depends on the
satisfaction of various conditions and that, if applicable, affords the basis of
sales of the Warrants and/or the Warrant Shares in limited amounts under certain
conditions.  Each of WCAS VI and Blair V (i) acknowledges that it has had a full
opportunity  to  request  from  the  Company  to  review  and has  received  all
information  deemed  relevant in making a decision to enter into this  Agreement
and consummate the transactions  contemplated  thereby and (ii) will comply with
the restrictions on transferability of the Warrants and Warrant Shares contained
in the Warrant.  Each of WCAS VI and Blair V is an "Accredited  Investor" within
the meaning of Rule 501(a) of the Securities Act.

                                       IV.
                         AGREEMENTS AMONG THE GUARANTORS

                  The Guarantors agree that, as among themselves,  the liability
for any and all payments  made by any of them  pursuant to the Guaranty  will be
allocated to and borne by them, as follows:  (i) 39.9% to WCAS VI, 39.9% to WCAS
V, 13.5% to Blair V and 6.7% to Blair LF with respect to the first $5 million of
principal indebtedness (and any interest,  penalties and other charges thereon);
and (ii)  80% to WCAS VI and 20% to  Blair V with  respect  to any  payments  in
excess of $5 million of principal

                                        4


<PAGE>



indebtedness (and any interest,  penalties and other charges  thereon).  Each of
the Guarantors agrees to indemnify each of the other Guarantors for any payments
made  pursuant to the Guaranty (or to indemnify  other  Guarantors in accordance
with this Article IV) by such other  Guarantor that were in excess of such other
Guarantor's  pro rata  share of all  amounts  paid by the  Guarantors  under the
Guaranty,  determined in accordance  with the first sentence of this Article IV,
but only to the extent of the excess,  if any, of its own payments made pursuant
to the Guaranty  plus the indemnity  payments made by it to other  Guarantors in
accordance  with this Article IV, over its pro rata share of all amounts paid by
the  Guarantors  under the Guaranty,  determined  in  accordance  with the first
sentence of this Article IV. The foregoing shall apply  irrespective of which of
the  Guarantors  has actually  made or is liable to make payment under the terms
and  provisions  of the  Guaranty  and  without  regard  to the  release  of any
Guarantor  of its  obligations  under the  Guaranty by the Bank or any  assignee
thereof.

                                       V.

                            AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY

                  The  Company  covenants  and agrees  that any right to payment
received by the Guarantors in respect of the Credit Agreement,  as amended,  and
their guaranty  thereof,  whether by way of purchase,  subrogation or otherwise,
and  regardless  whether  and to what extent the same shall be  subordinated  to
other  indebtedness  to the Banks or shall  have  been  waived  pending  certain
events,  may be applied,  both as to principal and accrued and unpaid  interest,
dollar for dollar,  by the Guarantors,  or any of them, as the purchase price of
any equity securities offered by the Company to investors for cash. In addition,
in the event that the Company shall be unable to make a payment under the Credit
Agreement,  as  amended,  the  Guarantors  shall  have  the  right  (but not the
obligation) (i) to purchase additional equity securities of the Company and (ii)
to require  the Company to use the net  proceeds  of such  purchase to make such
payment  under the  Credit  Agreement,  as  amended.  The right set forth in the
preceding  sentence may only be exercised upon joint approval by the Guarantors,
and the  securities  so  purchased  shall be issued at fair  value,  based  upon
current  market  conditions for the issuance of equity  securities.  The Company
shall use its best efforts to provide the Guarantors with  sufficient  notice in
advance of a payment default under the Credit Agreement,  as amended,  to enable
the Guarantors to exercise their rights under this Article V.

                                        5


<PAGE>



                                       VI.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  Section  6.001.  Expenses.  Each party hereto will pay its own
expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, whether or not
such  transactions  shall be consummated;  provided,  however,  that the Company
shall pay the fees and disbursements of the Guarantors' special counsel, Messrs.
Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol.

                  Section  6.002.   Survival  of   Agreements.   All  covenants,
agreements,  representations  and  warranties  made  herein  shall  survive  the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Warrants and the issuance, sale
and delivery of the Warrant Shares.

                  Section  6.003.   Parties  in  Interest.   All  covenants  and
agreements  contained  in this  Agreement  by or on behalf of any of the parties
hereto  shall bind and inure to the  benefit of the  respective  successors  and
assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not.

                  Section 6.004.  Notices.  All notices,  requests,  consent and
other communications  hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by first
class registered mail, postage prepaid,  or sent by a recognized courier service
addressed as follows:

                  If to the Company to it at:

                  90 Merrick Avenue, Suite 501
                  East Meadow, New York 11554
                  Fax: (516) 542-4508
                  Attention:  David M. Goldwin, Esq.

                  If to WCAS V or WCAS VI to it at

                  320 Park Avenue
                  Suite 2500
                  New York, New York 10022
                  Attention:  Anthony J. de Nicola

                  If to Blair LF or Blair V to it at

                  222 W. Adams Street
                  Chicago, Illinois  60606
                  Attention:  Timothy M. Murray

or, in any such case,  at such other  address  or  addresses  as shall have been
furnished in writing my such party to the others.

                                        6


<PAGE>



                  SECTION 6.005. LAW GOVERNING. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                  Section 6.006.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes
the entire  Agreement of the parties with respect to the subject  matter  hereof
and may not be modified or amended except in writing.

                  Section 6.007. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
two or more counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  and the  Guarantors  have
executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                        MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION


                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                   Thomas P. Staudt
                                                    President and
                                               Chief Executive Officer

                                        WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON &
                                               STOWE V, L.P.
                                        By WCAS V Partners, General Partner

                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                  General Partner

                                        WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON &
                                               STOWE VI, L.P.
                                        By WCAS VI Partners, L.P., General
                                          Partner

                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                  General Partner

                                        WILLIAM BLAIR LEVERAGED CAPITAL
                                         FUND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                        By  William Blair Leveraged Capital
                                             Management, L.P.

                                        7


<PAGE>



                                        By William Blair & Company,
                                             General Partner

                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------

                                        WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL
                                         PARTNERS V, L.P.

                                        By William Blair Capital Partners, LLC,
                                             General Partner

                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------


                                        8


<PAGE>


         THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON THE REPRESENTATION OF THE
         HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A
         VIEW  TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER  DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF.  NEITHER THIS
         WARRANT NOR THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
           BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                            October 31, 1997
for 125,376 shares

                           Void After October 30, 2007

                  THIS  CERTIFIES  that,  for  value  received,  WELSH,  CARSON,
ANDERSON & STOWE VI, L.P., a Delaware  limited  partnership  ("Holder"),  or its
registered  assigns, is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from MEDE AMERICA
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation"),  at
the price of $1.25 per share  (such price as from time to time to be adjusted as
hereinafter  provided being hereinafter called the "Warrant Exercise Price"), at
any time prior to October 30, 2007, up to ONE HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND THREE
HUNDRED  SEVENTY-SIX  (125,376) (subject to adjustment as hereinafter  provided)
fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of Common  Stock,  $.01 par value,  of the
Corporation  (hereinafter called the "Common Stock"),  subject,  however, to the
provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. This Warrant
and any warrant or warrants subsequently issued upon exchange or transfer hereof
and each other warrant issued pursuant to the Agreement, dated as of October 31,
1997  (the  "Agreement"),  among the  Corporation  and the  stockholders  of the
Corporation named therein, and any warrant or warrants  subsequently issued upon
exchange  or  transfer  thereof,   are  hereinafter   collectively   called  the
"Warrants".


<PAGE>


                  Section 1. Exercise of Warrant.

                  (a) Method of Exercise. The rights represented by this Warrant
         may be  exercised  by the holder  hereof,  in whole at any time or from
         time to time in part, but not as to a fractional share of Common Stock,
         by the surrender of this Warrant  (properly  endorsed) at the office of
         the  Corporation as it may designate by notice in writing to the holder
         hereof at the  address  of such  holder  appearing  on the books of the
         Corporation, and as further provided below in this Section 1:

                  (i)  Cash  Exercise.  By  payment  to the  Corporation  of the
         Warrant  Exercise  Price in cash or by  certified  or offi-  cial  bank
         check, for each share being purchased;

                  (ii)   Surrender  of   Indebtedness   of  or  Claims   Against
         Corporation.  By surrender to the Corporation  for  cancellation of any
         indebtedness  of or claim against the  Corporation  (including  without
         limitation  any claim against the  Corporation as subrogee in the event
         the Holder shall have  performed  under its  guarantee  under the First
         Amendment,  as  contemplated  by  the  Agreement),  or of  any  portion
         thereof,  for which credit  shall be given toward the Warrant  Exercise
         Price for each share being acquired on a  dollar-for-dollar  basis with
         reference to the principal amount canceled;

                  (iii) Net Issue Exercise. By an election to receive shares the
         aggregate  fair  market  value of which as of the date of  exercise  is
         equal to the fair market value of this Warrant (or the portion  thereof
         being  exercised)  on such date, in which event the  Corporation,  upon
         receipt of notice of such election,  shall issue to the holder hereof a
         number of shares of the  Corporation's  Common  Stock  equal to (A) the
         number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon exercise of all or any
         portion of this Warrant being exercised, as at such date, multiplied by
         (B) the balance  remaining  after  deducting  (x) the Warrant  Exercise
         Price, as in effect on such date, from (y) the fair market value of one
         share of the  Corporation's  Common  Stock as at such date and dividing
         the result by (C) such fair market value; or

                  (iv) Combined  Payment Method.  By satisfaction of the Warrant
         Exercise Price for each share being acquired in any  combination of two
         or more of the methods described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above.

                  (b)  Mandatory   Exercise.   Upon  the   consummation   of  an
         underwritten  public  offering  pursuant to an  effective  registration
         statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as

                                        2


<PAGE>


         amended (the "Securities Act"),  covering the sale of the Corporation's
         Common  Stock at a price to the public of $3.00 or more (such  price as
         from  time  to  time  to be  adjusted  in the  manner  provided  for in
         paragraphs (d), (h) and (j) for the adjustment of the Warrant  Exercise
         Price), this Warrant, to the extent not previously exercised,  shall be
         surrendered  (properly endorsed) at the office of the Corporation as it
         may  designate by notice in writing to the holder hereof at the address
         of such holder appearing on the books of the  Corporation,  accompanied
         by payment to the  Corporation of the Warrant  Exercise Price by one or
         more of the methods specified in clauses  (a)(i)-(iv) above; and to the
         extent not so surrendered,  it shall be deemed  exercised in the manner
         provided in clause  (a)(iii)  above and, upon delivery of the shares of
         Common Stock determined in accordance therewith,  this Warrant shall be
         canceled.

                  (c) Definition of Fair Market Value.  For the purposes of this
         Section 1, "fair  market  value"  shall mean,  as to any  security,  as
         follows:  if that  security  is listed or admitted to trading on one or
         more national  securities  exchanges,  the average of the last reported
         sales prices per share regular way or, in case no such  reported  sales
         takes place on any such day,  the average of the last  reported bid and
         asked  prices per share  regular  way, in either case on the  principal
         national  securities  exchange  on which  that  security  is  listed or
         admitted to trading, for the 20 trading days immediately  preceding the
         date upon which the fair market value is determined (the "Determination
         Date");  if that  security  is not listed or  admitted  to trading on a
         national  securities  exchange  but is  quoted  by the  NASD  Automated
         Quotation  System  ("NASDAQ"),  the average of the last reported  sales
         prices per share  regular way or, in case no reported  sale takes place
         on any such day or the last  reported  sales prices are not then quoted
         by NASDAQ,  the average for each such day of the last  reported bid and
         asked prices per share, for the 20 trading days  immediately  preceding
         the  Determination  Date as furnished by the National  Quotation Bureau
         Incorporated  or  any  similar  successor  organization;  and  if  that
         security is not listed or admitted to trading on a national  securities
         exchange  or  quoted  by  NASDAQ  or any  other  nationally  recognized
         quotation  service,  the "fair  market  value"  shall be the fair value
         thereof  determined  jointly  by the  Corporation  and  the  registered
         holders of Warrants  outstanding  representing a majority of the shares
         of Common Stock  acquirable  upon exercise of the  Warrants,  provided,
         however,  that if such parties are unable to reach  agreement  within a
         reasonable  time,  the "fair market  value" shall be determined in good
         faith by an independent investment banking firm selected jointly by the
         Corporation  and  the  registered   holders  of  Warrants   outstanding
         representing a majority of the shares of Common Stock

                                        3


<PAGE>



         issuable upon exercise of the Warrants or, if that selection  cannot be
         made within 15 days, by an independent investment banking firm selected
         by the American  Arbitration  Association in accordance with its rules.
         Anything in this  paragraph  (c) to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the
         fair  market  value of this  Warrant or any  portion  thereof as of any
         Determination  Date shall be equal to (i) the fair market  value of the
         shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or such
         portion   thereof),   (determined  in  accordance  with  the  foregoing
         provisions of this  paragraph  (c)),  minus (ii) the aggregate  Warrant
         Exercise Price of this Warrant (or such portion thereof).

                  (d)  Delivery  of  Certificates,  Etc.  In  the  event  of any
         exercise of the rights  represented  by this Warrant,  a certificate or
         certificates for the shares of Common Stock so purchased, registered in
         the name of the holder,  shall be delivered to the holder hereof within
         a reasonable time, not exceeding ten days, after the rights represented
         by this Warrant shall have been so exercised;  and, unless this Warrant
         has expired, a new Warrant  representing the number of shares (except a
         remaining fractional share), if any, with respect to which this Warrant
         shall not then have been  exercised  shall also be issued to the holder
         hereof within such time. The person in whose name any  certificate  for
         shares of Common Stock is issued upon  exercise of this  Warrant  shall
         for all  purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such
         shares on the date on which the Warrant was  surrendered and payment of
         the Warrant  Exercise Price and any applicable  taxes was made,  except
         that, if the date of such  surrender and payment is a date on which the
         stock transfer books of the Corporation  are closed,  such person shall
         be  deemed to have  become  the  holder of such  shares at the close of
         business on the next  succeeding date on which the stock transfer books
         are open.

                  Section  2.   Adjustment  of  Number  of  Shares.   Upon  each
adjustment of the Warrant Exercise Price as provided in Section 3, the holder of
this Warrant shall  thereafter be entitled to purchase,  at the Warrant Exercise
Price resulting from such  adjustment,  the number of shares  (calculated to the
nearest tenth of a share) obtained by multiplying the Warrant  Exercise Price in
effect  immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares purchasable
pursuant  hereto  immediately  prior to such adjustment and dividing the product
thereof by the Warrant Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.

                                        4


<PAGE>



                  Section 3.  Adjustment of Price Upon Issuance of Common Stock.
If and  whenever  the  Corporation  shall issue or sell any shares of its Common
Stock for a  consideration  per share less than the  Warrant  Exercise  Price in
effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then, forthwith upon
such  issue or sale the  Warrant  Exercise  Price  shall be reduced to the price
(calculated  to the nearest $.01)  determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to
the sum of (a) the  number of shares of  Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately
prior to such issue or sale (including as outstanding all shares of Common Stock
issuable  upon  conversion  of  all  outstanding   Convertible   Securities  (as
hereinafter  defined) or exercise of outstanding Warrants multiplied by the then
existing Warrant Exercise Price, and (b) the consideration,  if any, received by
the  Corporation  upon such issue or sale, by (ii) the total number of shares of
Common Stock  outstanding  immediately  after such issue or sale  (including  as
outstanding  all  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  all
outstanding  Convertible  Securities or exercise of  outstanding  Warrants).  No
adjustments of the Warrant Exercise Price,  however,  shall be made in an amount
less  than $.01 per  share,  but any such  lesser  adjustment  shall be  carried
forward  and  shall be made at the time and  together  with the next  subsequent
adjustment  which together with any  adjustments so carried forward shall amount
to $.01 per share or more.

                  For purposes of this Section 3, the following  paragraphs  (a)
to (p), inclusive, shall also be applicable:

                  (a)  Issuance  of Rights or  Options.  In case at any time the
         Corporation   shall  in  any  manner  grant  (whether  directly  or  by
         assumption in a merger or otherwise)  any rights to subscribe for or to
         purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or any stock
         or securities  convertible  into or exchangeable for Common Stock (such
         rights or options being herein called  "Options",  and such convertible
         or exchangeable  stock or securities  being herein called  "Convertible
         Securities")  whether  or not such  Options  or the right to convert or
         exchange any such Convertible  Securities are immediately  exercisable,
         and the price per share for which  Common  Stock is  issuable  upon the
         exercise  of  such  Options  or upon  conversion  or  exchange  of such
         Convertible Securities (determined by dividing (i) the total amount, if
         any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the
         granting  of  such  Options,  plus  the  minimum  aggregate  amount  of
         additional  consideration  payable to the Corporation upon the exercise
         of all such Options,  plus, in the case of such Options which relate to
         Convertible  Securities,  the minimum  aggregate  amount of  additional
         consideration,  if  any,  payable  upon  the  issue  or  sale  of  such
         Convertible  Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by
         (ii) the total maximum  number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon
         the exercise of such Options

                                        5


<PAGE>



         or upon the conversion or exchange of all such  Convertible  Securities
         issuable  upon the  exercise  of such  Options)  shall be less than the
         Warrant Exercise Price in effect  immediately  prior to the time of the
         granting of such Options,  then the total  maximum  number of shares of
         Common  Stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of such  Options  or upon
         conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such  Convertible
         Securities  issuable  upon the exercise of such Options shall be deemed
         to have been issued for such price per share as of the date of granting
         of such  Options  and  thereafter  shall be deemed  to be  outstanding.
         Except as otherwise  provided in paragraph  (c), no  adjustment  of the
         Warrant  Exercise  Price  shall be made upon the  actual  issue of such
         Common Stock or of such  Convertible  Securities  upon exercise of such
         Options or upon the actual issue of such Common  Stock upon  conversion
         or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

                  (b)   Issuance  of   Convertible   Securities.   In  case  the
         Corporation   shall  in  any  manner  issue  (whether  directly  or  by
         assumption  in  a  merger  or   otherwise)  or  sell  any   Convertible
         Securities, whether or not the rights to exchange or convert thereunder
         are immediately  exercisable,  and the price per share for which Common
         Stock is  issuable  upon such  conversion  or exchange  (determined  by
         dividing (i) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation
         as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible  Securities,
         plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration,  if any,
         payable to the Corporation  upon the conversion or exchange of all such
         Convertible  Securities)  shall be less than the Warrant Exercise Price
         in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the
         total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion
         or exchange of all such Convertible  Securities shall be deemed to have
         been  issued  for such  price  per share as of the date of the issue or
         sale of such  Convertible  Securities and thereafter shall be deemed to
         be  outstanding,  provided  that (i) except as  otherwise  provided  in
         paragraph (c) below, no adjustment of the Warrant  Exercise Price shall
         be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon  conversion  or
         exchange of such Convertible Securities,  and (ii) if any such issue or
         sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Option
         to purchase any such  Convertible  Securities for which  adjustments of
         the  Warrant  Exercise  Price have been or are to be made  pursuant  to
         other  provisions  of this  Section  3, no  further  adjustment  of the
         Warrant Exercise Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

                  (c)  Change  in  Option  Price or  Conversion  Rate.  Upon the
         happening of any of the following events, namely, if the purchase price
         provided for in any Option referred to in paragraph (a), the additional
         consideration, if any, payable

                                        6


<PAGE>



         upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible  Securities referred
         to in  paragraph  (a) or (b),  or the  rate at  which  any  Convertible
         Securities  referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) are convertible into or
         exchangeable  for Common  Stock  shall  change at any time  (other than
         under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution),
         the  Warrant  Exercise  Price in effect at the time of such event shall
         forthwith be readjusted to the Warrant  Exercise Price which would have
         been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible  Securities
         still outstanding provided for such changed purchase price,  additional
         consideration  or  conversion  rate,  as the case  may be,  at the time
         initially  granted,  issued or sold;  and on the expiration of any such
         Option or the termination of any such right to convert or exchange such
         Convertible  Securities,  the  Warrant  Exercise  Price  then in effect
         hereunder  shall  forthwith be increased to the Warrant  Exercise Price
         which  would  have  been in effect  at the time of such  expiration  or
         termination  had such  Option or  Convertible  Security,  to the extent
         outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination,  never
         been issued,  and the Common Stock issuable  thereunder shall no longer
         be deemed to be outstanding.

         If the purchase  price  provided for in any such Option  referred to in
         paragraph (a) or the rate at which any Convertible  Securities referred
         to in paragraph (a) or (b) are  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for
         Common  Stock,  shall be  reduced  at any time  under or by  reason  of
         provisions with respect thereto  designed to protect against  dilution,
         then in case of the  delivery of Common  Stock upon the exercise of any
         such Option or upon  conversion  or  exchange  of any such  Convertible
         Security,  the Warrant  Exercise Price then in effect  hereunder  shall
         forthwith  be  adjusted  to such  respective  amount as would have been
         obtained had such Option or  Convertible  Security never been issued as
         to such Common Stock and had adjustments been made upon the issuance of
         the shares of Common  Stock  delivered as  aforesaid,  but only if as a
         result of such  adjustment  the Warrant  Exercise  Price then in effect
         hereunder is thereby reduced.

                  (d) Stock Dividends.  In case the Corporation  shall declare a
         dividend  or  make  any  other  distribution  upon  any  stock  of  the
         Corporation payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities,
         any Common Stock,  Options or Convertible  Securities,  as the case may
         be,  issuable  in payment of such  dividend  or  distribution  shall be
         deemed to have been issued in a subdivision  of  outstanding  shares as
         provided in paragraph (h) below.

                  (e)  Consideration  for  Stock.  In case any  shares of Common
         Stock,  Options or Convertible  Securities  shall be issued or sold for
         cash, the consideration received therefor

                                        7


<PAGE>



         shall be deemed to be the amount received by the Corporation  therefor,
         without   deduction   therefrom  of  any   expenses   incurred  or  any
         underwriting   commissions  or  concessions  paid  or  allowed  by  the
         Corporation  in  connection  therewith.  In case any  shares  of Common
         Stock, Options or Convertible  Securities shall be issued or sold for a
         consideration  other than cash, the amount of the  consideration  other
         than cash  received by the  Corporation  shall be deemed to be the fair
         value of such  consideration as determined by the Board of Directors of
         the  Corporation,  without  deduction of any  expenses  incurred or any
         underwriting   commissions  or  concessions  paid  or  allowed  by  the
         Corporation in connection therewith. The amount of consideration deemed
         to be received by the Corporation  pursuant to the foregoing provisions
         of this  paragraph  (e) upon any issuance  and/or sale,  pursuant to an
         established  compensation  plan  of  the  Corporation,   to  directors,
         officers or  employees  of the  Corporation  in  connection  with their
         employment   of  shares  of  Common  Stock,   Options  or   Convertible
         Securities,  shall  be  increased  by the  amount  of any  tax  benefit
         realized by the  Corporation as a result of such issuance  and/or sale,
         the amount of such tax  benefit  being the amount by which the  Federal
         and/or State income or other tax liability of the Corporation  shall be
         reduced  by  reason of any  deduction  or  credit  in  respect  of such
         issuance and/or sale. In case any Options shall be issued in connection
         with  the  issue  and  sale of  other  securities  of the  Corporation,
         together  comprising  one  integral  transaction  in which no  specific
         consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties thereto, such
         Options shall be deemed to have been issued without  consideration.  In
         case any  shares of Common  Stock,  Options or  Convertible  Securities
         shall be issued in connection with any merger or consolidation in which
         the   Corporation   is  the  surviving   corporation,   the  amount  of
         consideration  therefor  shall  be  deemed  to be  the  fair  value  as
         determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation of such portion
         of the assets and  business of the  non-surviving  corporation  as such
         Board shall determine to be attributable to such Common Stock,  Options
         or  Convertible  Securities,  as the case may be.  In the  event of any
         consolidation  or merger of the Corporation in which the Corporation is
         not the  surviving  corporation  or in the  event of any sale of all or
         substantially  all of the assets of the  Corporation for stock or other
         securities of any corporation,  the Corporation shall be deemed to have
         issued a number of shares of its Common  Stock for stock or  securities
         of the other  corporation  computed on the basis of the actual exchange
         ratio on which the  transaction  was predicated and for a consideration
         equal to the fair market value on the date of such  transaction of such
         stock  or  securities  of  the  other  corporation,  and  if  any  such
         calculation  results in adjustment of the Warrant  Exercise Price,  the
         determination of the number of shares of Common Stock

                                        8


<PAGE>



         receivable  under  this  Warrant  immediately  prior  to  such  merger,
         consolidation  or sale,  for purposes of paragraph  (j),  shall be made
         after giving effect to such adjustment of the Warrant Exercise Price.

                  (f) Record Date. In case the  Corporation  shall take a record
         of the holders of its Common  Stock for the purpose of  entitling  them
         (i) to  receive a  dividend  or other  distribution  payable  in Common
         Stock, Options or Convertible  Securities,  or (ii) to subscribe for or
         purchase  Common Stock,  Options or Convertible  Securities,  then such
         record  date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the
         shares of  Common  Stock  deemed  to have been  issued or sold upon the
         declaration  of such dividend or the making of such other  distribution
         or the date of the granting of such right of  subscription or purchase,
         as the case may be.

                  (g)  Treasury  Shares.  The  number of shares of Common  Stock
         outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by
         or for the account of the Corporation,  and the disposition of any such
         shares  shall be  considered  an issue or sale of Common  Stock for the
         purposes of this Section 3.

                  (h)   Subdivision  or  Combination  of  Stock.   In  case  the
         Corporation  shall at any time  subdivide  its  outstanding  shares  of
         Common  Stock into a greater  number of shares,  the  Warrant  Exercise
         Price  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  such  subdivision  shall  be
         proportionately reduced, and conversely, in case the outstanding shares
         of Common  Stock of the  Corporation  shall be combined  into a smaller
         number of shares,  the  Warrant  Exercise  Price in effect  immediately
         prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

                  (i) Certain Issues of Common Stock  Excepted.  Anything herein
         to the contrary notwithstanding,  the Corporation shall not be required
         to make any adjustment of the Warrant Exercise Price in the case of the
         issuance of shares of Common  Stock upon  exercise  of  employee  stock
         options approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                  (j) Reorganization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or
         Sale. If any capital  reorganization or reclassification of the capital
         stock  of  the  Corporation  or  any  consolidation  or  merger  of the
         Corporation   with  another   corporation,   or  the  sale  of  all  or
         substantially  all  of its  assets  to  another  corporation  shall  be
         effected in such a way that  holders of Common  Stock shall be entitled
         to receive  stock,  securities or assets with respect to or in exchange
         for  Common  Stock,  then,  as  a  condition  of  such  reorganization,
         reclassification, consolidation, merger or

                                        9


<PAGE>



         sale, lawful and adequate  provisions shall be made whereby each holder
         of the  Warrants  shall  thereafter  have the right to receive upon the
         basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of
         the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation  immediately  theretofore
         receivable  upon the exercise of such Warrant or Warrants,  such shares
         of stock,  securities  or assets  (including  cash) as may be issued or
         payable  with  respect to or in  exchange  for a number of  outstanding
         shares of such Common Stock equal to the number of shares of such stock
         immediately   theretofore  so  receivable   had  such   reorganization,
         reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale not taken place, and in
         any such case  appropriate  provision shall be made with respect to the
         rights  and  interests  of such  holder to the end that the  provisions
         hereof (including without limitation  provisions for adjustments of the
         Warrant  Exercise Price) shall  thereafter be applicable,  as nearly as
         may be,  in  relation  to any  shares of  stock,  securities  or assets
         thereafter  deliverable  upon  the  exercise  of such  exercise  rights
         (including an immediate adjustment, by reason of such reorganization or
         reclassification,  of the Warrant  Exercise  Price to the value for the
         Common  Stock  reflected  by  the  terms  of  such   reorganization  or
         reclassification  if the value so  reflected  is less than the  Warrant
         Exercise Price in effect  immediately  prior to such  reorganization or
         reclassifica-  tion). In the event of a merger or  consolidation of the
         Corporation  as a result of which a greater or lesser  number of shares
         of common stock of the surviving corporation are issuable to holders of
         Common Stock of the Corporation  outstanding  immediately prior to such
         merger  or   consolidation,   the  Warrant  Exercise  Price  in  effect
         immediately prior to such merger or consolidation  shall be adjusted in
         the same manner as though there were a subdivision  or  combination  of
         the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the  Corporation.  The
         Corporation will not effect any such consolidation,  merger or any sale
         of all or substantially  all of its assets of properties,  unless prior
         to the  consummation  thereof the successor  corporation (if other than
         the  Corporation)  resulting from such  consolidation  or merger or the
         corporation  purchasing such assets shall assume by written  instrument
         executed  and mailed or delivered to each holder of the Warrants at the
         last address of such holder  appearing on the books of the Corporation,
         the  obligation  to  deliver  to such  holder  such  shares  of  stock,
         securities or assets as, in accordance  with the foregoing  provisions,
         such holder may be entitled to receive.

                  (k) Notice of  Adjustment.  Upon any adjustment of the Warrant
         Exercise Price,  then and in each such case, the Corporation shall give
         written notice thereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed
         to each  holder of the  Warrants at the address of such holder as shown
         on the books

                                       10


<PAGE>



         of the Corporation, which notice shall state the Warrant Exercise Price
         resulting from such adjustment,  setting forth in reasonable detail the
         method of  calculation  and the facts upon which  such  calculation  is
         based.

                  (l)  Certain  Events.  If any event  occurs as to which in the
         opinion  of the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corporation  the  other
         provisions of this Section 3 are not strictly applicable or if strictly
         applicable  would  not  fairly  protect  the  exercise  rights  of this
         Warrant, in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such
         provisions to protect  against  dilution,  then such Board of Directors
         shall in good  faith  make an  adjustment  in the  application  of such
         provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so
         as to protect such exercise rights as aforesaid.

                  (m) Stock to Be Reserved.  The  Corporation  will at all times
         reserve and keep  available out of its  authorized  Common Stock or its
         treasury  shares,  solely for the purpose of issue upon the exercise of
         this Warrant as herein provided,  such number of shares of Common Stock
         as shall  then be  issuable  upon the  exercise  of this  Warrant.  The
         Corporation covenants that all shares of Common Stock which shall be so
         issued   shall  be  duly  and   validly   issued  and  fully  paid  and
         nonassessable  and free from all taxes,  liens and charges with respect
         to the issue  thereof,  and,  without  limiting the  generality  of the
         foregoing,  the  Corporation  covenants  that it will from time to time
         take all such action as may be  requisite  to assure that the par value
         per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the
         effective  Warrant  Exercise Price.  The Corporation will take all such
         action as may be  necessary  to assure  that all such  shares of Common
         Stock may be so  issued  without  violation  of any  applicable  law or
         regulation,  or of any requirements of any national securities exchange
         upon  which the Common  Stock of the  Corporation  may be  listed.  The
         Corporation will not take any action which results in any adjustment of
         the  Warrant  Exercise  Price if the  total  number of shares of Common
         Stock  issued and  issuable  after such  action  upon  exercise of this
         Warrant  would  exceed the total  number of shares of Common Stock then
         authorized  by  the  Corporation's   Articles  of  Incorporation.   The
         Corporation  has not  granted  and will not  grant  any  right of first
         refusal with respect to shares  issuable upon exercise of this Warrant,
         and there are no preemptive rights associated with such shares.

                  (n) Issue Tax.  The  issuance  of  certificates  for shares of
         Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants shall be made without charge
         to the holders of such Warrants for any issuance tax in respect thereof
         provided  that the  Corporation  shall not be  required  to pay any tax
         which may be

                                       11


<PAGE>



         payable  in  respect  of any  transfer  involved  in the  issuance  and
         delivery of any  certificate in a name other than that of any holder of
         the Warrants.

                  (o) Closing of Books.  The  Corporation  will at no time close
         its transfer  books  against the transfer of the shares of Common Stock
         issued or  issuable  upon the  exercise  of this  Warrant in any manner
         which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.

                  (p)  Definition  of  Common  Stock.  As used  herein  the term
         "Common Stock" shall mean and include the Common Stock, $.01 par value,
         of the  Corporation  as  authorized  on the  date  hereof  and also any
         capital stock of any class of the  Corporation  hereinafter  authorized
         which shall not be limited to a fixed sum or  percentage  in respect of
         the rights of the holders thereof to participate in dividends or in the
         distribution  of assets upon the voluntary or involuntary  liquidation,
         dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,  provided,  however, that
         the shares  purchasable  pursuant to this  Warrant  shall  include only
         shares  designated as Common Stock,  $.01 par value, of the Corporation
         on the date hereof,  or shares of any class or classes  resulting  from
         any reclassification or reclassifications thereof which are not limited
         to any such fixed sum or  percentage  and are not subject to redemption
         by the  Corporation  and,  in case at any time there shall be more than
         one such  resulting  class,  the shares of each class then so  issuable
         shall be  substantially  in the  proportion  which the total  number of
         shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to
         the total number of shares of all such classes  resulting from all such
         reclassifications.

                  Section 4.  Notices of Record Dates.  In the event of

                  (1) any taking by the  Corporation  of a record of the holders
         of any class of securities for the purpose of  determining  the holders
         thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other  distribution
         (other  than cash  dividends  out of earned  surplus),  or any right to
         subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any
         class or any other  securities  or  property,  or to receive  any other
         right, or

                  (2)  any  capital  reorganization  of  the  Corporation,   any
         reclassification  or  recapitalization  of  the  capital  stock  of the
         Corporation or any transfer of all or  substantially  all the assets of
         the Corporation to or  consolidation  or merger of the Corporation with
         or into any other corporation, or

                                       12


<PAGE>



                  (3) any voluntary or involuntary  dissolution,  liquidation or
         winding-up of the Corporation,

then and in each such event the  Corporation  will give  notice to the holder of
this Warrant specifying (i) the date on which any such record is to be taken for
the purpose of such dividend,  distribution  or right and stating the amount and
character of such dividend,  distribution  or right,  and (ii) the date on which
any   such   reorganization,   reclassification,   recapitalization,   transfer,
consolidation,  merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place,
and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common
Stock will be entitled to exchange  their shares of Common Stock for  securities
or other property  deliverable  upon such  reorganization,  reclassifi-  cation,
recapitalization,  transfer, consolidation,  merger, dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up.  Such  notice  shall be given at least 20 days and not more  than 90
days prior to the date therein  specified,  and such notice shall state that the
action in  question  or the record  date is subject  to the  effectiveness  of a
registration  statement  under  the  Securities  Act or to a  favorable  vote of
stockholders, if either is required.

                  Section 5.  [omitted]

                  Section 6. No Stockholder Rights or Liabilities.  This Warrant
shall not entitle the holder  hereof to any voting  rights or other  rights as a
stockholder  of the  Corporation.  No provi-  sion  hereof,  in the  absence  of
affirmative  action by the holder hereof to purchase shares of Common Stock, and
no mere enumera-  tion herein of the rights or privileges of the holder  hereof,
shall give rise to any liability of such holder for the Warrant  Exercise  Price
or as a stockholder  of the  Corporation,  whether such liability is asserted by
the Corporation or by creditors of the Corporation.

                  Section 7. Investment  Representation  and Legend. The holder,
by acceptance of the Warrant, represents and warrants to the Corporation that it
is acquiring  the Warrant and the shares of Common  Stock (or other  securities)
issuable upon the exercise  hereof for  investment  purposes only and not with a
view  towards  the resale or other  distribution  thereof and agrees that (a) it
will not offer, sell, transfer,  encumber or otherwise dispose of the Warrant or
any of the  shares of  Common  Stock (or  other  securities)  issuable  upon the
exercise hereof unless either (i) there is an effective  registration  statement
under said Act relating  thereto or (ii) the Corporation has received an opinion
of counsel,  reasonably  satisfactory in form and substance to the  Corporation,
stating that such  registration  is not required;  and (b) the  Corporation  may
affix upon this Warrant the following legend:


                                       13


<PAGE>



                  "This   Warrant  has  been   issued  in   reliance   upon  the
         representation  of the holder that it has been acquired for  investment
         purposes and not with a view  towards the resale or other  distribution
         thereof. Neither this Warrant nor the shares issuable upon the exercise
         of this Warrant have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933."

The holder,  by acceptance of this Warrant,  further agrees that the Corporation
may affix the following legend to certificates for shares of Common Stock issued
upon exercise of this Warrant:

                  "The  securities  represented  by this  certificate  have been
         issued in reliance upon the representation of the holder that they have
         been acquired for  investment  and not with a view toward the resale or
         other  distribution  thereof,  and have not been  registered  under the
         Securities Act of 1933.  Neither the securities  evidenced hereby,  nor
         any interest therein, may be offered, sold, transferred,  encumbered or
         otherwise   disposed  of  unless  either  (i)  there  is  an  effective
         registration  statement  under  said Act  relating  thereto or (ii) the
         Corporation has received an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory
         in  form  and   substance  to  the   Corporation,   stating  that  such
         registration is not required."

                  Section 8. Lost, Stolen,  Mutilated or Destroyed  Warrant.  If
this Warrant is lost,  stolen,  mutilated or destroyed,  the Corporation may, on
such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may in its  discretion  reasonably
impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated  Warrant,  include the surrender
thereof),  issue a new Warrant of like  denomination and tenor as the Warrant so
lost, stolen,  mutilated or destroyed.  Any such new Warrant shall constitute an
original contractual obligation of the Corporation, whether or not the allegedly
lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by
anyone.

                  Section  9.   Notices.   All   notices,   requests  and  other
communications required or permitted to be given or delivered hereunder shall be
in writing, and shall be delivered,  or shall be sent by certified or registered
mail,  postage  prepaid  and  addressed,  if to the holder to such holder at the
address  shown on such  holder's  Warrant or at such other address as shall have
been  furnished  to the  Corporation  by notice from such  holder.  All notices,
requests and other communications required or permitted to be given or delivered
hereunder  shall be in  writing,  and  shall be  delivered,  or shall be sent by
certified or registered  mail,  postage prepaid and addressed to the Corporation
at such  address as shall have been  furnished  to the holder by notice from the
Corporation.

                                       14


<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MedE America Corporation has executed this
Warrant on and as of the day and year first above written.

                                         MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION



                                         By
                                           -------------------------------------




                                       15


<PAGE>



                             SUBSCRIPTION 


To:

Dated:

                  The  undersigned,  pursuant to the provisions set forth in the
within  Warrant,  hereby agrees to subscribe  for and purchase  shares of Common
Stock of MedE America  Corporation,  a Delaware  Corporation (the "Corporation")
covered by such  Warrant,  and makes  payment  herewith in full therefor [at the
price per share provided by such Warrant [in cash] [by surrender of indebtedness
of the Corporation as provided in Section 1(a)(ii) of such Warrant] [as provided
in Section 1(a)(iii) of such Warrant].


                                        Signature 
                                                  ------------------------------

                                        ----------------------------------------


                                        Address 
                                                --------------------------------

                                        ----------------------------------------





<PAGE>





         THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON THE REPRESENTATION OF THE
         HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A
         VIEW  TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER  DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF.  NEITHER THIS
         WARRANT NOR THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
            BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                            October 31, 1997
for 31,344 shares

                           Void After October 30, 2007

                  THIS CERTIFIES that, for value received, WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL
PARTNERS V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership  ("Holder"),  or its registered
assigns,   is  entitled  to  subscribe   for  and  purchase  from  MEDE  AMERICA
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation"),  at
the price of $1.25 per share  (such price as from time to time to be adjusted as
hereinafter  provided being hereinafter called the "Warrant Exercise Price"), at
any time prior to October 30, 2007,  up to  THIRTY-ONE  THOUSAND  THREE  HUNDRED
FORTY-FOUR  (31,344) (subject to adjustment as hereinafter  provided) fully paid
and  nonassessable  shares of Common Stock,  $.01 par value,  of the Corporation
(hereinafter called the "Common Stock"), subject, however, to the provisions and
upon the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  set  forth.  This  Warrant  and any
warrant or warrants  subsequently  issued upon  exchange or transfer  hereof and
each other warrant  issued  pursuant to the  Agreement,  dated as of October 31,
1997  (the  "Agreement"),  among the  Corporation  and the  stockholders  of the
Corporation named therein, and any warrant or warrants  subsequently issued upon
exchange  or  transfer  thereof,   are  hereinafter   collectively   called  the
"Warrants".


<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit 1

                                 Form of Warrant

         THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON THE REPRESENTATION OF THE
         HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A
         VIEW  TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER  DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF.  NEITHER THIS
         WARRANT NOR THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
            BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                            October   , 1997
for [       ] shares


                            Void After October , 2007

                  THIS CERTIFIES  that, for value  received,  [ ], a [ ] limited
partnership ("Holder"),  or its registered assigns, is entitled to subscribe for
and purchase from MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (hereinafter
called the  "Corporation"),  at the price of $1.25 per share (such price as from
time to time to be adjusted as hereinafter provided being hereinafter called the
"Warrant Exercise Price"),  at any time prior to October [ ], 2007, up to [ ] ([
]) (subject to adjustment as hereinafter  provided) fully paid and nonassessable
shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Corporation  (hereinafter  called
the "Common Stock"),  subject, however, to the provisions and upon the terms and
conditions  hereinafter  set forth.  This  Warrant  and any  warrant or warrants
subsequently  issued upon  exchange or  transfer  hereof and each other  warrant
issued  pursuant  to  the  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  [  ],  1997  (the
"Agreement"),  among the  Corporation  and the  stockholders  of the Corporation
named therein, and any warrant or warrants  subsequently issued upon exchange or
transfer thereof, are hereinafter collectively called the "Warrants".



                                    AGREEMENT

                  AGREEMENT  dated as of January 10,  1997,  among MEDE  AMERICA
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON &
STOWE V,  L.P.,  a Delaware  limited  partnership  ("WCAS  V"),  WELSH,  CARSON,
ANDERSON & STOWE VI, L.P., a Delaware limited  partnership  ("WCAS VI"), WILLIAM
BLAIR  LEVERAGED   CAPITAL  FUND  LIMITED   PARTNERSHIP,   an  Illinois  limited
partnership, ("Blair LF") and WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P., a Delaware
limited  partnership,  ("Blair V";  WCAS V, WCAS VI,  Blair LF and Blair V being
hereinafter  referred to individually  as a "Guarantor" and  collectively as the
"Guarantors").

                  WHEREAS,   the  Guarantors  are  collectively  the  owners  of
approximately 90% of the outstanding common and preferred stock of the Company;

                  WHEREAS, the Company and Bank of America Illinois (the "Bank")
are parties to a Credit  Agreement,  dated as of December  18, 1995 (the "Credit
Agreement"),  providing  for  the  extension  by the  Bank to the  Company  of a
revolving line of credit in the amount of $10,000,000 (the "Line of Credit");

                  WHEREAS,  the Company and the Guarantors  have determined that
it is imperative  to the future  viability of the Company that the Company enter
into that certain First Amendment to Credit  Agreement,  dated as of January 10,
1997 (the "First  Amendment"),  between the Company and the Bank,  providing for
the  amendment  of the amount of the Line of Credit to enable the Bank to extend
up to an  additional  $3,500,000  in  credit  to the  Company  (the  "Additional
Indebtedness"),  up to an aggregate $13,500,000, to extend the maturity date for
all  moneys  borrowed  under the Credit  Agreement  and to amend  certain  other
provisions of the Credit Agreement;

                  WHEREAS,  the  Bank is  unwilling  to  enter  into  the  First
Amendment or to extend the  Additional  Indebtedness  to the Company  unless the
payment of the Company's obligations to the Bank thereunder is guaranteed by the
Guarantors;

                  WHEREAS, in order to protect their existing substantial equity
investments  in the  Company  and  to  ensure  the  Company's  future  financial
viability,  the  Guarantors are willing to assume  additional  financial risk in
their role as  stockholders  of the Company by giving certain  guarantees to the
Bank with respect to the Line of Credit and the Additional Indebtedness; and

                  WHEREAS,  in  consideration  of the  Guarantors  assuming such
additional financial risk by making such guarantees the


<PAGE>



Company is willing to issue to the  Guarantors  warrants to pur- chase shares of
its Common Stock;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  foregoing and the
mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                                       I.

                              ISSUANCE OF WARRANTS

                  Section 1.001. Issuance of Warrants. (a) Upon the agreement by
each Guarantor to guarantee payment of the Additional Indebtedness, as evidenced
by such Guarantor's execution of the First Amendment,  the Company shall execute
and deliver to such Guarantor a warrant or warrants,  in the form annexed hereto
as Exhibit 1  (individually  a "Warrant" and  collectively  the  "Warrants")  to
purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock,  $.01 par value ("Common Stock"),
at an  initial  exercise  price of $1.25  per  share.  Each  Guarantor  shall be
entitled to  Warrants  to  purchase a number of shares of Common  Stock equal to
84,000 shares  multiplied by the percentage shown opposite such Guarantor's name
in Exhibit 2 hereto in the column headed  "Percentage"  (hereinafter called such
Guarantor's "Percentage").

                  Section 1.002. Tax and Accounting  Treatment.  The Company and
the Guarantors agree that for federal, state and local income tax as well as for
financial  accounting  purposes,  the issuance of the Warrants by the Company to
the  Guarantors  is  in  the  nature  of a  dividend  distribution  and  is  not
compensation  (or a payment) for any  services,  and each hereby agrees to treat
the  issuance of the Warrants in such manner for all such  purposes,  all to the
maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

                                       II.

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

                  The Company  represents  and warrants to, and agrees with, the
Guarantors as follows:

                  Section 2.001. Organization. The Company is a corporation duly
incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
of  Delaware  and is duly  licensed  or  qualified  to do  business as a foreign
corporation  in good  standing in each of the  jurisdiction  in which it owns or
leases any real  property  or in which the nature of business  transacted  by it
makes such licensing or  qualification  necessary and where the failure to be so
licensed or  qualified  would have a material  adverse  affect on the  business,
operations or financial condition



                                        2


<PAGE>



of the Company.  The Company has the  corporate  power and  authority to own and
hold its  properties  and to carry on its  business as currently  conducted,  to
execute,  deliver and perform this Agreement and the Warrants and to issue, sell
and  deliver  the  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise  of the
Warrants (the "Warrant Shares").

                  Section  2.002.  Authorization  of  Agreement,  etc.  (a)  The
execution,  delivery and  performance  by the Company of this  Agreement and the
Warrants,  and the  issuance,  sale and  delivery  of the  Warrant  Shares  upon
exercise of the Warrants,  have been duly authorized by all requisite  corporate
action and will not (i) violate any  provision of law, any order of any court or
other agency of government,  the Certificate of  Incorporation or By-laws of the
Company,  or any provision of any  indenture,  agreement or other  instrument by
which  the  Company  or any  of its  subsidiaries  or  any of  their  respective
properties  or assets is bound or  affected;  (ii)  conflict  with,  result in a
breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default any
such indenture,  agreement or other instrument;  or (iii) result in the creation
or imposition of any lien,  charge or  incumbrance of any nature upon any of the
properties or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

                  (b) The Warrant  Shares have been duly  reserved  for issuance
upon  exercise of the Warrants  and,  when so issued,  will be duly  authorized,
validly issued and outstanding,  fully paid and non assessable  shares of Common
Stock.  Neither the  execution and delivery of the Warrants nor the issuance and
delivery  of  the  Warrant  Shares  upon  exercise  thereof  is  subject  to any
preemptive  rights  of  shareholders  of the  Company  or to any  right of first
refusal or other similar right in favor of any person.

                  Section 2.003. Validity. This Agreement has been duly executed
and  delivered  by the  Company  and  constitutes  the legal,  valid and binding
obligation  of the  Company,  enforceable  in  accordance  with its  terms.  The
Warrants,  when  executed in accordance  with this  Agreement,  will  constitute
legal, valid and binding  obligations of the Company,  enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.

                                      III.

                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTORS

                  Each Guarantor  represents and warrants to the Company that it
is acquiring the Warrants, and will, upon exercise thereof,  acquire the Warrant
Shares,  for its own account for purpose of investment and not with a view to or
for sale in connection with any  distribution  thereof.  Each Guarantor  further
represents  that it  understands  (i) that  neither the Warrants nor the Warrant
Shares have been registered under the Securities Act


                                        3


<PAGE>



of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities  Act"),  by reason of their  issuance in
transactions  exempt from the  registration  requirements  of the Securities Act
pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof,  (ii) the Warrants and, upon exercise thereof,
the Warrant  Shares must be held  indefinitely  unless a subsequent  disposition
thereof is registered  under the Securities Act or is otherwise exempt from such
registration,  (iii) the Warrants  and the Warrant  Shares will bear a legend to
such effect and (iv) the Company will make a notation on its  transfer  books to
such  effect.  Each  Guarantor  further  understands  that  the  exemption  from
registration  afforded  by Rule 144  under the  Securities  Act  depends  on the
satisfaction of various conditions and that, if applicable, affords the basis of
sales of the Warrants and/or the Warrant Shares in limited amounts under certain
conditions.  Each Guarantor (i) acknowledges  that it has had a full opportunity
to request from the Company to review and has received  all  information  deemed
relevant in making a decision to enter into this  Agreement and  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated thereby and (ii) will comply with the restrictions on
transferability  of the  Warrants and Warrant  Shares  contained in the Warrant.
Each Guarantor is an "Accredited  Investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of
the Securities Act.

                                       IV.

                         AGREEMENTS AMONG THE GUARANTORS

                  The  Guarantors  agree with one another that all payments made
by them pursuant to their  respective  guarantees  hereunder  shall be allocated
between them in the proportions shown opposite their respective names on Exhibit
2,  regardless of whether claims shall have been asserted under one  Guarantor's
guarantee and not the other,  and without regard to any release of any guarantee
by any beneficiary thereof.

                                       V.

                            AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY

                  The  Company  covenants  and agrees  that any right to payment
received by the Guarantors in respect of the Credit Agreement,  as amended,  and
their guaranty  thereof,  whether by way of purchase,  subrogation or otherwise,
and  regardless  whether  and to what extent the same shall be  subordinated  to
other  indebtedness  to the Banks or shall  have  been  waived  pending  certain
events,  may be applied,  both as to principal and accrued and unpaid  interest,
dollar for dollar,  by the Guarantors,  or any of them, as the purchase price of
any equity securities offered by the Company to investors for cash. In addition,
in the event that the Company shall be unable to make a payment under the Credit
Agreement, as amended, the Guarantors shall have the right


                                        4


<PAGE>



(but not the obligation)  (i) to purchase  additional  equity  securities of the
Company and (ii) to require the Company to use the net proceeds of such purchase
to make such payment under the Credit Agreement, as amended. The right set forth
in the  preceding  sentence  may only be  exercised  upon joint  approval by the
Guarantors, and the securities so purchased shall be issued at fair value, based
upon  current  market  conditions  for the  issuance of equity  securities.  The
Company  shall use its best efforts to provide the  Guarantors  with  sufficient
notice in advance of a payment default under the Credit  Agreement,  as amended,
to enable the Guarantors to exercise their rights under this Article V.

                                       VI.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  Section  6.001.  Expenses.  Each party hereto will pay its own
expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, whether or not
such  transactions  shall be consummated;  provided,  however,  that the Company
shall pay the fees and disbursements of the Guarantors' special counsel, Messrs.
Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol.

                  Section  6.002.   Survival  of   Agreements.   All  covenants,
agreements,  representations  and  warranties  made  herein  shall  survive  the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Warrants and the issuance, sale
and delivery of the Warrant Shares.

                  Section  6.003.   Parties  in  Interest.   All  covenants  and
agreements  contained  in this  Agreement  by or on behalf of any of the parties
hereto  shall bind and inure to the  benefit of the  respective  successors  and
assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not.

                  Section  6.004.   Notices.  All notices, requests, consent and
other communications  hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by first
class registered mail, postage prepaid,  or sent by a recognized courier service
addressed as follows:

                  If to the Company to it at:

                  90 Merrick Avenue, Suite 501
                  East Meadow, New York 11554
                  Fax: (516) 542-4508
                  Attention:  David M. Goldwin, Esq.

                  If to any Guarantor, to it at
                  its address as set forth in Exhibit 2



                                       5

<PAGE>


or, in any such case,  at such other  address  or  addresses  as shall have been
furnished in writing my such party to the others.

                  SECTION 6.005. LAW GOVERNING. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                  Section 6.006.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes
the entire  Agreement of the parties with respect to the subject  matter  hereof
and may not be modified or amended except in writing.

                  Section 6.007. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
two or more counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.









                                        6


<PAGE>



                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  and the  Guarantors  have
executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                          MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                          By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                  Thomas P. Staudt
                                                    President and
                                                Chief Executive Officer


                                          WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON &
                                            STOWE V, L.P.
                                          By WCAS V Partners, General Partner

                                          By
                                            -----------------------------------
                                                       General Partner

                                           WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON &
                                                  STOWE VI, L.P.
                                          By WCAS VI Partners, L.P., General
                                            Partner


                                          By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                      General Partner

                                          WILLIAM BLAIR LEVERAGED CAPITAL
                                           FUND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                          By  William Blair Leveraged Capital
                                                   Management, L.P.

                                          By William Blair & Company,
                                                   General Partner

                                          By
                                             -----------------------------------

                                          WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL
                                           PARTNERS V, L.P.

                                         By William Blair Capital Partners, LLC,
                                                   General Partner

                                         By
                                             -----------------------------------



                                        7


<PAGE>



                                    Exhibit 2

         Name and Address of
             Guarantor                                          Percentage
         --------------------                                   ----------


         Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe V, L.P.                   40%
           320 Park Avenue
           Suite 2500
           New York, New York 10022
         Attention:  Anthony J. de Nicola

         Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P.                  40
           320 Park Avenue
           Suite 2500
           New York, New York 10022
         Attention:  Anthony J. de Nicola

         William Blair Leveraged                                    6.7
           Capital Fund  Limited Partnership
           222 W. Adams Street
           Chicago, Illinois  60606
         Attention:  Timothy M. Murray

         William Blair Capital                                     13.3
           Partners V, L.P.
           222 W. Adams Street
           Chicago, Illinois  60606
         Attention:  Timothy M. Murray

                                                                  100.0%
                                                                  ======



<PAGE>


         THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON THE REPRESENTATION OF THE
         HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A
         VIEW  TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER  DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF.  NEITHER THIS
         WARRANT NOR THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS  WARRANT HAVE
          BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                            January 10, 1997
for 33,600 shares

                           Void After January 10, 2007
                           ---------------------------

                             ---------------------

                  THIS  CERTIFIES  that,  for  value  received,  WELSH,  CARSON,
ANDERSON & STOWE V, L.P.,  a Delaware  limited  partnership  ("Holder"),  or its
registered  assigns, is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from MEDE AMERICA
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation"),  at
the price of $1.25 per share  (such price as from time to time to be adjusted as
hereinafter  provided being hereinafter called the "Warrant Exercise Price"), at
any time prior to January 10,  2007,  up to  THIRTY-THREE  THOUSAND  SIX HUNDRED
(33,600)  (subject  to  adjustment  as  hereinafter  provided)  fully  paid  and
nonassessable  shares  of  Common  Stock,  $.01 par  value,  of the  Corporation
(hereinafter called the "Common Stock"), subject, however, to the provisions and
upon the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  set  forth.  This  Warrant  and any
warrant or warrants  subsequently  issued upon  exchange or transfer  hereof and
each other warrant  issued  pursuant to the  Agreement,  dated as of January 10,
1997  (the  "Agreement"),  among the  Corporation  and the  stockholders  of the
Corporation named therein, and any warrant or warrants  subsequently issued upon
exchange  or  transfer  thereof,   are  hereinafter   collectively   called  the
"Warrants".


<PAGE>



                  Section 1.  Exercise of Warrant.

                  (a) Method of Exercise. The rights represented by this Warrant
         may be  exercised  by the holder  hereof,  in whole at any time or from
         time to time in part, but not as to a fractional share of Common Stock,
         by the surrender of this Warrant  (properly  endorsed) at the office of
         the  Corporation as it may designate by notice in writing to the holder
         hereof at the  address  of such  holder  appearing  on the books of the
         Corporation, and as further provided below in this Section 1:

                  (i)  Cash  Exercise.  By  payment  to the  Corporation  of the
         Warrant  Exercise  Price in cash or by  certified  or offi-  cial  bank
         check, for each share being purchased;

                  (ii)   Surrender  of   Indebtedness   of  or  Claims   Against
         Corporation.  By surrender to the Corporation  for  cancellation of any
         indebtedness  of or claim against the  Corporation  (including  without
         limitation  any claim against the  Corporation as subrogee in the event
         the Holder shall have  performed  under its  guarantee  under the First
         Amendment,  as  contemplated  by  the  Agreement),  or of  any  portion
         thereof,  for which credit  shall be given toward the Warrant  Exercise
         Price for each share being acquired on a  dollar-for-dollar  basis with
         reference to the principal amount canceled;

                  (iii) Net Issue Exercise. By an election to receive shares the
         aggregate  fair  market  value of which as of the date of  exercise  is
         equal to the fair market value of this Warrant (or the portion  thereof
         being  exercised)  on such date, in which event the  Corporation,  upon
         receipt of notice of such election,  shall issue to the holder hereof a
         number of shares of the  Corporation's  Common  Stock  equal to (A) the
         number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon exercise of all or any
         portion of this Warrant being exercised, as at such date, multiplied by
         (B) the balance  remaining  after  deducting  (x) the Warrant  Exercise
         Price, as in effect on such date, from (y) the fair market value of one
         share of the  Corporation's  Common  Stock as at such date and dividing
         the result by (C) such fair market value; or

                  (iv) Combined  Payment Method.  By satisfaction of the Warrant
         Exercise Price for each share being acquired in any  combination of two
         or more of the methods described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above.

                  (b)  Mandatory   Exercise.   Upon  the   consummation   of  an
         underwritten  public  offering  pursuant to an  effective  registration
         statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as


                                        2


<PAGE>



         amended (the "Securities Act"),  covering the sale of the Corporation's
         Common  Stock at a price to the public of $3.00 or more (such  price as
         from  time  to  time  to be  adjusted  in the  manner  provided  for in
         paragraphs (d), (h) and (j) for the adjustment of the Warrant  Exercise
         Price), this Warrant, to the extent not previously exercised,  shall be
         surrendered  (properly endorsed) at the office of the Corporation as it
         may  designate by notice in writing to the holder hereof at the address
         of such holder appearing on the books of the  Corporation,  accompanied
         by payment to the  Corporation of the Warrant  Exercise Price by one or
         more of the methods specified in clauses  (a)(i)-(iv) above; and to the
         extent not so surrendered,  it shall be deemed  exercised in the manner
         provided in clause  (a)(iii)  above and, upon delivery of the shares of
         Common Stock determined in accordance therewith,  this Warrant shall be
         canceled.

                  (c) Definition of Fair Market Value.  For the purposes of this
         Section 1, "fair  market  value"  shall mean,  as to any  security,  as
         follows:  if that  security  is listed or admitted to trading on one or
         more national  securities  exchanges,  the average of the last reported
         sales prices per share regular way or, in case no such  reported  sales
         takes place on any such day,  the average of the last  reported bid and
         asked  prices per share  regular  way, in either case on the  principal
         national  securities  exchange  on which  that  security  is  listed or
         admitted to trading, for the 20 trading days immediately  preceding the
         date upon which the fair market value is determined (the "Determination
         Date");  if that  security  is not listed or  admitted  to trading on a
         national  securities  exchange  but is  quoted  by the  NASD  Automated
         Quotation  System  ("NASDAQ"),  the average of the last reported  sales
         prices per share  regular way or, in case no reported  sale takes place
         on any such day or the last  reported  sales prices are not then quoted
         by NASDAQ,  the average for each such day of the last  reported bid and
         asked prices per share, for the 20 trading days  immediately  preceding
         the  Determination  Date as furnished by the National  Quotation Bureau
         Incorporated  or  any  similar  successor  organization;  and  if  that
         security is not listed or admitted to trading on a national  securities
         exchange  or  quoted  by  NASDAQ  or any  other  nationally  recognized
         quotation  service,  the "fair  market  value"  shall be the fair value
         thereof  determined  jointly  by the  Corporation  and  the  registered
         holders of Warrants  outstanding  representing a majority of the shares
         of Common Stock  acquirable  upon exercise of the  Warrants,  provided,
         however,  that if such parties are unable to reach  agreement  within a
         reasonable  time,  the "fair market  value" shall be determined in good
         faith by an independent investment banking firm selected jointly by the
         Corporation  and  the  registered   holders  of  Warrants   outstanding
         representing a majority of the shares of Common Stock


                                        3


<PAGE>



         issuable upon exercise of the Warrants or, if that selection  cannot be
         made within 15 days, by an independent investment banking firm selected
         by the American  Arbitration  Association in accordance with its rules.
         Anything in this  paragraph  (c) to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the
         fair  market  value of this  Warrant or any  portion  thereof as of any
         Determination  Date shall be equal to (i) the fair market  value of the
         shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or such
         portion   thereof),   (determined  in  accordance  with  the  foregoing
         provisions of this  paragraph  (c)),  minus (ii) the aggregate  Warrant
         Exercise Price of this Warrant (or such portion thereof).

                  (d)  Delivery  of  Certificates,  Etc.  In  the  event  of any
         exercise of the rights  represented  by this Warrant,  a certificate or
         certificates for the shares of Common Stock so purchased, registered in
         the name of the holder,  shall be delivered to the holder hereof within
         a reasonable time, not exceeding ten days, after the rights represented
         by this Warrant shall have been so exercised;  and, unless this Warrant
         has expired, a new Warrant  representing the number of shares (except a
         remaining fractional share), if any, with respect to which this Warrant
         shall not then have been  exercised  shall also be issued to the holder
         hereof within such time. The person in whose name any  certificate  for
         shares of Common Stock is issued upon  exercise of this  Warrant  shall
         for all  purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such
         shares on the date on which the Warrant was  surrendered and payment of
         the Warrant  Exercise Price and any applicable  taxes was made,  except
         that, if the date of such  surrender and payment is a date on which the
         stock transfer books of the Corporation  are closed,  such person shall
         be  deemed to have  become  the  holder of such  shares at the close of
         business on the next  succeeding date on which the stock transfer books
         are open.

                  Section  2.   Adjustment  of  Number  of  Shares.   Upon  each
adjustment of the Warrant Exercise Price as provided in Section 3, the holder of
this Warrant shall  thereafter be entitled to purchase,  at the Warrant Exercise
Price resulting from such  adjustment,  the number of shares  (calculated to the
nearest tenth of a share) obtained by multiplying the Warrant  Exercise Price in
effect  immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares purchasable
pursuant  hereto  immediately  prior to such adjustment and dividing the product
thereof by the Warrant Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.


                                        4


<PAGE>



                  Section 3.  Adjustment of Price Upon Issuance of Common Stock.
If and  whenever  the  Corporation  shall issue or sell any shares of its Common
Stock for a  consideration  per share less than the  Warrant  Exercise  Price in
effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then, forthwith upon
such  issue or sale the  Warrant  Exercise  Price  shall be reduced to the price
(calculated  to the nearest $.01)  determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to
the sum of (a) the  number of shares of  Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately
prior to such issue or sale (including as outstanding all shares of Common Stock
issuable  upon  conversion  of  all  outstanding   Convertible   Securities  (as
hereinafter  defined) or exercise of outstanding Warrants multiplied by the then
existing Warrant Exercise Price, and (b) the consideration,  if any, received by
the  Corporation  upon such issue or sale, by (ii) the total number of shares of
Common Stock  outstanding  immediately  after such issue or sale  (including  as
outstanding  all  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  all
outstanding  Convertible  Securities or exercise of  outstanding  Warrants).  No
adjustments of the Warrant Exercise Price,  however,  shall be made in an amount
less  than $.01 per  share,  but any such  lesser  adjustment  shall be  carried
forward  and  shall be made at the time and  together  with the next  subsequent
adjustment  which together with any  adjustments so carried forward shall amount
to $.01 per share or more.

                  For purposes of this Section 3, the following  paragraphs  (a)
to (p), inclusive, shall also be applicable:

                  (a)  Issuance  of Rights or  Options.  In case at any time the
         Corporation   shall  in  any  manner  grant  (whether  directly  or  by
         assumption in a merger or otherwise)  any rights to subscribe for or to
         purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or any stock
         or securities  convertible  into or exchangeable for Common Stock (such
         rights or options being herein called  "Options",  and such convertible
         or exchangeable  stock or securities  being herein called  "Convertible
         Securities")  whether  or not such  Options  or the right to convert or
         exchange any such Convertible  Securities are immediately  exercisable,
         and the price per share for which  Common  Stock is  issuable  upon the
         exercise  of  such  Options  or upon  conversion  or  exchange  of such
         Convertible Securities (determined by dividing (i) the total amount, if
         any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the
         granting  of  such  Options,  plus  the  minimum  aggregate  amount  of
         additional  consideration  payable to the Corporation upon the exercise
         of all such Options,  plus, in the case of such Options which relate to
         Convertible  Securities,  the minimum  aggregate  amount of  additional
         consideration,  if  any,  payable  upon  the  issue  or  sale  of  such
         Convertible  Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by
         (ii) the total maximum  number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon
         the exercise of such Options


                                        5


<PAGE>



         or upon the conversion or exchange of all such  Convertible  Securities
         issuable  upon the  exercise  of such  Options)  shall be less than the
         Warrant Exercise Price in effect  immediately  prior to the time of the
         granting of such Options,  then the total  maximum  number of shares of
         Common  Stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of such  Options  or upon
         conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such  Convertible
         Securities  issuable  upon the exercise of such Options shall be deemed
         to have been issued for such price per share as of the date of granting
         of such  Options  and  thereafter  shall be deemed  to be  outstanding.
         Except as otherwise  provided in paragraph  (c), no  adjustment  of the
         Warrant  Exercise  Price  shall be made upon the  actual  issue of such
         Common Stock or of such  Convertible  Securities  upon exercise of such
         Options or upon the actual issue of such Common  Stock upon  conversion
         or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

                  (b)   Issuance  of   Convertible   Securities.   In  case  the
         Corporation   shall  in  any  manner  issue  (whether  directly  or  by
         assumption  in  a  merger  or   otherwise)  or  sell  any   Convertible
         Securities, whether or not the rights to exchange or convert thereunder
         are immediately  exercisable,  and the price per share for which Common
         Stock is  issuable  upon such  conversion  or exchange  (determined  by
         dividing (i) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation
         as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible  Securities,
         plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration,  if any,
         payable to the Corporation  upon the conversion or exchange of all such
         Convertible  Securities)  shall be less than the Warrant Exercise Price
         in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the
         total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion
         or exchange of all such Convertible  Securities shall be deemed to have
         been  issued  for such  price  per share as of the date of the issue or
         sale of such  Convertible  Securities and thereafter shall be deemed to
         be  outstanding,  provided  that (i) except as  otherwise  provided  in
         paragraph (c) below, no adjustment of the Warrant  Exercise Price shall
         be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon  conversion  or
         exchange of such Convertible Securities,  and (ii) if any such issue or
         sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Option
         to purchase any such  Convertible  Securities for which  adjustments of
         the  Warrant  Exercise  Price have been or are to be made  pursuant  to
         other  provisions  of this  Section  3, no  further  adjustment  of the
         Warrant Exercise Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

                  (c)  Change  in  Option  Price or  Conversion  Rate.  Upon the
         happening of any of the following events, namely, if the purchase price
         provided for in any Option referred to in paragraph (a), the additional
         consideration, if any, payable


                                        6


<PAGE>



         upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible  Securities referred
         to in  paragraph  (a) or (b),  or the  rate at  which  any  Convertible
         Securities  referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) are convertible into or
         exchangeable  for Common  Stock  shall  change at any time  (other than
         under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution),
         the  Warrant  Exercise  Price in effect at the time of such event shall
         forthwith be readjusted to the Warrant  Exercise Price which would have
         been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible  Securities
         still outstanding provided for such changed purchase price,  additional
         consideration  or  conversion  rate,  as the case  may be,  at the time
         initially  granted,  issued or sold;  and on the expiration of any such
         Option or the termination of any such right to convert or exchange such
         Convertible  Securities,  the  Warrant  Exercise  Price  then in effect
         hereunder  shall  forthwith be increased to the Warrant  Exercise Price
         which  would  have  been in effect  at the time of such  expiration  or
         termination  had such  Option or  Convertible  Security,  to the extent
         outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination,  never
         been issued,  and the Common Stock issuable  thereunder shall no longer
         be deemed to be outstanding.

         If the purchase  price  provided for in any such Option  referred to in
         paragraph (a) or the rate at which any Convertible  Securities referred
         to in paragraph (a) or (b) are  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for
         Common  Stock,  shall be  reduced  at any time  under or by  reason  of
         provisions with respect thereto  designed to protect against  dilution,
         then in case of the  delivery of Common  Stock upon the exercise of any
         such Option or upon  conversion  or  exchange  of any such  Convertible
         Security,  the Warrant  Exercise Price then in effect  hereunder  shall
         forthwith  be  adjusted  to such  respective  amount as would have been
         obtained had such Option or  Convertible  Security never been issued as
         to such Common Stock and had adjustments been made upon the issuance of
         the shares of Common  Stock  delivered as  aforesaid,  but only if as a
         result of such  adjustment  the Warrant  Exercise  Price then in effect
         hereunder is thereby reduced.

                  (d) Stock Dividends.  In case the Corporation  shall declare a
         dividend  or  make  any  other  distribution  upon  any  stock  of  the
         Corporation payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities,
         any Common Stock,  Options or Convertible  Securities,  as the case may
         be,  issuable  in payment of such  dividend  or  distribution  shall be
         deemed to have been issued in a subdivision  of  outstanding  shares as
         provided in paragraph (h) below.

                  (e)  Consideration  for  Stock.  In case any  shares of Common
         Stock,  Options or Convertible  Securities  shall be issued or sold for
         cash, the consideration received therefor


                                        7


<PAGE>



         shall be deemed to be the amount received by the Corporation  therefor,
         without   deduction   therefrom  of  any   expenses   incurred  or  any
         underwriting   commissions  or  concessions  paid  or  allowed  by  the
         Corporation  in  connection  therewith.  In case any  shares  of Common
         Stock, Options or Convertible  Securities shall be issued or sold for a
         consideration  other than cash, the amount of the  consideration  other
         than cash  received by the  Corporation  shall be deemed to be the fair
         value of such  consideration as determined by the Board of Directors of
         the  Corporation,  without  deduction of any  expenses  incurred or any
         underwriting   commissions  or  concessions  paid  or  allowed  by  the
         Corporation in connection therewith. The amount of consideration deemed
         to be received by the Corporation  pursuant to the foregoing provisions
         of this  paragraph  (e) upon any issuance  and/or sale,  pursuant to an
         established  compensation  plan  of  the  Corporation,   to  directors,
         officers or  employees  of the  Corporation  in  connection  with their
         employment   of  shares  of  Common  Stock,   Options  or   Convertible
         Securities,  shall  be  increased  by the  amount  of any  tax  benefit
         realized by the  Corporation as a result of such issuance  and/or sale,
         the amount of such tax  benefit  being the amount by which the  Federal
         and/or State income or other tax liability of the Corporation  shall be
         reduced  by  reason of any  deduction  or  credit  in  respect  of such
         issuance and/or sale. In case any Options shall be issued in connection
         with  the  issue  and  sale of  other  securities  of the  Corporation,
         together  comprising  one  integral  transaction  in which no  specific
         consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties thereto, such
         Options shall be deemed to have been issued without  consideration.  In
         case any  shares of Common  Stock,  Options or  Convertible  Securities
         shall be issued in connection with any merger or consolidation in which
         the   Corporation   is  the  surviving   corporation,   the  amount  of
         consideration  therefor  shall  be  deemed  to be  the  fair  value  as
         determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation of such portion
         of the assets and  business of the  non-surviving  corporation  as such
         Board shall determine to be attributable to such Common Stock,  Options
         or  Convertible  Securities,  as the case may be.  In the  event of any
         consolidation  or merger of the Corporation in which the Corporation is
         not the  surviving  corporation  or in the  event of any sale of all or
         substantially  all of the assets of the  Corporation for stock or other
         securities of any corporation,  the Corporation shall be deemed to have
         issued a number of shares of its Common  Stock for stock or  securities
         of the other  corporation  computed on the basis of the actual exchange
         ratio on which the  transaction  was predicated and for a consideration
         equal to the fair market value on the date of such  transaction of such
         stock  or  securities  of  the  other  corporation,  and  if  any  such
         calculation  results in adjustment of the Warrant  Exercise Price,  the
         determination of the number of shares of Common Stock


                                        8


<PAGE>



         receivable  under  this  Warrant  immediately  prior  to  such  merger,
         consolidation  or sale,  for purposes of paragraph  (j),  shall be made
         after giving effect to such adjustment of the Warrant Exercise Price.

                  (f) Record Date. In case the  Corporation  shall take a record
         of the holders of its Common  Stock for the purpose of  entitling  them
         (i) to  receive a  dividend  or other  distribution  payable  in Common
         Stock, Options or Convertible  Securities,  or (ii) to subscribe for or
         purchase  Common Stock,  Options or Convertible  Securities,  then such
         record  date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the
         shares of  Common  Stock  deemed  to have been  issued or sold upon the
         declaration  of such dividend or the making of such other  distribution
         or the date of the granting of such right of  subscription or purchase,
         as the case may be.

                  (g)  Treasury  Shares.  The  number of shares of Common  Stock
         outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by
         or for the account of the Corporation,  and the disposition of any such
         shares  shall be  considered  an issue or sale of Common  Stock for the
         purposes of this Section 3.

                  (h)   Subdivision  or  Combination  of  Stock.   In  case  the
         Corporation  shall at any time  subdivide  its  outstanding  shares  of
         Common  Stock into a greater  number of shares,  the  Warrant  Exercise
         Price  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  such  subdivision  shall  be
         proportionately reduced, and conversely, in case the outstanding shares
         of Common  Stock of the  Corporation  shall be combined  into a smaller
         number of shares,  the  Warrant  Exercise  Price in effect  immediately
         prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

                  (i) Certain Issues of Common Stock  Excepted.  Anything herein
         to the contrary notwithstanding,  the Corporation shall not be required
         to make any adjustment of the Warrant Exercise Price in the case of the
         issuance of shares of Common  Stock upon  exercise  of  employee  stock
         options approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                  (j) Reorganization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or
         Sale.  If any  capital  reorganization  or  reclassi-  fication  of the
         capital stock of the Corporation or any  consolidation or merger of the
         Corporation   with  another   corporation,   or  the  sale  of  all  or
         substantially  all  of its  assets  to  another  corporation  shall  be
         effected in such a way that  holders of Common  Stock shall be entitled
         to receive  stock,  securities or assets with respect to or in exchange
         for  Common  Stock,  then,  as  a  condition  of  such  reorganization,
         reclassification, consolidation, merger or


                                        9


<PAGE>



         sale, lawful and adequate  provisions shall be made whereby each holder
         of the  Warrants  shall  thereafter  have the right to receive upon the
         basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of
         the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation  immediately  theretofore
         receivable  upon the exercise of such Warrant or Warrants,  such shares
         of stock,  securities  or assets  (including  cash) as may be issued or
         payable  with  respect to or in  exchange  for a number of  outstanding
         shares of such Common Stock equal to the number of shares of such stock
         immediately   theretofore  so  receivable   had  such   reorganization,
         reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale not taken place, and in
         any such case  appropriate  provision shall be made with respect to the
         rights  and  interests  of such  holder to the end that the  provisions
         hereof (including without limitation  provisions for adjustments of the
         Warrant  Exercise Price) shall  thereafter be applicable,  as nearly as
         may be,  in  relation  to any  shares of  stock,  securities  or assets
         thereafter  deliverable  upon  the  exercise  of such  exercise  rights
         (including an immediate adjustment, by reason of such reorganization or
         reclassification,  of the Warrant  Exercise  Price to the value for the
         Common  Stock  reflected  by  the  terms  of  such   reorganization  or
         reclassification  if the value so  reflected  is less than the  Warrant
         Exercise Price in effect  immediately  prior to such  reorganization or
         reclassifica-  tion). In the event of a merger or  consolidation of the
         Corporation  as a result of which a greater or lesser  number of shares
         of common stock of the surviving corporation are issuable to holders of
         Common Stock of the Corporation  outstanding  immediately prior to such
         merger  or   consolidation,   the  Warrant  Exercise  Price  in  effect
         immediately prior to such merger or consolidation  shall be adjusted in
         the same manner as though there were a subdivision  or  combination  of
         the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the  Corporation.  The
         Corporation will not effect any such consolidation,  merger or any sale
         of all or substantially  all of its assets of properties,  unless prior
         to the  consummation  thereof the successor  corporation (if other than
         the  Corporation)  resulting from such  consolidation  or merger or the
         corporation  purchasing such assets shall assume by written  instrument
         executed  and mailed or delivered to each holder of the Warrants at the
         last address of such holder  appearing on the books of the Corporation,
         the  obligation  to  deliver  to such  holder  such  shares  of  stock,
         securities or assets as, in accordance  with the foregoing  provisions,
         such holder may be entitled to receive.

                  (k) Notice of  Adjustment.  Upon any adjustment of the Warrant
         Exercise Price,  then and in each such case, the Corporation shall give
         written notice thereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed
         to each  holder of the  Warrants at the address of such holder as shown
         on the books


                                       10


<PAGE>



         of the Corporation, which notice shall state the Warrant Exercise Price
         resulting from such adjustment,  setting forth in reasonable detail the
         method of  calculation  and the facts upon which  such  calculation  is
         based.

                  (l)  Certain  Events.  If any event  occurs as to which in the
         opinion  of the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corporation  the  other
         provisions of this Section 3 are not strictly applicable or if strictly
         applicable  would  not  fairly  protect  the  exercise  rights  of this
         Warrant, in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such
         provisions to protect  against  dilution,  then such Board of Directors
         shall in good  faith  make an  adjustment  in the  application  of such
         provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so
         as to protect such exercise rights as aforesaid.

                  (m) Stock to Be Reserved.  The  Corporation  will at all times
         reserve and keep  available out of its  authorized  Common Stock or its
         treasury  shares,  solely for the purpose of issue upon the exercise of
         this Warrant as herein provided,  such number of shares of Common Stock
         as shall  then be  issuable  upon the  exercise  of this  Warrant.  The
         Corporation covenants that all shares of Common Stock which shall be so
         issued   shall  be  duly  and   validly   issued  and  fully  paid  and
         nonassessable  and free from all taxes,  liens and charges with respect
         to the issue  thereof,  and,  without  limiting the  generality  of the
         foregoing,  the  Corporation  covenants  that it will from time to time
         take all such action as may be  requisite  to assure that the par value
         per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the
         effective  Warrant  Exercise Price.  The Corporation will take all such
         action as may be  necessary  to assure  that all such  shares of Common
         Stock may be so  issued  without  violation  of any  applicable  law or
         regulation,  or of any requirements of any national securities exchange
         upon  which the Common  Stock of the  Corporation  may be  listed.  The
         Corporation will not take any action which results in any adjustment of
         the  Warrant  Exercise  Price if the  total  number of shares of Common
         Stock  issued and  issuable  after such  action  upon  exercise of this
         Warrant  would  exceed the total  number of shares of Common Stock then
         authorized  by  the  Corporation's   Articles  of  Incorporation.   The
         Corporation  has not  granted  and will not  grant  any  right of first
         refusal with respect to shares  issuable upon exercise of this Warrant,
         and there are no preemptive rights associated with such shares.

                  (n) Issue Tax.  The  issuance  of  certificates  for shares of
         Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants shall be made without charge
         to the holders of such Warrants for any issuance tax in respect thereof
         provided  that the  Corporation  shall not be  required  to pay any tax
         which may be


                                       11


<PAGE>



         payable  in  respect  of any  transfer  involved  in the  issuance  and
         delivery of any  certificate in a name other than that of any holder of
         the Warrants.

                  (o) Closing of Books.  The  Corporation  will at no time close
         its transfer  books  against the transfer of the shares of Common Stock
         issued or  issuable  upon the  exercise  of this  Warrant in any manner
         which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.

                  (p)  Definition  of  Common  Stock.  As used  herein  the term
         "Common Stock" shall mean and include the Common Stock, $.01 par value,
         of the  Corporation  as  authorized  on the  date  hereof  and also any
         capital stock of any class of the  Corporation  hereinafter  authorized
         which shall not be limited to a fixed sum or  percentage  in respect of
         the rights of the holders thereof to participate in dividends or in the
         distribution  of assets upon the voluntary or involuntary  liquidation,
         dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,  provided,  however, that
         the shares  purchasable  pursuant to this  Warrant  shall  include only
         shares  designated as Common Stock,  $.01 par value, of the Corporation
         on the date hereof,  or shares of any class or classes  resulting  from
         any reclassification or reclassifications thereof which are not limited
         to any such fixed sum or  percentage  and are not subject to redemption
         by the  Corporation  and,  in case at any time there shall be more than
         one such  resulting  class,  the shares of each class then so  issuable
         shall be  substantially  in the  proportion  which the total  number of
         shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to
         the total number of shares of all such classes  resulting from all such
         reclassifications.

                  Section 4.  Notices of Record Dates.  In the event of

                  (1) any taking by the  Corporation  of a record of the holders
         of any class of securities for the purpose of  determining  the holders
         thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other  distribution
         (other  than cash  dividends  out of earned  surplus),  or any right to
         subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any
         class or any other  securities  or  property,  or to receive  any other
         right, or

                  (2)  any  capital  reorganization  of  the  Corporation,   any
         reclassification  or  recapitalization  of  the  capital  stock  of the
         Corporation or any transfer of all or  substantially  all the assets of
         the Corporation to or  consolidation  or merger of the Corporation with
         or into any other corporation, or


                                       12


<PAGE>



                  (3) any voluntary or involuntary  dissolution,  liquidation or
winding-up of the Corporation,  then and in each such event the Corporation will
give notice to the holder of this Warrant  specifying  (i) the date on which any
such record is to be taken for the  purpose of such  dividend,  distribution  or
right and stating the amount and  character of such  dividend,  distribution  or
right,  and (ii) the date on which  any such  reorganization,  reclassification,
recapitalization,  transfer, consolidation,  merger, dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up is to take place,  and the time,  if any is to be fixed,  as of which
the holders of record of Common Stock will be entitled to exchange  their shares
of  Common  Stock  for  securities  or  other  property  deliverable  upon  such
reorganization,  reclassifi- cation, recapitalization,  transfer, consolidation,
merger,  dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up.  Such notice shall be given at
least 20 days and not more than 90 days prior to the date therein specified, and
such  notice  shall  state that the  action in  question  or the record  date is
subject to the  effectiveness  of a registration  statement under the Securities
Act or to a favorable vote of stockholders, if either is required.

                  Section 5.  [omitted]

                  Section 6. No Stockholder Rights or Liabilities.  This Warrant
shall not entitle the holder  hereof to any voting  rights or other  rights as a
stockholder  of the  Corporation.  No provi-  sion  hereof,  in the  absence  of
affirmative  action by the holder hereof to purchase shares of Common Stock, and
no mere enumera-  tion herein of the rights or privileges of the holder  hereof,
shall give rise to any liability of such holder for the Warrant  Exercise  Price
or as a stockholder  of the  Corporation,  whether such liability is asserted by
the Corporation or by creditors of the Corporation.

                  Section 7. Investment  Representation  and Legend. The holder,
by acceptance of the Warrant, represents and warrants to the Corporation that it
is acquiring  the Warrant and the shares of Common  Stock (or other  securities)
issuable upon the exercise  hereof for  investment  purposes only and not with a
view  towards  the resale or other  distribution  thereof and agrees that (a) it
will not offer, sell, transfer,  encumber or otherwise dispose of the Warrant or
any of the  shares of  Common  Stock (or  other  securities)  issuable  upon the
exercise hereof unless either (i) there is an effective  registration  statement
under said Act relating  thereto or (ii) the Corporation has received an opinion
of counsel,  reasonably  satisfactory in form and substance to the  Corporation,
stating that such  registration  is not required;  and (b) the  Corporation  may
affix upon this Warrant the following legend:


                                       13


<PAGE>



                  "This   Warrant  has  been   issued  in   reliance   upon  the
         representation  of the holder that it has been acquired for  investment
         purposes and not with a view  towards the resale or other  distribution
         thereof. Neither this Warrant nor the shares issuable upon the exercise
         of this Warrant have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933."

The holder,  by acceptance of this Warrant,  further agrees that the Corporation
may affix the following legend to certificates for shares of Common Stock issued
upon exercise of this Warrant:

                  "The  securities  represented  by this  certificate  have been
         issued in reliance upon the representation of the holder that they have
         been acquired for  investment  and not with a view toward the resale or
         other  distribution  thereof,  and have not been  registered  under the
         Securities Act of 1933.  Neither the securities  evidenced hereby,  nor
         any interest therein, may be offered, sold, transferred,  encumbered or
         otherwise   disposed  of  unless  either  (i)  there  is  an  effective
         registration  statement  under  said Act  relating  thereto or (ii) the
         Corporation has received an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory
         in  form  and   substance  to  the   Corporation,   stating  that  such
         registration is not required."

                  Section 8. Lost, Stolen,  Mutilated or Destroyed  Warrant.  If
this Warrant is lost,  stolen,  mutilated or destroyed,  the Corporation may, on
such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may in its  discretion  reasonably
impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated  Warrant,  include the surrender
thereof),  issue a new Warrant of like  denomination and tenor as the Warrant so
lost, stolen,  mutilated or destroyed.  Any such new Warrant shall constitute an
original contractual obligation of the Corporation, whether or not the allegedly
lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by
anyone.

                  Section  9.   Notices.   All   notices,   requests  and  other
communications required or permitted to be given or delivered hereunder shall be
in writing, and shall be delivered,  or shall be sent by certified or registered
mail,  postage  prepaid  and  addressed,  if to the holder to such holder at the
address  shown on such  holder's  Warrant or at such other address as shall have
been  furnished  to the  Corporation  by notice from such  holder.  All notices,
requests and other communications required or permitted to be given or delivered
hereunder  shall be in  writing,  and  shall be  delivered,  or shall be sent by
certified or registered  mail,  postage prepaid and addressed to the Corporation
at such  address as shall have been  furnished  to the holder by notice from the
Corporation.


                                       14


<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MedE America Corporation has executed this
Warrant on and as of the day and year first above written.

                                                 MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                                 By
                                                   -----------------------------
















                                       15


<PAGE>



                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

To:

Dated:

                  The  undersigned,  pursuant to the provisions set forth in the
within  Warrant,  hereby agrees to subscribe  for and purchase  shares of Common
Stock of MedE America  Corporation,  a Delaware  Corporation (the "Corporation")
covered by such  Warrant,  and makes  payment  herewith in full therefor [at the
price per share provided by such Warrant [in cash] [by surrender of indebtedness
of the Corporation as provided in Section 1(a)(ii) of such Warrant] [as provided
in Section 1(a)(iii) of such Warrant].

                                             Signature
                                                       -------------------------

                                             -----------------------------------


                                             Address
                                                    ----------------------------

                                             -----------------------------------





<PAGE>














         THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON THE REPRESENTATION OF THE
         HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A
         VIEW  TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER  DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF.  NEITHER THIS
         WARRANT NOR THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS  WARRANT HAVE
           BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                            January 10, 1997
for 33,600 shares

                           Void After January 10, 2007
                           ---------------------------

                              -------------------

                  THIS  CERTIFIES  that,  for  value  received,  WELSH,  CARSON,
ANDERSON & STOWE VI, L.P., a Delaware  limited  partnership  ("Holder"),  or its
registered  assigns, is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from MEDE AMERICA
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation"),  at
the price of $1.25 per share  (such price as from time to time to be adjusted as
hereinafter  provided being hereinafter called the "Warrant Exercise Price"), at
any time prior to January 10,  2007,  up to  THIRTY-THREE  THOUSAND  SIX HUNDRED
(33,600)  (subject  to  adjustment  as  hereinafter  provided)  fully  paid  and
nonassessable  shares  of  Common  Stock,  $.01 par  value,  of the  Corporation
(hereinafter called the "Common Stock"), subject, however, to the provisions and
upon the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  set  forth.  This  Warrant  and any
warrant or warrants  subsequently  issued upon  exchange or transfer  hereof and
each other warrant  issued  pursuant to the  Agreement,  dated as of January 10,
1997  (the  "Agreement"),  among the  Corporation  and the  stockholders  of the
Corporation named therein, and any warrant or warrants  subsequently issued upon
exchange  or  transfer  thereof,   are  hereinafter   collectively   called  the
"Warrants".




<PAGE>













         THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON THE REPRESENTATION OF THE
         HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A
         VIEW  TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER  DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF.  NEITHER THIS
         WARRANT NOR THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS  WARRANT HAVE
           BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                            January 10, 1997
for 5,628 shares

                           Void After January 10, 2007
                           ---------------------------

                              -------------------

                  THIS  CERTIFIES  that,  for  value  received,   WILLIAM  BLAIR
LEVERAGED  CAPITAL FUND LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP,  an Illinois  limited  partnership
("Holder"), or its registered assigns, is entitled to subscribe for and purchase
from MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  (hereinafter called the
"Corporation"), at the price of $1.25 per share (such price as from time to time
to be adjusted as  hereinafter  provided being  hereinafter  called the "Warrant
Exercise Price"), at any time prior to January 10, 2007, up to FIVE THOUSAND SIX
HUNDRED  TWENTY-EIGHT  (5,628)  (subject to adjustment as hereinafter  provided)
fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of Common  Stock,  $.01 par value,  of the
Corporation  (hereinafter called the "Common Stock"),  subject,  however, to the
provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. This Warrant
and any warrant or warrants subsequently issued upon exchange or transfer hereof
and each other warrant issued pursuant to the Agreement, dated as of January 10,
1997  (the  "Agreement"),  among the  Corporation  and the  stockholders  of the
Corporation named therein, and any warrant or warrants  subsequently issued upon
exchange  or  transfer  thereof,   are  hereinafter   collectively   called  the
"Warrants".





<PAGE>



         THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON THE REPRESENTATION OF THE
         HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A
         VIEW  TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER  DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF.  NEITHER THIS
         WARRANT NOR THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS  WARRANT HAVE
           BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                            January 10, 1997
for 11,172 shares

                           Void After January 10, 2007
                           ---------------------------

                              -------------------

                  THIS CERTIFIES that, for value received, WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL
PARTNERS V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership  ("Holder"),  or its registered
assigns,   is  entitled  to  subscribe   for  and  purchase  from  MEDE  AMERICA
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation"),  at
the price of $1.25 per share  (such price as from time to time to be adjusted as
hereinafter  provided being hereinafter called the "Warrant Exercise Price"), at
any  time  prior  to  January  10,  2007,  up to  ELEVEN  THOUSAND  ONE  HUNDRED
SEVENTY-TWO (11,172) (subject to adjustment as hereinafter  provided) fully paid
and  nonassessable  shares of Common Stock,  $.01 par value,  of the Corporation
(hereinafter called the "Common Stock"), subject, however, to the provisions and
upon the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  set  forth.  This  Warrant  and any
warrant or warrants  subsequently  issued upon  exchange or transfer  hereof and
each other warrant  issued  pursuant to the  Agreement,  dated as of January 10,
1997  (the  "Agreement"),  among the  Corporation  and the  stockholders  of the
Corporation named therein, and any warrant or warrants  subsequently issued upon
exchange  or  transfer  thereof,   are  hereinafter   collectively   called  the
"Warrants".




<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit 1



                                 Form of Warrant
                                 ---------------

         THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON THE REPRESENTATION OF THE
         HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A
         VIEW  TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER  DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF.  NEITHER THIS
         WARRANT NOR THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS  WARRANT HAVE
           BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                           January    , 1997
for [       ] shares


                            Void After January , 2007
                            -------------------------

                             ----------------------

THIS  CERTIFIES  that,  for  value  received,  [ ],  a [ ]  limited  partnership
("Holder"), or its registered assigns, is entitled to subscribe for and purchase
from MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  (hereinafter called the
"Corporation"), at the price of $1.25 per share (such price as from time to time
to be adjusted as  hereinafter  provided being  hereinafter  called the "Warrant
Exercise Price"), at any time prior to January [       ] , 2007, up to [       ]
([        ]) (subject to  adjustment  as  hereinafter  provided) fully  paid and
nonassessable  shares  of  Common  Stock,  $.01  par  value,  of the  provisions
Corporation  (hereinafter called the "Common Stock"),  subject,  however, to the
and upon the terms and conditions  hereinafter  set forth.  This Warrant and any
warrant or warrants  subsequently  issued upon  exchange or transfer  hereof and
each other warrant issued  pursuant  to  the  Agreement,  dated  as  of  January
[      ], 1997 (the  "Agreement"),  among the Corporation  and the  stockholders
of the  Corporation  named  therein,  and any warrant or  warrants  subsequently
issued upon exchange or transfer thereof,  are hereinafter  collectively  called
the "Warrants".






                                    AGREEMENT

                  AGREEMENT  dated as of December 18,  1995,  among MEDE AMERICA
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON &
STOWE V,  L.P.,  a Delaware  limited  partnership  ("WCAS  V"),  WELSH,  CARSON,
ANDERSON & STOWE VI, L.P., a Delaware limited  partnership  ("WCAS VI"), WILLIAM
BLAIR  LEVERAGED   CAPITAL  FUND  LIMITED   PARTNERSHIP,   an  Illinois  limited
partnership, ("Blair LF") and WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P., a Delaware
limited  partnership,  ("Blair V";  WCAS V, WCAS VI,  Blair LF and Blair V being
hereinafter  referred to individually  as a "Guarantor" and  collectively as the
"Guarantors").

                  WHEREAS,  the Guarantors are collectively the owners of 80% of
the outstanding common and preferred stock of the Company; and

                  WHEREAS,  the Company and the Guarantors  have determined that
it is imperative  to the future  viability of the Company that the Company enter
into that certain  Credit  Agreement  dated as of December 18, 1995 (the "Credit
Agreement")  between  the  Company and Bank of America  Illinois  (the  "Bank"),
providing  for the  extension by the Bank to the Company of a revolving  line of
credit in the amount of $10,000,000 (the "Line of Credit"); and

                  WHEREAS,  the  Bank is  unwilling  to enter  into  the  Credit
Agreement or make the Line of Credit available to the Company unless the payment
of the  Company's  obligations  to the  Bank  thereunder  is  guaranteed  by the
Guarantors;

                  WHEREAS, in order to protect their existing substantial equity
investments  in the  Company  and  to  ensure  the  Company's  future  financial
viability,  the  Guarantors are willing to assume  additional  financial risk in
their role as  stockholders  of the Company by giving certain  guarantees to the
Bank with respect to the Line of Credit; and

                  WHEREAS,  in  consideration  of the  Guarantors  assuming such
additional  financial  risk by making such  guarantees the Company is willing to
issue to the Guarantors the warrants to purchase shares of its Common Stock.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  foregoing and the
mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:


<PAGE>



I.

                              ISSUANCE OF WARRANTS

                  Section 1.01. Issuance of Warrants. (a) Upon the execution and
delivery by each  Guarantor of its guarantee in  substantially  the form annexed
hereto as Exhibit 1 (the  "Guarantee" and collectively  the  "Guarantees"),  the
Company will execute and deliver to each Guarantor a warrant or warrants, in the
form annexed hereto as Exhibit 2 (individually a "Warrant" and  collectively the
"Warrants")  to purchase  shares of the Company's  Common Stock,  $.01 par value
("Common Stock"), at an initial exercise price of $1.00 per share, as follows:

                  Each  Guarantor  shall be  entitled  to Warrants to purchase a
number of shares equal to 240,000  shares  multiplied  by the  percentage  shown
opposite  such  Guarantor's  name in  Schedule  I hereto  in the  column  headed
"Percentage" (hereinafter called such Guarantor's "Percentage").

                  Section 1.02.  Tax and Accounting  Treatment.  The Company and
the Guarantors agree that for federal, state and local income tax as well as for
financial  accounting  purposes,  the issuance of the Warrants by the Company to
the  Guarantors  is  in  the  nature  of a  dividend  distribution  and  is  not
compensation  (or a payment) for any  services,  and each hereby agrees to treat
the  issuance of the Warrants in such manner for all such  purposes,  all to the
maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

                                       II.

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

                  The Company  represents  and warrants to, and agrees with, the
Guarantors as follows:

                  Section 2.01. Organization.  The Company is a corporation duly
incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
of  Delaware  and is duly  licensed  or  qualified  to do  business as a foreign
corporation  in good  standing in each of the  jurisdiction  in which it owns or
leases any real  property  or in which the nature of business  transacted  by it
makes such licensing or  qualification  necessary and where the failure to be so
licensed or  qualified  would have a material  adverse  affect on the  business,
operations or financial condition of the Company.  The Company has the corporate
power and authority to own and hold its  properties and to carry on its business
as currently conducted,  to execute,  deliver and perform this Agreement and the
Warrants and to issue, sell and deliver the shares 


                                        2


<PAGE>



of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise  of the  Warrants  (the  "Warrant
Shares").

                  Section  2.02.  Authorization  of  Agreement,   etc.  (a)  The
execution,  delivery and  performance  by the Company of this  Agreement and the
Warrants,  and the  issuance,  sale and  delivery  of the  Warrant  Shares  upon
exercise of the Warrants have been duly  authorized  by all requisite  corporate
action and will not  violate  any  provision  of law,  any order of any court or
other agency of government,  the Certificate of  Incorporation or By-laws of the
Company,  or any provision of any  indenture,  agreement or other  instrument by
which  the  Company  or any  of its  subsidiaries  or  any of  their  respective
properties or assets is bound or affected,  or conflict with, result in a breach
of or  constitute  (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default any such
indenture,  agreement  or  other  instrument,  or  result  in  the  creation  or
imposition  of any lien,  charge or  incumbrance  of any nature  upon any of the
properties or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

                  (b) The Warrant  Shares have been duly  reserved  for issuance
upon  exercise of the Warrants  and,  when so issued,  will be duly  authorized,
validly issued and outstanding,  fully paid and non assessable  shares of Common
Stock.  Neither the  execution and delivery of the Warrants nor the issuance and
delivery  of  the  Warrant  Shares  upon  exercise  thereof  is  subject  to any
preemptive  rights  of  shareholders  of the  Company  or to any  right of first
refusal or other similar right in favor of any person.

                  Section 2.03. Validity.  This Agreement has been duly executed
and  delivered  by the  Company  and  constitutes  the legal,  valid and binding
obligation  of the  Company,  enforceable  in  accordance  with its  terms.  The
Warrants,  when  executed in accordance  with this  Agreement,  will  constitute
legal, valid and binding  obligations of the Company,  enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.

                                      III.

                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTORS

                  Each Guarantor  represents and warrants to the Company that it
is acquiring the Warrants, and will, upon exercise thereof,  acquire the Warrant
Shares,  for its own account for purpose of investment and not with a view to or
for sale in connection with any  distribution  thereof.  Each Guarantor  further
represents  that it  understands  (i) that  neither the Warrants nor the Warrant
Shares have been registered under the Securities Act by reason of their issuance
in transactions exempt from the registration  requirements of the Securities Act
pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof,  (ii) the Warrants and, upon exercise thereof,
the Warrant Shares must be held indefinitely unless a


                                        3


<PAGE>



subsequent  disposition  thereof is registered  under the  Securities  Act or is
otherwise  exempt from such  registration,  (iii) the  Warrants  and the Warrant
Shares  will  bear a legend  to such  effectand  (iv) the  Company  will  make a
notation  on  its  transfer  books  to  such  effect.   Each  Guarantor  further
understands that the exemption from registration  afforded by Rule 144 under the
Securities Act depends on the  satisfaction  of various  conditions and that, if
applicable, affords the basis of sales of the Warrants and/or the Warrant Shares
in limited  amounts under certain  conditions.  Each Guarantor (i)  acknowledges
that it has had a full opportunity to request from the Company to review and has
received all information deemed relevant in making a decision to enter into this
Agreement and consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  thereby and (ii) will
comply with the  restrictions  on  transferability  of the  Warrants and Warrant
Shares  contained in the Warrant.  Each  Guarantor is an  "Accredited  Investor"
within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of the Securities Act.

                                       IV.

                         AGREEMENTS AMONG THE GUARANTORS

                  The  Guarantors  agree with one another that all payments made
by them pursuant to their respective  Guarantees shall be allocated between them
in the  proportions  shown  opposite  their  respective  names  on  Schedule  I,
regardless  of whether  claims shall have been  asserted  under one  Guarantor's
Guarantee and not the other,  and without regard to any release of any Guarantee
by any beneficiary thereof.

                                       V.

                            AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY

                  The  Company  covenants  and agrees  that any right to payment
received by the Guarantors in respect of the Credit Agreement and their guaranty
thereof,  whether by way of purchase,  subrogation or otherwise,  and regardless
whether and to what extent the same shall be subordinated to other  indebtedness
to the Banks or shall have been waived pending certain  events,  may be applied,
both as to principal and accrued and unpaid interest,  dollar for dollar, by the
Guarantors,  or any of them,  as the  purchase  price of any  equity  securities
offered by the Company to investors for cash. In addition, in the event that the
Company  shall be unable  to make a payment  under  the  Credit  Agreement,  the
Guarantors  shall  have the  right  (but  not the  obligation)  (i) to  purchase
additional  equity  securities of the Company and (ii) to require the Company to
use the net  proceeds  of such  purchase to make such  payment  under the Credit
Agreement.  The right set forth in the preceding  sentence may only be exercised
upon joint approval by the Guarantors,  and the securities so purchased shall


                                        4


<PAGE>



be issued at fair value,  based upon current market  conditions for the issuance
of equity  securities.  The  Company  shall use its best  efforts to provide the
Guarantors  with  sufficient  notice in advance of a payment  default  under the
Credit  Agreementto  enable the  Guarantors to exercise  their rights under this
Article V.

                                       VI.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  Section 6.001.  Expenses.  Each party  hereto will pay its own
expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, whether or not
such  transactions  shall be consummated,  provided,  however,  that the Company
shall pay the fees and disbursements of the Guarantors' special counsel, Messrs.
Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol and Kirkland & Ellis.

                  Section 6.002.   Survival  of   Agreements.   All   covenants,
agreements,  representations  and  warranties  made  herein  shall  survive  the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Warrants and the issuance, sale
and delivery of the Warrant Shares.

                  Section 6.003.   Parties  in  Interest.   All  covenants  and
agreements  contained  in this  Agreement  by or on behalf of any of the parties
hereto  shall bind and inure to the  benefit of the  respective  successors  and
assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not.

                  Section 6.004.  Notices.  All notices,  requests,  consent and
other communications  hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by first
class registered mail, postage prepaid,  or sent by a recognized courier service
addressed as follows:

                  If to the Company to it at:

                        333 Ovington Boulevard, Suite 702
                        Mitchell Field, New York 11553

                        Attention: Thomas P. Staudt, Chief Executive
                                       Officer

                  If to any  Guarantor,  to it at its  address  as set  forth in
Schedule 1, or,

                  in any such case,  at such other address or addresses as shall
have been furnished in writing my such party to the others.

                  Section 6.005. Law Governing. This Agreement shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.


                                        5


<PAGE>


                  Section 6.006. Entire Agreement.  This  Agreement  constitutes
the entire  Agreement of the parties with respect to the subject  matter  hereof
and may not be modified or amended except in writing.

                  Section 6.07. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
two or more counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


                                        6


<PAGE>



                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  and the  Guarantors  have
executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                         MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                         By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                Thomas P. Staudt,
                                                  Chief Executive Officer

                                         WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON &
                                           STOWE V, L.P.
                                         By WCAS V Partners, General Partner

                                         By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                        General Partner

                                         WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON &
                                           STOWE VI, L.P.
                                         By WCAS VI Partners, L.P., General
                                           Partner

                                         By
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                     General Partner

                                         WILLIAM BLAIR LEVERAGED CAPITAL
                                          FUND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                         By  William Blair Leveraged Capital
                                                  Management, L.P.

                                         By William Blair & Company,
                                                  General Partner

                                         By
                                           -------------------------------------

                                         WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL
                                          PARTNERS V, L.P.

                                         By William Blair Capital Partners, LLC,
                                                  General Partner

                                         By
                                           -------------------------------------


                                        7


<PAGE>



                                   Schedule 1

Name and Address of
    Guarantor                                                         Percentage
- -------------------                                                   ----------

Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe V, L.P.                                   40%
  One World Financial Center
  Suite 3601
  New York, N.Y. 10281

Attention:  Anthony J. de Nicola

Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P.                                  40
  One World Financial Center
  Suite 3601
  New York, N.Y. 10281

Attention:  Anthony J. de Nicola

William Blair Leveraged                                                    6.7
  Capital Fund  Limited Partnership
  222 W. Adams Street
  Chicago, Illinois  60606

Attention:  Timothy M. Murray

William Blair Capital                                                     13.3
  Partners V, L.P.
  222 W. Adams Street
  Chicago, Illinois  60606

Attention:  Timothy M. Murray

                                                                        100.00%
                                                                        ======


                                       8


<PAGE>



          THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE  UPON THE  REPRESENTATION  OF
          THE HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR  INVESTMENT  PURPOSES AND NOT
          WITH A VIEW TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER DISTRIBUTION THEREOF.  NEITHER
          THIS WARRANT NOR THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT
          HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                           December 18, 1995
for 96,000 shares

                          Void After December 17, 2005
                          ----------------------------

                             -----------------------

                  THIS  CERTIFIES  that,  for  value  received,  WELSH,  CARSON,
ANDERSON & STOWE VI, L.P., a Delaware  limited  partnership  ("Holder"),  or its
registered  assigns, is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from MEDE AMERICA
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation"),  at
the price of $1.00 per share  (such price as from time to time to be adjusted as
hereinafter  provided being hereinafter called the "Warrant Exercise Price"), at
any time prior to December 18, 2005, up to NINETY SIX THOUSAND (96,000) (subject
to adjustment as hereinafter  provided) fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of
Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Corporation (hereinafter called the "Common
Stock"),  subject,  however, to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter  set forth.  This  Warrant and any warrant or warrants  subsequently
issued upon exchange or transfer  hereof and each other warrant issued  pursuant
to the  Agreement  dated as of  December  18, 1995 (the  "Agreement")  among the
Corporation  and the  stockholders  of the  Corporation  named therein,  and any
warrant or warrants  subsequently issued upon exchange or transfer thereof,  are
hereinafter collectively called the "Warrants".


                                        1


<PAGE>



                  Section 1.  Exercise of Warrant.

                  (a) Method of Exercise. The rights represented by this Warrant
         may be  exercised  by the holder  hereof,  in whole at any time or from
         time to time in part, but not as to a fractional share of Common Stock,
         by the surrender of this Warrant  (properly  endorsed) at the office of
         the  Corporation as it may designate by notice in writing to the holder
         hereof at the  address  of such  holder  appearing  on the books of the
         Corporation, and as further provided below in this Section 1:

                  (i)        Cash Exercise. By payment to the Corporation of
         the Warrant Exercise Price in cash or by certified or offi-
         cial bank check, for each share being purchased;

             (ii) Surrender of Indebtedness of or Claims Against Corporation. By
         surrender to the Corporation for cancellation of any indebtedness of or
         claim against the Corporation  (including  without limitation any claim
         against the  Corporation as subrogee in the event the Holder shall have
         performed under its Guarantee, as defined in the Agreement),  or of any
         portion  thereof,  for which  credit  shall be given toward the Warrant
         Exercise  Price for each share being  acquired  on a  dollar-for-dollar
         basis with reference to the principal amount cancelled;

            (iii) Net Issue  Exercise.  By an  election  to  receive  shares the
         aggregate  fair  market  value of which as of the date of  exercise  is
         equal to the fair market value of this Warrant (or the portion  thereof
         being  exercised)  on such date, in which event the  Corporation,  upon
         receipt of notice of such election,  shall issue to the holder hereof a
         number of shares of the  Corporation's  Common  Stock  equal to (A) the
         number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon exercise of all or any
         portion of this Warrant being exercised, as at such date, multiplied by
         (B) the balance  remaining  after  deducting  (x) the Warrant  Exercise
         Price, as in effect on such date, from (y) the fair market value of one
         share of the  Corporation's  Common  Stock as at such date and dividing
         the result by (C) such fair market value; or

             (iv)  Combined  Payment  Method.  By  satisfaction  of the  Warrant
         Exercise Price for each share being acquired in any  combination of two
         or more of the methods described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above.

                  (b)  Mandatory   Exercise.   Upon  the   consummation   of  an
         underwritten  public  offering  pursuant to an  effective  registration
         statement under the Securities Act of 1933, covering


                                        2


<PAGE>



         the sale of the Corporation's  Common Stock at a price to the public of
         $3.00 or more (such  price as from time to time to be  adjusted  in the
         manner  provided for in paragraphs  (d), (h) and (j) for the adjustment
         of the  Warrant  Exercise  Price),  this  Warrant,  to the  extent  not
         previously  exercised,  shall be surrendered (properly endorsed) at the
         office of the  Corporation  as it may designate by notice in writing to
         the holder hereof at the address of such holder  appearing on the books
         of the  Corporation,  accompanied by payment to the  Corporation of the
         Warrant  Exercise  Price  by one or more of the  methods  specified  in
         clauses  (a)(i)-(iv)  above;  and to the extent not so surrendered,  it
         shall be deemed  exercised  in the manner  provided in clause  (a)(iii)
         above and,  upon  delivery of the shares of Common Stock  determined in
         accordance therewith, this Warrant shall be cancelled.

                  (c) Definition of Fair Market Value.  For the purposes of this
         Section 1, "fair  market  value"  shall mean,  as to any  security,  as
         follows:  if that  security  is listed or admitted to trading on one or
         more national  securities  exchanges,  the average of the last reported
         sales prices per share regular way or, in case no such  reported  sales
         takes place on any such day,  the average of the last  reported bid and
         asked  prices per share  regular  way, in either case on the  principal
         national  securities  exchange  on which  that  security  is  listed or
         admitted to trading, for the 20 trading days immediately  preceding the
         date upon which the fair market value is determined (the "Determination
         Date");  if that  security  is not listed or  admitted  to trading on a
         national  securities  exchange  but is  quoted  by the  NASD  Automated
         Quotation  System  ("NASDAQ"),  the average of the last reported  sales
         prices per share  regular way or, in case no reported  sale takes place
         on any such day or the last  reported  sales prices are not then quoted
         by NASDAQ,  the average for each such day of the last  reported bid and
         asked prices per share, for the 20 trading days  immediately  preceding
         the  Determination  Date as furnished by the National  Quotation Bureau
         Incorporated  or  any  similar  successor  organization;  and  if  that
         security is not listed or admitted to trading on a national  securities
         exchange  or  quoted  by  NASDAQ  or any  other  nationally  recognized
         quotation  service,  the "fair  market  value"  shall be the fair value
         thereof  determined  jointly  by the  Corporation  and  the  registered
         holders of Warrants  outstanding  representing a majority of the shares
         of Common Stock  acquirable  upon exercise of the  Warrants,  provided,
         however,  that if such parties are unable to reach  agreement  within a
         reasonable  time,  the "fair market  value" shall be determined in good
         faith by an independent investment banking firm selected jointly by the
         Corporation  and  the  registered   holders  of  Warrants   outstanding
         representing a majority of the shares of Common Stock


                                        3


<PAGE>



         issuable upon exercise of the Warrants or, if that selection  cannot be
         made within 15 days, by an independent investment banking firm selected
         by the American  Arbitration  Association in accordance with its rules.
         Anything in this  paragraph  (c) to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the
         fair  market  value of this  Warrant or any  portion  thereof as of any
         Determination  Date shall be equal to (i) the fair market  value of the
         shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or such
         portion   thereof),   (determined  in  accordance  with  the  foregoing
         provisions of this  paragraph  (c)),  minus (ii) the aggregate  Warrant
         Exercise Price of this Warrant (or such portion thereof).

                  (d)  Delivery  of  Certificates,  Etc.  In  the  event  of any
         exercise of the rights  represented  by this Warrant,  a certificate or
         certificates for the shares of Common Stock so purchased, registered in
         the name of the holder,  shall be delivered to the holder hereof within
         a reasonable time, not exceeding ten days, after the rights represented
         by this Warrant shall have been so exercised;  and, unless this Warrant
         has expired, a new Warrant  representing the number of shares (except a
         remaining fractional share), if any, with respect to which this Warrant
         shall not then have been  exercised  shall also be issued to the holder
         hereof within such time. The person in whose name any  certificate  for
         shares of Common Stock is issued upon  exercise of this  Warrant  shall
         for all  purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such
         shares on the date on which the Warrant was  surrendered and payment of
         the Warrant  Exercise Price and any applicable  taxes was made,  except
         that, if the date of such  surrender and payment is a date on which the
         stock transfer books of the Corporation  are closed,  such person shall
         be  deemed to have  become  the  holder of such  shares at the close of
         business on the next  succeeding date on which the stock transfer books
         are open.

                  Section  2.   Adjustment  of  Number  of  Shares.   Upon  each
adjustment of the Warrant Exercise Price as provided in Section 3, the holder of
this Warrant shall  thereafter be entitled to purchase,  at the Warrant Exercise
Price resulting from such  adjustment,  the number of shares  (calculated to the
nearest tenth of a share) obtained by multiplying the Warrant  Exercise Price in
effect  immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares purchasable
pursuant  hereto  immediately  prior to such adjustment and dividing the product
thereof by the Warrant Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.


                                        4


<PAGE>



                  Section 3.  Adjustment of Price Upon Issuance of Common Stock.
If and  whenever  the  Corporation  shall issue or sell any shares of its Common
Stock for a  consideration  per share less than the  Warrant  Exercise  Price in
effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then, forthwith upon
such  issue or sale the  Warrant  Exercise  Price  shall be reduced to the price
(calculated  to the nearest $.01)  determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to
the sum of (a) the  number of shares of  Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately
prior to such issue or sale (including as outstanding all shares of Common Stock
issuable  upon  conversion  of  all  outstanding   Convertible   Securities  (as
hereinafter  defined) or exercise of outstanding Warrants multiplied by the then
existing Warrant Exercise Price, and (b) the consideration,  if any, received by
the  Corporation  upon such issue or sale, by (ii) the total number of shares of
Common Stock  outstanding  immediately  after such issue or sale  (including  as
outstanding  all  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  all
outstanding  Convertible  Securities or exercise of  outstanding  Warrants).  No
adjustments of the Warrant Exercise Price,  however,  shall be made in an amount
less  than $.01 per  share,  but any such  lesser  adjustment  shall be  carried
forward  and  shall be made at the time and  together  with the next  subsequent
adjustment  which together with any  adjustments so carried forward shall amount
to $.01 per share or more.

                  For purposes of this Section 3, the following  paragraphs  (a)
to (p), inclusive, shall also be applicable:

                  (a)  Issuance  of Rights or  Options.  In case at any time the
         Corporation   shall  in  any  manner  grant  (whether  directly  or  by
         assumption in a merger or otherwise)  any rights to subscribe for or to
         purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or any stock
         or securities  convertible  into or exchangeable for Common Stock (such
         rights or options being herein called  "Options",  and such convertible
         or exchangeable  stock or securities  being herein called  "Convertible
         Securities")  whether  or not such  Options  or the right to convert or
         exchange any such Convertible  Securities are immediately  exercisable,
         and the price per share for which  Common  Stock is  issuable  upon the
         exercise  of  such  Options  or upon  conversion  or  exchange  of such
         Convertible Securities (determined by dividing (i) the total amount, if
         any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the
         granting  of  such  Options,  plus  the  minimum  aggregate  amount  of
         additional  consideration  payable to the Corporation upon the exercise
         of all such Options,  plus, in the case of such Options which relate to
         Convertible  Securities,  the minimum  aggregate  amount of  additional
         consideration,  if  any,  payable  upon  the  issue  or  sale  of  such
         Convertible  Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by
         (ii) the total maximum  number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon
         the exercise of such Options


                                        5


<PAGE>



         or upon the conversion or exchange of all such  Convertible  Securities
         issuable  upon the  exercise  of such  Options)  shall be less than the
         Warrant Exercise Price in effect  immediately  prior to the time of the
         granting of such Options,  then the total  maximum  number of shares of
         Common  Stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of such  Options  or upon
         conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such  Convertible
         Securities  issuable  upon the exercise of such Options shall be deemed
         to have been issued for such price per share as of the date of granting
         of such  Options  and  thereafter  shall be deemed  to be  outstanding.
         Except as otherwise  provided in paragraph  (c), no  adjustment  of the
         Warrant  Exercise  Price  shall be made upon the  actual  issue of such
         Common Stock or of such  Convertible  Securities  upon exercise of such
         Options or upon the actual issue of such Common  Stock upon  conversion
         or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

                  (b)   Issuance  of   Convertible   Securities.   In  case  the
         Corporation   shall  in  any  manner  issue  (whether  directly  or  by
         assumption  in  a  merger  or   otherwise)  or  sell  any   Convertible
         Securities, whether or not the rights to exchange or convert thereunder
         are immediately  exercisable,  and the price per share for which Common
         Stock is  issuable  upon such  conversion  or exchange  (determined  by
         dividing (i) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation
         as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible  Securities,
         plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration,  if any,
         payable to the Corporation  upon the conversion or exchange of all such
         Convertible  Securities)  shall be less than the Warrant Exercise Price
         in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the
         total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion
         or exchange of all such Convertible  Securities shall be deemed to have
         been  issued  for such  price  per share as of the date of the issue or
         sale of such  Convertible  Securities and thereafter shall be deemed to
         be  outstanding,  provided  that (i) except as  otherwise  provided  in
         paragraph (c) below, no adjustment of the Warrant  Exercise Price shall
         be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon  conversion  or
         exchange of such Convertible Securities,  and (ii) if any such issue or
         sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Option
         to purchase any such  Convertible  Securities for which  adjustments of
         the  Warrant  Exercise  Price have been or are to be made  pursuant  to
         other  provisions  of this  Section  3, no  further  adjustment  of the
         Warrant Exercise Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

                  (c)  Change  in  Option  Price or  Conversion  Rate.  Upon the
         happening of any of the following events, namely, if the purchase price
         provided for in any Option referred to in paragraph (a), the additional
         consideration, if any, payable


                                        6


<PAGE>



         upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible  Securities referred
         to in  paragraph  (a) or (b),  or the  rate at  which  any  Convertible
         Securities  referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) are convertible into or
         exchangeable  for Common  Stock  shall  change at any time  (other than
         under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution),
         the  Warrant  Exercise  Price in effect at the time of such event shall
         forthwith be readjusted to the Warrant  Exercise Price which would have
         been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible  Securities
         still outstanding provided for such changed purchase price,  additional
         consideration  or  conversion  rate,  as the case  may be,  at the time
         initially  granted,  issued or sold;  and on the expiration of any such
         Option or the termination of any such right to convert or exchange such
         Convertible  Securities,  the  Warrant  Exercise  Price  then in effect
         hereunder  shall  forthwith be increased to the Warrant  Exercise Price
         which  would  have  been in effect  at the time of such  expiration  or
         termination  had such  Option or  Convertible  Security,  to the extent
         outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination,  never
         been issued,  and the Common Stock issuable  thereunder shall no longer
         be deemed to be outstanding.

         If the purchase  price  provided for in any such Option  referred to in
         paragraph (a) or the rate at which any Convertible  Securities referred
         to in paragraph (a) or (b) are  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for
         Common  Stock,  shall be  reduced  at any time  under or by  reason  of
         provisions with respect thereto  designed to protect against  dilution,
         then in case of the  delivery of Common  Stock upon the exercise of any
         such Option or upon  conversion  or  exchange  of any such  Convertible
         Security,  the Warrant  Exercise Price then in effect  hereunder  shall
         forthwith  be  adjusted  to such  respective  amount as would have been
         obtained had such Option or  Convertible  Security never been issued as
         to such Common Stock and had adjustments been made upon the issuance of
         the shares of Common  Stock  delivered as  aforesaid,  but only if as a
         result of such  adjustment  the Warrant  Exercise  Price then in effect
         hereunder is thereby reduced.

                  (d) Stock Dividends.  In case the Corporation  shall declare a
         dividend  or  make  any  other  distribution  upon  any  stock  of  the
         Corporation payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities,
         any Common Stock,  Options or Convertible  Securities,  as the case may
         be,  issuable  in payment of such  dividend  or  distribution  shall be
         deemed to have been issued or sold without consideration.

                  (e)  Consideration  for  Stock.  In case any  shares of Common
         Stock,  Options or Convertible  Securities  shall be issued or sold for
         cash,  the  consideration  received  therefor shall be deemed to be the
         amount received by the Corporation


                                        7


<PAGE>



         therefor,  without deduction  therefrom of any expenses incurred or any
         underwriting   commissions  or  concessions  paid  or  allowed  by  the
         Corporation  in  connection  therewith.  In case any  shares  of Common
         Stock, Options or Convertible  Securities shall be issued or sold for a
         consideration  other than cash, the amount of the  consideration  other
         than cash  received by the  Corporation  shall be deemed to be the fair
         value of such  consideration as determined by the Board of Directors of
         the  Corporation,  without  deduction of any  expenses  incurred or any
         underwriting   commissions  or  concessions  paid  or  allowed  by  the
         Corporation in connection therewith. The amount of consideration deemed
         to be received by the Corporation  pursuant to the foregoing provisions
         of this  paragraph  (e) upon any issuance  and/or sale,  pursuant to an
         established  compensation  plan  of  the  Corporation,   to  directors,
         officers or  employees  of the  Corporation  in  connection  with their
         employment   of  shares  of  Common  Stock,   Options  or   Convertible
         Securities,  shall  be  increased  by the  amount  of any  tax  benefit
         realized by the  Corporation as a result of such issuance  and/or sale,
         the amount of such tax  benefit  being the amount by which the  Federal
         and/or State income or other tax liability of the Corporation  shall be
         reduced  by  reason of any  deduction  or  credit  in  respect  of such
         issuance and/or sale. In case any Options shall be issued in connection
         with  the  issue  and  sale of  other  securities  of the  Corporation,
         together  comprising  one  integral  transaction  in which no  specific
         consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties thereto, such
         Options shall be deemed to have been issued without  consideration.  In
         case any  shares of Common  Stock,  Options or  Convertible  Securities
         shall be issued in connection with any merger or consolidation in which
         the   Corporation   is  the  surviving   corporation,   the  amount  of
         consideration  therefor  shall  be  deemed  to be  the  fair  value  as
         determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation of such portion
         of the assets and  business of the  non-surviving  corporation  as such
         Board shall determine to be attributable to such Common Stock,  Options
         or  Convertible  Securities,  as the case may be.  In the  event of any
         consolidation  or merger of the Corporation in which the Corporation is
         not the  surviving  corporation  or in the  event of any sale of all or
         substantially  all of the assets of the  Corporation for stock or other
         securities of any corporation,  the Corporation shall be deemed to have
         issued a number of shares of its Common  Stock for stock or  securities
         of the other  corporation  computed on the basis of the actual exchange
         ratio on which the  transaction  was predicated and for a consideration
         equal to the fair market value on the date of such  transaction of such
         stock  or  securities  of  the  other  corporation,  and  if  any  such
         calculation  results in adjustment of the Warrant  Exercise Price,  the
         determination  of the number of shares of Common Stock receivable under
         this Warrant immediately prior to such


                                        8


<PAGE>



         merger,  consolidation or sale, for purposes of paragraph (j), shall be
         made after giving  effect to such  adjustment  of the Warrant  Exercise
         Price.

                  (f) Record Date. In case the  Corporation  shall take a record
         of the holders of its Common  Stock for the purpose of  entitling  them
         (i) to  receive a  dividend  or other  distribution  payable  in Common
         Stock, Options or Convertible  Securities,  or (ii) to subscribe for or
         purchase  Common Stock,  Options or Convertible  Securities,  then such
         record  date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the
         shares of  Common  Stock  deemed  to have been  issued or sold upon the
         declaration  of such dividend or the making of such other  distribution
         or the date of the granting of such right of  subscription or purchase,
         as the case may be.

                  (g)  Treasury  Shares.  The  number of shares of Common  Stock
         outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by
         or for the account of the Corporation,  and the disposition of any such
         shares  shall be  considered  an issue or sale of Common  Stock for the
         purposes of this Section 3.

                  (h)   Subdivision  or  Combination  of  Stock.   In  case  the
         Corporation  shall at any time  subdivide  its  outstanding  shares  of
         Common  Stock into a greater  number of shares,  the  Warrant  Exercise
         Price  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  such  subdivision  shall  be
         proportionately reduced, and conversely, in case the outstanding shares
         of Common  Stock of the  Corporation  shall be combined  into a smaller
         number of shares,  the  Warrant  Exercise  Price in effect  immediately
         prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

                  (i) Certain Issues of Common Stock  Excepted.  Anything herein
         to the contrary notwithstanding,  the Corporation shall not be required
         to make any adjustment of the Warrant Exercise Price in the case of the
         issuance of shares of Common  Stock upon  exercise  of  employee  stock
         options approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                  (j) Reorganization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or
         Sale.  If any  capital  reorganization  or  reclassi-  fication  of the
         capital stock of the Corporation or any  consolidation or merger of the
         Corporation   with  another   corporation,   or  the  sale  of  all  or
         substantially  all  of its  assets  to  another  corporation  shall  be
         effected in such a way that  holders of Common  Stock shall be entitled
         to receive  stock,  securities or assets with respect to or in exchange
         for  Common  Stock,  then,  as  a  condition  of  such  reorganization,
         reclassification,  consolidation,  merger or sale,  lawful and adequate
         provisions shall be made whereby


                                        9


<PAGE>



         each holder of the Warrants shall  thereafter have the right to receive
         upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions  specified  herein and
         in lieu of the shares of Common  Stock of the  Corporation  immediately
         theretofore  receivable  upon the exercise of such Warrant or Warrants,
         such shares of stock,  securities or assets  (including cash) as may be
         issued  or  payable  with  respect  to or in  exchange  for a number of
         outstanding  shares of such Common  Stock equal to the number of shares
         of  such  stock   immediately   theretofore   so  receivable  had  such
         reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger  or sale not
         taken place, and in any such case  appropriate  provision shall be made
         with respect to the rights and interests of such holder to the end that
         the provisions  hereof  (including  without  limitation  provisions for
         adjustments  of  the  Warrant   Exercise  Price)  shall  thereafter  be
         applicable,  as nearly as may be, in  relation  to any shares of stock,
         securities or assets  thereafter  deliverable upon the exercise of such
         exercise rights (including an immediate  adjustment,  by reason of such
         reorganization  or  reclassification,  of the Warrant Exercise Price to
         the  value  for  the  Common  Stock  reflected  by the  terms  of  such
         reorganization  or  reclassification  if the value so reflected is less
         than the Warrant  Exercise  Price in effect  immediately  prior to such
         reorganization  or  reclassifica-  tion).  In the  event of a merger or
         consolidation  of the  Corporation  as a result of which a  greater  or
         lesser  number of shares of common stock of the  surviving  corporation
         are issuable to holders of Common Stock of the Corporation  outstanding
         immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, the Warrant Exercise
         Price in effect immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall
         be adjusted in the same manner as though  there were a  subdivision  or
         combination  of  the   outstanding   shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the
         Corporation.  The Corporation  will not effect any such  consolidation,
         merger  or any  sale  of  all or  substantially  all of its  assets  of
         properties,  unless  prior to the  consummation  thereof the  successor
         corporation  (if  other  than  the  Corporation)  resulting  from  such
         consolidation or merger or the corporation purchasing such assets shall
         assume by written  instrument  executed and mailed or delivered to each
         holder of the Warrants at the last address of such holder  appearing on
         the books of the Corporation,  the obligation to deliver to such holder
         such shares of stock,  securities or assets as, in accordance  with the
         foregoing provisions, such holder may be entitled to receive.

                  (k) Notice of  Adjustment.  Upon any adjustment of the Warrant
         Exercise Price,  then and in each such case, the Corporation shall give
         written notice thereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed
         to each  holder of the  Warrants at the address of such holder as shown
         on the books of the Corporation, which notice shall state the Warrant


                                       10


<PAGE>



         Exercise  Price  resulting  from  such  adjustment,  setting  forth  in
         reasonable  detail the method of  calculation  and the facts upon which
         such calculation is based.

                  (l)  Certain  Events.  If any event  occurs as to which in the
         opinion  of the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corporation  the  other
         provisions of this Section 3 are not strictly applicable or if strictly
         applicable  would  not  fairly  protect  the  exercise  rights  of this
         Warrant, in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such
         provisions to protect  against  dilution,  then such Board of Directors
         shall in good  faith  make an  adjustment  in the  application  of such
         provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so
         as to protect such exercise rights as aforesaid.

                  (m) Stock to Be Reserved.  The  Corporation  will at all times
         reserve and keep  available out of its  authorized  Common Stock or its
         treasury  shares,  solely for the purpose of issue upon the exercise of
         this Warrant as herein provided,  such number of shares of Common Stock
         as shall  then be  issuable  upon the  exercise  of this  Warrant.  The
         Corporation covenants that all shares of Common Stock which shall be so
         issued   shall  be  duly  and   validly   issued  and  fully  paid  and
         nonassessable  and free from all taxes,  liens and charges with respect
         to the issue  thereof,  and,  without  limiting the  generality  of the
         foregoing,  the  Corporation  covenants  that it will from time to time
         take all such action as may be  requisite  to assure that the par value
         per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the
         effective  Warrant  Exercise Price.  The Corporation will take all such
         action as may be  necessary  to assure  that all such  shares of Common
         Stock may be so  issued  without  violation  of any  applicable  law or
         regulation,  or of any requirements of any national securities exchange
         upon  which the Common  Stock of the  Corporation  may be  listed.  The
         Corporation will not take any action which results in any adjustment of
         the  Warrant  Exercise  Price if the  total  number of shares of Common
         Stock  issued and  issuable  after such  action  upon  exercise of this
         Warrant  would  exceed the total  number of shares of Common Stock then
         authorized  by  the  Corporation's   Articles  of  Incorporation.   The
         Corporation  has not  granted  and will not  grant  any  right of first
         refusal with respect to shares  issuable upon exercise of this Warrant,
         and there are no preemptive rights associated with such shares.

                  (n) Issue Tax.  The  issuance  of  certificates  for shares of
         Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants shall be made without charge
         to the holders of such Warrants for any issuance tax in respect thereof
         provided  that the  Corporation  shall not be  required  to pay any tax
         which  may be  payable  in  respect  of any  transfer  involved  in the
         issuance


                                       11


<PAGE>



         and  delivery  of any  certificate  in a name  other  than  that of any
         holder of the Warrants.

                  (o) Closing of Books.  The  Corporation  will at no time close
         its transfer  books  against the transfer of the shares of Common Stock
         issued or  issuable  upon the  exercise  of this  Warrant in any manner
         which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.

                  (p)  Definition  of  Common  Stock.  As used  herein  the term
         "Common Stock" shall mean and include the Common Stock, $.01 par value,
         of the  Corporation  as  authorized  on December  18, 1995 and also any
         capital stock of any class of the  Corporation  hereinafter  authorized
         which shall not be limited to a fixed sum or  percentage  in respect of
         the rights of the holders thereof to participate in dividends or in the
         distribution  of assets upon the voluntary or involuntary  liquidation,
         dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,  provided,  however, that
         the shares  purchasable  pursuant to this  Warrant  shall  include only
         shares  designated as Common Stock,  $.01 par value, of the Corporation
         on December 18, 1995, or shares of any class or classes  resulting from
         any reclassification or reclassifications thereof which are not limited
         to any such fixed sum or  percentage  and are not subject to redemption
         by the  Corporation  and,  in case at any time there shall be more than
         one such  resulting  class,  the shares of each class then so  issuable
         shall be  substantially  in the  proportion  which the total  number of
         shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to
         the total number of shares of all such classes  resulting from all such
         reclassifications.

                  Section 4.  Notices of Record Dates.  In the event of

                  (1) any taking by the  Corporation  of a record of the holders
         of any class of securities for the purpose of  determining  the holders
         thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other  distribution
         (other  than cash  dividends  out of earned  surplus),  or any right to
         subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any
         class or any other  securities  or  property,  or to receive  any other
         right, or

                  (2)  any  capital  reorganization  of  the  Corporation,   any
         reclassification  or  recapitalization  of  the  capital  stock  of the
         Corporation or any transfer of all or  substantially  all the assets of
         the Corporation to or  consolidation  or merger of the Corporation with
         or into any other corporation, or

                  (3) any voluntary or involuntary  dissolution,  liquidation or
         winding-up of the Corporation,


                                       12


<PAGE>




then and in each such event the  Corporation  will give  notice to the holder of
this Warrant specifying (i) the date on which any such record is to be taken for
the purpose of such dividend,  distribution  or right and stating the amount and
character of such dividend,  distribution  or right,  and (ii) the date on which
any   such   reorganization,   reclassification,   recapitalization,   transfer,
consolidation,  merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place,
and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common
Stock will be entitled to exchange  their shares of Common Stock for  securities
or other property  deliverable  upon such  reorganization,  reclassifi-  cation,
recapitalization,  transfer, consolidation,  merger, dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up.  Such  notice  shall be given at least 20 days and not more  than 90
days prior to the date therein  specified,  and such notice shall state that the
action in  question  or the record  date is subject  to the  effectiveness  of a
registration  statement  under the Securities Act of 1933 or to a favorable vote
of stockholders, if either is required.

                  Section 5.  [omitted]

                  Section 6. No Stockholder Rights or Liabilities.  This Warrant
shall not entitle the holder  hereof to any voting  rights or other  rights as a
stockholder  of the  Corporation.  No provi-  sion  hereof,  in the  absence  of
affirmative  action by the holder hereof to purchase shares of Common Stock, and
no mere enumera-  tion herein of the rights or privileges of the holder  hereof,
shall give rise to any liability of such holder for the Warrant  Exercise  Price
or as a stockholder  of the  Corporation,  whether such liability is asserted by
the Corporation or by creditors of the Corporation.

                  Section 7. Investment  Representation  and Legend. The holder,
by acceptance of the Warrant, represents and warrants to the Corporation that it
is acquiring  the Warrant and the shares of Common  Stock (or other  securities)
issuable upon the exercise  hereof for  investment  purposes only and not with a
view  towards  the resale or other  distribution  thereof and agrees that (a) it
will not offer, sell, transfer,  encumber or otherwise dispose of the Warrant or
any of the  shares of  Common  Stock (or  other  securities)  issuable  upon the
exercise hereof unless either (i) there is an effective  registration  statement
under said Act relating  thereto or (ii) the Corporation has received an opinion
of counsel,  reasonably  satisfactory in form and substance to the  Corporation,
stating that such  registration  is not required;  and (b) the  Corporation  may
affix upon this Warrant the following legend:

                  "This   Warrant  has  been   issued  in   reliance   upon  the
         representation  of the holder that it has been acquired for  investment
         purposes and not with a view towards the resale


                                       13


<PAGE>



         or other  distribution  thereof.  Neither  this  Warrant nor the shares
         issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant have been  registered  under
         the Securities Act of 1933."

The holder,  by acceptance of this Warrant,  further agrees that the Corporation
may affix the following legend to certificates for shares of Common Stock issued
upon exercise of this Warrant:

                  "The  securities  represented  by this  certificate  have been
         issued in reliance upon the representation of the holder that they have
         been acquired for  investment  and not with a view toward the resale or
         other  distribution  thereof,  and have not been  registered  under the
         Securities Act of 1933.  Neither the securities  evidenced hereby,  nor
         any interest therein, may be offered, sold, transferred,  encumbered or
         otherwise   disposed  of  unless  either  (i)  there  is  an  effective
         registration  statement  under  said Act  relating  thereto or (ii) the
         Corporation has received an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory
         in  form  and   substance  to  the   Corporation,   stating  that  such
         registration is not required."

                  Section 8. Lost, Stolen,  Mutilated or Destroyed  Warrant.  If
this Warrant is lost,  stolen,  mutilated or destroyed,  the Corporation may, on
such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may in its  discretion  reasonably
impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated  Warrant,  include the surrender
thereof),  issue a new Warrant of like  denomination and tenor as the Warrant so
lost, stolen,  mutilated or destroyed.  Any such new Warrant shall constitute an
original contractual obligation of the Corporation, whether or not the allegedly
lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by
anyone.

                  Section  9.   Notices.   All   notices,   requests  and  other
communications required or permitted to be given or delivered hereunder shall be
in writing, and shall be delivered,  or shall be sent by certified or registered
mail,  postage  prepaid  and  addressed,  if to the holder to such holder at the
address  shown on such  holder's  Warrant or at such other address as shall have
been  furnished  to the  Corporation  by notice from such  holder.  All notices,
requests and other communications required or permitted to be given or delivered
hereunder  shall be in  writing,  and  shall be  delivered,  or shall be sent by
certified or registered  mail,  postage prepaid and addressed to the Corporation
at such  address as shall have been  furnished  to the holder by notice from the
Corporation.


                                       14


<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MedE America Corporation has executed this
Warrant on and as of the day and year first above written.

                                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                            By
                                              ----------------------------------


                                       15


<PAGE>



                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

To:

Dated:

                  The  undersigned,  pursuant to the provisions set forth in the
within Warrant, hereby agrees to subscribe for and purchase [ ] shares of Common
Stock of MedE America  Corporation,  a Delaware  Corporation (the "Corporation")
covered by such  Warrant,  and makes  payment  herewith in full therefor [at the
price per share provided by such Warrant [in cash] [by surrender of indebtedness
of the Corporation as provided in Section 1(a)(ii) of such Warrant] [as provided
in Section 1(a)(iii) of such Warrant].

                                            Signature
                                                     ---------------------------

                                            ------------------------------------


                                            Address
                                                   -----------------------------

                                            ------------------------------------





<PAGE>














          THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE  UPON THE  REPRESENTATION  OF
          THE HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR  INVESTMENT  PURPOSES AND NOT
          WITH A VIEW TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER DISTRIBUTION THEREOF.  NEITHER
          THIS WARRANT NOR THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT
            HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                           December 18, 1995
for 96,000 shares

                          Void After December 17, 2005
                          ----------------------------

                             -----------------------

                  THIS  CERTIFIES  that,  for  value  received,  WELSH,  CARSON,
ANDERSON & STOWE VI, L.P., a Delaware  limited  partnership  ("Holder"),  or its
registered  assigns, is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from MEDE AMERICA
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation"),  at
the price of $1.00 per share  (such price as from time to time to be adjusted as
hereinafter  provided being hereinafter called the "Warrant Exercise Price"), at
any time prior to December 18, 2005, up to NINETY SIX THOUSAND (96,000) (subject
to adjustment as hereinafter  provided) fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of
Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Corporation (hereinafter called the "Common
Stock"),  subject,  however, to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter  set forth.  This  Warrant and any warrant or warrants  subsequently
issued upon exchange or transfer  hereof and each other warrant issued  pursuant
to the  Agreement  dated as of  December  18, 1995 (the  "Agreement")  among the
Corporation  and the  stockholders  of the  Corporation  named therein,  and any
warrant or warrants  subsequently issued upon exchange or transfer thereof,  are
hereinafter collectively called the "Warrants".



<PAGE>













          THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE  UPON THE  REPRESENTATION  OF
          THE HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR  INVESTMENT  PURPOSES AND NOT
          WITH A VIEW TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER DISTRIBUTION THEREOF.  NEITHER
          THIS WARRANT NOR THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT
            HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                           December 18, 1995
for 96,000 shares

                          Void After December 17, 2005
                          ----------------------------

                            ------------------------

                  THIS  CERTIFIES  that,  for  value  received,  WELSH,  CARSON,
ANDERSON & STOWE V, L.P.,  a Delaware  limited  partnership  ("Holder"),  or its
registered  assigns, is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from MEDE AMERICA
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation"),  at
the price of $1.00 per share  (such price as from time to time to be adjusted as
hereinafter  provided being hereinafter called the "Warrant Exercise Price"), at
any time prior to December 18, 2005, up to NINETY SIX THOUSAND (96,000) (subject
to adjustment as hereinafter  provided) fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of
Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Corporation (hereinafter called the "Common
Stock"),  subject,  however, to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter  set forth.  This  Warrant and any warrant or warrants  subsequently
issued upon exchange or transfer  hereof and each other warrant issued  pursuant
to the  Agreement  dated as of  December  18, 1995 (the  "Agreement")  among the
Corporation  and the  stockholders  of the  Corporation  named therein,  and any
warrant or warrants  subsequently issued upon exchange or transfer thereof,  are
hereinafter collectively called the "Warrants".


<PAGE>











         THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON THE REPRESENTATION OF THE
         HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A
         VIEW  TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER  DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF.  NEITHER THIS
         WARRANT NOR  THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
           BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                           December 18, 1995
for 16,080 shares

                          Void After December 17, 2005
                          ----------------------------

                              -------------------

                  THIS  CERTIFIES  that,  for  value  received,   WILLIAM  BLAIR
LEVERAGED  CAPITAL FUND LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP,  an Illinois  limited  partnership
("Holder"), or its registered assigns, is entitled to subscribe for and purchase
from MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  (hereinafter called the
"Corporation"), at the price of $1.00 per share (such price as from time to time
to be adjusted as  hereinafter  provided being  hereinafter  called the "Warrant
Exercise Price"), at any time prior to December 18, 2005, up to SIXTEEN THOUSAND
EIGHTY (16,080)  (subject to adjustment as hereinafter  provided) fully paid and
nonassessable  shares  of  Common  Stock,  $.01 par  value,  of the  Corporation
(hereinafter called the "Common Stock"), subject, however, to the provisions and
upon the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  set  forth.  This  Warrant  and any
warrant or warrants  subsequently  issued upon  exchange or transfer  hereof and
each other warrant  issued  pursuant to the  Agreement  dated as of December 18,
1995  (the  "Agreement")  among  the  Corporation  and the  stockholders  of the
Corporation named therein, and any warrant or warrants  subsequently issued upon
exchange  or  transfer  thereof,   are  hereinafter   collectively   called  the
"Warrants".


<PAGE>










         THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON THE REPRESENTATION OF THE
         HOLDER THAT IT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A
         VIEW  TOWARDS THE RESALE OR OTHER  DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF.  NEITHER THIS
         WARRANT NOR THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF  THIS WARRANT HAVE
           BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                           Stock Subscription Warrant

Warrant to Subscribe                                           December 18, 1995
for 32,640 shares

                          Void After December 17, 2005
                          ----------------------------

                            -----------------------

                  THIS CERTIFIES that, for value received, WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL
PARTNERS V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership  ("Holder"),  or its registered
assigns,   is  entitled  to  subscribe   for  and  purchase  from  MEDE  AMERICA
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation"),  at
the price of $1.00 per share  (such price as from time to time to be adjusted as
hereinafter  provided being hereinafter called the "Warrant Exercise Price"), at
any time prior to December 18, 2005, up to THIRTY TWO THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED FORTY
(32,640)  (subject  to  adjustment  as  hereinafter  provided)  fully  paid  and
nonassessable  shares  of  Common  Stock,  $.01 par  value,  of the  Corporation
(hereinafter called the "Common Stock"), subject, however, to the provisions and
upon the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  set  forth.  This  Warrant  and any
warrant or warrants  subsequently  issued upon  exchange or transfer  hereof and
each other warrant  issued  pursuant to the  Agreement  dated as of December 18,
1995  (the  "Agreement")  among  the  Corporation  and the  stockholders  of the
Corporation named therein, and any warrant or warrants  subsequently issued upon
exchange  or  transfer  thereof,   are  hereinafter   collectively   called  the
"Warrants".





                  MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
                 STOCK OPTION AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                  Section  1.   Purpose.   The  purpose  of  the  MedE   America
Corporation and its Subsidiaries Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan
(the "Plan") is to promote the interests of MedE America Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and any Subsidiary thereof and the interests of the
Company's  stockholders  by  providing  an  opportunity  to selected  employees,
officers and directors of the Company or any  Subsidiary  thereof as of the date
of the adoption of the Plan or at any time  thereafter to purchase  Common Stock
of the  Company.  By  encouraging  such stock  ownership,  the Company  seeks to
attract,  retain and motivate such  employees and other persons and to encourage
such  employees  and other  persons to devote their best efforts to the business
and financial  success of the Company.  It is intended that this purpose will be
effected by the granting of  "non-qualified  stock  options"  and/or  "incentive
stock options" to acquire the Common Stock of the Company and/or by the granting
of rights to purchase  the Common Stock of the Company on a  "restricted  stock"
basis.  Under the Plan,  the  Committee  shall have the  authority  (in its sole
discretion) to grant  "incentive  stock  options"  within the meaning of Section
422(b) of the Code,  "non-qualified  stock  options"  as  described  in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.83-7 or any successor  regulation  thereto,  or "restricted
stock" awards.

                  Section  2.  Definitions.   For  purposes  of  the  Plan,  the
following  terms  used  herein  shall  have  the  following  meanings,  unless a
different meaning is clearly required by the context:

                  2.1.  "Award"  shall  mean an award of the  right to  purchase
Common Stock granted under the provisions of Section 7 of the Plan.

                  2.2. "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of
the Company.

                  2.3.  "Code" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.

                  2.4.  "Committee"  shall  mean the  committee  of the Board of
Directors referred to in Section 5 hereof;  provided,  that if no such committee
is appointed by the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors shall have all of
the authority and obligations of the Committee under the Plan.



<PAGE>



                  2.5.  "Common  Stock"  shall mean the Common  Stock,  $.01 par
value, of the Company.

                  2.6.  "Employee"  shall mean (i) with  respect to an ISO,  any
person,  including,  without limitation,  an officer or director of the Company,
who,  at the time an ISO is granted to such person  hereunder,  is employed on a
full-time  basis by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company,  and
(ii) with respect to a Non-Qualified Option and/or an Award, any person employed
by, or  performing  services for, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the
Company, including, without limitation, directors and officers.

                  2.7.  "ISO"  shall  mean an Option  granted  to a  Participant
pursuant  to the Plan that  constitutes  and shall be treated  as an  "incentive
stock option" as defined in Section 422(b) of the Code.

                  2.8.  "Non-Qualified Option" shall mean an Option granted to a
Participant  pursuant to the Plan that is intended  to be, and  qualifies  as, a
"non-qualified  stock option" as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-7
or any successor  regulation thereto and that shall not constitute or be treated
as an ISO.

                  2.9.  "Option"  shall  mean  any ISO or  Non-Qualified  Option
granted to an Employee pursuant to the Plan.

                  2.10.  "Participant"  shall mean any Employee to whom an Award
and/or an Option is granted under the Plan.

                  2.11. "Parent" of the Company shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 424(e) of the Code.

                  2.12.  "Subsidiary"  of the Company shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 424(f) of the Code.

                  Section 3.  Eligibility.  Awards and/or Options may be granted
to any  Employee.  The  Committee  shall have the sole  authority  to select the
persons  to whom  Awards  and/or  Options  are to be granted  hereunder,  and to
determine whether a person is to be granted a Non-Qualified Option, an ISO or an
Award or any combination  thereof. No person shall have any right to participate
in the Plan. Any person selected by the Committee for  participation  during any
one  period  will not by  virtue  of such  participation  have  the  right to be
selected as a Participant for any other period.

                  Section 4.  Common Stock Subject to the Plan.

                  4.1.  Number of Shares.  The total  number of shares of Common
Stock for which Options and/or Awards may be granted under


                                        2


<PAGE>



the Plan shall not exceed in the  aggregate  Three  Million  One  Thousand  Four
Hundred (3,501,400) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 8 hereof).

                  4.2.  Reissuance.  The  shares  of  Common  Stock  that may be
subject to Options and/or Awards granted under the Plan may be either authorized
and unissued  shares or shares  reacquired at any time and now or hereafter held
as  treasury  stock  as the  Committee  may  determine.  In the  event  that any
outstanding Option expires or is terminated for any reason, the shares allocable
to the  unexercised  portion  of such  Option  may again be subject to an Option
and/or  Award  granted  under the Plan.  If any shares of Common Stock issued or
sold  pursuant  to an  Award  or the  exercise  of an  Option  shall  have  been
repurchased  by the Company,  then such shares may again be subject to an Option
and/or Award granted under the Plan.

                  4.3.  Special ISO Limitations.

                  (a) The aggregate fair market value (determined as of the date
an ISO is granted) of the shares of Common  Stock with respect to which ISOs are
exercisable  for the first time by an Employee  during any calendar  year (under
all  incentive  stock option plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of
the Company) shall not exceed $100,000.

                  (b) No ISO shall be granted to an  Employee  who,  at the time
the ISO is granted,  owns  (actually or  constructively  under the provisions of
Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or  Subsidiary
of the Company,  unless (i) the option price is at least 110% of the fair market
value  (determined  as of the time the ISO is  granted)  of the shares of Common
Stock subject to the ISO and (ii) the ISO by its terms is not  exercisable  more
than five years from the date it is granted.

                  4.4.  Limitations Not Applicable to  Non-Qualified  Options or
Awards.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan,  the  provisions  of
Sections 4.3(a) and (b) shall not apply, nor shall be construed to apply, to any
Non-Qualified Option or Award granted under the Plan.

                  Section 5.  Administration of the Plan.

                  5.1.  Administration.  The  Plan  shall be  administered  by a
committee of the Board of Directors (the  "Committee")  established by the Board
of Directors and  consisting of no less than three  persons.  All members of the
Committee  shall be  "disinterested  persons"  within the  meaning of Rule 16b-3
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended


                                        3


<PAGE>



(the "Exchange Act"). The Committee shall be appointed from time to time by, and
shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors.

                  5.2.  Grant of Options/Awards.

                  (a)  Options.  The Committee shall have the sole authority and
discretion  under the Plan (i) to select  the  Employees  who are to be  granted
Options hereunder;  (ii) to designate whether any Option to be granted hereunder
is to be an ISO or a  Non-Qualified  Option;  (iii) to  establish  the number of
shares of Common Stock that may be subject to each Option; (iv) to determine the
time and the conditions subject to which Options may be exercised in whole or in
part;  (v) to  determine  the amount (not less than the par value per share) and
the form of the  consideration  that may be used to  purchase  shares  of Common
Stock  upon  exercise  of  any  Option  (including,   without  limitation,   the
circumstances under which issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock owned by
a Participant  may be used by the  Participant  to exercise an Option);  (vi) to
impose  restrictions  and/or  conditions  with respect to shares of Common Stock
acquired upon exercise of an Option;  (vii) to determine the circumstances under
which shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of any Option may be subject
to  repurchase  by the  Company;  (viii)  to  determine  the  circumstances  and
conditions  subject to which shares  acquired  upon exercise of an Option may be
sold or otherwise transferred,  including, without limitation, the circumstances
and  conditions  subject  to which a  proposed  sale of shares  of Common  Stock
acquired  upon  exercise of an Option may be subject to the  Company's  right of
first  refusal (as well as the terms and  conditions  of any such right of first
refusal);  (ix) to establish a vesting  provision for any Option relating to the
time when (or the  circumstances  under  which) the Option may be exercised by a
Participant,  including,  without  limitation,  vesting  provisions  that may be
contingent  upon (A) the Company's  meeting  specified  financial  goals,  (B) a
change of  control  of the  Company  or (C) the  occurrence  of other  specified
events;  (x) to accelerate the time when  outstanding  Options may be exercised,
provided,  however,  that any ISOs  shall be  deemed  "accelerated"  within  the
meaning of Section  424(h) of the Code;  and (xi) to establish  any other terms,
restrictions  and/or  conditions  applicable to any Option not inconsistent with
the  provisions  of  the  Plan.  Notwithstanding  anything  in the  Plan  to the
contrary, in no event shall any Option granted to any director or officer of the
Company who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act become exercisable,  in
whole or in part,  prior to the date  that is six  months  after  the date  such
Option is granted to such director or officer.

                  (b) Awards.  The Committee  shall have the sole  authority and
discretion under the Plan (i) to select the


                                        4


<PAGE>



Employees who are to be granted Awards  hereunder;  (ii) to determine the amount
to be paid by a  Participant  to acquire  shares of Common Stock  pursuant to an
Award,  which  amount may be equal to, more than,  or less than 100% of the fair
market  value of such  shares on the date the Award is granted  (but in no event
less than the par value of such  shares);  (iii) to determine  the time or times
and the  conditions  subject to which Awards may be made;  (iv) to determine the
time or times and the  conditions  subject to which the  shares of Common  Stock
subject to an Award are to become vested and no longer  subject to repurchase by
the Company; (v) to establish transfer restrictions and the terms and conditions
on which any such transfer  restrictions  with respect to shares of Common Stock
acquired pursuant to an Award shall lapse; (vi) to establish vesting  provisions
with  respect to any  shares of Common  Stock  subject  to an Award,  including,
without  limitation,  vesting  provisions  which may be contingent  upon (A) the
Company's  meeting  specified  financial  goals,  (B) a change of control of the
Company or (C) the occurrence of other specified events;  (vii) to determine the
circumstances  under which shares of Common Stock acquired  pursuant to an Award
may  be  subject  to  repurchase  by  the  Company;   (viii)  to  determine  the
circumstances  and  conditions  subject  to which any  shares  of  Common  Stock
acquired pursuant to an Award may be sold or otherwise  transferred,  including,
without limitation, the circumstances and conditions subject to which a proposed
sale of shares of Common Stock  acquired  pursuant to an Award may be subject to
the Company's right of first refusal (as well as the terms and conditions of any
such right of first refusal);  (ix) to determine the form of consideration  that
may be used to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award  (including,
without limitation,  the circumstances under which issued and outstanding shares
of  Common  Stock  owned  by a  Participant  may be used by the  Participant  to
purchase the Common Stock subject to an Award);  (x) to  accelerate  the time at
which any or all restrictions imposed with respect to any shares of Common Stock
subject  to an  Award  will  lapse;  and  (xi) to  establish  any  other  terms,
restrictions and/or conditions applicable to any Award not inconsistent with the
provisions of the Plan.

                  5.3.  Interpretation.  The  Committee  shall be  authorized to
interpret the Plan and may, from time to time, adopt such rules and regulations,
not  inconsistent  with the  provisions of the Plan, as it may deem advisable to
carry out the purposes of the Plan.

                  5.4.  Finality.  The  interpretation  and  construction by the
Committee  of any  provision  of the  Plan,  any  Option  and/or  Award  granted
hereunder  or any  agreement  evidencing  any such Option  and/or Award shall be
final and conclusive upon all parties.


                                        5


<PAGE>



                  5.5. Expenses,  Etc. All expenses and liabilities  incurred by
the Committee in the  administration  of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.
The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants or other persons in
connection with the  administration  of the Plan. The Company,  and its officers
and directors, shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations
of any such persons.  No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action,
determination or interpretation  taken or made in good faith with respect to the
Plan or any Option and/or Award granted hereunder.

                  Section 6.  Terms and Conditions of Options.

                  6.1.  ISOs. The terms and conditions of each ISO granted under
the Plan shall be  specified by the  Committee  and shall be set forth in an ISO
agreement  between the Company and the Participant in such form as the Committee
shall approve.  The terms and conditions of each ISO shall be such that each ISO
issued  hereunder shall  constitute and shall be treated as an "incentive  stock
option" as defined in Section  422(b) of the Code.  The terms and  conditions of
any ISO  granted  hereunder  need not be  identical  to those of any  other  ISO
granted hereunder.

                  The  terms  and  conditions  of each  ISO  shall  include  the
following:

                  (a) The option price shall be fixed by the Committee but shall
in no event be less than 100% (or 110% in the case of an Employee referred to in
Section  4.3(b)  hereof) of the fair market  value of the shares of Common Stock
subject to the ISO on the date the ISO is granted. For purposes of the Plan, the
fair market value per share of Common Stock as of any day shall mean the average
of the  closing  prices  of sales of  shares  of  Common  Stock on all  national
securities  exchanges on which the Common Stock may at the time be listed or, if
there  shall have been no sales on any such day,  the average of the highest bid
and lowest asked prices on all such  exchanges at the end of such day, or, if on
any  day  the  Common  Stock  shall  not  be  so  listed,  the  average  of  the
representative bid and asked prices quoted in the NASDAQ system as of 3:30 p.m.,
New York  time,  on such day,  or, if on any day the Common  Stock  shall not be
quoted  in the  NASDAQ  system,  the  average  of the high and low bid and asked
prices  on such day in the  over-the-counter  market  as  reported  by  National
Quotation Bureau Incorporated,  or any similar successor organization. If at any
time the  Common  Stock is not listed on any  national  securities  exchange  or
quoted in the NASDAQ  system or the  over-the-counter  market,  the fair  market
value of the shares of Common Stock  subject to an Option on the date the ISO is
granted shall be the fair market value  thereof  determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors.


                                        6


<PAGE>



                  (b) ISOs, by their terms, shall not be transferable  otherwise
than  by  will  or  the  laws  of  descent  and  distribution,   and,  during  a
Participant's lifetime, an ISO shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

                  (c) The  Committee  shall  fix the  term of all  ISOs  granted
pursuant to the Plan (including,  without limitation, the date on which such ISO
shall expire and terminate); provided, however, that such term shall in no event
exceed ten years from the date on which such ISO is granted  (or, in the case of
an ISO granted to an Employee  referred to in Section 4.3(b)  hereof,  such term
shall in no event exceed five years from the date on which such ISO is granted).
Each ISO shall be exercisable in such amount or amounts,  under such  conditions
and at such times or intervals or in such installments as shall be determined by
the Committee in its sole discretion;  provided, however, that in no event shall
any ISO  granted to any  director  or officer of the  Company  who is subject to
Section 16 of the Exchange Act become exercisable, in whole or in part, prior to
the date that is six months after the date such ISO is granted to such  director
or officer.

                  (d) To the extent that the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary
of the  Company is required to  withhold  any  Federal,  state or local taxes in
respect of any  compensation  income  realized by any Participant as a result of
any  "disqualifying  disposition"  of any shares of Common Stock  acquired  upon
exercise of an ISO granted hereunder, the Company shall deduct from any payments
of any kind  otherwise  due to such  Participant  the  aggregate  amount of such
Federal,  state or local taxes  required to be so withheld or, if such  payments
are insufficient to satisfy such Federal, state or local taxes, such Participant
will be required to pay to the Company, or make other arrangements  satisfactory
to the Company  regarding payment to the Company of, the aggregate amount of any
such taxes. All matters with respect to the total amount of taxes to be withheld
in respect of any such  compensation  income shall be determined by the Board of
Directors, in its sole discretion.

                  (e) In the sole  discretion  of the  Committee  the  terms and
conditions  of any  ISO  may  (but  need  not)  include  any  of  the  following
provisions:

                  (i) In the event a  Participant  shall cease to be employed by
         the Company or any Parent or  Subsidiary  of the Company on a full-time
         basis  for  any  reason  other  than  as  a  result  of  his  death  or
         "disability"  (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the
         unexercised  portion of any ISO held by such  Participant  at that time
         may only be  exercised  within  one  month  after the date on which the
         Participant ceased to be so employed, and only to the extent


                                        7


<PAGE>



         that the Participant could have otherwise  exercised such ISO as of the
         date on which he ceased to be so employed.

             (ii) In the event a  Participant  shall cease to be employed by the
         Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company on a full-time basis
         by reason of his  "disability"  (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3)
         of  the  Code),  the  unexercised  portion  of any  ISO  held  by  such
         Participant  at that time may only be  exercised  within one year after
         the date on which the Participant ceased to be so employed, and only to
         the extent that the Participant could have otherwise exercised such ISO
         as of the date on which he ceased to be so employed.

            (iii) In the event a  Participant  shall die while in the  employ of
         the  Company  or a Parent or  Subsidiary  of the  Company  (or within a
         period of one month  after  ceasing  to be an  Employee  for any reason
         other than his "disability"  (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of
         the  Code) or  within  a period  of one  year  after  ceasing  to be an
         Employee by reason of such  "disability"),  the unexercised  portion of
         any ISO held by such  Participant  at the time of his death may only be
         exercised within one year after the date of such  Participant's  death,
         and  only to the  extent  that the  Participant  could  have  otherwise
         exercised  such ISO at the time of his death.  In such event,  such ISO
         may be exercised by the executor or administrator of the  Participant's
         estate or by any person or  persons  who shall  have  acquired  the ISO
         directly from the Participant by bequest or inheritance.

                  6.2.  Non-Qualified  Options. The terms and conditions of each
Non-Qualified Option granted under the Plan shall be specified by the Committee,
in its sole  discretion,  and shall be set forth in a written  option  agreement
between the  Company and the  Participant  in such form as the  Committee  shall
approve. The terms and conditions of each Non-Qualified Option will be such (and
each  Non-Qualified  Option  Agreement  shall  expressly  so  state)  that  each
Non-Qualified  Option issued hereunder shall not constitute nor be treated as an
"incentive stock option" as defined in Section 422(b) of the Code, but will be a
"non-qualified  stock option" for Federal,  state and local income tax purposes.
The terms and conditions of any Non-Qualified  Option granted hereunder need not
be identical to those of any other Non-Qualified Option granted hereunder.

                  The  terms  and  conditions  of  each   Non-Qualified   Option
Agreement shall include the following:

                  (a)  The  option  (exercise)  price  shall  be  fixed  by  the
Committee  and may be equal to,  more than or less than 100% of the fair  market
value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the


                                        8


<PAGE>



Non-Qualified Option on the date such Non-Qualified Option is granted.

                  (b)  The  Committee  shall  fix the  term of all  NonQualified
Options granted pursuant to the Plan (including, without limitation, the date on
which such  Non-Qualified  Option shall expire and terminate).  Such term may be
more than ten years from the date on which such Non-Qualified Option is granted.
Each Non-Qualified Option shall be exercisable in such amount or amounts,  under
such conditions (including, without limitation,  provisions governing the rights
to exercise such NonQualified Option), and at such times or intervals or in such
installments  as shall be determined  by the  Committee in its sole  discretion;
provided, however, that in no event shall any NonQualified Option granted to any
director or officer of the Company who is subject to Section 16 of the  Exchange
Act  become  exercisable,  in whole or in  part,  prior to the date  that is six
months after the date such  Non-Qualified  Option is granted to such director or
officer.

                  (c) Non-Qualified Options shall not be transferable  otherwise
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during a Participant's
lifetime a Non-Qualified Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

                  (d) To the extent that the Company is required to withhold any
Federal,  state or local taxes in respect of any compensation income realized by
any  Participant in respect of a  Non-Qualified  Option granted  hereunder or in
respect of any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of a  Non-Qualified
Option,  the Company shall deduct from any payments of any kind otherwise due to
such  Participant  the aggregate  amount of such  Federal,  state or local taxes
required to be so withheld or, if such payments are insufficient to satisfy such
Federal,  state or local taxes,  or if no such payments are due or to become due
to such  Participant,  then,  such  Participant  will be  required to pay to the
Company,  or make  other  arrangements  satisfactory  to the  Company  regarding
payment to the Company of, the aggregate  amount of any such taxes.  All matters
with  respect to the total amount of taxes to be withheld in respect of any such
compensation  income shall be determined by the Board of Directors,  in its sole
discretion.

                  7. Terms and Conditions of Awards. The terms and conditions of
each Award  granted under the Plan shall be specified by the  Committee,  in its
sole  discretion,  and  shall be set forth in a written  agreement  between  the
Participant and the Company,  in such form as the Committee  shall approve.  The
terms and  provisions  of any Award granted  hereunder  need not be identical to
those of any other Award granted hereunder.


                                        9


<PAGE>



                  The terms and  conditions  of each  Award  shall  include  the
following:

                  (a) The  amount to be paid by a  Participant  to  acquire  the
shares of Common Stock  pursuant to an Award shall be fixed by the Committee and
may be equal to,  more than or less  than 100% of the fair  market  value of the
shares of Common  Stock  subject  to the Award on the date the Award is  granted
(but in no event less than the par value of such shares).

                  (b) Each Award shall  contain  such vesting  provisions,  such
transfer  restrictions  and  such  other  restrictions  and  conditions  as  the
Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine, including, without limitation,
the  circumstances  under which the  Company  shall have the right and option to
repurchase shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Award.

                  (c) Stock  certificates  representing  Common  Stock  acquired
pursuant to an Award shall bear a legend referring to any  restrictions  imposed
on such Stock and such other matters as the Committee may determine.

                  (d) To the extent that the Company is required to withhold any
Federal,  state or local taxes in respect of any compensation income realized by
the  Participant  in respect of an Award  granted  hereunder,  in respect of any
shares  acquired  pursuant to an Award, or in respect of the vesting of any such
shares of Common  Stock,  then the Company shall deduct from any payments of any
kind  otherwise due to such  Participant  the aggregate  amount of such Federal,
state or  local  taxes  required  to be so  withheld,  or if such  payments  are
insufficient  to  satisfy  such  Federal,  state or local  taxes,  or if no such
payments  are due or to become due to such  Participant,  then such  Participant
will be required to pay to the Company, or make other arrangements  satisfactory
to the Company  regarding payment to the Company of, the aggregate amount of any
such taxes. All matters with respect to the total amount of taxes to be withheld
in respect of any such compensation income shall be determined by the Committee,
in its sole discretion.

                  Section  8.  Adjustments.  (a) In the  event  that,  after the
adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors,  the  outstanding  shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock shall be  increased  or  decreased  or changed  into or
exchanged for a different  number or kind of shares of stock or other securities
of  the  Company  or  of  another  entity  through  reorganization,   merger  or
consolidation,   recapitalization,   reclassification,  stock  split,  split-up,
combination  or exchange of shares or  declaration  of any dividends  payable in
Common Stock, the Board of Directors shall  appropriately  adjust (i) the number
of shares of Common Stock (and the option price per share) subject to the


                                       10


<PAGE>



unexercised  portion of any  outstanding  Option (to the nearest  possible  full
share); provided, however, that the limitations of Section 424 of the Code shall
apply with  respect to  adjustments  made to ISOs,  (ii) the number of shares of
Common Stock to be acquired  pursuant to an Award which have not become  vested,
and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock for which  Options  and/or Awards
may be granted  under the Plan,  as set forth in Section  4.1  hereof,  and such
adjustments shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

                  (b) If any capital  reorganization or  reclassification of the
capital stock of the Company or any  consolidation or merger of the Company with
another entity,  or the sale of all or  substantially  all its assets to another
entity,  shall be effected in such a way that  holders of Common  Stock shall be
entitled to receive  stock,  securities or assets with respect to or in exchange
for Common Stock,  then, subject to Section 8(c) below, each holder of an Option
shall thereafter have the right to purchase,  upon the exercise of the Option in
accordance  with the terms and  conditions  specified  in the  option  agreement
governing  such  Option  and in lieu of the shares of Common  Stock  immediately
theretofore  receivable upon the exercise of such Option,  such shares of stock,
securities or assets (including,  without limitation,  cash) as may be issued or
payable  with respect to or in exchange  for a number of  outstanding  shares of
such Common Stock equal to the number of shares of such Common Stock immediately
theretofore   so   receivable   had   such   reorganization,   reclassification,
consolidation, merger or sale not taken place.

                  (c) Notwithstanding Section 8(b) hereof (but only if expressly
provided in any option  agreement),  in the event of (i) any offer to holders of
the  Company's  Common Stock  generally  relating to the  acquisition  of all or
substantially  all of  their  shares,  including,  without  limitation,  through
purchase,  merger  or  otherwise,  or (ii) any  proposed  transaction  generally
relating to the  acquisition of  substantially  all of the assets or business of
the Company (herein  sometimes  referred to as an  "Acquisition"),  the Board of
Directors may, in its sole discretion, cancel any outstanding Options (provided,
however,  that the  limitations  of  Section  424 of the Code  shall  apply with
respect to adjustments made to ISO's) and pay or deliver, or cause to be paid or
delivered,  to the holder thereof an amount in cash or securities having a value
(as  determined  by the Board of  Directors  acting in good faith)  equal to the
product of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock (the "Option  Shares") that,
as of the date of the  consummation  of such  Acquisition,  the  holder  of such
Option had become entitled to purchase (and had not purchased) multiplied by (B)
the  amount,  if any,  by which (1) the formula or fixed price per share paid to
holders of shares of Common Stock pursuant to such  Acquisition  exceeds (2) the
option price applicable to such Option Shares.


                                       11


<PAGE>



                  Section  9.  Effect  of the Plan on  Employment  Relationship.
Neither the Plan nor any Option and/or Award granted  hereunder to a Participant
shall be construed as conferring upon such  Participant any right to continue in
the employ of (or otherwise  provide  services to) the Company or any Subsidiary
or Parent  thereof,  or limit in any  respect  the right of the  Company  or any
Subsidiary or Parent thereof to terminate such Participant's employment or other
relationship  with the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent,  as the case may be,
at any time.

                  Section 10.  Amendment of the Plan. The Board of Directors may
amend the Plan from time to time as it deems desirable; provided, however, that,
without the  approval of the  holders of a majority of the  outstanding  capital
stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon or consent  thereto,  the Board of
Directors  may not amend the Plan (i) to increase  (except for  increases due to
adjustments in accordance with Section 8 hereof) the aggregate  number of shares
of Common Stock for which Options and/or Awards may be granted  hereunder,  (ii)
to decrease the minimum  exercise price specified by the Plan in respect of ISOs
or (iii) to change the class of  Employees  eligible  to receive  ISOs under the
Plan.

                  Section 11.  Termination  of the Plan.  The Board of Directors
may terminate the Plan at any time.  Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been
terminated by the Board of Directors,  the Plan shall  terminate ten years after
the date of its initial  adoption by the Board of  Directors.  No Option  and/or
Award may be granted hereunder after termination of the Plan. The termination or
amendment of the Plan shall not alter or impair any rights or obligations  under
any Option and/or Award theretofore granted under the Plan.

                  Section  12.  Effective  Date of the Plan.  The Plan  shall be
effective  as of March 22,  1995,  the date on which the Plan was adopted by the
Board of Directors of the Company.

                                    * * * * *



                                       12




================================================================================





                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                     BETWEEN


                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION


                                       AND


                            BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS


                            DATED: DECEMBER 18, 1995





================================================================================

<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


SECTION                                                                     PAGE



                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

1.01 Certain Defined Terms...................................................  1
1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions........................................... 10
1.03 Accounting Principles................................................... 11

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   THE CREDITS

2.01 The Revolving Credit.................................................... 11
2.02 Loan Accounts........................................................... 11
2.03 Procedure for Borrowing................................................. 11
2.04 Conversion and Continuation Elections................................... 11
2.05 Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitment........................ 12
2.06 Optional Prepayments.................................................... 13
2.07 Repayment............................................................... 13
2.08 Interest................................................................ 13
2.09 Fees.................................................................... 13
         (a)         Commitment Fees......................................... 13
         (b)         Other Fees.............................................. 14
2.10 Computation of Fees and Interest........................................ 14
2.11 Payments by the Company................................................. 14

                                   ARTICLE III
                     TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

3.01 Taxes................................................................... 15
3.02 Illegality.............................................................. 16
3.03 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return................................. 16
3.04 Funding Losses.......................................................... 16
3.05 Inability to Determine Rates............................................ 17
3.06 Survival................................................................ 17

                                   ARTICLE IV
                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.01 Conditions of Initial Loans............................................. 17
         (a)         Credit Agreement........................................ 17
         (b)         Resolutions; Incumbency................................. 17
         (c)         Organization Documents; Good Standing................... 18
         (d)         Legal Opinions.......................................... 18
         (e)         Payment of Fees......................................... 18
         (f)         Guaranties.............................................. 18
         (g)         Certificate............................................. 18
         (h)         Existing Agreement...................................... 19
4.02 Conditions to All Borrowings............................................ 19

                                       i

<PAGE>


SECTION                                                                     PAGE

         (a)         Notice of Borrowing..................................... 19
         (b)         Continuation of Representations and Warranties.......... 19
         (c)         No Existing Default..................................... 19

                                    ARTICLE V
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

5.01 Corporate Existence and Power........................................... 19
5.02 Corporate Authorization; No Contravention............................... 20
5.03 Governmental Authorization.............................................. 20
5.04 Binding Effect.......................................................... 20
5.05 Litigation.............................................................. 20
5.06 No Default.............................................................. 20
5.07 ERISA Compliance........................................................ 20
5.08 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations..................................... 21
5.09 Title to Properties..................................................... 21
5.10 Taxes................................................................... 21
5.11 Financial Condition..................................................... 21
5.12 Regulated Entities...................................................... 22
5.13 Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc....................... 22
5.14 Subsidiaries............................................................ 22
5.15 Solvency................................................................ 22
5.16 Full Disclosure......................................................... 22

                                   ARTICLE VI
                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

6.01 Financial Statements.................................................... 23
6.02 Certificates; Other Information......................................... 23
6.03 Notices................................................................. 24
6.04 Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc................................ 25
6.05 Maintenance of Property................................................. 25
6.06 Insurance............................................................... 25
6.07 Payment of Obligations.................................................. 25
6.08 Compliance with Laws.................................................... 26
6.09 Compliance with ERISA................................................... 26
6.10 Inspection of Property and Books and Records............................ 26
6.11 Environmental Laws...................................................... 26
6.12 Use of Proceeds......................................................... 26
6.13 Further Assurances...................................................... 26
                                                 
                                   ARTICLE VII
                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

7.01 Limitation on Liens..................................................... 27
7.02 Disposition of Assets................................................... 28
7.03 Consolidations and Mergers.............................................. 28
7.04 Loans and Investments................................................... 28


                                       ii

<PAGE>


SECTION                                                                     PAGE

7.05 Limitation on Indebtedness.............................................. 29
7.06 Transactions with Affiliates............................................ 29
7.07 Use of Proceeds......................................................... 29
7.08 Contingent Obligations.................................................. 29
7.09 Joint Ventures.......................................................... 29
7.10 Lease Obligations....................................................... 30
7.11 Restricted Payments..................................................... 30
7.12 ERISA................................................................... 30
7.13 Change in Business...................................................... 30
7.14 Accounting Changes...................................................... 30
7.15 Maximum Leverage Ratio.................................................. 30
7.16 Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio......................................... 30

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

8.01 Event of Default........................................................ 31
         (a)         Non-Payment............................................. 31
         (b)         Representation or Warranty.............................. 31
         (c)         Specific Defaults....................................... 31
         (d)         Other Defaults.......................................... 31
         (e)         Cross-Default........................................... 31
         (f)         Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings....................... 31
         (g)         Involuntary Proceedings................................. 32
         (h)         ERISA................................................... 32
         (i)         Monetary Judgments...................................... 32
         (j)         Non-Monetary Judgments.................................. 32
         (k)         Change of Control....................................... 32
         (l)         Loss of Licenses........................................ 32
         (m)         Guarantor Defaults...................................... 33
8.02 Remedies................................................................ 33
8.03 Rights Not Exclusive.................................................... 33

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

9.01  Amendments and Waivers................................................ 33
9.02  Notices............................................................... 33
9.03  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies........................................ 34
9.04  Costs and Expenses.................................................... 34
9.05  Company Indemnification............................................... 35
9.06  Marshalling; Payments Set Aside....................................... 35
9.07  Successors and Assigns................................................ 36
9.08  Assignments, Participations, etc...................................... 36
9.09  Confidentiality....................................................... 37
9.10  Set-off............................................................... 37
9.11  Counterparts.......................................................... 37


                                      iii

<PAGE>



SECTION                                                                     PAGE

9.12  Severability.......................................................... 37
9.13  No Third Parties Benefited............................................ 37
9.14  Governing Law and Jurisdiction........................................ 38
9.15  Waiver of Jury Trial.................................................. 38
9.16  Entire Agreement...................................................... 38




                                       iv

<PAGE>



SCHEDULES

         Schedule 5.05     Litigation
         Schedule 5.07     ERISA
         Schedule 5.13     Intellectual Property Matters
         Schedule 5.17     Subsidiaries and Minority Interests
         Schedule 7.01     Permitted Liens
         Schedule 7.05     Certain Indebtedness
         Schedule 7.08     Contingent Obligations
         Schedule 9.02     Lending Office; Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

         Exhibit A         Form of Compliance Certificate
         Exhibit B         Form of Notice of Borrowing
         Exhibit C         Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
         Exhibit D-1       Form of Legal Opinion of Company's Counsel
         Exhibit D-2       Form of Legal Opinion of Guarantor's Counsel
         Exhibit E         Form of Guaranty



                                       v

<PAGE>




                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

     This CREDIT  AGREEMENT is entered into as of December 18, 1995 between MEDE
AMERICA CORPORATION (the "Company") and Bank of America Illinois (the "Bank").

     WHEREAS,  the Bank has agreed to make  available to the Company a revolving
credit facility upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual agreements,  provisions and
covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

     1.01  Certain  Defined  Terms.  The  following  terms  have  the  following
meanings:

          "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person which,  directly
     or  indirectly,  is in control  of, is  controlled  by, or is under  common
     control  with,  such Person.  A Person  shall be deemed to control  another
     Person if the controlling  Person  possesses,  directly or indirectly,  the
     power to direct or cause the  direction of the  management  and policies of
     the other  Person,  whether  through the  ownership  of voting  securities,
     membership interests, by contract, or otherwise.

          "Agreement" means this Credit Agreement.

          "Applicable Margin" means

               (i)  with respect to Base Rate Loans, .25%;

               (ii) with respect to Offshore Rate Loans, 1.25%.

          "Assignee" has the meaning specified in subsection 9.08(a).

          "Attorney Costs" means and includes all fees and  disbursements of any
     law firm or other  external  counsel,  the allocated cost of internal legal
     services and all disbursements of internal counsel.

          "Bank" means Bank of America  Illinois.  Unless the context  otherwise
     clearly  requires,  references  to the Bank shall also  include  any of the
     Bank's  "Affiliates"  that may at any time of determination be a party to a
     Swap Contract with the Company.

          "Bankruptcy Code" means the Federal  Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11
     U.S.C. ss.101, et seq.).

          "Base  Rate"  means,  for any day,  the higher of: (a) 0.50% per annum
     above the latest Federal Funds Rate; and (b) the rate of interest in effect
     for such day as  publicly  announced  from  time to time by the Bank in San
     Francisco,  California, as its "reference rate." (The "reference rate" is a
     rate set by the Bank based upon various factors  including the Bank's



<PAGE>



     costs and desired return,  general  economic  conditions and other factors,
     and is used as a  reference  point for  pricing  some  loans,  which may be
     priced  at,  above,  or below  such  announced  rate.)  Any  change  in the
     reference  rate  announced  by the Bank shall take effect at the opening of
     business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

          "Base Rate Loan"  means a Loan that bears  interest  based on the Base
     Rate.

          "Borrowing Date" means any date on which a Loan is disbursed.

          "Business  Day" means any day other than a  Saturday,  Sunday or other
     day on which commercial banks in New York City or San Francisco, California
     are authorized or required by law to close and, if the applicable  Business
     Day relates to any Offshore Rate Loan,  means such a day on which  dealings
     are carried on in the applicable offshore dollar interbank market.

          "Capital  Adequacy   Regulation"  means  any  guideline,   request  or
     directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other
     law,  rule or  regulation,  whether or not having the force of law, in each
     case,  regarding  capital  adequacy  of  any  bank  or of  any  corporation
     controlling a bank.

          "Change of Control" means the Guarantors shall cease to own 75% of the
     shares of the Company.

          "Closing  Date" means the date on which all  conditions  precedent set
     forth in Section 4.01 are  satisfied or waived by the Bank (or, in the case
     of  subsection  4.01(e),  waived by the Person  entitled  to  receive  such
     payment).

          "Code"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  and  regulations
     promulgated thereunder.

          "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form
     of Exhibit A.

          "Contingent  Obligation"  means,  as to  any  Person,  any  direct  or
     indirect  liability  of that  Person,  whether or not  contingent,  with or
     without recourse,  (a) with respect to any Indebtedness,  lease,  dividend,
     letter of credit or other obligation (the "primary obligations") of another
     Person (the "primary obligor"), including any obligation of that Person (i)
     to purchase,  repurchase or otherwise  acquire such primary  obligations or
     any security therefor,  (ii) to advance or provide funds for the payment or
     discharge of any such primary obligation, or to maintain working capital or
     equity  capital of the primary  obligor or  otherwise  to maintain  the net
     worth or solvency or any balance  sheet item,  level of income or financial
     condition of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or
     services  primarily  for the  purpose  of  assuring  the  owner of any such
     primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of
     such primary  obligation,  or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the
     holder of any such  primary  obligation  against  loss in  respect  thereof
     (each, a "Guaranty Obligation");  (b) with respect to any Surety Instrument
     issued  for the  account  of that  Person  or as to which  that  Person  is
     otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings or payments; (c) to purchase
     any  materials,  supplies or other property from, or to obtain the services
     of,  another Person if the relevant  contract or other related  document or
     obligation  requires  that  payment for such


                                       2

<PAGE>



     materials,  supplies or other property, or for such services, shall be made
     regardless  of  whether  delivery  of such  materials,  supplies  or  other
     property is ever made or tendered,  or such services are ever  performed or
     tendered;  and  (d)  in  respect  of  Swap  Contracts.  The  amount  of any
     Contingent Obligation shall, in the case of Guaranty Obligations, be deemed
     equal to the stated or  determinable  amount of the primary  obligation  in
     respect of which such  Guaranty  Obligation is made or, if not stated or if
     indeterminable,  the maximum  reasonably  anticipated  liability in respect
     thereof.

          "Contractual Obligation" means, as to any Person, any provision of any
     security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking,  contract,
     indenture,  mortgage,  deed of  trust  or  other  instrument,  document  or
     agreement  to  which  such  Person  is a party or by which it or any of its
     property is bound.

          "Conversion/Continuation  Date" means any date on which, under Section
     2.04,  the Company (a) converts  Loans of one Type to another  Type, or (b)
     continues as Loans of the same Type, but with a new Interest Period,  Loans
     having Interest Periods expiring on such date.

          "Default"  means any event or circumstance  which,  with the giving of
     notice,  the  lapse of time,  or both,  would  (if not  cured or  otherwise
     remedied during such time) constitute an Event of Default.

          "Dollars",  "dollars"  and "$" each mean  lawful  money of the  United
     States.

          "EBITDA" means net income (or loss) plus consolidated interest, income
     taxes, depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges.

          "Environmental Laws" means all federal, state or local laws, statutes,
     common law duties, rules, regulations,  ordinances and codes, together with
     all   administrative   orders,   directed   duties,   requests,   licenses,
     authorizations  and  permits  of, and  agreements  with,  any  Governmental
     Authorities,  in each case relating to  environmental,  health,  safety and
     land use  matters;  including  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
     Compensation and Liability Act of 1980  ("CERCLA"),  the Clean Air Act, the
     Federal Water Pollution  Control Act of 1972, the Solid Waste Disposal Act,
     the Federal  Resource  Conservation  and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances
     Control Act and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act.

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and
     regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "ERISA  Affiliate"  means  any  trade  or  business  (whether  or  not
     incorporated)  under common  control with the Company within the meaning of
     Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections  414(m) and (o) of the Code
     for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

          "ERISA  Event" means (a) a Reportable  Event with respect to a Pension
     Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension
     Plan  subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a
     substantial  employer  (as  defined  in Section


                                       3

<PAGE>



     4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations  which is treated as such
     a  withdrawal  under  Section  4062(e) of ERISA;  (c) a complete or partial
     withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer  Plan
     or notification  that a Multiemployer  Plan is in  reorganization;  (d) the
     filing  of a  notice  of  intent  to  terminate,  the  treatment  of a Plan
     amendment as a  termination  under  Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA,  or the
     commencement  of  proceedings  by the PBGC to  terminate a Pension  Plan or
     Multiemployer  Plan;  (e) an event or condition  which might  reasonably be
     expected  to  constitute  grounds  under  Section  4042  of  ERISA  for the
     termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer,  any Pension
     Plan or  Multiemployer  Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability  under
     Title IV of ERISA,  other than PBGC premiums due but not  delinquent  under
     Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.

          "Event of Default" means any of the events or circumstances  specified
     in Section 8.01.

          "Exchange  Act"  means  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  and
     regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "FDIC"  means  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  and any
     Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

          "Federal  Funds Rate"  means,  for any day,  the rate set forth in the
     weekly  statistical  release  designated  as  H.15(519),  or any  successor
     publication,  published by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York (including
     any such successor, "H.15(519)") on the preceding Business Day opposite the
     caption "Federal Funds (Effective)";  or, if for any relevant day such rate
     is not so published on any such  preceding  Business Day, the rate for such
     day will be the arithmetic  mean as determined by the Bank of the rates for
     the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m.
     (New  York  City  time)  on that day by each of three  leading  brokers  of
     Federal funds transactions in New York City selected by the Bank.

          "FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,  and
     any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

          "Further  Taxes"  means any and all present or future  taxes,  levies,
     assessments,  imposts,  duties,  deductions,  fees, withholdings or similar
     charges  (including,  without  limitation,  net income taxes and  franchise
     taxes),   and  all  liabilities  with  respect  thereto,   imposed  by  any
     jurisdiction  on  account of amounts  payable or paid  pursuant  to Section
     3.01.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted  accounting  principles set forth from
     time  to  time  in  the  opinions  and  pronouncements  of  the  Accounting
     Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
     and statements and  pronouncements  of the Financial  Accounting  Standards
     Board (or  agencies  with  similar  functions  of  comparable  stature  and
     authority within the U.S. accounting  profession),  which are applicable to
     the circumstances as of the date of determination.

          "Governmental Authority" means any nation or government,  any state or
     other political  subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary
     or  regulatory   authority)  thereof,  any  entity  exercising   executive,
     legislative,   judicial,  regulatory  or  administrative  functions  of  or


                                       4

<PAGE>



     pertaining  to  government,  and any  corporation  or other entity owned or
     controlled,  through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the
     foregoing.

          "Guarantor"  means each of WCAS V,WCAS VI, WB Capital  Partners and WB
     Leveraged Capital.

          "Guarantor's  Support  Percentage" shall mean, as of the Closing Date,
     (i) with  respect to WCAS V, 40%, (ii) with respect to WCAS VI, 40%,  (iii)
     with  respect to WB  Leveraged  Capital, 6.7%, and (iv) with  respect to WB
     Capital Partners, 13.3%.

          "Guaranty  Obligation" has the meaning  specified in the definition of
     "Contingent Obligation."

          "Indebtedness"  of any  Person  means,  without  duplication,  (a) all
     indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued,  undertaken or
     assumed as the deferred  purchase price of property or services (other than
     trade payables  entered into in the ordinary course of business on ordinary
     terms);  (c) all non-contingent  reimbursement or payment  obligations with
     respect to Surety  Instruments;  (d) all  obligations  evidenced  by notes,
     bonds,   debentures  or  similar  instruments,   including  obligations  so
     evidenced  incurred in connection with the acquisition of property,  assets
     or  businesses;   (e)  all  indebtedness   created  or  arising  under  any
     conditional  sale or  other  title  retention  agreement,  or  incurred  as
     financing,  in either case with respect to property  acquired by the Person
     (even  though  the  rights  and  remedies  of the seller or bank under such
     agreement  in the event of default are limited to  repossession  or sale of
     such property); (f) all obligations with respect to capital leases; (g) all
     indebtedness  referred to in clauses  (a) through (f) above  secured by (or
     for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent
     or  otherwise,  to be secured by) any Lien upon or in  property  (including
     accounts  and  contracts  rights)  owned by such  Person,  even though such
     Person  has  not  assumed  or  become   liable  for  the  payment  of  such
     Indebtedness;  and (h) all Guaranty  Obligations in respect of indebtedness
     or  obligations  of others of the kinds  referred to in clauses (a) through
     (g) above.

          "Indemnified Liabilities" has the meaning specified in Section 9.05.

          "Indemnified Person" has the meaning specified in Section 9.05.

          "Independent Auditor" has the meaning specified in subsection 6.01(a).

          "Insolvency  Proceeding"  means,  with respect to any Person,  (a) any
     case,  action or proceeding with respect to such Person before any court or
     other  Governmental  Authority  relating  to  bankruptcy,   reorganization,
     insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of
     debtors,  or (b) any  general  assignment  for the  benefit  of  creditors,
     composition,  marshalling  of  assets  for  creditors,  or  other,  similar
     arrangement  in  respect  of its  creditors  generally  or any  substantial
     portion of its creditors;  undertaken under U.S. Federal,  state or foreign
     law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

          "Interest  Payment Date" means,  as to any Loan other than a Base Rate
     Loan, the last day of each Interest Period  applicable to such Loan and, as
     to any Base Rate Loan,  the last


                                       5

<PAGE>



     Business Day of each calendar  quarter and each date such Loan is converted
     into another Type of Loan, provided,  however,  that if any Interest Period
     for an Offshore Rate Loan exceeds  three months,  the date that falls three
     months after the beginning of such Interest  Period and after each Interest
     Payment Date thereafter is also an Interest Payment Date.

          "Interest  Period"  means,  as to any Offshore  Rate Loan,  the period
     commencing   on   the   Borrowing   Date   of   such   Loan   or   on   the
     Conversion/Continuation  Date  on  which  the  Loan  is  converted  into or
     continued as an Offshore Rate Loan,  and ending on the date one, two, three
     or six  months  thereafter  as  selected  by the  Company  in its Notice of
     Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, provided that:

               (i) if any Interest  Period would  otherwise end on a day that is
          not a Business  Day,  that  Interest  Period  shall be extended to the
          following Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to
          carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event
          such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

               (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to an Offshore Rate Loan that
          begins on the last  Business Day of a calendar  month (or on a day for
          which there is no numerically  corresponding day in the calendar month
          at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day
          of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period.

          "IRS"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Service,  and  any  Governmental
     Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.

          "Investments" has the meaning specified in Section 7.04.

          "Lending  Office" means the office or offices of the Bank specified as
     its "Lending  Office" or  "Domestic  Lending  Office" or "Offshore  Lending
     Office",  as the case may be, on the signature pages of this Agreement,  or
     such other  office or offices as the Bank may from time to time  notify the
     Company.

          "Leverage  Ratio" means,  at any date,  the ratio of (i)  Indebtedness
     outstanding  on such date to (ii) EBITDA for the preceding six month period
     multiplied by a factor of two.

          "Lien" means any security interest,  mortgage,  deed of trust, pledge,
     hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien
     (statutory  or other)  or  preferential  arrangement  of any kind or nature
     whatsoever in respect of any property  (including those created by, arising
     under  or  evidenced  by any  conditional  sale or  other  title  retention
     agreement,  the interest of a lessor under a capital  lease,  any financing
     lease  having  substantially  the  same  economic  effect  as  any  of  the
     foregoing, or the filing of any financing statement naming the owner of the
     asset to which such lien  relates as debtor,  under the Uniform  Commercial
     Code or any  comparable  law)  and any  contingent  or other  agreement  to
     provide any of the  foregoing,  but not  including the interest of a lessor
     under an operating lease.


                                       6

<PAGE>



          "Loan" means an  extension of credit by the Bank to the Company  under
     Article II, and may be a Base Rate Loan or an Offshore  Rate Loan (each,  a
     "Type" of Loan).

          "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, any Notes, fee letters, and all
     other documents  delivered to the Bank in connection with the  transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement.

          "Margin  Stock"  means  "margin  stock"  as such  term is  defined  in
     Regulation G, T, U or X of the FRB.

          "Material Adverse Effect" means (a) a material adverse change in, or a
     material  adverse  effect  upon,  the  operations,   business,  properties,
     condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  or  prospects of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material  impairment of the ability of
     the Company or any  Subsidiary  to perform  under any Loan  Document and to
     avoid any Event of Default;  or (c) a material  adverse effect upon (i) the
     legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Company or
     any Subsidiary of any Loan Document.

          "Minimum  Interest  Coverage  Ratio"  means the ratio of (i) EBITDA to
     (ii) cash interest expense, each for the preceding six month period.

          "Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer  plan", within the meaning
     of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate
     makes,  is making,  or is obligated to make  contributions  or,  during the
     preceding  three  calendar  years,  has made,  or been  obligated  to make,
     contributions.

          "Notice  of  Borrowing"  means a notice in  substantially  the form of
     Exhibit B.

          "Notice of  Conversion/Continuation"  means a notice in  substantially
     the form of Exhibit C.

          "Obligations"  means all advances,  debts,  liabilities,  obligations,
     covenants and duties  arising under any Loan Document  owing by the Company
     to  the  Bank  or  any  Indemnified  Person,  whether  direct  or  indirect
     (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to
     become due, now existing or hereafter arising.

          "Offshore  Rate" means,  for any Interest  Period,  with respect to an
     Offshore Rate Loan, the rate of interest per annum  (rounded  upward to the
     next 1/16th of 1%) determined by the Bank as follows:

                Offshore Rate =                   IBOR
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

     Where,

          "Eurodollar  Reserve  Percentage"  means for any day for any  Interest
     Period the


                                       7

<PAGE>



     maximum reserve percentage  (expressed as a decimal,  rounded upward to the
     next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on such day (whether or not applicable to the
     Bank) under regulations issued from time to time by the FRB for determining
     the maximum reserve requirement  (including any emergency,  supplemental or
     other marginal reserve  requirement)  with respect to Eurocurrency  funding
     (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency liabilities"); and

          "IBOR" means the rate of interest per annum  determined by the Bank as
     the rate at which dollar deposits in the  approximate  amount of the Bank's
     Offshore Rate Loan for such Interest  Period would be offered by the Bank's
     Grand Cayman  Branch,  Grand Cayman B.W.I.  (or such other office as may be
     designated  for such  purpose by the Bank),  to major banks in the offshore
     dollar interbank  market at their request at approximately  11:00 a.m. (New
     York  City  time)  two  Business  Days  prior to the  commencement  of such
     Interest Period.

               The  Offshore  Rate  shall be  adjusted  automatically  as to all
          Offshore Rate Loans then  outstanding  as of the effective date of any
          change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

          "Offshore  Rate Loan"  means a Loan that bears  interest  based on the
     Offshore Rate.

          "Organization  Documents" means, for any corporation,  the certificate
     or articles of incorporation,  the bylaws, any certificate of determination
     or  instrument  relating to the rights of  preferred  shareholders  of such
     corporation,   any  shareholder   rights  agreement,   and  all  applicable
     resolutions  of the board of directors (or any  committee  thereof) of such
     corporation.

          "Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp or  documentary  taxes
     or any other  excise or property  taxes,  charges or similar  levies  which
     arise from any payment made  hereunder or from the  execution,  delivery or
     registration  of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other
     Loan Documents.

          "Participant" has the meaning specified in subsection 9.08(b).

          "PBGC"  means  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,   or  any
     Governmental  Authority  succeeding to any of its principal functions under
     ERISA.

          "Pension  Plan" means a pension  plan (as  defined in Section  3(2) of
     ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA which the Company sponsors,  maintains,
     or to which it makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions,  or
     in the case of a multiple employer plan (as described in Section 4064(a) of
     ERISA) has made contributions at any time during the immediately  preceding
     five (5) plan years.

          "Permitted Liens" has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.

          "Person"  means  an  individual,  partnership,   corporation,  limited
     liability   company,   business   trust,   joint  stock   company,   trust,
     unincorporated association, joint venture or Governmental Authority.


                                       8

<PAGE>



          "Plan"  means an employee  benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of
     ERISA)  which the  Company  sponsors or  maintains  or to which the Company
     makes, is making,  or is obligated to make  contributions  and includes any
     Pension Plan.

          "Reportable  Event"  means  any of the  events  set  forth in  Section
     4043(b) of ERISA or the regulations  thereunder,  other than any such event
     for which the 30-day  notice  requirement  under  ERISA has been  waived in
     regulations issued by the PBGC.

          "Requirement  of Law" means,  as to any Person,  any law (statutory or
     common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of
     a Governmental  Authority,  in each case  applicable to or binding upon the
     Person or any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property
     is subject.

          "Responsible  Officer"  means  the  chief  executive  officer  or  the
     president of the Company,  or any other officer  having  substantially  the
     same  authority and  responsibility;  or, with respect to  compliance  with
     financial  covenants,  the chief financial  officer or the treasurer of the
     Company,  or any other officer having  substantially the same authority and
     responsibility.

          "Revolving Commitment" means $10,000,000.

          "Revolving Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of:

               (a) May 15, 1997; and

               (b) the date on which  the  Revolving  Commitment  terminates  in
          accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

          "SEC"  means  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission,   or  any
     Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

          "Solvent" means, as to any Person at any time, that (a) the fair value
     of the property of such Person is greater than the amount of such  Person's
     liabilities (including disputed,  contingent and unliquidated  liabilities)
     as such value is  established  and  liabilities  evaluated  for purposes of
     Section  101(31)  of the  Bankruptcy  Code  and,  in the  alternative,  for
     purposes of the New York Uniform  Fraudulent  Transfer Act; (b) the present
     fair  saleable  value of the  property  of such Person is not less than the
     amount that will be required to pay the  probable  liability of such Person
     on its debts as they become  absolute and matured;  (c) such Person is able
     to  realize  upon its  property  and pay its debts  and  other  liabilities
     (including  disputed,  contingent  and  unliquidated  liabilities)  as they
     mature in the normal  course of  business;  (d) such Person does not intend
     to, and does not believe that it will,  incur debts or  liabilities  beyond
     such Person's ability to pay as such debts and liabilities  mature; and (e)
     such Person is not engaged in business or a  transaction,  and is not about
     to engage in business or a  transaction,  for which such Person's  property
     would constitute unreasonably small capital.

          "Subsidiary"   of  a  Person  means  any   corporation,   association,
     partnership,  limited  liability  company,  joint venture or other business
     entity of which more than 50% of the voting


                                       9

<PAGE>

     stock,  membership  interests  or other  equity  interests  (in the case of
     Persons  other  than  corporations),  is owned or  controlled  directly  or
     indirectly by the Person, or one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Person,
     or a combination  thereof.  Unless the context  otherwise clearly requires,
     references herein to a "Subsidiary" refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.

          "Surety  Instruments"  means all letters of credit (including  standby
     and commercial),  banker's  acceptances,  bank guaranties,  shipside bonds,
     surety bonds and similar instruments.

          "Swap  Documents"  means any  agreement,  whether  or not in  writing,
     relating to any transaction that is a rate swap,  basis swap,  forward rate
     transaction,  commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap
     or option, bond, note or bill option, interest rate option, forward foreign
     exchange  transaction,  cap,  collar or floor  transaction,  currency swap,
     cross-currency rate swap,  swaption,  currency option or any other, similar
     transaction  (including  any option to enter into any of the  foregoing) or
     any combination of the foregoing, and, unless the context otherwise clearly
     requires,  any master agreement  relating to or governing any or all of the
     foregoing.

          "Taxes"   means  any  and  all  present  or  future   taxes,   levies,
     assessments,  imposts,  duties,  deductions,  fees, withholdings or similar
     charges, and all liabilities with respect thereto,  excluding,  in the case
     of the Bank,  taxes  imposed on or measured by the Bank's net income by the
     jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which
     the Bank is organized or maintains a lending office.

          "Type" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Loan."

          "Unfunded  Pension  Liability"  means the  excess of a Plan's  benefit
     liabilities  under Section  4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of
     that Plan's assets,  determined in accordance with the assumptions used for
     funding  the  Pension  Plan  pursuant  to  Section  412 of the Code for the
     applicable plan year.

          "United States" and "U.S." each means the United States of America.

          "WB Capital  Partners" means William Blair Capital Partners V, L.P., a
     Delaware limited partnership.

          "WB Leveraged  Capital"  means William Blair  Leveraged  Capital Fund,
     Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership.

          "WCAS V" means  Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V, L.P.,  a Delaware
     limited partnership.

          "WCAS VI" means Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P., a Delaware
     limited partnership.

          "Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary"  means any corporation in which (other than
     directors'  qualifying shares required by law) 100% of the capital stock of
     each class having ordinary


                                       10

<PAGE>



     voting power,  and 100% of the capital stock of every other class,  in each
     case,  at the time as of which any  determination  is being made, is owned,
     beneficially and of record, by the Company,  or by one or more of the other
     Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, or both.

     1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions.

          (a) The  meanings  of  defined  terms are  equally  applicable  to the
     singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

          (b) The words "hereof", "herein",  "hereunder" and similar words refer
     to this  Agreement as a whole and not to any  particular  provision of this
     Agreement; and subsection,  Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to
     this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

          (c) The term "documents" includes any and all instruments,  documents,
     agreements,  certificates,  indentures, notices and other writings, however
     evidenced.

          (d) The term "including" is not limiting and means "including  without
     limitation."

          (e) In the  computation  of periods of time from a specified date to a
     later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including"; the words
     "to" and "until" each mean "to but excluding", and the word "through" means
     "to and including."

     1.03 Accounting Principles.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires,
all accounting  terms not expressly  defined herein shall be construed,  and all
financial   computations  required  under  this  Agreement  shall  be  made,  in
accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   THE CREDITS

     2.01 The Revolving Credit. The Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions set
forth herein, to make Loans to the Company from time to time on any Business Day
during the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date, in an
aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the Revolving Commitment.
Within the limits of the  Revolving  Commitment,  and subject to the other terms
and conditions hereof,  the Company may borrow under this Section,  prepay under
Section 2.06 and reborrow under this Section.

     2.02 Loan Accounts. The Loans made by the Bank shall be evidenced by one or
more loan accounts or records  maintained by the Bank in the ordinary  course of
business.  The  loan  accounts  or  records  maintained  by the  Bank  shall  be
conclusive  absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Bank to
the Company and the interest and payments  thereon.  Any failure so to record or
any  error in doing  so shall  not,  however,  limit  or  otherwise  affect  the
obligation of the Company  hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the
Loans.

     2.03  Procedure for  Borrowing.  Each Loan shall be made upon the Company's
irrevocable  written  notice  delivered  to the Bank in the form of a Notice  of
Borrowing  (which  notice  must be received by the Bank prior to 12:00 noon (New
York time) (i) three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the
case of Offshore  Rate Loans;  and (ii) one Business Day prior to the


                                       11

<PAGE>



requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans, specifying:

          (a) The  amount of the  Loan,  which  shall be in a minimum  amount of
     $1,000,000 or any multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof;

          (b) The requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day;

          (c) Whether the Loan is to be an  Offshore  Rate Loan,  or a Base Rate
     Loan;

          (d)  The  duration  of the  Interest  Period  applicable  to the  Loan
     included in such notice.  If the Notice of  Borrowing  fails to specify the
     duration of the Interest  Period for an Offshore  Rate Loan,  such Interest
     Period shall be three months.

     2.04 Conversion and Continuation Elections.

          (a) The Company may, upon  irrevocable  written  notice to the Bank in
     accordance with subsection 2.04(b):

               (1)  elect,  as of any  Business  Day,  in the case of Base  Rate
          Loans, or as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period, in the
          case of any other  Type of Loans,  to  convert  any such Loans (or any
          part  thereof in an amount not less than  1,000,000,  or that is in an
          integral  multiple of $250,000  in excess  thereof)  into Loans of any
          other Type; or

               (2) elect, as of the last day of the applicable  Interest Period,
          to continue any Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such day (or
          any part thereof in an amount not less than $1,000,000,  or that is in
          an integral multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof);

     provided,  that if at any time  the  amount  of an  Offshore  Rate  Loan is
     reduced, by payment,  prepayment,  or conversion of part thereof to be less
     than $250,000],  such Offshore Rate Loan shall automatically convert into a
     Base Rate  Loan,  and on and after  such date the right of the  Company  to
     continue  such Loans as, and convert such Loans into  Offshore  Rate Loans,
     shall terminate.

          (b) The Company shall deliver a Notice of  Conversion/Continuation  to
     be  received by the Bank not later than 12:00 noon (New York time) at least
     (i) three Business Days in advance of the Conversion/Continuation  Date, if
     the Loans are to be converted into or continued as Offshore Rate Loans; and
     (ii) one Business Day in advance of the  Conversion/Continuation  Date,  if
     the Loans are to be converted into Base Rate Loans, specifying:

               (1) The proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

               (2) The aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or continued;

               (3) The Type of Loans  resulting from the proposed  conversion or
          continuation; and


                                       12

<PAGE>



               (4) Other than in the case of  conversions  into Base Rate Loans,
          the duration of the requested Interest Period.

          (c) If upon  the  expiration  of any  Interest  Period  applicable  to
     Offshore Rate Loans, the Company has failed to select timely a new Interest
     Period to be  applicable  to such  Offshore Rate Loans or if any Default or
     Event of Default then exists,  the Company  shall be deemed to have elected
     to convert such  Offshore  Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans  effective as of
     the expiration date of such Interest Period.

          (d) Unless the Bank  otherwise  consents,  during the  existence  of a
     Default  or Event of  Default,  the  Company  may not  elect to have a Loan
     converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan.

     2.05 Voluntary  Termination  or Reduction of  Commitment.  The Company may,
upon not less than one Business  Day's prior notice to the Bank,  terminate  the
Revolving  Commitment,  or  permanently  reduce the  Revolving  Commitment  by a
minimum  amount of $1,000,000  or any multiple of $1,000,000 in excess  thereof;
unless,  after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of Loans made on the
effective date thereof, the then-outstanding principal amount of the Loans would
exceed the amount of the Revolving  Commitment  then in effect.  Once reduced in
accordance with this Section, the Revolving Commitment may not be increased. All
accrued  commitment  fees  to,  but  not  including  the  effective  date of any
reduction  or  termination  of the  Revolving  Commitment,  shall be paid on the
effective date of such reduction or termination.

     2.06 Optional Prepayments. Subject to Section 3.04, the Company may, at any
time or from time to time,  upon not less than three Business Days'  irrevocable
notice to the Bank, ratably prepay Loans in whole or in part, in minimum amounts
of  $1,000,000  or any  multiple of $250,000 in excess  thereof.  Such notice of
prepayment  shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s)
of Loans to be  prepaid.  If such  notice is given by the  Company,  the Company
shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall
be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with accrued interest
to each such date on the amount  prepaid  and any amounts  required  pursuant to
Section 3.04.

     2.07  Repayment.  The  Company  shall  repay  to the  Bank  in  full on the
Revolving  Termination Date the aggregate  principal amount of Loans outstanding
on such date.

     2.08 Interest.

          (a) Each Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding  principal amount
     thereof from its  Borrowing  Date at a rate per annum equal to the Offshore
     Rate or the Base Rate,  as the case may be (and  subject  to the  Company's
     right to convert to other  Types of Loans  under  Section  2.04),  plus the
     Applicable Margin.

          (b) Accrued but unpaid  interest on each Loan shall be paid in arrears
     on each Interest  Payment  Date.Interest  shall also be paid on the date of
     any  prepayment of Loans under Section 2.06 for the portion of the Loans so
     prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof and, during
     the existence of any Event of Default, accrued but


                                       13

<PAGE>



     unpaid interest shall be paid on demand of the Bank.

          (c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section, while any Event of
     Default set forth in  paragraph  (a), (f) or (g) of Section  8.01exists  or
     after acceleration, the Company shall pay interest (after as well as before
     entry of judgment  thereon to the extent permitted by law) on the principal
     amount  of all  outstanding  Obligations,  at a rate  per  annum  which  is
     determined by adding 2% per annum to the  Applicable  Margin then in effect
     for such Loans; provided, however, that, on and after the expiration of any
     Interest  Period  applicable to any Offshore Rate Loan  outstanding  on the
     date of occurrence of such Event of Default or acceleration,  the principal
     amount of such Loan shall, during the continuation of such Event of Default
     or after acceleration,  bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base
     Rate plus 2%.

     2.09 Fees.

          (a)  Commitment  Fees.  The Company shall pay to the Bank a commitment
     fee on the average daily unused portion of the Bank's Revolving Commitment,
     computed on a quarterly  basis in arrears on the last  Business Day of each
     calendar  quarter  based  upon the daily  utilization  for that  quarter as
     calculated by the Bank,  equal to 3/8 of 1% per annum.  Such commitment fee
     shall accrue from the Closing Date to the  Revolving  Termination  Date and
     shall be due and payable  quarterly in arrears on the last  Business Day of
     each calendar quarter commencing on December 31, 1995 through the Revolving
     Termination  Date,  with  the  final  payment  to be made on the  Revolving
     Termination  Date;  provided  that,  in  connection  with any  reduction or
     termination  of  Revolving  Commitment  under  Section  2.05,  the  accrued
     commitment  fee calculated for the period ending on such date shall also be
     paid on the date of such  reduction  or  termination,  with  the  following
     quarterly  payment  being  calculated  on the basis of the period from such
     reduction  or  termination  date  to  such  quarterly   payment  date.  The
     commitment fees provided in this subsection shall accrue at all times after
     the above-mentioned  commencement date,  including at any time during which
     one or more conditions in Article IV are not met.

          (b) Other Fees.  The Company  shall pay a facility fee of $25,000,  on
     the Closing Date. In addition,  the Company shall pay an additional  fee of
     $10,000,  payable on the date of any voluntary termination of the Revolving
     Commitment by the Company prior to December 18, 1996.

     2.10 Computation of Fees and Interest.

          (a) All  computations  of  interest  for Base Rate Loans when the Base
     Rate is  determined  by the Bank's  "reference  rate"  shall be made on the
     basis of a year of 365 or 366 days,  as the case may be,  and  actual  days
     elapsed.  All other  computations of fees and interest shall be made on the
     basis of a 360-day  year and actual  days  elapsed  (which  results in more
     interest  being  paid than if  computed  on the  basis of a 365-day  year).
     Interest and fees shall accrue during each period during which  interest or
     such fees are computed from the first day thereof to the last day thereof.

          (b)  Each  determination  of an  interest  rate by the  Bank  shall be
     conclusive and binding on the Company in the absence of manifest error.


                                       14

<PAGE>



     2.11 Payments by the Company.

          (a) All  payments  to be made by the  Company  shall  be made  without
     set-off, recoupment or counterclaim. Except as otherwise expressly provided
     herein,  all payments by the Company shall be made to the Bank at the place
     indicated as the place of payment in the signature  pages of this Agreement
     or such  other  address as the Bank may  specify in writing to the  Company
     from  time  to  time,  and  shall  be made in  dollars  and in  immediately
     available  funds,  no later  than  12:00  noon (New York  time) on the date
     specified  herein.  Any payment  received by the Bank later than 12:00 noon
     (New York  time)  shall be deemed to have been  received  on the  following
     Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

          (b) Subject to the provisions set forth in the definition of "Interest
     Period" herein,  whenever any payment is due on a day other than a Business
     Day,  such payment  shall be made on the  following  Business Day, and such
     extension  of time shall in such case be  included  in the  computation  of
     interest or fees, as the case may be.

                                   ARTICLE III
                     TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

     3.01 Taxes.

          (a) Any  and all  payments  by the  Company  to the  Bank  under  this
     Agreement and any other Loan Document  shall be made free and clear of, and
     without  deduction or withholding for, any Taxes. In addition,  the Company
     shall pay all Other Taxes.

          (b) If the Company  shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any
     Taxes,  Other Taxes, or Further Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable
     hereunder to the Bank, then:

               (1) The sum payable  shall be  increased  as  necessary  so that,
          after  making all  required  deductions  and  withholdings  (including
          deductions  and  withholdings  applicable to  additional  sums payable
          under this Section),  the Bank receives and retains an amount equal to
          the sum it would have received and retained had no such  deductions or
          withholdings been made;

               (2) The Company shall make such deductions and withholdings;

               (3) The Company shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to
          the relevant  taxing  authority or other  authority in accordance with
          applicable law; and

               (4) The Company  shall also pay to the Bank at the time  interest
          is paid,  Further  Taxes in the  amount  that  the Bank  specifies  as
          necessary to preserve the after-tax yield the Bank would have received
          if such Taxes, Other Taxes, or Further Taxes had not been imposed.

          (c) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Bank for the
     full


                                       15

<PAGE>



     amount of (i)  Taxes,  (ii) Other  Taxes,  and (iii)  Further  Taxes in the
     amount that the Bank specifies as necessary to preserve the after-tax yield
     the Bank would have received if such Taxes,  Other Taxes,  or Further Taxes
     had not been  imposed and any  liability  (including  penalties,  interest,
     additions to tax and expenses)  arising  therefrom or with respect thereto,
     whether or not such Taxes,  Other Taxes, or Further Taxes were correctly or
     legally asserted.  Payment under this indemnification  shall be made within
     30 days after the date the Bank makes written demand therefor.

          (d)  Within 30 days after the date of any  payment  by the  Company of
     Taxes,  Other Taxes,  or Further Taxes,  the Company shall furnish the Bank
     the original or a certified copy of a receipt  evidencing  payment thereof,
     or other evidence of payment satisfactory to the Bank.

          (e) If the Company is required to pay any amount to the Bank  pursuant
     to  subsections  (b) or (c) of  this  Section,  then  the  Bank  shall  use
     reasonable efforts  (consistent with legal and regulatory  restrictions) to
     change the  jurisdiction  of its Lending Office so as to eliminate any such
     additional  payment by the Company  which may  thereafter  accrue,  if such
     change in the sole judgment of the Bank is not otherwise disadvantageous to
     the Bank.

     3.02 Illegality.

          (a) If the Bank determines that the introduction of any Requirement of
     Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or in the  interpretation  or
     administration of any Requirement of Law, has made it unlawful, or that any
     central  bank or  other  Governmental  Authority  has  asserted  that it is
     unlawful,  for the Bank or its  applicable  Lending Office to make Offshore
     Rate  Loans,  then,  on  notice  thereof  by the Bank to the  Company,  any
     obligation of the Bank to make Offshore Rate Loans shall be suspended until
     the Bank  notifies the Company that the  circumstances  giving rise to such
     determination no longer exist.

          (b) If the  Bank  determines  that  it is  unlawful  to  maintain  any
     Offshore Rate Loan, the Company  shall,  upon its receipt of notice of such
     fact and demand from the Bank,  prepay in full such  Offshore Rate Loans of
     the Bank then  outstanding,  together  with  interest  accrued  thereon and
     amounts required under Section 3.04, either on the last day of the Interest
     Period thereof, if the Bank may lawfully continue to maintain such Offshore
     Rate  Loans to such  day,  or  immediately,  if the  Bank may not  lawfully
     continue to maintain such Offshore Rate Loan. If the Company is required to
     so prepay any Offshore Rate Loan, then  concurrently  with such prepayment,
     the Company shall borrow from the Bank, in the amount of such repayment,  a
     Base Rate Loan.

     3.03 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.

          (a) If the Bank determines that, due to either (i) the introduction of
     or any change in or in the  interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii)
     the  compliance by that Bank with any guideline or request from any central
     bank or other  Governmental  Authority  (whether or not having the force of
     law),  there  shall be any  increase in the cost to the Bank of agreeing to
     make or making,  funding or maintaining  any Offshore Rate Loans,  then the
     Company shall be liable for, and shall from time to time, upon demand,  pay
     to the Bank,  additional  amounts as are  sufficient to compensate the Bank
     for such increased costs.


                                       16

<PAGE>



          (b) If the Bank shall have determined that (i) the introduction of any
     Capital  Adequacy  Regulation,  (ii) any  change  in any  Capital  Adequacy
     Regulation, (iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of any
     Capital  Adequacy  Regulation  by any  central  bank or other  Governmental
     Authority charged with the  interpretation or  administration  thereof,  or
     (iv)  compliance  by the Bank (or its  Lending  Office) or any  corporation
     controlling the Bank with any Capital Adequacy Regulation, affects or would
     affect the amount of capital  required or expected to be  maintained by the
     Bank or any corporation controlling the Bank and (taking into consideration
     the Bank's or such corporation's  policies with respect to capital adequacy
     and the Bank's  desired  return on capital)  determines  that the amount of
     such capital is increased as a  consequence  of its  Revolving  Commitment,
     Loans,  credits or Obligations  under this Agreement,  then, upon demand of
     the Bank to the Company,  the Company  shall pay to the Bank,  from time to
     time as specified by the Bank,  additional amounts sufficient to compensate
     the Bank for such increase.

     3.04 Funding Losses. The Company shall reimburse the Bank and hold the Bank
harmless  from any loss or  expense  which  the Bank may  sustain  or incur as a
consequence of:

          (a) The failure of the  Company to make on a timely  basis any payment
     of principal of any Offshore Rate Loan;

          (b) The failure of the  Company to borrow,  continue or convert a Loan
     after the  Company  has  given  (or is  deemed  to have  given) a Notice of
     Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation;

          (c) The failure of the Company to make any  prepayment  in  accordance
     with any notice delivered under Section 2.06;

          (d) The  prepayment or other  payment  (including  after  acceleration
     thereof) of an Offshore  Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the
     relevant Interest Period; or

          (e) The automatic  conversion  under Section 2.04 of any Offshore Rate
     Loan on a day that is not the last day of the relevant Interest Period;

including any such loss or expense  arising from the liquidation or reemployment
of funds obtained by it to maintain its Offshore Rate Loans or from fees payable
to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

     3.05  Inability to Determine  Rates.  If the Bank  determines  that for any
reason  adequate and reasonable  means do not exist for determining the Offshore
Rate for any requested  Interest Period with respect to a proposed Offshore Rate
Loan, or that the Offshore Rate  applicable  pursuant to subsection  2.08(a) for
any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Offshore Rate Loan does
not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Bank of funding such Loan, the
Bank will promptly so notify the Company. Thereafter, the obligation of the Bank
to make or maintain  Offshore Rate Loans  hereunder shall be suspended until the
Bank  revokes such notice in writing.  Upon receipt of such notice,  the Company
may,  without  penalty or charge,  revoke any Notice of  Borrowing  or Notice of
Conversion/Continuation  then  submitted  by it. If the Company  does not revoke
such Notice,


                                       17

<PAGE>



the Bank shall make,  convert or continue the Loans, as proposed by the Company,
in the amount specified in the applicable  notice submitted by the Company,  but
such Loans shall be made,  converted or continued as Base Rate Loans  instead of
Offshore Rate Loans.

     3.06  Survival.  The  agreements  and  obligations  of the  Company in this
Article III shall survive the payment of all other Obligations.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     4.01  Conditions of Initial  Loans.  The obligation of the Bank to make its
initial  Loan  hereunder  is subject to the  condition  that the Bank shall have
received  on or  before  the  Closing  Date  all of the  following,  in form and
substance satisfactory to the Bank:

          (a) Credit Agreement. This Agreement executed by each party hereto;

          (b) Resolutions; Incumbency.

               (1) Copies of the  resolutions  of the board of  directors of the
          Company authorizing the transactions contemplated hereby, certified as
          of the Closing Date by the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the
          Company; and

               (2) A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of the
          Company  certifying  the names and true  signatures of the officers of
          the Company authorized to execute, deliver and perform, as applicable,
          this  Agreement,  and all other Loan  Documents  to be delivered by it
          hereunder;

          (c)  Organization  Documents;  Good  Standing.  Each of the  following
     documents:

               (1) The articles or certificate of  incorporation  and the bylaws
          of the  Company as in effect on the  Closing  Date,  certified  by the
          Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Company as of the Closing
          Date; and

               (2) A good  standing and tax good  standing  certificate  for the
          Company  from  the   Secretary   of  State  (or  similar,   applicable
          Governmental  Authority) of its state of incorporation  and each state
          where the Company is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation
          as of a  recent  date,  together  with  a  bring-down  certificate  by
          facsimile, dated the Closing Date;

          (d) Legal Opinions.

               (1) An opinion of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol,
          counsel to the Company and addressed to the Bank, substantially in the
          form of Exhibit D-1;

               (2) An opinion of each of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard &
          Kristol and Kirkland & Ellis,  counsel to the Guarantors and addressed
          to the Bank, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2.


                                       18

<PAGE>



          (e) Payment of Fees. Evidence of payment by the Company of all accrued
     and unpaid  fees,  costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable on
     the Closing Date,  together  with Attorney  Costs of the Bank to the extent
     invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such  additional  amounts of
     Attorney  Costs as shall  constitute  the  Bank's  reasonable  estimate  of
     Attorney  Costs  incurred  or to be  incurred  by it  through  the  closing
     proceedings  (provided  that such estimate  shall not  thereafter  preclude
     final settling of accounts  between the Company and the Bank) including any
     such costs,  fees and expenses arising under or referenced in Sections 2.09
     and 9.04;

          (f) Guaranties.  The Guaranties  executed by each of the Guarantors in
     substantially  the  form  of  Exhibit  E,  together  with  resolutions  and
     incumbency  certificates   substantially  similar  to  those  delivered  in
     connection with 4.01(b) above.

          (g) Certificate.  A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, dated
     as of the Closing Date, stating that:

               (1) the representations and warranties contained in Article V are
          true and  correct on and as of such date,  as though made on and as of
          such date;

               (2) no Default or Event of Default  exists or would  result  from
          the disbursement of the initial Loan; and

               (3) there has occurred  since  September  30,  1995,  no event or
          circumstance  that has  resulted  or could  reasonably  be expected to
          result in a Material Adverse Effect;

          (h) Existing Agreement.  Evidence that the loan agreement with Society
     National Bank is being terminated  simultaneously with the effectiveness of
     this Agreement and all  commitments  thereunder are being cancelled and all
     obligations  thereunder  are being fully  repaid  with the  proceeds of the
     Loans made on the Closing  Date and all liens in favor of Society  National
     Bank have been released simultaneously herewith.

     4.02 Conditions to All  Borrowings.  The obligation of the Bank to make any
Loan  to  be  made  by it  (including  its  initial  Loan)  is  subject  to  the
satisfaction  of the following  conditions  precedent on the relevant  Borrowing
Date;

          (a) Notice of  Borrowing.  The Bank  shall  have  received a Notice of
     Borrowing;

          (b)   Continuation   of    Representations    and   Warranties.    The
     representations  and  warranties  in Article V shall be true and correct on
     and as of such  Borrowing Date with the same effect as if made on and as of
     such Borrowing Date;

          (c) No Existing Default. No Default or Event of Default shall exist or
     shall result from the making of such Loan; and

Each Notice of Borrowing  submitted by the Company  hereunder shall constitute a
representation  and


                                       19


<PAGE>



warranty by the Company hereunder,  as of the date of each such notice and as of
each Borrowing Date, that the conditions in this Section 4.02 are satisfied.

                                    ARTICLE V
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Company represents and warrants to the Bank that:

     5.01  Corporate   Existence  and  Power.   The  Company  and  each  of  its
Subsidiaries:

          (a) Is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good
     standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;

          (b)  Has the  power  and  authority  and  all  governmental  licenses,
     authorizations,  consents  and  approvals  to own its assets,  carry on its
     business and to execute,  deliver,  and perform its  obligations  under the
     Loan Documents to which it is a party;

          (c) Is duly qualified as a foreign  corporation and is licensed and in
     good  standing  under the laws of each  jurisdiction  where its  ownership,
     lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such
     qualification or license; and

          (d) Is in compliance  with all  Requirements of Law;  except,  in each
     case  referred  to in clause  (c) or clause  (d),  to the  extent  that the
     failure  to do so could  not  reasonably  be  expected  to have a  Material
     Adverse Effect.

     5.02 Corporate Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and
performance by the Company and its Subsidiaries of this Agreement and each other
Loan  Document to which the Company is party,  have been duly  authorized by all
necessary corporate action, and do not and will not:

          (a)  Contravene  the  terms  of  any  of  the  Company's  Organization
     Documents;

          (b) Conflict with or result in any breach or contravention  of, or the
     creation  of any  Lien  under,  any  document  evidencing  any  Contractual
     Obligation to which the Company is a party or any order,  injunction,  writ
     or  decree  of any  Governmental  Authority  to which  the  Company  or its
     property is subject; or

          (c) Violate any Requirement of Law.

     5.03  Governmental   Authorization.   No  approval,   consent,   exemption,
authorization,   or  other  action  by,  or  notice  to,  or  filing  with,  any
Governmental   Authority  is  necessary  or  required  in  connection  with  the
execution,  delivery or performance by, or enforcement  against,  the Company or
any of its  Subsidiaries of the Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it
is a party.

     5.04 Binding  Effect.  This Agreement and each other Loan Document to which
the Company is a party  constitute the legal,  valid and binding  obligations of
the Company  enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective
terms,  except  as  enforceability  may be  limited by


                                       20

<PAGE>



applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors'   rights   generally   or  by   equitable   principles   relating  to
enforceability.

     5.05 Litigation.  Except as specifically  disclosed in Schedule 5.05, there
are no actions, suits,  proceedings,  claims or disputes pending, or to the best
knowledge of the Company,  threatened  or  contemplated,  at law, in equity,  in
arbitration or before any Governmental  Authority,  against the Company,  or its
Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties which:

          (a) purport to affect or pertain to this  Agreement  or any other Loan
     Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; or

          (b) if there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse decision to the
     Company or its  Subsidiaries,  which would reasonably be expected to have a
     Material Adverse Effect. No injunction,  writ, temporary  restraining order
     or any  order  of  any  nature  has  been  issued  by any  court  or  other
     Governmental  Authority  purporting  to enjoin or restrain  the  execution,
     delivery or performance  of this  Agreement or any other Loan Document,  or
     directing  that the  transactions  provided  for herein or  therein  not be
     consummated as herein or therein provided.

     5.06 No Default. No Default or Event of Default exists or would result from
the incurring of any Obligations by the Company. As of the Closing Date, neither
the  Company  nor any  Subsidiary  is in  default  under or with  respect to any
Contractual  Obligation in any respect which,  individually or together with all
such defaults, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.07 ERISA Compliance. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.07:

          (a) Each  Plan is in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with the
     applicable  provisions  of ERISA,  the Code and other federal or state law.
     Each Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has
     received  a  favorable  determination  letter  from the IRS and to the best
     knowledge of the Company,  nothing has occurred  which would cause the loss
     of such  qualification.  The Company and each ERISA  Affiliate has made all
     required  contributions to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and
     no  application  for a funding  waiver or an extension of any  amortization
     period  pursuant to Section  412 of the Code has been made with  respect to
     any Plan.

          (b)  There  are no  pending  or,  to the best  knowledge  of  Company,
     threatened  claims,  actions  or  lawsuits,  or action by any  Governmental
     Authority,  with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably
     be  expected  to result in a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  There has been no
     prohibited  transaction or violation of the fiduciary  responsibility rules
     with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected
     to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          (c) (i) No ERISA  Event has  occurred  or is  reasonably  expected  to
     occur;  (ii) no Pension  Plan has any  Unfunded  Pension  Liability;  (iii)
     neither the Company nor any ERISA  Affiliate  has  incurred,  or reasonably
     expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any
     Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007
     of ERISA);  (iv) neither the Company nor any ERISA  Affiliate has incurred,
     or reasonably  expects to incur,  any liability  (and no event has occurred
     which, with the giving of notice under


                                       21

<PAGE>



     Section 4219 of ERISA,  would result in such liability)  under Section 4201
     or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer  Plan; and (v) neither the
     Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction  that could be
     subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

     5.08 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.  The proceeds of the Loans are to
be used solely for the purposes  set forth in and  permitted by Section 6.12 and
Section 7.07. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is generally engaged in the
business of  purchasing  or selling  Margin  Stock or  extending  credit for the
purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

     5.09 Title to Properties.  The Company and each Subsidiary have good record
and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real
property  necessary  or  used  in  the  ordinary  conduct  of  their  respective
businesses,  except for such defects in title as could not,  individually  or in
the  aggregate,  have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  As of the Closing Date,  the
property of the Company and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens,  other than
Permitted Liens.

     5.10 Taxes.  The Company  and its  Subsidiaries  have filed all Federal and
other material tax returns and reports  required to be filed,  and have paid all
Federal  and other  material  taxes,  assessments,  fees and other  governmental
charges  levied  or  imposed  upon  them or their  properties,  income or assets
otherwise due and payable,  except those which are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in
accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Company or
any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.11 Financial Condition.

          (a) The unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and
     its  Subsidiaries  dated  September 30, 1995, and the related  consolidated
     statements of income or operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for
     the fiscal quarter ended on that date:

               (1) Were prepared in accordance  with GAAP  consistently  applied
          throughout the period covered thereby,  except as otherwise  expressly
          noted therein;

               (2) Fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its
          Subsidiaries  as of the date thereof and results of operations for the
          period covered thereby; and

               (3) Show all material indebtedness and other liabilities,  direct
          or contingent,  of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of
          the  date  thereof,   including   liabilities   for  taxes,   material
          commitments and Contingent Obligations.

          (b) Since  September  30,  1995,  there has been no  Material  Adverse
     Effect.

     5.12 Regulated  Entities.  None of the Company,  any Person controlling the
Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary,  is an "Investment Company" within the
meaning of the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940.  The Company is not subject to
regulation  under the Public  Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935, the Federal
Power Act, the Interstate  Commerce Act, any state public utilities code, or any
other  Federal or state  statute or  regulation  limiting  its  ability to incur
Indebtedness.


                                       22

<PAGE>



     5.13 Copyrights,  Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc. The Company or its
Subsidiaries  own or are licensed or otherwise  have the right to use all of the
patents,  trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  names,  copyrights,   contractual
franchises,  authorizations  and other rights that are reasonably  necessary for
the operation of their respective  businesses,  without conflict with the rights
of any other Person except where the failure to own or otherwise  have the right
to use such property could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.13, to the best knowledge
of the Company, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method,
substance,  part or other  material  now  employed,  or now  contemplated  to be
employed, by the Company or any Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any
other Person.  Except as  specifically  disclosed in Schedule  5.13, no claim or
litigation  regarding  any of the  foregoing  is pending or  threatened,  and no
patent,  invention,  device,  application,  principle or any statute, law, rule,
regulation,  standard or code is pending or, to the  knowledge  of the  Company,
proposed, which, in either case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     5.14  Subsidiaries.  The  Company  has no  Subsidiaries  other  than  those
specifically  disclosed  in part (a) of  Schedule  5.14 hereto and has no equity
investments  in any other  corporation  or entity other than those  specifically
disclosed in part (b) of Schedule 5.14.

     5.15 Solvency. The Company and its Subsidiaries are Solvent.

     5.16 Full Disclosure. None of the representations or warranties made by the
Company  or  any   Subsidiary  in  the  Loan  Documents  as  of  the  date  such
representations  and  warranties  are  made  or  deemed  made,  and  none of the
statements contained in any exhibit,  report, statement or certificate furnished
by or on behalf of the Company or any  Subsidiary  in  connection  with the Loan
Documents  (including the offering and disclosure  materials  delivered by or on
behalf of the  Company  to the Bank prior to the  Closing  Date),  contains  any
untrue  statement of a material  fact or omits any material  fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the time when made
or delivered.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     So long as the Bank shall have any Revolving Commitment  hereunder,  or any
Loan or other  Obligation  shall remain unpaid or  unsatisfied,  unless the Bank
waives compliance in writing:

     6.01 Financial  Statements.  The Company shall deliver to the Bank, in form
and detail satisfactory to the Bank:

          (a) (No later than  January 31,  1996,  for the fiscal year ended June
     30, 1995),  thereafter,  as soon as  available,  but not later than 90 days
     after  the end of each  fiscal  year,  a copy of the  audited  consolidated
     balance  sheet of the  Company and its  Subsidiaries  as at the end of such
     fiscal  year  and  the  related   consolidated   statements  of  income  or
     operations,  shareholders'  equity  and cash  flows for such  fiscal  year,
     setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous
     fiscal year, and accompanied by the opinion of Deloitte & Touche or another
     nationally-recognized  independent  public  accounting  firm  ("Independent
     Auditor")  which  report  shall  state  that  such  consolidated  financial
     statements  present fairly the financial position for the periods indicated
     in  conformity  with GAAP applied


                                       23

<PAGE>



     on a basis consistent with prior years. Such opinion shall not be qualified
     or  limited  because  of  a  restricted  or  limited   examination  by  the
     Independent  Auditor  of  any  material  portion  of the  Company's  or any
     Subsidiary's records;

          (b) As soon as available,  but not later than 45 days after the end of
     each of the first three  fiscal  quarters  of each fiscal year  (commencing
     with the fiscal  quarter  ended  December 31, 1995, a copy of the unaudited
     consolidated  balance sheet of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  as of the
     end of such  quarter and the  related  consolidated  statements  of income,
     shareholders'  equity and cash flows for the period commencing on the first
     day  and  ending  on the  last  day of such  quarter,  and  certified  by a
     Responsible Officer as fairly presenting,  in accordance with GAAP (subject
     to ordinary, good faith year-end audit adjustments), the financial position
     and the results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries;

     6.02  Certificates;  Other  Information.  The Company  shall furnish to the
Bank:

          (a)  Concurrently  with  the  delivery  of  the  financial  statements
     referred to in subsection 6.01(a), a certificate of the Independent Auditor
     stating that in making the examination  necessary therefor no knowledge was
     obtained of any Default or Event of Default,  except as  specified  in such
     certificate;

          (b)  Concurrently  with  the  delivery  of  the  financial  statements
     referred  to in  subsections  6.01(a)  and (b),  a  Compliance  Certificate
     executed  by  a  Responsible   Officer  together  with  written  management
     discussions and analysis of the operating  results and financial  condition
     of the Company;

          (c) Promptly,  copies of all financial statements and reports that the
     Company sends to its  shareholders  generally,  and copies of all financial
     statements and regular, periodical or special reports (including Forms 10K,
     10Q and 8K) that the Company or any  Subsidiary  may make to, or file with,
     the SEC; and

          (d)  Promptly,  such  additional  information  regarding the business,
     financial  or  corporate  affairs of the Company or any  Subsidiary  as the
     Bank, may from time to time reasonably request.

     6.03 Notices. The Company shall promptly notify the Bank:

          (a) Of the  occurrence of any Default or Event of Default,  and of the
     occurrence or existence of any event or circumstance  that foreseeably will
     become a Default or Event of Default;

          (b) of (i) any breach or non-performance of, or any default under, any
     Contractual  Obligation  by the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  which
     could result in a Material Adverse Effect;  and (ii) any material  dispute,
     litigation, investigation,  proceeding or suspension which may exist at any
     time between the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  and any  Governmental
     Authority;

          (c) Of the  commencement  of,  or any  material  development  in,  any
     litigation or


                                       24


<PAGE>



     proceeding  affecting the Company or any Subsidiary (i) in which the amount
     of damages claimed is $3,000,000 (or its equivalent in another  currency or
     currencies) or more,  (ii) in which  injunctive or similar relief is sought
     and which, if adversely determined,  would reasonably be expected to have a
     Material  Adverse  Effect,  or (iii)  in  which  the  relief  sought  is an
     injunction or other stay of the  performance  of this Agreement or any Loan
     Document;

          (d) Of any other litigation or proceeding affecting the Company or any
     of its  Subsidiaries  which the Company  would be required to report to the
     SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, within four days after reporting the same
     to the SEC;

          (e) Of the  occurrence  of any of the following  events  affecting the
     Company  or any ERISA  Affiliate  (but in no event  more than 10 days after
     such  event),  and deliver to the Bank a copy of any notice with respect to
     such event  which is filed  with a  Governmental  Authority  and any notice
     delivered by a Governmental Authority to the Company or any ERISA Affiliate
     with respect to such event:

               (1) An ERISA Event;

               (2) a material  increase in the Unfunded Pension Liability of any
          Pension Plan;

               (3) The adoption of, or the commencement of contributions to, any
          Plan  subject to Section  412 of the Code by the  Company or any ERISA
          Affiliate; or

               (4) The adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan or other Plan
          subject to Section  412 of the Code,  if such  amendment  results in a
          material increase in contributions or Unfunded Pension Liability;

          (f) of  any  material  change  in  accounting  policies  or  financial
     reporting practices by the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries.

          Each  notice  under this  Section  shall be  accompanied  by a written
     statement by a Responsible  Officer setting forth details of the occurrence
     referred to therein,  and stating  what action the Company or any  affected
     Subsidiary  proposes to take with  respect  thereto and at what time.  Each
     notice under subsection  6.03(a) shall describe with  particularity any and
     all clauses or  provisions  of this  Agreement or other Loan  Document that
     have been (or foreseeably will be) breached or violated.

     6.04  Preservation  of Corporate  Existence,  Etc. The Company  shall,  and
shall,  except as otherwise  permitted under Section 7.03, cause each Subsidiary
to:

          (a)  Preserve  and  maintain  in full force and  effect its  corporate
     existence and good standing under the laws of its state or  jurisdiction of
     incorporation;

          (b) Preserve  and  maintain in full force and effect all  governmental
     rights,  privileges,  qualifications,   permits,  licenses  and  franchises
     necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business;


                                       25

<PAGE>



          (c) Use reasonable  efforts,  in the ordinary  course of business,  to
     preserve its business organization and goodwill; and

          (d) Preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade
     names and service marks, the  non-preservation of which could reasonably be
     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.05 Maintenance of Property.  The Company shall maintain,  and shall cause
each  Subsidiary  to maintain,  and  preserve all its property  which is used or
useful in its business in good working  order and  condition,  ordinary wear and
tear  excepted  and  make  all  necessary   repairs  thereto  and  renewals  and
replacements  thereof  except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  The  Company and each  Subsidiary
shall use the  standard of care  typical in the  industry in the  operation  and
maintenance of its facilities.

     6.06  Insurance.  The Company shall  maintain,  and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries  to maintain,  with  financially  sound and  reputable  independent
insurers,  insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or
damage of the kinds  customarily  insured against by Persons engaged in the same
or  similar  business,  of such  types and in such  amounts  as are  customarily
carried under similar  circumstances by such other Persons;  including  workers'
compensation insurance, public liability and property and casualty insurance.

     6.07  Payment of  Obligations.  The  Company  shall,  and shall  cause each
Subsidiary  to, pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable,  all
their respective obligations and liabilities, including:

          (a) All tax  liabilities,  assessments  and  governmental  charges  or
     levies  upon it or its  properties  or  assets,  unless  the same are being
     contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in
     accordance  with  GAAP  are  being   maintained  by  the  Company  or  such
     Subsidiary;

          (b) All lawful  claims  which,  if unpaid,  would by law become a Lien
     upon its property; and

          (c) All indebtedness,  as and when due and payable, but subject to any
     subordination   provisions   contained  in  any   instrument  or  agreement
     evidencing such Indebtedness.

     6.08 Compliance  with Laws. The Company shall comply,  and shall cause each
Subsidiary to comply,  in all material  respects with all Requirements of Law of
any  Governmental   Authority  having  jurisdiction  over  it  or  its  business
(including  the  Federal  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act),  except  such  as may be
contested in good faith or as to which a bona fide dispute may exist.

     6.09 Compliance with ERISA.  The Company shall, and shall cause each of its
ERISA  Affiliates  to: (a)  maintain  each Plan in  compliance  in all  material
respects with the applicable  provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or
state law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified  under  Section  401(a) of the
Code to maintain such qualification;  and (c) make all required


                                       26

<PAGE>



contributions to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code.

     6.10  Inspection  of Property  and Books and  Records.  The  Company  shall
maintain and shall cause each  Subsidiary to maintain proper books of record and
account,  in which  full,  true and  correct  entries  in  conformity  with GAAP
consistently  applied  shall be made of all financial  transactions  and matters
involving  the assets and  business  of the  Company  and such  Subsidiary.  The
Company shall permit, and shall cause each Subsidiary to permit, representatives
and  independent  contractors  of the Bank to  visit  and  inspect  any of their
respective  properties,  to examine their  respective  corporate,  financial and
operating  records,  and make  copies  thereof or  abstracts  therefrom,  and to
discuss their  respective  affairs,  finances and accounts with their respective
directors,  officers, and independent public accountants,  all at the expense of
the Bank and at such reasonable  times during normal business hours and as often
as may be reasonably  desired,  upon  reasonable  advance notice to the Company;
provided,  however,  when an Event of Default  exists the Bank may do any of the
foregoing at the expense of the Company at any time during normal business hours
and without advance notice.

     6.11 Environmental Laws. The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary
to, conduct its operations and keep and maintain its property in compliance with
all Environmental  Laws. Upon the written request of the Bank, the Company shall
submit  and cause  each of its  Subsidiaries  to  submit,  to the  Bank,  at the
Company's sole cost and expense, at reasonable intervals,  a report providing an
update of the status of any environmental,  health or safety compliance,  hazard
or  liability  issue that could,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  result in
liability in excess of $3,000,000.

     6.12 Use of  Proceeds.  The Company  shall use the proceeds of the Loans to
refinance certain existing Indebtedness, including repayment of promissory notes
in favor  of WCAS V and  WCAS VI,  repayment  of the  Company's  obligations  to
Society  National  Bank,  for working  capital,  acquisitions  and other general
corporate purposes not in contravention of any Requirement of Law or of any Loan
Document.

     6.13  Further  Assurances.  The  Company  shall  ensure  that  all  written
information,  exhibits and reports furnished by the Company or any Subsidiary to
the Bank do not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and
do not and will not omit to state any  material  fact or any fact  necessary  to
make  the  statements   contained   therein  not  misleading  in  light  of  the
circumstances in which made, and will promptly  disclose to the Bank and correct
any defect or error that may be discovered therein or in any Loan Document or in
the execution, acknowledgement or recordation thereof.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     So long as the Bank shall have any Revolving Commitment  hereunder,  or any
Loan or other  Obligation  shall remain unpaid or  unsatisfied,  unless the Bank
waives compliance in writing:

     7.01  Limitation  on Liens.  The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make, create, incur, assume or
suffer  to exist  any Lien  upon or with  respect  to any part of its  property,
whether now owned or hereafter  acquired,  other than the following  ("Permitted
Liens"):


                                       27

<PAGE>



          (a) Any Lien existing on property of the Company or any  Subsidiary on
     the  Closing  Date and set forth in  Schedule  7.01  securing  Indebtedness
     outstanding on such date;

          (b) Liens for taxes, fees,  assessments or other governmental  charges
     which are not  delinquent  or remain  payable  without  penalty,  or to the
     extent that non-payment thereof is permitted by Section 6.07, provided that
     no notice of lien has been filed or recorded under the Code;

          (c) Carriers', warehousemen's,  mechanics', landlords', materialmen's,
     repairmen's  or other  similar  Liens  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
     business  which are not  delinquent or remain  payable  without  penalty or
     which are being  contested  in good faith and by  appropriate  proceedings,
     which  proceedings  have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of
     the property subject thereto;

          (d) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of pledges
     or deposits  required in the ordinary course of business in connection with
     workers'  compensation,  unemployment  insurance and other social  security
     legislation;

          (e) Liens on the  property of the Company or its  Subsidiary  securing
     (i) the non-delinquent performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for
     borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, (ii) contingent obligations
     on surety and appeal bonds, and (iii) other non-delinquent obligations of a
     like nature;  in each case,  incurred in the  ordinary  course of business,
     provided all such Liens in the aggregate would not (even if enforced) cause
     a Material Adverse Effect;

          (f)  Liens  consisting  of  judgment  or  judicial  attachment  liens,
     provided that the  enforcement of such Liens is effectively  stayed and all
     such liens in the aggregate at any time outstanding for the Company and its
     Subsidiaries do not exceed $3,000,000;

          (g)   Easements,   rights-of-way,   restrictions   and  other  similar
     encumbrances  incurred in the  ordinary  course of business  which,  in the
     aggregate,  are not  substantial  in  amount,  and which do not in any case
     materially  detract  from the  value of the  property  subject  thereto  or
     interfere  with the ordinary  conduct of the  businesses of the Company and
     its Subsidiaries.

          (h) additional  Liens not otherwise  permitted  hereunder which secure
     Indebtedness  permitted  under  Section 7.05 not  exceeding  $2,500,000  in
     aggregate amount at any time outstanding.

     7.02 Disposition of Assets.  The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,  sell, assign,  lease, convey,
transfer or  otherwise  dispose of (whether in one or a series of  transactions)
any property (including accounts and notes receivable, with or without recourse)
or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing, except:

          (a) Dispositions of inventory, or used, worn-out or surplus equipment,
     all in the ordinary course of business;

          (b) The  sale of  equipment  to the  extent  that  such  equipment  is
     exchanged  for credit


                                       28

<PAGE>



     against  the  purchase  price  of  similar  replacement  equipment,  or the
     proceeds of such sale are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price
     of such replacement equipment; and

          (c) The sale of other  disposition  of assets not otherwise  permitted
     hereunder,  provided  that the value of all assets so sold or  disposed  of
     does  not  exceed  in the  aggregate  $2,500,000  during  the  term  of the
     Revolving Loan Commitment.

     7.03  Consolidations  and  Mergers.  The Company  shall not,  and shall not
suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, merge,  consolidate with or into, or convey,
transfer,  lease or  otherwise  dispose of (whether in one  transaction  or in a
series of  transactions)  all or  substantially  all of its assets  (whether now
owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except:

          (a) Any  Subsidiary  may merge  with the  Company,  provided  that the
     Company shall be the continuing or surviving  corporation,  or with any one
     or more  Subsidiaries,  provided that if any transaction shall be between a
     Subsidiary and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Wholly-Owned Subsidiary shall
     be the continuing or surviving corporation; and

          (b) Any  Subsidiary  may sell all or  substantially  all of its assets
     (upon  voluntary  liquidation  or  otherwise),  to the  Company  or another
     Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

     7.04 Loans and Investments.  The Company shall not purchase or acquire,  or
suffer or permit any  Subsidiary to purchase or acquire,  or make any commitment
therefor,  any capital  stock,  equity  interest,  or any  obligations  or other
securities  of, or any  interest  in, any Person,  or make or commit to make any
acquisitions,  or make or commit to make any advance,  loan, extension of credit
or capital  contribution to or any other investment in, any Person including any
Affiliate of the Company (together, "Investments"), except for:

          (a) Investments  held by the Company or Subsidiary in the form of cash
     equivalents [or short term marketable securities];

          (b) Extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes
     receivable  arising  from the sale or  lease  of goods or  services  in the
     ordinary course of business; or

          (c)  Extensions  of credit by the  Company to any of its  Wholly-Owned
     Subsidiaries or by any of its  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiaries to another of its
     Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or to the Company; or

          (d)  Acquisitions  in an  amount  not  exceeding  $2,500,000  for  any
     individual acquisition or $7,500,000 in the aggregate for all acquisitions,
     provided that, the Company shall provide a compliance  certificate executed
     by a Responsible  Officer,  showing pro forma compliance with the covenants
     herein after giving effect to each such acquisition.

     7.05  Limitation  on  Indebtedness.  The Company  shall not,  and shall not
suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, create,  incur, assume,  suffer to exist, or
otherwise  become or remain  directly or indirectly  liable with respect to, any
Indebtedness, except:

          (a) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement;


                                       29

<PAGE>



          (b)  Indebtedness   consisting  of  Contingent  Obligations  permitted
     pursuant to Section 7.08;

          (c)  Indebtedness  existing  on the  Closing  Date  and set  forth  in
     Schedule 7.05;

          (d) Indebtedness incurred in connection with leases permitted pursuant
     to Section 7.10; and

          (e) other Indebtedness not otherwise  permitted hereunder in an amount
     not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time.

     7.06  Transactions  with  Affiliates.  The Company shall not, and shall not
suffer  or  permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  enter  into any  transaction  with any
Affiliate  of the  Company,  except  upon  fair  and  reasonable  terms  no less
favorable  to the Company or such  Subsidiary  than would obtain in a comparable
arm's-length  transaction  with a Person not an Affiliate of the Company or such
Subsidiary.

     7.07 Use of Proceeds. The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit
any Subsidiary to, use any portion of the Loan proceeds, directly or indirectly,
(i) to purchase or carry  Margin  Stock,  (ii) to repay or  otherwise  refinance
indebtedness  of the Company or others  incurred  to  purchase  or carry  Margin
Stock,  (iii) to extend  credit for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  any
Margin Stock, or (iv) to acquire any security in any transaction that is subject
to Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act.

     7.08 Contingent Obligations. The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  create,  incur,  assume  or  suffer  to exist  any
Contingent Obligations except:

          (a)  Endorsements  for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
     business;

          (b)  Contingent  Obligations  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries
     existing as of the Closing Date and listed in Schedule 7.08; and

          (c) Contingent  Obligations of any Person,  including any Wholly-Owned
     Subsidiary,  provided that the value of such Contingent  Obligations  shall
     not exceed $2,000,000.

     7.09 Joint Ventures.  The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit
any  Subsidiary  to enter into any joint  venture,  other  than in the  ordinary
course of business.

     7.10 Lease  Obligations.  The  Company  shall not,  and shall not suffer or
permit any  Subsidiary  to,  create or suffer to exist any  obligations  for the
payment of rent for any property under lease or agreement to lease, except for:

          (a) Leases of the  Company and of  Subsidiaries  in  existence  on the
     Closing Date;

          (b)  Operating  leases  entered into by the Company or any  Subsidiary
     after the Closing Date in the ordinary  course of business  with  aggregate
     annual rental payments not to exceed $2,500,000;


                                       30

<PAGE>



          (c) Capital  leases other than those  permitted  under  clauses (a) of
     this  Section,  entered  into by the  Company or any  Subsidiary  after the
     Closing Date to finance the  acquisition  of  equipment;  provided that the
     aggregate  annual  rental  payments for all such  capital  leases shall not
     exceed in any fiscal year $2,500,000.

     7.11  Restricted  Payments.  The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any  Subsidiary  to, (a)  declare or make any  dividend  payment or other
distribution of assets,  properties,  cash, rights, obligations or securities on
account of any shares of any class of its capital stock, or purchase,  redeem or
otherwise  acquire  for value any shares of its capital  stock or any  warrants,
rights or options to acquire such shares, now or hereafter  outstanding,  except
that  (i)  the  Company  may  declare  and  make  dividend   payments  or  other
distributions  payable  solely in its  common  stock  and (ii) any  Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary  may make any dividend  payment to the Company,  provided,  that such
Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary  would be Solvent  after giving effect to such dividend
payment; and (b) purchase,  redeem or otherwise prepay any existing Indebtedness
other than the Indebtedness hereunder.

     7.12 ERISA.  The Company  shall not,  and shall not suffer or permit any of
its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) engage in a prohibited  transaction or violation of
the fiduciary  responsibility  rules with respect to any Plan which has resulted
or could  reasonably  expected  to  result in  liability  of the  Company  in an
aggregate  amount in excess of $3,000,000;  or (b) engage in a transaction  that
could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

     7.13 Change in  Business.  The Company  shall not,  and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any material line of business  substantially
different  from  those  lines of  business  carried  on by the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries on the date hereof.

     7.14  Accounting  Changes.  The Company  shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or
reporting  practices,  except as required by GAAP,  or change the fiscal year of
the Company or of any Subsidiary.

     7.15  Maximum  Leverage  Ratio.  The  Leverage  Ratio  at the  end of  each
quarterly  period shall not exceed the ratio set forth below for the periods set
forth below:

                  Quarter Ending                     Maximum Ratio
                  --------------                     -------------

                  December 31, 1995                          (9.0)
                  March 31, 1996                              5.65
                  June 30, 1996                               2.30
                  September 30, 1996
                           and thereafter                     2.00

     For purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio hereunder,  (i) EBITDA shall
include  EBITDA of the Company  and its  Subsidiaries  adjusted,  on a pro forma
basis, to include the EBITDA for the applicable  period of any business acquired
by the Company;  and (ii) Indebtedness shall include Indebtedness of the Company
and its Subsidiaries.


                                       31

<PAGE>



     7.16 Minimum Interest  Coverage Ratio. The Minimum Interest  Coverage Ratio
for each fiscal  quarter shall not be less than the ratio set forth below at the
end of each fiscal quarter for the periods set forth below:

                  Quarter Ending                     Maximum Ratio
                  --------------                     -------------

                  December 31, 1995                          (3.75)
                  March 31, 1996                              2.35
                  June 30, 1996                               4.90
                  September 30, 1996
                           and thereafter                     6.00

     For purposes of calculating the Minimum Interest  Coverage Ratio hereunder,
EBITDA and cash interest  expense shall include,  respectively,  EBITDA and cash
interest  expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries  adjusted,  on a pro forma
basis, to include the EBITDA and incremental projected cash interest expense, if
any,  with respect to the  acquisition  of any business  acquired by the Company
during the two fiscal  quarters  prior to the date of calculation of the Minimum
Interest Coverage Ratio.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     8.01 Event of Default.  Any of the following shall  constitute an "Event of
Default":

          (a)  Non-Payment.  The Company fails to make, (i) when and as required
     to be made herein, payments of any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii)
     within 3 days after the same becomes due,  payment of any interest,  fee or
     any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

          (b) Representation or Warranty.  Any representation or warranty by the
     Company or any  Subsidiary  made or deemed made  herein,  in any other Loan
     Document or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or
     other statement by the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Responsible Officer,
     furnished at any time under this  Agreement,  or in or under any other Loan
     Document, is incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or
     deemed made; or

          (c)  Specific  Defaults.  The Company  fails to perform or observe any
     term,  covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.03 or in Article
     VII (other than Sections 7.01, 7.04 and 7.06 thereof); or

          (d) Other Defaults.  The Company fails to perform or observe any other
     term or covenant  contained in this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document,
     and such default shall  continue  unremedied  for a period of 20 days after
     the  earlier  of (i) the date  upon  which a  Responsible  Officer  knew or
     reasonably  should  have known of such  failure or (ii) the date upon which
     written notice thereof is given to the Company by the Bank; or

          (e) Cross-Default. The Company or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any
     payment in


                                       32

<PAGE>



     respect of any Indebtedness or Contingent  Obligation,  having an aggregate
     principal  amount  (including  undrawn  committed or available  amounts and
     including  amounts owing to all creditors  under any combined or syndicated
     credit  arrangement) of more than $1,000,000 when due (whether by scheduled
     maturity, required prepayment,  acceleration, demand, or otherwise); or (B)
     fails to perform or observe any other  condition or covenant,  or any other
     event shall occur or condition  exist,  under any  agreement or  instrument
     relating to any such Indebtedness or Contingent  Obligation,  if the effect
     of such failure, event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or
     holders  of such  Indebtedness  or  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  of such
     Indebtedness  (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or
     beneficiary or  beneficiaries) to cause such Indebtedness to be declared to
     be due and  payable  prior  to its  stated  maturity,  or  such  Contingent
     Obligation to become  payable or cash  collateral in respect  thereof to be
     demanded.

          (f) Insolvency;  Voluntary Proceedings.  The Company or any Subsidiary
     (i) ceases or fails to be solvent,  or generally fails to pay, or admits in
     writing its  inability  to pay,  its debts as they  become due,  subject to
     applicable grace periods,  if any, whether at stated maturity or otherwise;
     (ii)  voluntarily  ceases to conduct its business in the  ordinary  course;
     (iii) commences any Insolvency  Proceeding with respect to itself;  or (iv)
     takes any action to effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing; or

          (g) Involuntary Proceedings. (i) Any involuntary Insolvency Proceeding
     is commenced or filed against the Company or any  Subsidiary,  or any writ,
     judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process, is issued or
     levied  against a  substantial  part of the  Company's or any  Subsidiary's
     properties,  and any such proceeding or petition shall not be dismissed, or
     such writ,  judgment,  warrant of attachment,  execution or similar process
     shall  not be  released,  vacated  or fully  bonded  within  60 days  after
     commencement, filing or levy; (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary admits the
     material allegations of a petition against it in any Insolvency Proceeding,
     or an order for relief (or similar order under non-U.S.  law) is ordered in
     any  Insolvency  Proceeding;   or  (iii)  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary
     acquiesces  in  the   appointment  of  a  receiver,   trustee,   custodian,
     conservator,  liquidator,  mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor),  or
     other similar Person for itself or a substantial portion of its property or
     business; or

          (h) ERISA.  (i) An ERISA Event  shall occur with  respect to a Pension
     Plan or  Multiemployer  Plan  which has  resulted  or could  reasonably  be
     expected to result in liability  of the Company  under Title IV of ERISA to
     the Pension Plan,  Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in
     excess of  $3,000,000;  or (ii) the  aggregate  amount of Unfunded  Pension
     Liability among all Pension Plans at any time exceeds $3,000,000;  or (iii)
     the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  shall fail to pay when due,  after the
     expiration of any applicable  grace period,  any  installment  payment with
     respect to its  withdrawal  liability  under  Section 4201 of ERISA under a
     Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of $3,000,000; or

          (i)  Monetary  Judgments.  One or  more  non-interlocutory  judgments,
     non-interlocutory  orders, decrees or arbitration awards is entered against
     the Company or any  Subsidiary  involving in the  aggregate a liability (to
     the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the
     insurer does not dispute  coverage)  as to any single or related  series of
     transactions,  incidents or conditions, of $3,000,000 or more, and the same
     shall  remain


                                       33

<PAGE>



     unsatisfied,  unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a period of 10 days
     after the entry thereof; or

          (j) Non-Monetary Judgments. Any non-monetary judgment, order or decree
     is  entered  against  the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  which does or would
     reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse Effect,  and there shall
     be any period of 30 consecutive  days during which a stay of enforcement of
     such judgment or order,  by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise,  shall
     not be in effect; or

          (k) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or

          (l) Loss of  Licenses.  Any other  Governmental  Authority  revokes or
     fails to renew any material license,  permit or franchise of the Company or
     any  Subsidiary,  or the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason loses any
     material  license,  permit or franchise,  or the Company or any  Subsidiary
     suffers the  imposition of any  restraining  order,  escrow,  suspension or
     impound  of  funds  in  connection   with  any   proceeding   (judicial  or
     administrative) with respect to any material license,  permit or franchise,
     in each case  where such  event  could  reasonably  be  expected  to have a
     Material Adverse Effect; or

          (m) Guarantor Defaults. Any Guarantor fails in any material respect to
     perform or observe any term,  covenant or  agreement in its Guaranty or any
     Guaranty  is for any reason  partially  (including  with  respect to future
     advances) or wholly revoked or  invalidated,  or otherwise  ceases to be in
     full force and effect, or any Guarantor or any other Person contests in any
     manner the  validity  or  enforceability  thereof or denies that it has any
     further  liability  or  obligation  thereunder;  or any event  described at
     subsections  (f)  or  (g)  of  this  Section  occurs  with  respect  to any
     Guarantor.

     8.02 Remedies. If any Event of Default occurs, the Bank may:

          (a) Declare its commitment to make Loans to be  terminated,  whereupon
     such commitment shall be terminated;

          (b) Declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding  Loans, all
     interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable
     hereunder  or under any  other  Loan  Document  to be  immediately  due and
     payable, without presentment,  demand, protest or other notice of any kind,
     all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company; and

          (c) Exercise on behalf of itself all rights and remedies  available to
     it under the Loan Documents or applicable law;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any event specified in subsection
(f) or (g) of Section 8.01 (in the case of clause (i) of subsection (g) upon the
expiration of the 60-day period mentioned  therein),  the obligation of the Bank
to make Loans shall  automatically  terminate and the unpaid principal amount of
all  outstanding  Loans and all  interest and other  amounts as aforesaid  shall
automatically become due and payable without further act of the Bank.

     8.03 Rights Not  Exclusive.  The rights  provided for in this Agreement and
the other Loan


                                       34

<PAGE>



Documents are  cumulative  and are not  exclusive of any other  rights,  powers,
privileges  or  remedies  provided  by law or in  equity,  or  under  any  other
instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     9.01  Amendments  and Waivers.  No amendment or waiver of any  provision of
this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  and no consent with respect to any
departure by the Company therefrom,  shall be effective unless the same shall be
in writing and signed by the Bank and the  Company,  and then any such waiver or
consent  shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the specific
purpose for which given.

     9.02 Notices.

          (a) All  notices,  requests,  consents,  approvals,  waivers and other
     communications shall be in writing (including, unless the context expressly
     otherwise  provides,  by facsimile  transmission,  provided that any matter
     transmitted by the Company by facsimile (i) shall be immediately  confirmed
     by a telephone  call to the  recipient at the number  specified on Schedule
     9.02,  and (ii)  shall be  followed  promptly  by  delivery  of a hard copy
     original  thereof)  and  mailed,  faxed or  delivered,  to the  address  or
     facsimile number specified for notices on Schedule 9.02; or, as directed to
     the Company or the Bank,  to such other  address as shall be  designated by
     such party in a written  notice to the other party,  and as directed to any
     other party,  at such other address as shall be designated by such party in
     a written notice to the other party.

          (b)  All  such  notices,   requests  and  communications  shall,  when
     transmitted by overnight  delivery,  or faxed,  be effective when delivered
     for  overnight  (next-day)  delivery,  or  transmitted  in legible  form by
     facsimile machine,  respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day
     after  the date  deposited  into  the  U.S.  mail,  or if  delivered,  upon
     delivery;  except that notices pursuant to Article II to the Bank shall not
     be effective until actually received by the Bank.

          (c) Any  agreement  of the Bank herein to receive  certain  notices by
     telephone or facsimile is solely for the  convenience and at the request of
     the  Company.  The Bank shall be entitled to rely on the  authority  of any
     Person  purporting  to be a Person  authorized  by the Company to give such
     notice and the Bank shall not have any  liability  to the  Company or other
     Person on account of any action  taken or not taken by the Bank in reliance
     upon such telephonic or facsimile notice.  The obligation of the Company to
     repay the Loans  shall not be  affected  in any way or to any extent by any
     failure by the Bank to receive  written  confirmation  of any telephonic or
     facsimile  notice or the receipt by the Bank of a confirmation  which is at
     variance  with the  terms  understood  by the Bank to be  contained  in the
     telephonic or facsimile notice.

     9.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in
exercising,  on the part of the Bank,  any  right,  remedy,  power or  privilege
hereunder,  shall operate as a waiver  thereof;  nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any right,  remedy,  power or privilege hereunder preclude any other
or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or


                                       35

<PAGE>



privilege.

     9.04 Costs and Expenses. The Company shall:

          (a)  Whether  or  not  the   transactions   contemplated   hereby  are
     consummated,  pay or  reimburse  the Bank within five  Business  Days after
     demand (subject to subsection  4.01(e)) for all costs and expenses incurred
     by the Bank in  connection  with the  development,  preparation,  delivery,
     administration and execution of, and any amendment,  supplement,  waiver or
     modification to (in each case, whether or not consummated), this Agreement,
     any Loan Document and any other documents  prepared in connection  herewith
     or therewith, and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby
     and thereby,  including reasonable Attorney Costs incurred by the Bank with
     respect thereto; and

          (b) Pay or reimburse  the Bank within five  Business Days after demand
     (subject  to  subsection  4.01(e))  for all costs and  expenses  (including
     Attorney  Costs)  incurred  by them in  connection  with  the  enforcement,
     attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this
     Agreement or any other Loan  Document  during the  existence of an Event of
     Default or after  acceleration  of the Loans  (including in connection with
     any "workout" or  restructuring  regarding the Loans,  and including in any
     Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding); and

          (c) Pay or reimburse  the Bank within five  Business Days after demand
     (subject to subsection 4.01(e)) for all appraisal  (including the allocated
     cost of internal appraisal services),  audit,  environmental inspection and
     review (including the allocated cost of such internal services), search and
     filing  costs,  fees and  expenses,  incurred or  sustained  by the Bank in
     connection  with the matters  referred to under  subsections (a) and (b) of
     this Section.

     9.05 Company Indemnification.

          (a)  Whether  or  not  the   transactions   contemplated   hereby  are
     consummated, the Company shall indemnify, defend and hold the Bank, each of
     its Affiliates, and each of its respective officers, directors,  employees,
     counsel,  agents and  attorneys-in-fact  (each,  an  "Indemnified  Person")
     harmless  from and against any and all  liabilities,  obligations,  losses,
     damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses and
     disbursements  (including  Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever
     which may at any time  (including  at any time  following  repayment of the
     Loans) be imposed on,  incurred  by or asserted  against any such Person in
     any way  relating  to or  arising  out of this  Agreement  or any  document
     contemplated  by or referred to herein,  or the  transactions  contemplated
     hereby,  or any  action  taken or omitted  by any such  Person  under or in
     connection  with  any of  the  foregoing,  including  with  respect  to any
     investigation,   litigation  or  proceeding   (including   any   Insolvency
     Proceeding  or  appellate  proceeding)  related to or  arising  out of this
     Agreement or the Loans or the use of the proceeds  thereof,  whether or not
     any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively,
     the "Indemnified  Liabilities");  provided,  that the Company shall have no
     obligation  hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified
     Liabilities   resulting   solely  from  the  gross  negligence  or  willful
     misconduct of such Indemnified Person. The agreements in this Section shall
     survive payment of all other Obligations.


                                       36

<PAGE>



          (b) The  Company  shall  indemnify,  defend  and  hold  harmless  each
     Indemnified Person, from and against any and all liabilities,  obligations,
     losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs, charges,
     expenses or disbursements  (including Attorney Costs and the allocated cost
     of internal environmental audit or review services),  which may be incurred
     by or  asserted  against  such  Indemnified  Person in  connection  with or
     arising  out of any  pending or  threatened  investigation,  litigation  or
     proceeding.  No  action  taken  by  legal  counsel  chosen  by the  Bank in
     defending  against any such  investigation,  litigation  or  proceeding  or
     requested  remedial,  removal or response  action shall  vitiate or any way
     impair the Company's  obligation  and duty  hereunder to indemnify and hold
     harmless the Bank.

          (c) The obligations in this Section shall survive payment of all other
     Obligations.  At the election of any Indemnified  Person, the Company shall
     defend such  Indemnified  Person using legal counsel  satisfactory  to such
     Indemnified  Person in such Person's sole discretion,  at the sole cost and
     expense of the Company.  All amounts owing under this Section shall be paid
     within 30 days after demand.

     9.06 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside. The Bank shall be under no obligation
to marshall any assets in favor of the Company or any other Person or against or
in payment of any or all of the  Obligations.  To the  extent  that the  Company
makes a payment to the Bank,  or the Bank  exercises  its right of set-off,  and
such  payment  or  the  proceeds  of  such  set-off  or  any  part  thereof  are
subsequently invalidated,  declared to be fraudulent or preferential,  set aside
or required  (including  pursuant to any settlement  entered into by the Bank in
its  discretion)  to be repaid to a trustee,  receiver  or any other  party,  in
connection  with any Insolvency  Proceeding or otherwise,  then to the extent of
such recovery the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied
shall be revived and  continued  in full force and effect as if such payment had
not been made or such set-off had not occurred.

     9.07  Successors and Assigns.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors  and assigns,  except that the Company may not assign or transfer any
of its rights or  obligations  under this  Agreement  without the prior  written
consent of the Bank.

     9.08 Assignments, Participations, etc.

          (a) The Bank may, with the written consent of the Company at all times
     other than during the existence of an Event of Default which consent of the
     Company shall not be unreasonably withheld, at any time assign and delegate
     to one or more  Persons  (provided  that no written  consent of the Company
     shall be required in connection  with any  assignment and delegation by the
     Bank to a Person that is an  Affiliate  of the Bank)  (each an  "Assignee")
     all, or any ratable part of all, of the Loans, the Revolving Commitment and
     the other rights and obligations of the Bank hereunder.

          (b) The Bank may at any time sell to one or more  commercial  banks or
     other Persons not Affiliates of the Company (a "Participant") participating
     interests in any Loans, the Revolving  Commitment of the Bank and the other
     interests  of the Bank  hereunder  and  under  the  other  Loan  Documents;
     provided,  however,  that (i) the Bank's  obligations  under this Agreement
     shall remain unchanged,  (ii) the Bank shall remain solely  responsible for
     the  performance of such  obligations,  (iii) the Company shall continue to
     deal solely and directly


                                       37

<PAGE>



     with the Bank in connection  with the Bank's rights and  obligations  under
     this  Agreement  and the  other  Loan  Documents.  In the  case of any such
     participation, the Participant shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections
     3.01,  3.03 and 9.05 as  though  it were  also the Bank  hereunder,  and if
     amounts  outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have
     been  declared or shall have become due and payable upon the  occurrence of
     an Event of Default,  each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of
     set-off in respect of its  participating  interest  in amounts  owing under
     this  Agreement  to the same  extent as if the amount of its  participating
     interest were owing directly to it as the Bank under this Agreement.

          (c) Each  Participant that is not a United States person (as such term
     is defined in Section  7701(a)(30) of the Code) for U.S. federal income tax
     purposes,  shall,  (i) prior to  becoming  a  Participant,  provide  to the
     Company  two  original  signed  copies of United  States  Internal  Revenue
     Service Form 4224 or Form 1001 certifying to such Participant's entitlement
     to a complete  exemption from United States withholding tax with respect to
     any sums payable to such Participant under this Agreement or any other Loan
     Document,  and (ii)  prior to the date any such  form  expires  or  becomes
     obsolete,  provide  to  the  Company  reasonably  sufficient  documentation
     demonstrating  that such  Participant  remains  entitled  to such  complete
     exemption  from  United  States   withholding  tax.   Notwithstanding   the
     provisions of Section 3.01 herein,  neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary
     shall  be  required  to pay  any  additional  amounts  in  respect  of this
     Agreement or any other Loan  Document to the extent that the  obligation to
     pay such amounts results from the failure of any Participant to comply with
     this paragraph (c).

     9.09  Confidentiality.  The Bank agrees to take and to cause its Affiliates
to take normal and reasonable  precautions and exercise due care to maintain the
confidentiality  of all information  identified as "confidential" or "secret" by
the Company and  provided  to it by the  Company or any  Subsidiary,  under this
Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  and neither it nor any of its Affiliates
shall use any such  information  other than in connection with or in enforcement
of this  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents  or in  connection  with other
business  now or  hereafter  existing  or  contemplated  with the Company or any
Subsidiary;  except to the extent such information (i) was or becomes  generally
available to the public  other than as a result of  disclosure  by the Bank,  or
(ii) was or becomes  available on a  non-confidential  basis from a source other
than the Company,  provided  that such source is not bound by a  confidentiality
agreement with the Company known to the Bank; provided,  however,  that the Bank
may disclose such  information (A) at the request or pursuant to any requirement
of any Governmental Authority to which the Bank is subject or in connection with
an  examination of the Bank by any such  authority;  (B) pursuant to subpoena or
other  court  process;  (C)  when  required  to  do so in  accordance  with  the
provisions of any applicable  Requirement  of Law; (D) to the extent  reasonably
required in  connection  with any  litigation or proceeding to which the Bank or
its respective Affiliates may be party; (E) to the extent reasonably required in
connection  with the  exercise of any remedy  hereunder  or under any other Loan
Document;  (F)  to  the  Bank's  independent  auditors  and  other  professional
advisors; (G) to any Participant or Assignee, actual or potential, provided that
such Person agrees in writing to keep such information  confidential to the same
extent required of the Bank hereunder;  (H) as to the Bank or its Affiliate,  as
expressly permitted under the terms of any other document or agreement regarding
confidentiality  to which the  Company or any  Subsidiary  is party or is deemed
party with the Bank or such Affiliate; and (I) to its Affiliates.

     9.10  Set-off.  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Bank provided
by law, if an Event of



                                       38


<PAGE>



Default exists or the Loans have been accelerated, the Bank is authorized at any
time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Company, any such notice
being waived by the Company to the fullest  extent  permitted by law, to set off
and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand,  provisional
or final) at any time held by, and other  indebtedness at any time owing by, the
Bank to or for the credit or the  account  of the  Company  against  any and all
Obligations  owing to the  Bank,  now or  hereafter  existing,  irrespective  of
whether or not the Bank shall have made demand under this  Agreement or any Loan
Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured.

     9.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate
counterparts,  each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, and
all of said  counterparts  taken  together shall be deemed to constitute but one
and the same instrument.

     9.12 Severability.  The illegality or  unenforceability of any provision of
this Agreement or any instrument or agreement  required  hereunder  shall not in
any way  affect  or impair  the  legality  or  enforceability  of the  remaining
provisions of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.

     9.13 No Third Parties  Benefited.  This  Agreement is made and entered into
for the sole  protection and legal benefit of the Company,  the Bank, the Bank's
Affiliates,  and their  permitted  successors  and assigns,  and no other Person
shall be a direct  or  indirect  legal  beneficiary  of,  or have any  direct or
indirect cause of action or claim in connection  with,  this Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents.

     9.14 Governing Law and Jurisdiction.

          (a) THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
     WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED THAT THE BANK SHALL RETAIN
     ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

          (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING  WITH RESPECT TO THIS  AGREEMENT OR
     ANY OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT  MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW
     YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN  DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND BY
     EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT,  EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE BANK
     CONSENTS,  FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY,  TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE
     JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS.  EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE BANK IRREVOCABLY
     WAIVES ANY  OBJECTION,  INCLUDING  ANY  OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR
     BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER
     HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR  PROCEEDING IN SUCH  JURISDICTION  IN
     RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT  RELATED HERETO.  THE COMPANY AND
     THE BANK EACH WAIVE  PERSONAL  SERVICE OF ANY  SUMMONS,  COMPLAINT OR OTHER
     PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK LAW.

     9.15  Waiver of Jury  Trial.  THE  COMPANY  AND THE BANK EACH  WAIVE  THEIR
RESPECTIVE  RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED


                                       39

<PAGE>



UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS,
OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR
OTHER  LITIGATION  OF ANY TYPE  BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES  AGAINST ANY OTHER
PARTY OR ANY  AFFILIATE  OF THE BANK,  PARTICIPANT  OR  ASSIGNEE,  WHETHER  WITH
RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE.  THE COMPANY AND THE BANK
EACH  AGREE  THAT ANY SUCH  CLAIM OR CAUSE OF  ACTION  SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT
TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING,  THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE
THAT THEIR  RESPECTIVE  RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY  OPERATION OF THIS
SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE
OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY
TO ANY SUBSEQUENT  AMENDMENTS,  RENEWALS,  SUPPLEMENTS OR  MODIFICATIONS TO THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

     9.16  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement,  together  with the  other  Loan
Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the Company and
the  Bank  and   supersedes   all  prior  or   contemporaneous   agreements  and
understandings  of such  Persons,  verbal or  written,  relating  to the subject
matter hereof and thereof.



                                       40

<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
duly  executed and  delivered  in New York by their  proper and duly  authorized
officers as of the day and year first above written.

                                                  MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                                  By: /s/ Elias M. Nemnom
                                                  Title: Chief Financial Officer

                                                  BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS

                                                  By: /s/ Linda A. Carper
                                                  Title: Managing Director





                                       41

<PAGE>




                      FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

     This Amendment,  dated as of January 10, 1997 (this "Amendment") is entered
into by and  between  MEDE  AMERICA  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company") and BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS (the "Bank").

                                    RECITALS

     The  Company  and the Bank are  parties to a Credit  Agreement  dated as of
December 18, 1996 (the "Credit Agreement") pursuant to which the Bank extended a
revolving credit facility and made revolving loans.  Capitalized  terms used and
not  otherwise  defined  or amended in this  Amendment  shall have the  meanings
respectively assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

     The  Company  has  requested  that  the Bank  increase  the  amount  of its
commitment,  extend the maturity date and modify certain covenants. _The Company
has  requested  that the Bank enter into this  Amendment in order to approve and
reflect the foregoing,  and the Bank has agreed to do so, all upon the terms and
provisions and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth.

                                    AGREEMENT

In  consideration  of the  foregoing  and the  mutual  covenants  and  agreement
hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:

A.   AMENDMENTS

     1.  Amendment of Section 1.01

         Section 1.01 is hereby  amended by restating the following  definitions
     in their entirety:

               "Revolving Commitment" means $13,500,000.

               "Revolving  Termination  Date"  means the earlier to occur of (a)
               August  31,  1997;  and  (b)_the  date  on  which  the  Revolving
               Commitment  terminates in accordance  with the provisions of this
               Agreement.

     2.  Amendment of Section 2.03(a)

         Section  2.03(a) is hereby  amended  and  restated  in its  entirety as
     follows:

                  (a)the amount of the Loan,  which shall be in a minimum amount
            of $250,000 or any multiple of 



<PAGE>


            $50,000 in excess thereof;


     3.  Amendment of Section 2.04(a)

         Section  2.04(a) is hereby  amended  and  restated  in its  entirety as
     follows:

                  (a) The Company may, upon  irrevocable  written  notice to the
            Bank in accordance with subsection 2.04(b):

                  (1) elect,  as of any  Business  Day, in the case of Base Rate
            Loans, or as of the last day of the applicable  Interest Period,  in
            the case of any other Type of Loans,  to convert  any such Loans (or
            any part thereof in an amount not less than $250,000,  or that is in
            an integral multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof) into Loans of any
            other Type; or

                  (2)  elect,  as of the  last  day of the  applicable  Interest
            Period,  to continue any Loans having Interest  Periods  expiring on
            such day (or any part  thereof in an amount not less than  $250,000,
            or that is in an integral multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof);

     provided,  that if at any time  the  amount  of an  Offshore  Rate  Loan is
     reduced, by payment,  prepayment,  or conversion of part thereof to be less
     than $250,000,  such Offshore Rate Loan shall automatically  convert into a
     Base Rate  Loan,  and on and after  such date the right of the  Company  to
     continue  such Loans as, and convert such Loans into  Offshore  Rate Loans,
     shall terminate.

     4.  Amendment of Section 2.06

         Section 2.06 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

                  2.06  Optional  Prepayments.  Subject  to  Section  3.04,  the
            Company  may,  at any time or from time to time,  upon not less than
            three Business Days' irrevocable  notice to the Bank, ratably prepay
            Loans in whole or in part,  in minimum  amounts of  $250,000  or any
            multiple of $50,000 in excess  thereof.  Such  notice of  prepayment
            shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s)
            of Loans to be prepaid. If such notice is given by the Company,  the
            Company shall make such prepayment and the payment amount  specified
            in such  notice  shall  be due and  payable  on the  date  specified
            therein,  together


                                      -2-


<PAGE>

            with  accrued  interest to each such date on the amount  prepaid and
            any amounts required pursuant to Section 3.04.

     5.  Amendment of Section 7.15

         Section 7.15 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

                           Maximum Leverage Ratio.  Beginning with the quarterly
                           period ending  December 31, 1996,  the Leverage Ratio
                           at the end of each quarterly  period shall not exceed
                           the ratio set forth  below for the  periods set forth
                           below:

                           Quarter Ending                     Maximum Ratio
                           ------------------------------------------------

                           December 31, 1996                  20.00
                           March 31, 1997                     11.50
                           June 30, 1997                       5.75

                           For  purposes  of  calculating   the  Leverage  Ratio
                           hereunder,  (i) EBITDA  shall  include  EBITDA of the
                           Company and its Subsidiaries adjusted, on a pro forma
                           basis,  to  include  the  EBITDA  for the  applicable
                           period of any business  acquired by the Company;  and
                           (ii) Indebtedness  shall include  Indebtedness of the
                           Company and its Subsidiaries. This covenant shall not
                           apply to the quarterly  periods  ending June 30, 1996
                           and September 30, 1996.

     6.  Amendment of Section 7.16.

         Section 7.16 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

                           Minimum Interest  Coverage Ratio.  Beginning with the
                           quarterly   period  ending  December  31,  1996,  the
                           Minimum  Interest  Coverage  Ratio  for  each  fiscal
                           quarter  shall  not be less  than the ratio set forth
                           below  at the  end of  each  fiscal  quarter  for the
                           periods set forth below:


                                       -3-


<PAGE>



                           Quarter Ending                     Minimum Ratio
                           ------------------------------------------------

                           December 31, 1996                   0.75
                           March 31, 1997                      1.50
                           June 30, 1997                       3.00

                           For  purposes of  calculating  the  Minimum  Interest
                           Coverage  Ratio  hereunder,  EBITDA and cash interest
                           expense shall include, respectively,  EBITDA and cash
                           interest  expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries
                           adjusted, on a pro forma basis, to include the EBITDA
                           and incremental  projected cash interest expense,  if
                           any, with respect to the  acquisition of any business
                           acquired  by  the  Company   during  the  two  fiscal
                           quarters  prior  to the  date of  calculation  of the
                           Minimum Interest  Coverage Ratio. This covenant shall
                           not apply to the  quarterly  periods  ending June 30,
                           1996 and September 30, 1996.

B.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:

         1.       No Event of Default  specified in the Credit  Agreement and no
                  event which with notice or lapse of time or both would  become
                  such an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

         2.       Except as otherwise  indicated on Schedule I attached  hereto,
                  the  representations and warranties of the Company pursuant to
                  the Credit  Agreement are true on and as of the date hereof as
                  if made on and as of said date;

         3.       The making and  performance  by the Company of this  Amendment
                  have been duly authorized by all corporate action; and

         4.       No consent,  approval,  authorization,  permit or license from
                  any  federal or state  regulatory  authority  is  required  in
                  connection  with the making or  performance  by the Company of
                  the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

C.       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         This  Amendment  will become  effective as of January 10, 1997 provided
that the Bank shall have  received  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the
Bank, all of the following:


                                      -4-


<PAGE>



         1.       A copy of a resolution passed by the Board of Directors of the
                  Company,  certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
                  of the  Company  as being in full force and effect on the date
                  hereof, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of
                  the Credit Agreement as hereby amended.

         2.       A  certificate  of  incumbency  certifying  the  names  of the
                  officers of the  Company  authorized  to sign this  Amendment,
                  together with the true signatures of such officers.

         3. Executed counterparts of this Amendment.

         4. An amendment fee of $15,000.

D.       MISCELLANEOUS

         1.       This  Amendment  may be signed in any number of  counterparts,
                  each of which shall be an original, with same effect as if the
                  signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

         2.       Except as herein specifically  amended,  all terms,  covenants
                  and  provisions of the Credit  Agreement  shall remain in full
                  force and effect and shall be performed by the parties  hereto
                  according  to its  terms  and  provisions  and all  references
                  therein  or in the  Exhibits  shall  henceforth  refer  to the
                  Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

         3.       This   Amendment   shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in
                  accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this
Amendment as of the date first written.

                                                        MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                         By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                         Title:
                                               ---------------------------------






                                       -5-




<PAGE>

                                                        BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS

                                         By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                         Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


CONSENTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:


WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON & STOWE
 V, L.P.

By:
WCAS V PARTNERS,L.P.
Its General Partner


By:
   -------------------------------
    General Partner


WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON & STOWE
  VI, L.P.


By:
WCAS VI PARTNERS, L.P.
Its General Partner


By:
   -------------------------------
     General Partner

WILLIAM BLAIR LEVERAGED CAPITAL FUND
 LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By:  WILLIAM BLAIR LEVERAGED CAPITAL
     MANAGEMENT, L.P.
By:  WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY,
     General Partner

By:
   -------------------------------





                                      -6-


<PAGE>



WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

By:  WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC,
     General Partner

By:
   -------------------------------











                                      -7-






<PAGE>

                      SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

     This  Amendment,  dated as of April 4, 1997 (this  "Amendment")  is entered
into by and  between  MEDE  AMERICA  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company") and BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS (the "Bank").

                                    RECITALS

     The  Company  and the Bank are  parties to a Credit  Agreement  dated as of
December 18, 1996 as amended (the "Credit Agreement") pursuant to which the Bank
extended a revolving credit facility and made revolving loans. Capitalized terms
used and not  otherwise  defined  or amended  in this  Amendment  shall have the
meanings respectively assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

     The  Company  has  requested  that  the Bank  decrease  the  amount  of its
commitment  and modify  certain  covenants.  _The Company has requested that the
Bank enter into this  Amendment  in order to approve and reflect the  foregoing,
and the Bank has agreed to do so, all upon the terms and  provisions and subject
to the conditions hereinafter set forth.

                                    


     In  consideration  of the foregoing and the mutual  covenants and agreement
hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:

A.   AMENDMENTS

     1.   Amendment of Section 1.01

          Section 1.01 is hereby amended by restating the following  definitions
     in their entirety:

                  "Revolving Commitment" means $5,000,000.

     2.   Amendment of Section 7.15

          Section  7.15 is  hereby  amended  and  restated  in its  entirety  as
     follows:

                  Maximum  Leverage Ratio.  Beginning with the quarterly  period
                  ending March 31, 1997,  the Leverage  Ratio at the end of each
                  quarterly  period  shall not exceed the ratio set forth  below
                  for the periods set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Quarter Ending                Maximum Ratio
                         --------------                -------------

                         <S>                            <C>
                         March 31, 1997                    51.00
                         June 30, 1997                     13.00
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                  For purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio hereunder,  (i)
                  EBITDA   shall   include   EBITDA  of  the   Company  and  its
                  Subsidiaries  adjusted,  on a pro forma basis,  to include the
                  EBITDA for the applicable  period of any business  acquired by
                  the Company;  and (ii) Indebtedness shall include Indebtedness
                  of the Company and its  Subsidiaries.  This covenant shall not
                  apply to the quarterly periods ending June 30, 1996, September
                  30, 1996 or December 31, 1996.

         3.       Amendment of Section 7.16.

                  Section 7.16 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as
         follows:

                  Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio.  Beginning with the quarterly
                  period ending March 31, 1997,  the Minimum  Interest  Coverage
                  Ratio for each fiscal quarter shall not be less than the ratio
                  set  forth  below at the end of each  fiscal  quarter  for the
                  periods set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Quarter Ending                 Minimum Ratio
                         <S>                                       <C>

                                    March 31, 1997                        0.25
                                    June 30, 1997                         0.75
</TABLE>

                  For  purposes of  calculating  the Minimum  Interest  Coverage
                  Ratio  hereunder,  EBITDA  and  cash  interest  expense  shall
                  include, respectively, EBITDA and cash interest expense of the
                  Company and its Subsidiaries  adjusted,  on a pro forma basis,
                  to include the EBITDA and incremental  projected cash interest
                  expense,  if  any,  with  respect  to the  acquisition  of any
                  business  acquired  by  the  Company  during  the  two  fiscal
                  quarters  prior  to the  date of  calculation  of the  Minimum
                  Interest  Coverage Ratio. This covenant shall not apply to the
                  quarterly periods ending June 30, 1996,  September 30, 1996 or
                  December 31, 1996.

B.       WAIVER

         The  Company  has  requested  that the Bank waive the  restrictions  of
Sections  7.04(d) and 7.05(e) in order to permit its  acquisition  of Time Share
Computers  ("TCS").  The Bank hereby  waives  Sections  7.04(d) and 7.05(e) with
respect to the TCS Acquisition.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

C.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:

         1.       No Event of Default  specified in the Credit  Agreement and no
                  event which with notice or lapse of time or both would  become
                  such an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

         2.       The  representations and warranties of the Company pursuant to
                  the Credit  Agreement are true on and as of the date hereof as
                  if made on and as of said date;

         3.       The making and  performance  by the Company of this  Amendment
                  have been duly authorized by all corporate action; and

         4.       No consent,  approval,  authorization,  permit or license from
                  any  federal or state  regulatory  authority  is  required  in
                  connection  with the making or  performance  by the Company of
                  the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

D.       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         This Amendment  will become  effective as of April 4, 1997 (except with
respect to the amendment to Section  1.01,  which shall be effective as of March
14,  1997)  provided  that the Bank shall have  received  in form and  substance
satisfactory to the Bank, all of the following:

         1.       A copy of a resolution passed by the Board of Directors of the
                  Company,  certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
                  of the  Company  as being in full force and effect on the date
                  hereof, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of
                  the Credit Agreement as hereby amended.

         2.       A  certificate  of  incumbency  certifying  the  names  of the
                  officers of the  Company  authorized  to sign this  Amendment,
                  together with the true signatures of such officers.

         3.       Executed counterparts of this Amendment.

E.       MISCELLANEOUS

         1.       This  Amendment  may be signed in any number of  counterparts,
                  each of which shall be an original, with same effect as if the
                  signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

         2.       Except as herein specifically  amended,  all terms,  covenants
                  and  provisions of the Credit  Agreement  shall remain in full
                  force and effect and shall be performed by the parties  hereto
                  according  to its  terms  and  provisions  and all  references
                  therein  or in the  Exhibits  shall  henceforth  refer  to the
                  Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

         3.       This   Amendment   shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in
                  accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this
Amendment as of the date first written.

                                                  MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                            By:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                            Title:
                                                  ------------------------------

                                                  BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS

                                            By:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                            Title:
                                                  ------------------------------
CONSENTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:

WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON &
    STOWE V, L.P.
    By: WCAS V PARTNERS, L.P.
        Its General Partner

    By:
       ------------------------
       General Partner

WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON &
    STOWE VI, L.P.

    By: WCAS VI PARTNERS, L.P.
        Its General Partner


    By:
       ------------------------
        General Partner

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

WILLIAM BLAIR LEVERAGED CAPITAL FUND
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

         By: WILLIAM BLAIR LEVERAGED CAPITAL
             MANAGEMENT, L.P.

                By: WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY,
                    General Partner

                By:
                    -------------------------


WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.
     By: WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL PARTNERS,
         LLC, General Partner

     By:
        --------------------------

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
                       THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

         This  Amendment,  dated as of October  __, 1997 (this  "Amendment")  is
entered  into by and between MEDE AMERICA  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation
(the "Company") and BANK OF AMERICA  NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS  ASSOCIATION (as
successor by merger to Bank of America Illinois) (the "Bank").

                                    RECITALS

         The Company and the Bank are parties to a Credit  Agreement dated as of
December 18, 1995,  as amended (the "Credit  Agreement"),  pursuant to which the
Bank  extended  a  revolving  credit  facility.  Capitalized  terms used and not
otherwise  defined  or  amended  in  this  Amendment  shall  have  the  meanings
respectively assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

         The  Company has  requested  that the Bank  extend the  maturity  date,
increase the commitment and modify the financial  covenants.  In order to induce
the Bank to agree to the foregoing,  the Bank has requested, and the Company has
agreed,  to pay an Amendment  fee. The Company has requested that the Bank enter
into this Amendment in order to approve and reflect the foregoing,  and the Bank
has  agreed to do so,  all upon the  terms and  provisions  and  subject  to the
conditions hereinafter set forth.

                                    AGREEMENT

         In  consideration  of  the  foregoing  and  the  mutual  covenants  and
agreement hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:

A.       AMENDMENTS

         1.  Amendment  of  Section  1.01.  Section  1.01 is hereby  amended  by
amending the definitions of:

             (a) "Revolving  Commitment" by deleting the amount "$5,000,000" and
         substituting the amount "$20,000,000" therefor; and

             (b)  "Revolving  Termination  Date" by  deleting  the date "May 15,
         1997" and substituting the date "October 31, 1999".

         2.  Amendment  of Section  7.15.  Section  7.15 is hereby  amended  and
restated as follows:

             7.15 Maximum  Leverage Ratio. The Leverage Ratio at the end of each
         quarterly  period  shall not exceed  the ratio set forth  below for the
         periods set forth below:

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  Quarter Ending                        Maximum Ratio
               <S>                                      <C>

                  December 31, 1997                          11.00
                  March 31, 1998                              6.75
                  June 30, 1998                               5.00
                  September 30, 1998                          3.00
                           and thereafter
</TABLE>

                  For purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio hereunder,  (i)
         EBITDA  shall  include  EBITDA  of the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries
         adjusted,  on a  pro  forma  basis,  to  include  the  EBITDA  for  the
         applicable  period of any business  acquired by the  Company;  and (ii)
         Indebtedness  shall  include   Indebtedness  of  the  Company  and  its
         Subsidiaries.

         3.  Amendment  of Section  7.16.  Section  7.16 is hereby  amended  and
restated as follows:

                  7.16 Minimum  Interest  Coverage Ratio.  The Minimum  Interest
         Coverage Ratio for each fiscal quarter shall not be less than the ratio
         set forth below at the end of each  fiscal  quarter for the periods set
         forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Quarter Ending                              Maximum Ratio

               <S>                                       <C> 
                  December 31, 1997                           1.20
                  March 31, 1998                              1.90
                  June 30, 1998                               2.30
                  September 30, 1998                          3.00
                           and thereafter
</TABLE>

                  For  purposes of  calculating  the Minimum  Interest  Coverage
         Ratio  hereunder,  EBITDA  and cash  interest  expense  shall  include,
         respectively,  EBITDA and cash interest  expense of the Company and its
         Subsidiaries  adjusted, on a pro forma basis, to include the EBITDA and
         incremental  projected cash interest  expense,  if any, with respect to
         the acquisition of any business  acquired by the Company during the two
         fiscal  quarters  prior  to the  date  of  calculation  of the  Minimum
         Interest Coverage Ratio.

B.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:

         1. No Event of Default  specified in the Credit  Agreement and no event
which with notice or lapse of time or both would become such an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing;

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

         2. The  representations  and warranties of the Company  pursuant to the
Credit  Agreement  are true on and as of the date hereof as if made on and as of
said date;

         3. The making and  performance  by the Company of this  Amendment  have
been duly authorized by all corporate action; and

         4. No  consent,  approval,  authorization,  permit or license  from any
federal or state regulatory  authority is required in connection with the making
or performance of the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

C.       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         This  Amendment  will become  effective as of October __, 1997 provided
that the Bank shall have  received  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the
Bank, all of the following:

         1. A copy of a  resolution  passed  by the  Board of  Directors  of the
Company,  certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company as
being in full force and effect on the date  hereof,  authorizing  the  borrowing
herein  provided for and the execution,  delivery and  performance of the Credit
Agreement as hereby amended.

         2. A certificate of incumbency  certifying the names of the officers of
the Company authorized to sign this Amendment, together with the true signatures
of such officers.

         3. Executed counterparts of this Amendment.

         4. Payment of an amendment fee in the amount of $25,000.

         5. A copy of the executed asset purchase  agreement  among the Company,
General Computer Corporation,  The Stockton Group, Inc. and James S. Smith for a
total consideration of $13,000,000 (the "Asset Purchase").

         6.  Evidence that all  conditions to the closing of the Asset  Purchase
have  occurred  and all  documents  and  agreements  required  thereby have been
executed and delivered.

D.       MISCELLANEOUS

         1. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts,  each of
which shall be an original,  with same effect as if the  signatures  thereto and
hereto were upon the same instrument.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

         2. Except as herein  specifically  amended,  all terms,  covenants  and
provisions  of the Credit  Agreement  shall  remain in full force and effect and
shall be performed by the parties  hereto  according to its terms and provisions
and all  references  therein or in the Exhibits  shall  henceforth  refer to the
Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

         3. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York. 

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this
Amendment as of the date first written.

                                        MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                              ----------------------------------


                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                                        AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                              ----------------------------------


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:


WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON & STOWE V, L.P.

By:  WCAS V PARTNERS
     Its General Partner

     By:
        -----------------------------------
        Its General Partner

WELCH, CARSON, ANDERSON & STOWE VI, L.P.

By:  WCAS VI PARTNERS
     Its General Partner

     By:
        -----------------------------------
        Its General Partner


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

WILLIAM BLAIR LEVERAGED CAPITAL FUND
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By:  WILLIAM BLAIR LEVERAGED CAPITAL
     MANAGEMENT, L.P.

     By:  WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY,
          General Partner

          By:
             ------------------------------

WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

     By:  WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC,
          General Partner

          By:
             ------------------------------


                                      -6-
<PAGE>





                      FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT 


         This  Amendment,  dated as of December 29, 1997 (this  "Amendment")  is
entered  into by and between MEDE AMERICA  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation
(the "Company") and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS  ASSOCIATION (the
"Bank").

                                    RECITALS

         The Company and the Bank are parties to a Credit  Agreement dated as of
December 18, 1995,  as amended (the "Credit  Agreement"),  pursuant to which the
Bank  extended  a  revolving  credit  facility.  Capitalized  terms used and not
otherwise  defined  or  amended  in  this  Amendment  shall  have  the  meanings
respectively assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

         The Guarantors  have requested that the Bank agree to a  redistribution
of the guarantee  amount within the  respective  funds  currently  providing the
Guaranty.  The Company has requested  that the Bank enter into this Amendment in
order to approve and reflect  the  foregoing,  and the Bank has agreed to do so,
all upon the terms and provisions and subject to the conditions  hereinafter set
forth.

                                    AGREEMENT

         In  consideration  of  the  foregoing  and  the  mutual  covenants  and
agreement hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:

A.       AMENDMENTS

         Amendment of Section 1.01.  Section 1.01 is hereby  amended by amending
and restating the definition of "Guarantor's Support Percentage" as follows:

                  "Guarantor's  Support  Percentage" shall mean (i) with respect
         to WCAS V, 0%, (ii) with respect to WCAS VI, 80%, (iii) with respect to
         WB  Leveraged  Capital,  1.6%,  and (iv)  with  respect  to WB  Capital
         Partners, 18.4%.

B.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:

         1. No Event of Default  specified in the Credit  Agreement and no event
which with notice or lapse of time or both would become such an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing;

         2. The  representations  and warranties of the Company  pursuant to the
Credit  Agreement  are true on and as of the date  hereof as if made,  except as
otherwise previously disclosed to the Bank, on and as of said date;

         3. The making and  performance  by the Company of this  Amendment  have
been duly authorized by all corporate action; and

<PAGE>

         4. No  consent,  approval,  authorization,  permit or license  from any
federal or state regulatory  authority is required in connection with the making
or performance of the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

C.       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         This Amendment  will become  effective as of December 29, 1997 provided
that the Bank shall have received in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank
executed counterparts of this Amendment.

D.       MISCELLANEOUS

         1. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts,  each of
which shall be an original,  with same effect as if the  signatures  thereto and
hereto were upon the same instrument.

         2. Except as herein  specifically  amended,  all terms,  covenants  and
provisions  of the Credit  Agreement  shall  remain in full force and effect and
shall be performed by the parties  hereto  according to its terms and provisions
and all  references  therein or in the Exhibits  shall  henceforth  refer to the
Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

         3. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this
Amendment as of the date first written.

                                           MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION


                                           By:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                           Title:
                                                 -------------------------------

                                           BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                                           AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

                                           By:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           Title:
                                                 -------------------------------
 
                                      2
<PAGE>



ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:


WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON & STOWE V, L.P.

By:      WCAS V PARTNERS
         General Partner

         By:
            ----------------------------------------
            General Partner

WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON & STOWE VI, L.P.

By:      WCAS VI PARTNERS
         General Partner

         By:
            ----------------------------------------
            General Partner

WILLIAM BLAIR LEVERAGED CAPITAL FUND
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By:      WILLIAM BLAIR LEVERAGED CAPITAL
         MANAGEMENT, L.P.

         By:      WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY,
                  General Partner

                  By:
                     -------------------------------

WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

         By:      WILLIAM BLAIR CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC,
                  General Partner

                  By:
                     -------------------------------


                                      -3-



                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6







                           BANK OF AMERICA LETTERHEAD



June 3, 1998


Mr. Richard P. Bankosky
Chief Financial Officer
MedE America Corporation
The Financial Center
90 Merrick Avenue, Suite 501
East Meadow, NY   11554


Re: Credit Facility


Dear Mr. Bankosky:


     This letter will serve to confirm our  conversation  earlier  today.  As we
discussed,  Bank of America  hereby commits to provide MedE America with a $10MM
revolving  credit  facility  to be  effective  upon  the  consummation  of  MedE
America's  IPO and upon  substantially  the same  terms  and  conditions  as are
contained in the current credit  agreement.  You requested and we have agreed to
release the Welsh  Carson and William  Blair  guarantees  following  the IPO. To
effect  the  change,  we would  propose  an  amendment  to the  existing  credit
facility.



Best Regards,











Subsidiaries of the Registrant:

               MEDE America Corporation of Ohio






                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1


              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULE

MEDE America Corporation
East Meadow, New York

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of MEDE America Corporation
on Form  S-1 of our  report  dated  May 8,  1998  (June  2,  1998 as to Note 13)
relating to the consolidated financial statements of MEDE America Corporation as
of June 30,  1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998 and for each of the three years in
the  period  ended  June 30,  1997 and the nine  months  ended  March  31,  1998
appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and
to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

Our audits of the consolidated  financial statements of MEDE America Corporation
referred to in our aforementioned  report also included the financial  statement
schedule  of MEDE  America  Corporation  listed in Part II at Item  16(b).  This
financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our  responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion
such  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered in relation to the basic
financial  statements  taken  as a  whole,  presents  fairly,  in  all  material
respects, the information set forth therein.

Jericho, New York
June 2, 1998





                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

MEDE America Corporation
East Meadow, New York

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of MEDE America Corporation
on Form S-1 of our report  dated  October 7, 1997  relating to the  statement of
income of The Stockton Group,  Inc. for the year ended June 30, 1997,  appearing
in the Prospectus,  which is a part of this Registration  Statement,  and to the
reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
June 2, 1998



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<CIK>                         0001062779
<NAME>                        MedE America Corporation
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. Dollars
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              JUN-30-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 JUL-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   MAR-31-1998
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                     1
<CASH>                                          1,455
<SECURITIES>                                        0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   8,421
<ALLOWANCES>                                      958
<INVENTORY>                                       240
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               11,149
<PP&E>                                          9,931
<DEPRECIATION>                                  4,987
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 54,179
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           7,873
<BONDS>                                             0
                          30,623
                                         0
<COMMON>                                           57
<OTHER-SE>                                    (25,394)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   54,179
<SALES>                                        30,189
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               30,189
<CGS>                                               0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  31,293
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                   13
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                  265
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              2,470
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (3,587)
<INCOME-TAX>                                       37
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (3,624)
<DISCONTINUED>                                      0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                     0
<CHANGES>                                           0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (3,624)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (0.96)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                       0
        



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission